6 ‘ ao itide bade aden wld 4 tus AHN OUST j On UY ee Vie hd ” Pd rite me Ciche a irbes A or Vaal aPaP A ot Paab ate ab oreo y a tg PAO ¥ a! , z . DP it 3 e ri iy e Lis z : ; eee ua -% ‘ PEW ¥ « Soh eter Bates Beit e WAG RD bs eer ee Leer’ ie, ; . , ve Perret Stace ®e vada, ae ay aerate ee ‘ petri as ‘ + ew } ate : Case tiem Gobet a ae fatok SN Pareto etn inka ai ie Nab iis: , : TE) Are So oe sie # te Ried of ‘ ; pe LF Sml6 aha , st : ate AO NBD Arenal Wale “aieth Pay oe tone f han . aN heath ; Fy Neeann & TIA aap on cas a" : x Meet . < G > sia he A fie Taha bie Ue : oes IAP td “ gle may ae 5 int F * en c ‘ ae ag she oie red Po ee! a - , , . on.2 “ tafe! e nao r - LP . b ‘ - 2 > ‘ o*ulatat > ‘ i . ~ ra S 2 3 ed : * en ee . J v ‘ , " ; 3 Tigh a” a Mee RPL. % HHO tegen , s : 7 Aes ron . ; ' ‘ ! Ea a J 2 tan me Fars a $e Win Otay DB he ee Pe Pool «# fin Pa! - =n, ; ’ . re “. - a ‘ ‘ 2.3 my nae 7 SP at 2 estore a aM tay ibaa ha 7,7 7 b od , ‘ 4 “ bs Z 4 =t = \y a , ~ we is ath Ph Beat s . Sav ne anys . Dodi hi VR LAF Al Hat gee oh “ 26 S$ Stipe Pa Sa een “ oe ere i ah Retaet ah Ma ag May - at a gee tata? ‘ . ey ‘i i. eval > Bhi en . . - A ee yt Ae ve th, oe Kip shit Ban " Sate ats He 2 ANCA ht aft atte Sata iA ; Se dan A hate Ya pa ete oy oF) FPA ts th gh ol F ee ee we ee a ee ee ee Volume 24 V, ma as 1970 Number 1 De RMN JOURNAL, of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN 26 March 1970 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE D. F. Harpwick, Editor of the Journal C. V. Covet, Editor of the News S. A. Hesse., Manager of the Memoirs EXECUTIVE COUNCIL E. B. Forp (Oxford, England ), President C. L. Remincron (New Haven, Conn. ), President-elect L. P. Brower (Amherst, Mass.), Ist Vice President L. M. Martin (Prescott, Ariz.), Vice President J. W. TiwpvEN (San Jose, Calif.), Vice President S. S. Nicotay (Virginia Beach, Va.), Treasurer J. C. Downey (Cedar Falls, Ia.) Secretary Members at large (three year term): W. C. McGurrin (Ottawa, Ont.) 1971 J. F. G. Cuarxe (Washington, D.C.) 1970 Y. Nexrurenxo (Kiev, U.S.S.R.) 1971 H. K. Cuencu (Pittsburgh, Penna.) 1970 B. Matuer (Jackson, Miss.) 1972 B. Wricut (Halifax, N.S.) 1970 M. Ocata (Osaka, Japan) 1972 A. E. Brower (Augusta, Me.) 1971 E. C. Wextuinc (Merida, Mexico) 1972 The object of the Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All members receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the News each year. Active members—annual dues $8.00 Student members—annual dues $5.00 Sustaining members—annual dues $15.00 Life members—single sum $125.00 Institutional subscriptions—annual $10.00 Send remittances, payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society, and address changes to: S. S. Nicolay, 1500 Wakefield Dr., Virginia Beach, Virginia, 23455. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. JOURNAL OF Tue LerrporprTreRIsts’ SOCIETY Volume 24 1970 Number 1 NEW RECORDS FOR NEW JERSEY WITH NOTES OF OTHER SCARCE CAPTURES IN 1967 Jos—EPpH MULLER R.D. #1, Lebanon, New Jersey Extensive aerial spraying against gypsy moths and mosquitoes, as well as air pollution may have been instrumental in an apparent sharp decline of Lepidoptera and most other orders of insects in New Jersey during 1968. Hundreds of blooming milkweed (Asclepias) did not attract a single butterfly in Cape May. Just as poor was blacklight and bait collecting in different localities in the State. Many larvae, not accepting their favorite food, died. This, my poorest collecting season in 25 years, induced me to write this paper. In 1967, fourteen species not previously taken by the author in New Jersey were collected; these included seven species new for the State. Following is an annotated list of the most interesting captures. SATYRIDAE Euptychia mitchellii (French). A series was collected near Newton, July 13-19. These dates are a few days later than in previous years. Though similar habitats have been investigated in northern New Jersey, no other colony has been discovered. Lethe eurydice eurydice (Johanson). A few years ago F. Rutkowski discovered this species in a wet meadow near Newton. This season a series was collected by Rutkowski and the author, July 13-19. In- dividuals from this population are pale, with eyespots small and the postmedian band on the underside serrate and irregular. About a mile from this meadow is a wooded swamp where the darker subspecies, L. e. appalachia Chermock, flies. This subspecies has darker upper- and undersides, larger eyespots, and a rounded instead of serrate and irregular postmedian band on the underside. Each subspecies seems to be limited 2 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY to its own slightly different habitat. The latter subspecies has not previously been reported from the State. Cercyonis pegala alope, form “maritima” (Edwards). Lakehurst, July 4. LYCAENIDAE Euristrymon ontario ontario (Edwards). To my knowledge not more than six E. ontario had been collected in New Jersey before 1967. After the discovery of a new area at Lakehurst with dogbane (Apocynum) in bloom, 17 specimens were caught on July 1 and 4 by several collectors. Most of the hairstreaks were netted on dogbane, although milkweed (Asclepias) was plentiful. This area is surrounded by several species of oak (Quercus), wild cherry (Prunus), and crab apple (Crataegus). In the hope of obtaining eggs, five females of ontario were kept alive for several weeks, with dogbane flowers and sugarwater provided for food. Although the butterflies were confined with oak, wild cherry, and crab apple, all died without ovipositing. Satyrium calanus falacer, ab. “heathii” (Fletcher). In the same meadow where Thymelicus lineola form “pallida” and Euristrymon ontario were found, one individual of S. c. falacer, ab. “heathii” was collected by F. Rutkowski on July 1. This specimen shows a bluish border on the underside of both fore and hindwings. This form has not been reported from New Jersey previously. Satyrium liparops strigosus (Harris). Three individuals with orange- brown patches on the upperside of the forewings were collected at Lakehurst on July 4 by F. Rutkowski and the author. These were netted along the railroad tracks where only a few plants of dogbane were growing. The blossoms attracted mostly S. lL. strigosus, while other hairstreaks were scarce. Lycaena phlaeas americana, ab. “fasciata” Strecker. In a large meadow near Cassville, F. Rutkowski and the author found this species very numerous. One aberrant individual, with elongated spots, was discovered among several hundred which were examined. HESPERIIDAE Thymelicus lineola, form “pallida” Tutt. Although this introduced species is widely distributed throughout New Jersey, the pale form “pallida” was not recorded here before J. B. Ziegler and the author caught eight specimens at Lakehurst on July 1. Four more specimens were taken at the same locality on July 4, and more were seen. VOLUME 24, NUMBER 1 3 NOCTUIDAE Acronicta rubricoma Guenée. Black light; Lakehurst, June 4. Acronicta dactylina Grote, melanic form. Black light; Lebanon, June 27. A new record for the State. Eurois occulta Linnaeus. Black light; Montague, August 27. Oncocnemis saundersiana Grote. Black light; Lebanon, October 28. Agrotis buchholzi Barnes & Benjamin. Black light, Lakehurst, June 4. Eupsilia morrisoni Grote. Black light; Lebanon, November 18 and 23. Neperigea costa Barnes & Benjamin. Black light; Montague, July 27. A new record for the State. Magusa orbifera, “divaricata” Grote. Black light, Lebanon, August 21. Amolita roseola Smith. Black light; Montague, July 30. A new record for the State. Abrostola urentis Guenée. Black light; Montague, October 10. Catocala maestosa Hulst. Bait trap; Lebanon, August 28. A new record for the State. Zale phaeocapna Franclemont. Black light; Lebanon, April 27. Deter- mined by genitalic dissection. A new record for the State. Zale metatoides McDunnough. Black light; Montague, June 10. A new record for the State. Gabara pulverosalis Walker. Black light; Lakehurst August 14. A new record for the State. Rivula propingalis Guenée. Black light; Lebanon, October 28. I wish to thank C. F. dos Passos and A. E. Brower for determining some of the specimens. A NEW SUBSPECIES OF BREPHIDIUM EXILIS FROM YUCATAN (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE ) Harry K. CLENCH Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213 Some years ago Eduardo C. Welling, of Mérida, Yucatan, México, sent me a few specimens of a Brephidium he had taken on the north coast of Yucatan. It was obvious, as soon as they had been examined genitalically, that they represented exilis Boisduval, but they belonged to 4 JoURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Fig. 1. Brephidium exilis yucateca Clench. Top left, male holotype, upperside; top right, same specimen, underside. Bottom left, female paratype, Progreso, Yucatan, 15.x.1958, upperside; bottom right, same specimen, underside. no known subspecies. Publication was deferred, partly in the hope of obtaining additional material, and partly because more information was desirable on the distribution of exilis, particularly along the eastern coast of México. Both of these desiderata have now been filled. Brephidium exilis yucateca Clench, new subspecies This new subspecies differs strikingly from both nominate exilis Boisduval and subspecies isophthalma Herrich-Schaffer. It is about the size of B. e. exilis and therefore slightly larger than B. e. isophthalma. Above as dark as isophthalma and darker than, and without golden sheen of nominate exilis. Hindwing often with row of faint pale (ashen) lunules capping subterminal black spots. Underside of forewing with two sharp and distinct, parallel rows of pale subterminal bars, heavier than pm series (in both e. exilis and isophthalma these usually are fainter than pm series), basal area with two sharp and clear, pale post- basal ring-like marks, one in cell and one in base of Cuz-2A below cell, (nearly always absent in nominate exilis; in isophthalma sometimes absent and some- times present, yet faint, the variability depending, at least to some extent, on the island source). Pm series of forewing below sharper, more distinct, with component bars slightly thicker than in either of other two subspecies; pm area of forewing underside without orange, ground color and dark hindwing discal markings chocolate brown, often grayish, very nearly concolorous with the forewing base (in nominate exilis flushed with golden orange, contrasting sharply with the gray basal area, this golden orange extending over even to the discal brown markings on hindwing; similar in isophthalma, the orange duller and less extensive ). Holotype male México, Progreso, Yucatan, 15 October 1958 (E. C. Welling ); ( ¢ genitalia slide no. C-824, CM ). Three paratypes, same data; seven paratypes, same locality and collector, XII-3-1962; six paratypes, VOLUME 24, NUMBER 1 5 Chicxulub Puerto [about 2 km E of Progreso], Yucatan, I-8-1967 (E. C. Welling). All specimens deposited in Camegie Museum, type series no. 516. Nominate Brephidium exilis has been found over an extremely large area, from Nebraska to Oregon, south in the east to Veracruz and in the west through Baja California, Sonora and Sinaloa. Godman & Salvin (1887, Biol. Centr.-Amer. Rhop. 2: 109) also record it from two salt marshes on the Pacific coast of Guatemala. These specimens should be re-examined to ascertain their subspecific identity. Large portions of this area are probably inhabited only on a transient basis, for B. e. exilis is a great wanderer. It is doubtful that it can over- winter north of central Texas, or above 3-5000 feet elevation southward. The primary residence areas are in coastal salt flats and salt marshes in arid or semi-arid parts of the Lower Sonoran, Subtropical and Tropical life zones. To some extent, particularly from western Texas to California and probably south into Chihuahua and Coahuila, it may also be a per- manent resident in interior desert areas. When Lee D. Miller and I went to eastern Mexico in 1966 one of our objectives was to learn as much as we could about the distribution of B. exilis in that region. Between the Brownsville area of southern Texas, where nominate B. exilis occurs, and Progreso, Yucatan, where yucateca is found, lie roughly a thousand miles of coast from which we knew of not a single record of the species. We surveyed coastal areas in as many places as time and accessibility allowed: in the vicinity of Tampico, on the Tamaulipas-Veracruz border; the long stretch from Tecolutla to Cardel; another stretch from near the city of Veracruz south to beyond Alvarado; and the vicinity of Coatzacoalcos. A few years previously Gary N. Ross had visited the coast near the Tuxtla Mountains to search for B. exilis at my request. The results, with one exception, were everywhere the same, no evilis was found, and no suitable environ- ment for it. The one exception was a small area 16 miles north of Cardel where we found a few salt flats, in one of which we collected on January 19, 1966 and found a single individual of nominate B. exilis. This area is an enclave of semi-arid conditions (desert scrub and thorn scrub on the hills back of the flats) and B. exilis is undoubtedly resident here. This locality is widely disjunct from the next suitable area to the north (probably somewhere on the coast of Tamaulipas north of Tampico!). There is also a considerable distance between this colony 1 On our trip we tried to reach this coastal region east of Ciudad Victoria. We got as far as Soto la Marina but were advised that the road from there to the coast, about 30 miles, was impassible. 6 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY of nominate B. exilis and the nearest known colony of B. e. yucateca, which is probably a real distributional gap as the intervening area is too mesic in character. B. exilis yucateca is most likely restricted to the north coast of Yucatan, another enclave of arid to semi-arid conditions. The new subspecies seems to be most closely related to B. e. isophthalma (known from the Bahamas, Cuba, Hispaniola and Jamaica). In many ways B. e. isophthalma is intermediate between B. e. exilis and B. e. yucateca. Godman & Salvin mention some specimens of exilis from Venezuela, and this record is repeated by Draudt (1921, in Seitz, Grossschmett. Erde 5: 820). There are two specimens in the Carnegie Museum that may possibly be from Venezuela. They come from the Holland Collection, and Holland obtained them from Staudinger. They bear no locality data, but the same style of labelling occurs on some other material of probable Venezuelan origin. In any event these two specimens seem to represent a new subspecies, nearer to B. e. yucateca than to either B. e. exilis or B. e. isophthalma. AN INTERESTING NEW SPECIES OF THE NEW WORLD GNORIMOSCHEMINI (GELECHIIDAE) FROM THE LESSER ANTILLES Daxror F. PovoLny Department of Zoology, College of Agriculture, Brno, Czechoslovakia Several years ago, I had the opportunity of studying interesting ma- terial of the tribe Gnorimoschemini in the Naturhistorisches Museum in Vienna. Among their series of this difficult gelechiid group I discovered a small form which I could not identify. After later study of numerous American species (Povolny, 1967) and a detailed consideration of this specimen I decided to describe this moth as a new species belonging to the genus Keiferia Busck, 1939. Keiferia rusposoria Povolny, new species In general appearance this is a small brownish moth, having the fore- wings dusted with minute darkish scales, forming an indistinct pattern. Labial palpus not too slender, lacking scales on second segment, its outer surface markedly grey spotted, inner surface nearly uniform pale cream, third segment pale with two (one basal and one subterminal) rings of dark grey scales. Frons bright, VoLUME 24, NUMBER | 7 Fig. 1. Pattern of the forewing of Keiferia rusposoria Povolny. patagia brownish. Antennal segments brown with distinct dark rings. Forewing (fig. 1) superficially with ground colour brown; under low magnification individual scales light to brown, mixed with single scales having dark brown to black tips; irregular groups of these dark scales forming an indistinct pattern of dark dots disseminated irregularly over wing; marginal dots around apex more distinct (these dots characteristic of the tribe). Hindwing medium-grey with fine fringe scales; costal margin near base with a group of long, brightly coloured bristles, nearly half as long as costa. Underside of coxae and femora pale cream, nearly uniform, with only isolated dark scales. Tibiae and tarsi markedly bright and dark spotted to ringed. Length of forewing, 3.8 mm. Male genitalia (fig. 2) characteristic of the genus Keiferia with the heavy thorn- like process on uncus, which is seldom found elsewhere in members of the Gnorimoschemini. Other structures of the male genitalia, especially the sacculus and its processes, also demonstrate the close relationship between the new species and Keiferia lycopersicella (Walsingham ). Holotype male: West Indies, Grenada, Balthazar (Windward side), (H. H. Smith) Walsingham Collection, 1910-427 65173. Deposited in Naturhistorisches Museum in Vienna. Keiferia rusposoria may be best distinguished from the two other mem- bers of the genus, K. lycopersicella and the very similar K. elmorei (Keifer) by differences in the male genitalia (figs. 2, 3). The thorn-like process of the uncus is heavier in the new species than in K. lycopersicella, being only a little shorter than the tips of valvae. In K. rusposoria the valvae are straight, not S-shaped. The paired processes of the sacculus are present, but the medial pair is tiny with its branches separated by a shallow indentation, whereas the other pair of saccular processes is very long and slender. The saccus is substantially shorter than that of K. lycopersicella, being comparatively thick with the tip rounded. The aedeagus is also visibly different from that of K. lycopersicella, being shorter without the characteristic inflation of the caecum aedeagi, and moderately curved. As for the taxonomic position of K. rusposoria, it appears clear that the species is congeneric with K. lycopersicella but represents a second distinctive morphotype of the genus. From the polyphagous species K. lycopersicella, Keifer (1936) distinguished a slightly different species, 8 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Fig. 2. Male genitalia of Keiferia rusposoria Povolny, Holotype, Balthazar, Grenada, West Indies. Keiferia elmorei. The separation of this sibling from K. lycopersicella is based on its specialization to indigenous Solanum species in California. Keiferia rusposoria was collected on Grenada, Lesser Antilles, and thus might represent a species originating by long-standing geographic isola- tion. The native distribution of K. lycopersicella, which is referred to as the “tomato pinworm,” is not known; as the species has been secondarily introduced as a pest to many parts of Central and South America, and the West Indies, where it perhaps originally did not occur. The discovery of K. rusposoria is therefore of high interest, as it is a VoLUME 24, NUMBER 1 9 Fig. 3. Male genitalia of Keiferia lycopersicella (Walsingham, 1897), Lectotype (British Museum (Natural History) London) St. Croix, Dan. West Indies. very distinct species of a genus, which appeared to be monomorphic so EME According to Jerry A. Powell, University of California, Berkeley, to whom I feel greatly obliged for his cooperation in revision of the manuscript, H. H. Smith collected important material of “microlepidop- tera” for the British Museum (Natural History) in various parts of the New World before and after the turn of the century. The windward side of the small island Grenada in the Lesser Antilles is the east-facing side. 10 JourNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY The specimen might have been sent by Walsingham to Rebel from London to Vienna, because Rebel was dealing also with the former collective genus “Lita auct.,” to which this species belonged. LITERATURE CITED Kemer, H. H., 1936. California Microlepidoptera. X. Mo. Bull. Calif. Dept. Agric., 25: 349-359. Povotny, D., 1967. Genitalia of some Nearctic and Neotropic members of the tribe Gnorimoschemini (Lep., Gel.). Acta ent. Mus. Nat. Pragae, 37: 51-126. A NEW PERISAMA (NYMPHALIDAE: CALLICORINI) FROM BOLIVIA Joun H. Masters! Box 7511, St. Paul, Minnesota During 1962-63, Franz Steinbach, of Cochabamba, Bolivia, consigned to me 395 specimens of Perisama Doubleday (including Orophila Staud- inger) collected near Alto Palmar, Chapare Province, Bolivia. The “Perisama comnena” in this group were particularly interesting because they apparently included two distinct phenotypes; one characterized by the normal large red basal patch on the ventral surface of the forewing, the other without it. This is the type of variation that is normally as- sociated with geographical subspecies; however, both forms were sympatric at Alto Palmar. An examination of the male genitalia demonstrated that the two “forms” were in reality distinct species and, after a canvass of the literature, I am of the opinion that the second species is heretofore unnamed. Perisama rusea Masters, new species Mae: Upperside of both wings deep-black ground; iridescent green rays extending outwardly from base of forewing, along base of discal cell and vein 2V, until they almost meet a diagonal iridescent green band, 2 to 3 mm wide, which crosses the wing from costal margin, at end of cell to inner margin at tornus; one (occasionally two) iridescent green spot(s) in subapical area, near costal margin. Hindwing with an iridescent green band, 2mm wide, extending through limbal area parallel to outer margin. Underside of forewing with dull black ground color except for a golden apex; base of wing with a small golden patch, confined primarily to cell and not over 8 mm long, having a tint of red at its outer margin; from this golden patch, a blue-green streak extends along costal margin of cell to a white triangular patch at end of cell which in turn precedes three small blue spots, in cells M2, M3 and Cui, which form | Research Associate, Section of Insects and Spiders, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh. VOLUME 24, NUMBER | Wt y \) Ea Sy Cc Figure 1. Male genitalia of Perisama rusea Masters: (A) left lateral view of genital capsule with inside surfaces shaded; aedeagus (B) removed and_ the gonostatumen (C) detached and rotated 90° to view ventrally. Male genitalia of Perisama comnena Hewitson: (D) left lateral view of uncus and tegumen, (E) aedeagus and (F) ventral view of gonostatumen. a diagonal line towards tornus. Underside of hindwing a uniform golden base color; two wavy black lines extending from costal margin, where they are at least 2 mm apart, to vannal veins where they stop short of anal margin (the eminens pattern, Schwanwitsch, 1930) with no trace of vestigial eyespots between them. Male genitalia (figue 1A-C) very distinct from allied species; aedeagus relatively short (approximately 2 mm long) and not over 75% as long as gonostatumen (Dillon, 1948) which is distinctly heart shaped anteriorally. FEMALE: Similar to male but larger and markings for most part, bolder but with duller colors. The eminens lines, on hindwing underside, meet on costal margin and between them five golden-brown eyespots, in cells Ms, Me, discal, Cu: and Cup, faintly visible. LENGTH OF FoREWwING: Male holotype, 21 mm; female allotype, 23 mm. Holotype male and allotype female: Bolivia, Alto Palmar, Chapare Province, District of Cochabamba, 1,100 meters elevation, March 1963. Types deposited in Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh. Paratypes: 22 males from the same locality, various dates, 1962 and 1963. Single paratypes are being placed in the American Museum of Natural History, New York; The U.S. National Museum, Washington; The Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, Cambridge, Massachu- 12 JoURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Figure 2. Perisama rusea new species, paratype male, Alto Palmar, Chapare, Bolivia, March 1963: (G) upperside and (H) underside. Perisama comnena Hewitson, Alto Palmar, Chapare, Bolivia, April 1963: (J) upperside and (K) under- side. setts; and the Reading Public Museum, Reading, Pennsylvania. The remainder are being retained in the author's collection. Perisama rusea (figure 2G-H) is immediately distinguishable from Perisama comnena Hewitson (figure 2J-K) by the lack of the large red basal spot on the ventral surface of the forewings; from Perisama xanthica Hewitson by the presence of the green limbal band on the dorsal surface of the hindwing and by a much smaller golden patch at the base of the ventral surface of the forewing; and from Perisama humboldtii Guer. by the lack of punctiform eyespots on the ventral surface of the hindwing and a large red basal spot on the ventral surface of the forewing. All four of these species are sympatric at Alto Palmar, Bolivia and all have distinc- tive male genitalia. Examination of several series of P. comnena from Peru did not reveal any P. rusea among them. Examination of the male genitalia in Perisama and related genera (Callicorini) reveals that the uncus, tegumen, saccus, aedeagus and VOLUME 24, NUMBER 1 eS gonostatumen all have diagnostic characters at the species level. It is suprising that previous use has not been made of them. In his revision of the Callicorini (as Catagrammini), Dillon (1948) characterized the male genitalia in his definition of the tribe, but did not use them to diagnose species. The gonostatumen is an interesting structure that is found only in the Callicorini, including Callithea Feisthamel. It was named by Dillon (1948) who believed it to be a modification of the eighth sternite and to function as a prop for the usual genital organs. LITERATURE CITED Ditton, L. S., 1948. The tribe Catagrammini (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae). Part I. The genus Catagramma and allies. Reading Public Museum Scientific Publ., No. 8: 1-113. ScuwanwitscuH, B. N., 1930. Studies upon the wing-pattern of Catagramma and related genera of South American nymphalid butterflies. Trans. Zool. Soc. London, 21: 105-284. MULTIPLE CAPTURE OF CARIA INO MELICERTA (RIODINIDAE) AT LIGHT -LeE D. MILLER The Allyn Foundation, 222 West Adams Bldg., Chicago, Illinois A rather extensive bibliography has accumulated concerning butter- flies that have been attracted to light. Most recent records have been of captures at ultraviolet light, such as reported by Throne (1961) and Welling (1963). Most of these records involve single specimens, but there have been a few instances of multiple captures of butterflies (Donahue, 1962; Phillips, 1962; Welling, 1963; and Hessel, 1965), for example. Some of the collections have been at ultraviolet light, some at fluorescent and a few at incandescent light. There seem to be two explanations for the attraction of butterflies to light: (1) the butterflies were at rest, were disturbed and these flew to the light source, and (2) the butterflies are crepuscular species and were attracted to the light as are many crepuscular Sphingidae and other moths. Most of the records fall into the first category, and they almost always are based on one or two specimens; the majority of the captures I have made at light are in this class, both in the United States and in the Neotropics. Several of the multiple captures, especially those of Opsiphanes (Welling, 1963) and Melanitis (Donahue, 1962), are of 14 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY crepuscular species, and the captures of Hypaurotis reported by Hessel (1965) involve a species that is definitely not heliophilic during midday hours and continues activity into evening (e.g., Chambers, 1963). During July and August, 1966, I taught a travelling field biology course, and the students and I often trapped moths at ultraviolet light as part of the activities without taking any butterflies. The evening of August 2nd we set up the light at Bentsen-Rio Grande State Park, Hidalgo County, Texas, on a hot (ca. 85° F.), muggy night, and collecting was excellent for moths and other insects. The effectiveness of the ultraviolet lamp was attested to by the fact that very few insects were attracted to the Coleman lantern we used as a camp light about a hundred feet from the moth sheet. I was surprised, therefore, to see a specimen of Caria ino melicerta Schaus, a riodinid, flop down on the table next to the lantern and begin walking slowly over the surface of the tabletop gently opening and half closing its wings until I bottled it. A short time later one of the students took a second specimen at the Coleman lantern, and still later I captured two more specimens that were behaving in the same manner as the first. Another of the students also collected a specimen at an incandescent light in one of the park bath houses. All five melicerta were taken between 9:00 and 11:00 P.M., C.D.T. A check of the insects collected at the ultraviolet light revealed no butterflies, even though hundreds of moths had been taken. I collected only a single female of C. i. melicerta in two days of col- lecting in the same area in which the five specimens were collected at light. This specimen was netted in deep woods resting under a leaf, and it looked as though this species was crepuscular, or at least helio- phobic. Two hours’ collecting at Bentsen park in September, 1967, yielded about fifty specimens at flowers in the brightest sunlight, so C. i. melicerta is not consistently crepuscular or heliophobic. These records of this butterfly, I believe, are the first to demonstrate any butterfly making a “choice” between visible and ultraviolet light, and it is intriguing that these insects selected the visible light source. [ have been unable to obtain spectroscopic analyses of the light from a Coleman lantern, but I suspect that the ultraviolet component is minor, as is that of an incandescent light. This demonstrates a phenomenom that is well known, but seldom stated: some insects that will come to visible light are not attracted to ultraviolet light. The advent of ultra- violet light as a collecting aid has greatly increased the numbers of both individuals and species that may be taken during a night’s collecting, but many species of Lepidoptera cannot be obtained by this method. VOLUME 24, NUMBER 1 15 LITERATURE CITED CHAMBERS, D. S., 1963. Evening mating in Hypaurotis crysalus (Lycaenidae). J. Lepid. Soc., 16: 200 (“1962”). DonauuE, J. P., 1962. Observations and records of butterflies attracted to light in India. J. Lepid. Soc., 16: 131-135. HeEssEx, J. H., 1965. Multiple capture of Hypaurotis crysalus at light. J. Lepid. Soc., 19: 55-56. Puitures, L. S., 1962. Nymphalis j-album captured at fluorescent light in Chicago. ieleeprdeisoc:, 5: LO]: TuroneE, A. L., 1961. Lycaenopsis pseudargiolus in light trap. J. Lepid. Soc., 14: DAD: Wexunc, E. C., 1963. Rhopalocera attracted by ultraviolet light in Central America. J. Lepid. Soc., 17: 37-38. BIONOMIC NOTES ON HAETERINI AND BIINI IN VENEZUELA (SATYRIDAE) Joun H. Masters? P.O. Box 7511, St. Paul, Minnesota HAETERINI Four genera, Pierella Westwood, Haetera Fabricius, Dulcedo d’Almeida and Cithearias Hubner (= Callitaera Butler), comprise the Haeterini, the most primitive tribe of Satyridae. All of the Haeterini have distinc- tive wing shapes with short, narrow forewings and seemingly enlarged hindwings. Haetera, Cithearias and Dulcedo are the only clear-winged Satyridae (see Figure 1, Cithearias andromeda Fabricius). All of the known species are Neotropical and are found on the forest floors of dense tropical and subtropical forests. Virtually nothing has been published concerning the habitat and habits of these butterflies. I have found only brief notes by Weymer (in: Seitz, 1909) and Brown (1942). Both mention that these satyrids inhabit forested areas, fly near the ground and are difficult to see or follow in flight. Weymer mentions that members of the genus Cithearias ( given as Callitaera) preter the early morning hours for flight. After having the opportunity to observe several of these species in Venezuela (1965 and 1966 in Bolivar and 1968 in Barinas), I can add somewhat to these statements. Determinations of my specimens were made by Michael Clifton of the British Museum (Natural History) who is currently preparing a taxonomic revision of the tribe. The species that I observed seemed to be strictly limited to denser 1 Research Associate, Section of Insects and Spiders, Camegie Museum, Pittsburgh. 16 JoURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Figure 1. Cithearias andromeda Fabricius. 88 kilometers south of El Dorado, Bolivar, Venezuela; 20 Feb. 1966 (J.H.M.) Natural Size. selva (low and tropical forests) where they flew close to the forest floor and nearly always lit on the ground. They were distinctly matinal and crepuscular in habit, flying during both early morning and evening hours. However, Pierella species, and to a lesser extent the others, would fly throughout the day during inclement weather. All of the species were attracted to fruit, but to catch them at it was difficult. Normally fruit bait is placed in the center of a small area from which all leaves and underbrush have been cleared and then those species that are attracted, including Taygetis, Euptychia, Caligo, Morpho, etc., are easily netted. Haetera and Cithearias species are attracted to fruit but will not alight in a cleared patch of ground but will alight around its edge instead where they can be perfectly camouflaged. Of course, if the bait is placed on uncleared ground, they blend into the background so well that they are completely inconspicuous while visiting it. The use of bait traps would seem to be the answer (for a description of bait traps and their use see Rydon, 1964), but the effectiveness of most traps depends upon butterflies to fly upward when disturbed. While most butterflies do fly upward when disturbed, the Haeterini fly horizontally and close to the ground and thus cannot be taken in any ordinary sort of trap. The best method of collecting them is to spread fruit on the ground to attract them into the area, and to then walk through the tract at dusk flushing them and carefully stalking them. Haetera piera piera ( Linnaeus ) This species was encountered in heavy selva in both Bolivar and Barinas. H. piera, with transparent wings just shaded with yellow, appears ghost-like in flight, just a flicker of yellow moving across the VOLUME 24, NUMBER 1 IZ leaves. They fly slowly and alight often, but it is difficult for the eye to follow them in flight and, unless you actually see them alight, they are virtually impossible to detect on the ground. They were usually en- countered as solitary individuals, but the presence of fruit (natural or bait) on the forest floor would concentrate them into a given area. In 1966, a single male of piera was taken at heliotrope (Masters, 1968), a bait normally employed to attract Ithomiidae. This might be another source of evidence of the close phylogenetic relationship of these primi- tive Satyridae to the Ithomiidae, a relationship pointed out by Fox (1956). However rather than being attracted to the heliotrope the satyr was probably attracted to traces of fruit on it as heliotrope and fruit baits had been spread along the trail at the same time. Cithearias andromeda Fabricius Cithearias andromeda (=esmeralda Dbl.) was found in the same habitat in Bolivar as H. piera but was much scarcer and less apt to ven- ture into an open area. C. andromeda (figure 1) also has transparent wings, but shaded with purple instead of yellow, a combination that makes it even more difficult to observe and follow in the selva. Its flight is also slow, and apparently its primary defence against predation is the inconspicuous character of nearly colorless, transparent wings. Pierella astyoche Erichson This species was encountered in heavy selva in Bolivar but was much more prone to come out along trails or to enter small clearings, thus being much more in evidence and more frequently encountered than H. piera or C. andromeda. Pierella astyoche is a quite active flier and males are fond of flying quickly up and down a forest trail close to the ground. Each male seemed to have its own section of path to patrol and this activity suggests a form of reconnaissance for females. Interest in patrol- ling decreased when fruit was spread on the trail and astyoche was less shy in coming to bait than the clear-winged species. The best method of capturing them, however, was to note the path of a patrolling male and to then wait along it to intercept the butterfly in flight. Peak flight for P. astyoche was from late afternoon until dusk, but a few individuals seemed to fly throughout the day. On cloudy days they would fly in numbers all day long, and, along with Taygetis species, would be virtually the only butterflies encountered on the forest floor. Pierella hyalinus hyalinus Gmelin Pierella hyalinus is a large attractive species with deep blue on the 18 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY hindwings. P. hyalinus is sympatric with astyoche in Bolivar and has similar habits, but the two could be readily distinguished on the wing because of the large size and blue of the rarer hyalinus. Bint A single unique species, Bia actorion (L) (= actoriaena Hubner), comprises the Biini. Bia actorion actorion ( Linnaeus ) The geographical range of Bia actorion is limited to the lowland rain forests of the Amazon and Orinoco basins. I found the specific habitat preference of B. actorion to be those areas where enough sun penetrates to the forest floor to provide a thick and heavy undergrowth rather than those areas where the canopy is complete and prevents enough sunlight to reach the ground to allow for much undergrowth. Solitary individuals of B. actorion were encountered along trails or in clearings where they would alight about three feet above the ground among underbrush. They quickly fly to the base of a bush when alarmed where they are either perfectly concealed or impossible to get at with a net. Bia actorion is very striking during flight because of the nearly iridescent upper wings that flash in the sunlight, giving the appearance of a miniature Morpho. When the insect alights, the flashing blue suddenly disappears, which undoubtedly adds to the deception as the cryptic undersides blend into the background. LITERATURE CITED Brown, F. M., 1942. Notes on Ecuadorian Butterflies, V. J. New York Ent. Soc., 50(4 2 809=380. Fox, R. M., 1956. A monograph of the Ithomiidae (Lepidoptera). Part 1. Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist., 111: 1-76. Masters, J. H., 1968. Collecting Ithomiidae with heliotrope. J. Lepid. Soc., 222) OSGeo} Rypon, A., 1964. Notes on the use of butterfly traps in East Africa. J. Lepid. Soc., 17(4): 51-58 (“1963”). Seitz, A., 1909. Gross-schmetterlinge der Erde, 5. Kernen, Stuttgart. VOLUME 24, NUMBER | 19 STUDIES ON THE BIOLOGY AND SEASONAL HISTORY OF POLYDORUS ARISTOLOCHIAE (PAPILIONIDAE ) G. H. Munsutr ann S. A. Moiz Agric. College & Agric. Research Institute, Tandojam, West Pakistan Polydorus aristolochiae (Fabricius) is the commonest large tailed, black butterfly of Indo-Pakistan Subcontinent. At Tandojam, West Paki- stan the larvae have been found in large numbers on Aritolochia bracteata. The biology of this insect has been studied only by Ghosh (1914). The observations recorded by us concerning this species are given in the present paper. The work was under taken during 1962-63 at Tandojam. Ecc Description The eggs of Polydorus aristolochiae are laid on the underside, very rarely on the upper surface, of host leaves. A high oviposition rate was ob- served in the months of August and September and again during March and April. Up to five eggs were collected from each leaf. The chorion is covered with a reddish brown, soft gum like substance, in minute granular masses. The latter are arranged somewhat in undulat- ing ridges meeting at a point. These give the egg the appearance of a citron with the long axis slightly shorter and a little inclined towards one side and never perpendicular to the leaf surface. Incubation Period Since the butterflies did not lay eggs in captivity, the incubation period was determined by recording the maximum period required for hatching of eggs collected in the field. The time taken for hatching of the eggs is given in Table 1. Ghosh (1914) recorded that the incubation period is four to five days from June to September. The results obtained here are in general agree- ment with his observations. Between the months of October and March the incubation period is longer due to lower temperatures. LARVA The larva is dark brown, and passes through four instars. The duration of larval stages was studied in the laboratory. The results are presented in Table 2. It can be seen from table 2 that the duration of larval life varies from 14 to 62 days. The minimum duration was for larvae which hatched in September, 1962. Those hatching in the early part of January, 1963, 20 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY TABLE 1. INCUBATION PERIOD OF EGGS OF Polydorus aristolochiae COLLECTED IN THE FIELD Days re- Estimated Average quired for incubation monthly hatching period Temperature Month of eggs in days (Fahrenheit ) September 2-5 5 Days 75.91 October 3-9 9 Days 69.64 November 2-9 9 Days 73.78 December 2-9 13 Days 60.88 January 8-13 13 Days 60.92 February 4-10 10 Days 69.92 March 3-10 10 Days Tass April 2-6 6 Days 83.75 passed their development during the two coldest months and, hence, their development required 62 days. Ghosh (1914) has described the prolongation of larval life as hiberna- tion. During our studies at Tandojam, however, larvae continued to feed during this period. Pura The length of the pupal period varied from 10 to 230 days as is shown in Table 3. The duration of the pupal stage is not correlated with atmospheric temperature (Table 1). Ghosh (1914) observed the pupal period to last from 10 to 303 days, and the present observations are in general agree- ment. However, Ghosh mentions that the insect undergoes a hibernation followed by an aestivation. This deduction does not seem to be correct since adult emergence took place in the coldest period as well as in hot months. Further, pupae from the same batch required widely varying TABLE 2. LENGTH OF LARVAL LIFE OF P. aristolochiae Month in which Larval life egg hatched (in days ) September 14-15 October YS November 24-31 December 31-43 January 50-62 February 26-35 March 26=85 April 28-34 VOLUME 24, NUMBER | Zak TABLE 3. PUPAL PERIOD OF P. aristolochiae Month in which Pupal period larva pupated (in days ) August 10 September 13-230 October 13-228 November 19-150 December 36-141 January 44-143 February 14-179 March 13-172 April 12-38 periods before emergence of the adult, and it emergence by later pupating individuals sometimes occurred while from pupae of an earlier batch emergence of butterflies had not taken place. Thus, there is great range of individual variation in the pupal period, without apparent effect of temperature. The above conclusion is corroborated by observations on pupae col- lected in the field. One hundred forty pupae were collected on November 5 and 25, 1962, from a small area at Tandojam which was under constant observation. Pupation had taken place on 5th and 25th November respectively. LIFE CYCLE According to the observations made on the length of incubation, larval and pupal periods (Tables 1-3), it is seen that the butterfly TABLE 4. EMERGENCE OF ADULTS FROM FIELD COLLECTED PUPAE Date of Month of adult Pupal period collection emergence (in days ) 5 Nov. 1962 February 88-115 March 127-146 April 153-176 May 184-207 June 215-224 July 246-258 August 275 25 Nov. 1962 December 23 January ol February 12 March 120 April 146 May 166-176 22, JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY requires from one to about 9 months to complete its life cycle (exclusive of adult). It may, therefore be concluded that the insect may have up to about 7 overlapping generations in a year. Normally, in the field it probably has fewer. Field surveys revealed the presence of all the stages on the host plants throughout the year. NATURAL ENEMIES Thompson (1946) reported Apanteles aristolochiae Wlkn. as a parasite of this butterfly. No parasites of eggs or larvae were found during this study. ACKNOWLEDGMENT To Jerry A. Powell, University of California, Berkeley, we wish to express our sincere appreciation for correcting and improving the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Guosu, C. C., 1914. Life histories of Indian Insects. V. Lepidoptera. Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Ent. Ser. 5, 1: 53-58. Agric. Res. Inst., Delhi, Pusa. THompson, W. R., 1946. Parasites of Lepidoptera (N-P). A catalogue of parasites and predators, Sec. 1. Pt. 3. Imperial parasite service. Belleville, Ontario, Canada. A NEW CALLITHOMIA (ITHOMIIDAE) FROM BOLIVIA Joun H. Masters! P.O. Box 7511, Saint Paul, Minnesota During 1962-1965 I received several large consignments of Bolivian [thomiidae from Franz Steinbach of Cochabamba, Bolivia. Perhaps the most interesting specimen among these is an unique and previously un- described Callithomia. The late Dr. Richard M. Fox, acknowledged expert in the Ithomiidae, examined this specimen, recognized it as a new species and intended eventually to describe it himself. With the death of Dr. Fox on April 28th, 1968, I have assumed the task of describing the insect and take pleasure in naming it after him. Research Associate, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. VoLUME 24, NUMBER 1 23 Figure 1. Callithomia foxi Masters. Holotype male: A, upperside; B, underside. Callithomia foxi Masters, new species MALE: Upperside of both wings (figure 1A) transparent with black markings outlining veins and wing margins. Black markings widening on both wings at costal and inner margins, wing apices, at end of discal cells and along vein Cu:. Cu on hindwing and basal parts of veins Cuz and 2V yellow. Inner margin of forewing sharply concave. Costal margin of hindwing sharply humped at raised oval “Ithomia patch” from there concave to outer angle. Underside of wings (figure 1B) a mirror image of upperside except for eight small white spots in black wing margins—two at apex of forewing (also a dimunitive in Mz), four at anal angle and two at apex of hindwing. Transparent areas with a yellowish cast, viewed from below. Male genitalia figured (figure 2). LENGTH OF FOREWING: base to tip, 29 mm. FEMALE: Unknown. Holotype male: Bolivia, Todos Santos, Prov. Chapare, Dpto. Cocha- bamba (300 meters elevation), July 1964. Deposited in Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. Dr. Fox (in litt.) believed that this specimen was the only example of the species in American collections, but noted that there were a couple of examples resting unnamed in European collections. The subterminal spine on the aedeagus places Callithomia foxi in that section of the genus 24 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Figure 2. Callithomia foxi Masters male genital structure. Aedeagus removed and shown below. Left valva removed and not shown. that includes xantho (Felder), methonella (Weymer), inturna (Fox), epidero (Bates), lenea (Cramer), drogheda (Weeks) and zingiber Fox. Of these seven, C. epidero, methonella, xantho and interna have a strong resemblance to C. foxi. Callithomia xantho and interna, and to a lesser extent methonella, are separable by the lack of heavy black scaling along vein Cu, and the end of the cell, this is especially noticeable on the hindwings. Callithomia epidero and methonella have red to brown patches at the anal angle of the hindwing, that are lacking in C. foxi. None of the species in the other section of the genus have a similar appearance. VOLUME 24, NUMBER 1 DAD) AN OBSERVATION ON THE USE OF COLOR FOR SPECIES- RECOGNITION IN HELICONIUS BESCKEI (NYMPHALIDAE ) MicHAEL G. EMSLEY George Mason College, U. of Virginia, Fairfax, Va. Crane (1955) has shown red to be an important courtship releaser in Heliconius erato hydara Hewitson, and Swihart (1963, 1964) has con- firmed the significance of red in that species by neurophysiological techniques. During the course of genetical studies on Heliconius, living specimens of the mimetic pair, Heliconius erato phyllis (Fabricius) and H. besckei Ménétriés, from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, were caged with specimens of H. melpomene melpomene (Linnaeus) from Trinidad. Both H. e. phyllis and H. besckei have red forewing bands and a yellow hindwing bar, but H. m. melpomene has only red forewing bands. All colors are on a black background. It was observed that male erato phyllis and male melpomene would each fly towards members of either of the other two species in the cage, but presumably because secondary courtship releasers were lacking they would then disengage and fly off (all the females had already been mated). H. besckei, however, though appearing in good health, would only pursue the phyllis, not the melpomene. The color difference between these two is the lack of yellow in melpomene. The courtship releaser is known to be red in erato and is likely also to be red in melpomene. Possibly it is yellow in besckei. Whether the courtship releaser in besckei is red or yellow is an impor- tant behavioral character which should be considered in deducing the course of the evolution of mimicry in Heliconius. LITERATURE CITED CRANE, J., 1955. Imaginal behavior of a Trinidad butterfly, Heliconius erato hydara Hewitson, with special reference to the social use of color. Zoologica, N. Y., 40: 167-196. SwiHART, S. L., 1963. The electroretinogram of Heliconius erato (Lepidoptera) and its possible relation to established behavior patterns. Zoologica, N. Y., 48: 155-165. 1964. The nature of the electrorectinogram of a tropical butterfly. J. Insect Physiol., 10: 547-562. 26 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY A REVISED SYNONYMIC CATALOGUE WITH TAXONOMIC NOTES ON SOME NEARCTIC LYCAENIDAE Cyrit F. pos Passos Washington Corners, Mendham, New Jersey INTRODUCTION The publication by Harry K. Clench ([{1961]: 177-220) and John C. Downey ([1961]: 230-242) in Ehrlich & Ehrlich’s How to Know the Butterflies of revisions of the Theclini by the former and the Plebejini by the latter rendered another part of the present author's synonymic list (1964), at least obsolete insofar as the Theclini is concerned. This situation is similar to the one explained in a previous paper on the Nearctic Melitaeinae (1969, J. Lepid. Soc., 23: 115-125). Clench revised the Theclini and in the course of his work proposed eight new generic or subgeneric names, besides introducing into our fauna some names that had heretofore been considered Neotropical and eliminating some that are no longer considered Nearctic. Downey, on the other hand, merely rearranged the order in which the genera and some of the species appear in the synonymic list so that it is not con- sidered necessary to repeat his work, no reasons having been given for such action. Clench also made no vital changes in this author's Lycaeninae which he gives tribal rank (Lycaenini) except that he combines Lycaena cupreus with L. snowi (1961: 222) as one species al- though recognizing apparently both as good subspecies. Also he does not clearly recognize the subgenus Tharsalea Scudder, 1876, although he may recognize it subgenerically in another faunal area, and arranges the species in Lycaena in somewhat different order. These are subjective matters with which one cannot quarrel, but in neither case is it deemed necessary to rewrite those parts of the synonymic list. Neither Clench’s nor Downey’s works give any synonymies and do not list categories lower than species. This was done in accordance with the wish of the authors of How to Know the Butterflies, but is unfortunate for the student because he cannot tell what has become of subspecies, lower categories, and synonyms. The present paper follows the general style and form of the synonymic list, followed by notes giving explanations for the changes made. An effort has been made to fit all names into the list by giving numbers to them starting with 349 where the Lycaenidae start. A similar arrange- ment of the genera was impossible because of the many changes made by Clench. bo ~l VOLUME 24, NUMBER | The thorough and badly needed revision of the Theclini by my colleague Harry K. Clench, Curator of Lepidoptera at the Carnegie Museum, is of such value and importance that it should be made available in catalogue form to purchasers of the synonymic list. My thanks are extended to Mr. Clench for clearing up some points that were uncertain in his work or not easily understood. He has been most liberal in his assistance. I am indebted also to my colleague, F. Martin Brown, for placing at my disposal a ms on the types of the Lycaenid butterflies described by William Henry Edwards of which he is the senior author with Paul A. Opler. Brown generously gave permission to use any of his ideas. Family LYCAENIDAE Subfamily THECLINAE HABRODAIS Scudder, 1876 Type: Thecla grunus Boisduval, 1852 Habrodias McDunnough, 1914 (lapsus calami ) 349 grunus ( Boisduval), 1852 a g. grunus (Boisduval), 1852 bg. lorquini Field, 1938 form chloris Field, 1938 c g. herri Field, 1938 HYPAUROTIS Scudder, 1876 Type: Thecla chrysalus Edwards, “1872-3” (1873) (= Thecla crysalus Edwards, “1872-3” [1873] ) 350 erysalus (Edwards ), “1872-3” (1873) chrysalus Auctorum chryaslus (Edwards), 1884 (lapsus calami) form citima (H. Edwards ), 1881 CHLOROSTRYMON Clench, [1961] Type: Thecla telea Hewitson, 1868 *351 simaethis ( Drury ), “1770” [1773] a s. sarita (Skinner), 1895 302 telea (Hewitson ), 1868 303 maesites ( Herrich-Schaffer ), 1864 PHAEOSTRYMON Clench, [1961] Type: Thecla alcestis Edwards, “1870-1” (1871) 304 alcestis (Edwards), “1870-1” (1871) a a. alcestis (Edwards), “1870-1” (1871) b_ a. oslari (Dyar), 1904 28 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY HARKENCLENUS nom. nov. pro Chrysophanus Hubner, 1818 (opinion 541, name 1235) Type: Chrysophanus mopsus Hubner, 1818 (opinion 541, name 1235) (= Papilio titus Fabricius, 1793) (opinion 541, name 1605) 3559 titus ( Fabricius ), 1793 a t. titus (Fabricius ), 1793 b t. mopsus (Hubner), “1818” [1809-13] c t. watsoni (Barnes & Benjamin), 1926 d t. immaculosus (Comstock), 1913 SATYRIUM Scudder, 1876 Type: Lycaena fuliginosa Edwards, 1861 Callipsyche Scudder, 1876 Strymon Auctorum (partim ) Thecla Auctorum (partim ) 306 fuliginosum (Edwards ), 1861 a f. fuliginosum (Edwards), 1861 suasa ( Boisduval ), 1869 ab. immaculata Gunder, 1927 b_ f. semiluna Klots, 1930 357 ~behrii (Edwards ), “1870-1” (1870) a hb. behrii (Edwards ), “1870-1” (1870) kali (Strecker ), “1872” [1878] ab. nigroinita (Gunder ), 1924 bb. erossi (Field), 1938 c b. columbia (McDunnough), 1944 358 auretorum (Boisduval), 1852 a a. auretorum (Boisduval ), 1852 tacita (H. Edwards ), 1881 b a. spadix (H. Edwards), 1881 359 tetra (Edwards ), “1870-1” (1870) adenostomatis (H. Edwards ), 1877 360 saepium ( Boisduval), 1852 chalcis Edwards, “1868-9” (1869 ) soepium ( Boisduval ), 1852 (lapsus calami) a 8. saepium (Boisduval), 1852 form fulvescens (H. Edwards ), 1877 form chlorophora (Watson & Comstock ), 1920 form provo (Watson & Comstock ), 1920 b s. okanagana (McDunnough), 1944 VoLUME 24, NUMBER | 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 liparops (Le Conte), [27 July 1833] a I. liparops (Le Conte), [27 July 1833] b_ I. strigosa (Harris), 1862 ab. pruina (Scudder ), 1889 c |. fletcheri (Michener & dos Passos ), 1942 liparops (Fletcher nec Le Conte [27 July 1833] ) “1903” [1904] d 1. aliparops (Michener & dos Passos ), 1942 kingi (Klots & Clench), 1952 calanus ( Hubner ), “1806” [1809] wittfeldii (Edwards ), 1883 a e. calanus ( Hiibner ), “1806” [1809] b_ e. falacer (Godart), “1819” [1824] lorata (Grote & Robinson ), 1867 inorata (Grote & Robinson ), 1867 ab. heathii ( Fletcher ), “1903” [1904] ce e. godarti (Field), 1938 caryaevorus (McDunnough), 1942 edwardsii (Saunders ), 1869 fabricii ( Kirby ), 1871 sylvinus ( Boisduval), 1852 s. sylvinus ( Boisduval), 1852 s. desertorum (Grinnell), 1917 s. itys (Edwards ), 1882 s. putnami (H. Edwards), 1877 putmani Brown, Eff, & Rotger, 1955 (lapsus calami) californica (Edwards ), 1862 borus ( Boisduval ), 1869 cygnus (Edwards ), “1870-1” (1871) acadica (Edwards ), 1862 acadia Brown, Eff, & Rotger, 1955 (lapsus calami) a a. acadica (Edwards), 1862 souhegan (Whitney ), 1868 souhegon (McDunnough), 1938 (lapsus calami) ab. muskoka (Watson & Comstock ), 1920 ab. swetti (Watson & Comstock ), 1920 b_ a. coolinensis (Watson & Comstock), 1920 c a. montanensis (Watson & Comstock), 1920 d a. watrini (Dufrane), 1939 dryope (Edwards ), “1870-1” (1871) Oo @ @ & 29 30 JoURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY EUMAEUS Hiibner, “1816” [1819] Type: Eumaeus minyas Hubner, “1816” [1819] (= Rusticus adolescens minijas Hubner, “1806” [1809] ) Eumenia Godart, “1819” [1824] *370 atala (Poey), 1832 a a. florida Rober, 1926 grayi Comstock & Huntington, 1943 371 minyas (Hiibner ), “1816” [1819] (emendatio ) minijas (Hubner ), “1806” [1809] toxea (Godart ), “1819” [1824] OENOMAUS Hiibner, “1816” [1819] Type: Papilio ortygnus (Cramer ), “1782” [1779] 372 ortygnus (Cramer), “1782” [1779] MINISTRYMON Clench, [1961] Type: Thecla leda Edwards, 1882 373 ines (Edwards ), 1882 374 leda (Edwards), 1882 375 elytie (Edwards ), 1877 gen. hiem. maevia (Godman & Salvin ), (1887 ) HETEROSMAITIA Clench, 1964 Type: Thecla bourkei Kaye, 1924 376 spurina Hewitson, “1862” [1867] 377 zebina (H. A. Freeman), 1950 CALYCOPIS Scudder, 1876 Type: Rusticus armatus poeas Hubner, “1806” [1811] (= Hesperia cecrops Fabricius, 1793 ) 378 beon (Stoll), 1782 379 cecrops (Fabricius ), 1793 poeas ( Hiibner ), “1806” [1811] ab. gottschalki (Clark & Clark), 1938 TMOLUS Hiibner, “1816” [1819] Type: Papilio echion Linnaeus, 1767 380 echiolus (Draudt), 1920 echion Auctorum (nec Linnaeus, 1767) 381 azia (Hewitson), 1873 nipona Auctorum (nec Hewitson, 1877) CALLOPHRYS (INCISALIA) Scudder, 1872 Type: Licus niphon Hiibner, [1819-] 1823 [1823] VOLUME 24, NUMBER 1 ol 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 polios Cook & Watson, 1907 ab. davisi Watson & Comstock, 1920 irus (Godart), “1819” [1824] a i. irus (Godart), “1819” [1824] arsace (Boisduval & Le Conte ), [1833] ab. baltaeta Scudder, 1889 balteata dos Passos, 1964 (lapsus calami) b i. hadros Cook & Watson, 1909 henrici (Grote & Robinson ), 1867 a h. henrici (Grote & Robinson ), 1867 b_h. turneri Clench, 1943 c h. margaretae dos Passos, 1943 d_h. solatus Cook & Watson, 1909 fotis (Strecker), “1877” [1878] f. mossii (H. Edwards ), 1881 f. schryveri Cross, 1937 _f. bayensis R. M. Brown, 1969 f. doudoroffi dos Passos, 1946 f. windi Clench, 1943 f. fotis (Strecker ), “1877” [1878] augustinus ( Westwood ), “1846-52” [1852] augustus (Kirby nec Fabricius, 1793), 1837 . augustinus ( Westwood ), “1846-52” [1852] . helenae dos Passos, 1943 . croesioides Scudder, 1876 . iroides ( Boisduval), 1852 ab. immaculata (Cockle ), 1910 e a. annetteae dos Passos, 1943 lanoraieensis Sheppard, 1934 niphon (Hitbner), [1819—] 1823 [1823] nipha ( Morris ), 1860 (lapsus calami) a n. niphon ( Htbner), [1819-] 1823 [1823] plautus (Scudder ), 1876 b_ n. elarki Freeman, 1938 eryphon (Boisduval), 1852 a e. eryphon ( Boisduval), 1852 b_ e. sheltonensis Chermock & Frechin, “1948” [1949] moiAo»o ® so 2 » & CALLOPHRYS (SANDIA) Clench & Ehrlich, 1960 Type: Callophrys (Sandia) mcfarlandi Ehrlich & Clench, 1960 390 macfarlandi Ehrlich & Clench, 1960 (emendatio ) mcefarlandi Ehrlich & Clench, 1960 32 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY CALLOPHRYS (XAMIA) Clench, [1961] Type: Thecla xami Reakirt, “1866” [1867] 391 xami (Reakirt), “1866” [1867] blenina (Hewitson ), 1868 CALLOPHRYS (MITOURA) Scudder, 1872 Type: Thecla smilacis Boisduval & Le Conte, [1833] (= Papilio damon Stoll, 1782 nec [Denis & Schiffermiiller], 1775 = Lycus gryneus Hubner, “1816” [1819] ) 392 loki (Skinner ), 1907 393 hesseli Rawson & Ziegler, 1950 394 gryneus (Hibner), “1816” [1819] a g. gryneus (Hiibner ), “1816” [1819] (gen. vern. ) damon (Stoll nec [Denis & Schiffermiiller], 1775), 1782 demon (Skinner ), 1897 (lapsus calami ) damastus (Godart ), “1819” [1824] auburniana ( Harris), 1862 ( partim) ab. octoscripta Buchholz, 1951 gen. aest. smilacis ( Boisduval & Le Conte ), [1833] auburniana ( Harris ), 1862 ( partim ) patersonia ( Brehme ), 1907 bg. sweadneri Chermock, “1944” [1945] c g. castalis (Edwards), “1870-1” (1871) discoidalis (Skinner ), 1897 form brehmei Barnes & Benjamin, 1923 395 spinetorum (Hewitson), 1867 ninus (Edwards ), “1870-1” (1871) cuyamaca (Wright ), 1922 396 siva (Edwards), “1874-6” (1874) a 8. siva (Edwards), “1874-6” (1874) rhodope (Godman & Salvin), (1887) bs. juniperaria J. A. Comstock, 1925 c s. mansfieldi Tilden, 1951 397 nelsoni ( Boisduval), 1869 a n. nelsoni ( Boisduval), 1869 ab. exoleta (H. Edwards ), 1881 b n. muiri (H. Edwards), 1881 398 johnsoni (Skinner), 1904 CALLOPHRYS (CALLOPHRYS) Billberg, 1820 Type: Papilio rubi Linnaeus, 1758 VOLUME 24, NUMBER 1 33 Lycus Hubner, “1816” [1819] (nec Lycus Fabricius, 1787) Licus Hubner [1819-] 1823 [1823] 399 affinis (Edwards ), 1862 a a. washingtonia Clench, 1944 b a. affinis (Edwards ), 1862 400 sheridanii (Carpenter ), 1877 (emendatio ) sheridonii (Carpenter ), 1877 (lapsus calami) _ a sheridanii (Carpenter ), 1877 (emendatio ) b s. neoperplexa (Barnes & Benjamin ), 1923 c s.newcomeri Clench, 1963 401 dumetorum (Boisduval ), 1852 a d.dumetorum (Boisduval), 1852 perplexa Barnes & Benjamin, 1923 402 apama (Edwards), 1882 a a. apama (Edwards), 1882 b a. homoperplexa Barnes & Benjamin, 1923 403 ecomstocki Henne, 1940 404 lemberti Tilden, 1963 405 viridis (Edwards), 1862 CALLOPHRYS (CYANOPHRYS) Clench, [1961] Type: Strymon agricola Butler & Druce, 1872 406 miserabilis Clench, 1946 pastor Auctorum (nec Butler & Druce, 1872) 407 goodsoni (Clench), 1946 facuna Auctorum (nec Hewitson, 1877 ) ATLIDES Hubner, “1816” [1819] Type: Papilio halesus Cramer, “1779” [1777] Brangas Hubner, “1816” [1819] 408 halesus (Cramer), “1779” [1777] a_h. halesus (Cramer ), “1779” [1777] dolichos (Hubner ), 1823 juanita (Scudder ), 1868 b_h. eoreorani Clench, 1942 form estesi Clench, 1942 DOLYMORPHA Holland, 1931 Type: Thecla jada Hewitson, “1862” [1867 | 409 jada ( Hewitson ), “1862” [1867] EURISTRYMON Clench, [1961] Type: Thecla favonius Smith, 1797 34 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY 410 polingi (Barnes & Benjamin ), 1926 411 favonius (Smith), 1797 412 ontario (Edwards), “1868-9” (1868 ) o. ontario (Edwards), “1868-9” (1868 ) o. violae (Stallings & Turner ), 1947 o. autolyeus (Edwards ), “1870-1” (1871) o. ilavia (Beutenmiiller ), 1899 mirabelle (Barnes ), 1900 (ely @ top HYPOSTRYMON Clench, [1961] Type: Thecla critola Hewitson, 1874 413 eritola (Hewitson ), 1874 PANTHIADES Hibner, “1816” [1819] Type: Papilio pelion Cramer, “1779” [1775] Parrhasius Hubner, “1816” [1819] Eupsyche Scudder, 1876 414 m-album (Boisduval & Le Conte), [June 1833] 8 psyche (Boisduval & Le Conte) [June 1833] STRYMON Hiibner, 1818 (opinion 541, name 1332) Type: Strymon melinus Hubner, 1818 (opinion 541, name 1602) 415 *416 417 Bithys Hubner, 1818 ( opinion 541, name 1234 ) Bythis Geyer, [1827-31] (opinion 541, name 1236) (lapsus calami ) Argus Gerhard (nec Bohadsch, 1761, nec Scopoli, 1763, nec Scopoli, 1777, nec Boisduval, 1832), 1850 Callipareus Scudder, 1872 Callicista Grote, 1873 Uranotes Scudder, 1876 martialis ( Herrich-Schaffer ), 1864 acis ( Drury ), “1770” [1773] mars ( Fabricius ), [1777] a a. bartrami (Comstock & Huntington ), 1943 melinus Hubner, 1818 (opinion 541, name 1602) a m. melinus Hubner, 1818 hyperici ( Boisduval & Le Conte), [27 July 1833] ab. youngi Field, 1936 b m. humuili (Harris), 1841 ab. meinersi Gunder, 1927 c m. franki Field, 1938 d m. pudieca (H. Edwards), 1877 VoLUME 24, NUMBER | 35 e m. atrofasciata McDunnough, 1921 f m. setonia McDunnough, 1927 418 avalona (Wright), 1905 419 rufofusea (Hewitson ), “1862” (1877) (emendatio ) rufo-fusca ( Hewitson ), “1862” (1877) 420 cestri ( Reakirt), “1866” [1867] 421 yojoa (Reakirt), “1866” [July 1867] *422, columella (Fabricius ), 1793 a ¢. istapa ( Reakirt), “1866” [1867] b ec. modesta (Maynard), 1873 ocellifera (Grote ), 1873 493 bazochii (Godart), “1819” [1824] thius Geyer, 1832 agra Hewitson, 1871 494 alea (Godman & Salvin), “1879-1901” [1887] laceyi (Barnes & McDunnough), 1910 425 bebrycia ( Hewitson), 1868 buchholzi H. A. Freeman, 1950 ERORA Scudder, 1872 Type: Thecla laeta Edwards, 1862 496 laeta (Edwards), 1862 2 clothilde (Edwards ), “1863-4” (1863) *427 quaderna ( Hewitson), 1868 a gq. sanfordi dos Passos, 1940 ELECTROSTRYMON Clench, [1961] Type: Papilio endymion Fabricius, 1775 *428 endymion (Fabricius), 1775 a e. cyphara ( Hewitson), 1874 TAXONOMIC DISCUSSION The following names, arranged in alphabetical order, have been omitted from this revised synonymic catalogue because they are now believed not to occur in the Nearctic region: PLycaena erytalus Butler, “1869” [1870] (?lapsus calami for Tmolus eurytulus Hiibner, 1819 ) Polyommatus hugon Godart, “1819” [1824] Strymon eurytulus (Butler), “1869” [1870] is a South American species of which erytalus auctorum is a misspelling and these names are ac- cordingly omitted from the list. 36 JoURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Strymon daraba (Hewitson ), “1861” [April 1867] is also a South American species and dropped from the List. Strymon pastor Butler & Druce, “1869-76” [1872] Thecla beroea Hewitson, 1868 Thecla cybira Hewitson, “1862-78” [1874] Thecla facuna Hewitson “1862” [1877] Thecla nipona Hewitson, 1877 The following explanations will help answer questions concerning placement of names, especially where the above list deviates from the treatment of Clench, or where more recent information has been in- corporated. HARKENCLENUS The International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature by opinion 541 suppressed among other names Chrysophanus Hubner, 1818, and placed it on the Official Index of Rejected and Invalid Names in Zoology for the purposes of the Law of Priority but not for those of the Law of Homonymy. Consequently, a replacement name is in order. For that purpose Harkenclenus has been chosen, being an arbitrary combination of the first syllables of the name of my friend and colleague, Harry Kendon Clench. The new name is masculine. SATYRIUM Satyrium edwardsii has from time to time been ascribed to Saunders or Grote & Robinson. It was a manuscript name of Saunders first pub- lished by Grote & Robinson (1867) in the synonymy of S. calanus. Since that is no longer considered a valid publication (Code, Art. 16 [b] [ii]), the name must be credited to Saunders who validly published it in 1869. KUMAEUS Clench removed Eumaeus from the Thecliti, and placed it in the Strymoniti. There are differences of opinion concerning the correct spelling of the name of the type species of this genus. When first published, it was written minijas, but when Hiibner later proposed this generic name and included this species in it, he wrote the name minyas, and that spelling has been generally accepted as a justified emendation. It seems better to adhere to the present practice especially since Minyas was a Greek hero and the letter “j” was not included in the classical Latin alphabet. HETEROSMAITIA Thecla spurina Hewitson, “1862” [1867] and T. zebina Hewitson ? 1862" [1567] were both named from single specimens taken in the VOLUME 24, NUMBER 1 on Amazon and Nicaragua respectively. One specimen of each has been reported from southern Texas by Stallings & Turner and H. A. Freeman. According to Clench in Ehrlich & Ehrlich ([1961]: 198), “Their true identity remains uncertain.” The former according to Clench (in litt.) belongs to the genus Heterosmaitia Clench, 1964, and it is probable that the latter belongs to the same genus. He is unable to place them with certainty at present. CALLOPHRYS Clench in Ehrlich & Ehrlich treats Callophrys viridis as a species in his key but omits it from the text. It is here included as a valid species. Further studies, on the biology and larval morphology, by G. A. Gorelick (J. Lepid. Soc., in press) have tended to confirm this separation. ATLIDES The correct taxonomic standing of estesi presents a problem of nomen- clature. The name was proposed as “Atlides halesus corcorani, form estesi, new normal form” (Clench, 1942). From a reading of Clench’s paper, it is clear that he intended estesi to represent the western popula- tion of halesus. On the other hand, Gunder had proposed corcorani as a transitional form (1934: 131). Transitional forms are generally considered aberrations, but Clench by his action gave this one subspecific standing. Accordingly, these names have been left as they stand in the synonymic list, but the authorship of corcorani has been ascribed to Clench, 1942. LITERATURE CITED Ciencu, H. K., 1942. A new race of Atlides halesus Cramer from California (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). Ent. News, 53: 219-221. [1961]. Subfamily Lycaeninae. Blues, coppers, harvesters, and hairstreaks. In: Ehrlich and Ehrlich. How to know the butterflies. Wm. C. Brown Company, Dubuque, Iowa, [8] + 262 pp., 525 figs. 1963. A synopsis of the West Indian Lycaenidae with remarks on their zooge- ography. J. Res. Lepid., 2: 247-270. pos Passos, C. F., 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Memoir No. 1, The Lepidopterists’ Society, vi + 145 pp. 1969. AQ JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY (s), 4-II-1900 (s), 30-IV-1900 (c) numerous, fresh, 30-IV-1902 (c). [Have recent records. | Polygonia comma (Harris) 1842. “P. comma”. 15-IV-1900 (s), 11-IV-1901 (c). [No records since 1901. Probably no longer present. | Chlosyne janais (Drury) 1782. “Synchloe janais”. 27-VI-1899 (c) [Bandera Co.], 22-VII-1908 (s) in garden. [Should stray into the area occasionally. ] Chlosyne lacinia adjutrix Scudder 1875. “S. lacinia”. 27-VI-1899 (c) [Bandera Co.], 13-IV-1900 (s), 5-IV-1901 (c), 15-IV-1902 (s), 16-IV-1902 (c), 5-XI-1902 (c), 5-XI-1902 (s), 11-VIII-1903 (1-ex larva; larva found on white ragweed [Parthenium hysterophorus L.], 31-VIII-1903 (1-ex larva). [Have recent records.] Chlosyne endeis (Godman & Salvin) 1894. Not listed in Lacey’s field notes. Recorded by Barnes & McDunnough (1913). Collected by Lacey (1¢, 12); 6 marked “Texas,” the @ May 1902, Edwards Co., much worn. [Strays]. Phyciodes texana texana (Edwards) 1863. “E. texana’. 21-I-1901 (s), 2-III- 1901 (s), 30-IV-1902 (s) fresh, 25-VI-1902 (c), 20-II-1909 (c). [Have recent rec- ords. | Chlosyne nycteis nycteis (Doubleday) [1847]. “P. nycteis”. 12-IV-1900 (s), 30-III-1901 (s), 10-IV-1902 (s), 16-IV-1902 (c). [Have recent records. ] Chlosyne gorgone carlota (Reakirt) 1866. “Ph. ismeria’. 19-IV-1899 (c). [No recent records, but should be present. ] Phyciodes tharos tharos (Drury) [1773]. “Ph. tharos”. 13-III-1900 (s), 18- III-1900 (s), 7-III-1909 (c). [Have recent records. | Phyciodes phaon (Edwards) 1864. “Phaon”. 18-III-1900 (c), 30-III-1901 (c), 5-XI-1902 (s), 7-IJI-1909 (c). [Have recent records. | Phyciodes vesta (Edwards) 1869. “Ph. vesta”. 2I1-III-1899 (s), 18-III-1900 (c), 18-III-1901 (s), 25-IV-1901 (c), 7-IV-1902 (c), 10-IV-1902 (c), 5-XI-1902 (c), 24-I-1909 (s). [Have recent records. ] Thessalia theona bollii (Edwards) [1878]. “M. bollii”. 25-V-1900 (c) first I have ever seen, 28-V-1906 (c-1), 21-VI-1900 (c-3), 6-IX-1900 (s), 19-V-1908 first I have seen here for years, 5-IX-1908 (c) fairly common on the hill, 7-IX-1908 (c) more on the hill. [Have recent records. | Dymasia dymas (Edwards) 1864. “M. dymas”. 25-26-VI-1899 (c) San Antonio [Bexar Co.]. [Have recent records, but urbanization is rapidly destroying habitats. ] Texola elada ulrica (Edwards) 1877. “M. elada’. 15-26-VII-1898 took good series [Edwards Co.], 25-30-VII-1901 (c) [Kimble Co.], 8-VIII-1901 (c), 30-IV- 1902 (c). [Have recent records. | Poladryas minuta minuta (Edwards) 1861. “M. arachne’. 15-VII-1898 (c-2) [Edwards Co.], 27-IX-1898 (c-18) near [ranch] gate, 21-VI-1900 (c), 14-IV-1901 (s), 20-IV-1901 (c-45), 21-VIII-1901 (s), 22-IV-1902 (s) several, 23-IV-1902 (c), 30-IV-1902 (common), 9-VI-1902 (s) many on Kerrville road, 13-VI-1902 (fairly common), 21-VIII-1904 fresh brood out, 7-IX-1908 (c-2), 26-I-1909 (s) not seen generally until April, 15-VIII-1909 (c) several, 12-IV-1910 (s), 14-II-1911 (s) along Turtle Creek road. [No records since 1911. Habitats probably destroyed by over grazing of sheep and goats.] Euptoieta claudia (Cramer) [1776]. “E. claudia”. 31-I-1900 (s) this month, 4-II-1900 (s), 21-II-1900 (c), 7-XI-1900 (c), 17-11-1901 (Ss); 52 xqeisoz eee | Have recent records. | Euptoieta hegesia hoffmanni Comstock 1944. “E. hegesia”. 15-VIII-1909 saw fine fresh E. hegesia but failed to get it. [Should stray into the area rarely. |] Heliconius charitonius vazqueze Comstock & Brown 1950. “Heliconius charitonius.” 26-VII-1898, one of the Miller boys caught it by hand in Kerrville and brought it to Palmer’s place. I have not seen it here before. 19-VII-1908, saw one in the garden but couldn’t get it. [Migrant. Should be found there occasionally. | Dryas julia moderata (Stichel) 1907. “Coleenis julia”. 7-X-1900, Jim Taylor VoLUME 25, NuMBER 1 Al took one last month and brought it to me to identify. 6-X-1906 (s-2), 11-VIII-1907 (c-1) at the ranch; better than I got in Mexico. 14-VIII-1907 (c-1) saw three others. [Migrant. Should be found occasionally. ] Agraulis vanillae incarnata (Riley) 1926. “A. vanille”. 24-IV-1900 (s) fresh, 2-II-1901 one settled three times on the stem of my pipe as I was having a smoke near the little dam, 5-XI-1902 (s) fresh. [Have recent records. ] Danaidae Danaus plexippus plexippus (Linnzus) 1758. “D. archippus”. 28-X-1882 crowds going south, 23-X-1892 were passing over all day, 25-III-1900 common, weary looking, 17-V-1900 (s) fresh, 13-III-1901 (s) worn, 30-IV-1902 (c) fresh, 5-XI-1902 (s) fresh, 27-V-1903 (s-1) fresh, 19-X-1904 in swarms, 29-II-1908 (s) fresh, 8-X-1916 gathering about the willows and pecans, 10-X-1916 going south in hundreds, 31-III-1917 going north, not in the big bunches that go south in the fall, 5-X-1918 for the last week they have been swarming in the pecan. Danaus gilippus strigosus (Bates) 1864. “Strigosus”. 21-I-1901 (s), 13-III- 1901 (s), 5-XI-1902 (s), 24-I-1909 (s). [Have recent records. ] Satyridae Euptychia hermes sosybius (Fabricius) 1793. “N. sosybius”. 11-VI-1900 (c), 1-VII-1904 (s). [Should be found occasionally. ] Euptychia cymela cymela (Cramer) [1777]. “Eurytus’. 15-V-1900 (c). [Possi- bly western distributional limit. Have recent records. ] Euptychia rubricata Edwards [1871]. “N. rubricata”. 5-V-1900 (s), 28-VIII- 1900 (c), 6-IX-1900 (c), 4-IIIJ-1901 (s-1), 6-IV-1901 (c), 16-IV-1901 (c), 8-V- 1902 (c). [Have recent records. ] Cercyonis pegala texana (Edwards) 1880. “S. texana”’. 21-VI-1900 (c), 7-19-VII-1900 (c) [Kimble Co.], 16-VI-1901 (s) several, 9-VI-1902 (s). [Have recent records. | Sphingidae Manduca sexta (Johanssen) 1763. “Carolina”. 12-IX-1916 yesterday I took a large Carolina sphinx from a mantis. [Have recent records. ] Sphinx eremitoides Strecker 1874. “H. eremitoides’. 12-IX-1916 a mantis was eating an H. eremitoides, 13-IX-1918 yesterday I noticed 3 or 4 H. eremitoides rest- ing on posts while fixing fence. This morning I went around with a poison jar and gathered in about 20. Their color matched the cedar posts exactly. 14-IX-1918 (c-6), 22-IV-1919 many on fence posts, 23-IV-1919 more, quite a bunch of them. [Have recent records, but never found common. ] Hemaris thysbe (Fabricius) 1775. “Thysbe”’. 10-III-1900 (c), 25-III-1900 watched female laying its eggs on flower buds of black haw [Crataegus tracyi Ashe]. Last year I found the caterpillars of this moth feeding on honeysuckle [Lonicera albiflora T. & G.] 13-III-1901 (c-1). [Should be found occasionally.] Hemaris diffinis (Boisduval) 1836. “H. axillaris”. 10-III-1900 (c). [Should be found occasionally. ] Amphion nessus (Cramer) 1777. “Amphion nessus” 28-IIJ-1900 (c). [Should be found occasionally. ] Xylophanes tersa (Linnezus) 1771. 7-XI-1896 on Nueces [River] [Uvalde Co.] picked up a sphinx larva with false eyes on it like the elephant hawk at home | Deilephila elpenor L.| [Have recent records. | Hyles lineata (Fabricius) 1775. “C. lineata’. 10-III-1900 (c-2), 19-V-1908 screech owl feeding her young Sphinx moth (lineata). [Have recent records. ] 49, JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Saturniidae Hyalophora cecropia (Linnzus) 1758. “Cecropia’. 6-IV-1900 (1) ex pupa, another 3 or 4 days ago. 3-IV-1901 (1) ex pupa, 12-V-1901 (1) ex pupa, 24-V- 1903 (1) ex pupa. [Should be found occasionally. ] Actias luna (Linnzus) 1758. “Luna”. 6-III-1908 yesterday I saw a beautiful fresh luna moth. [Have recent records. ] Antheraea polyphemus (Cramer) 1775. “T. polyphemus”. 11-VI-1902 on the first of the month Rawson got me a female T. polyphemus; she laid a lot of eggs which I brought home and the larvae were hatched this morning. 6-III-1918 (c). [Have recent records. ] Hemileuca maia (Drury) 1773. “Hemileuca maia”’. 4-XI-1900 (c-1) first this year, 11-XI-1902 (1) ex larva, 18-XI-1902 a female hatched from one of my pupae. I took it outside with a bit of mosquito curtain over the box. It was immediately surrounded by males. All the males came up wind to the box and when they over ran the scent, circled back to it like a pack of hounds. 31-X-1903 (s), 23-X-1904 (c), 11-XI-1912 (s) first this season. [Have recent records.] Hemileuca grotei Grote & Robinson 1868. “H. grotei’. 5-XI-1902 (c), 7-XI- 1902 (192) ex larva, 9-X-1904 (19) ex larva. [Have recent records. ] Eacles imperialis (Drury) 1770. “Eacles imperialis”. 26-VIII-1901 (c). [No recent records. Probably western distribution limit. ] Amatidae Horama texana Grote 1867. “Horama texana’”. 1-IX-1916 (c) first I have seen here, 2-IX-1916 (c). [No recent records but should be found occasionally.] Arctiidae Apantesis arge (Drury) 1770. “Arge”. 7-XI-1900 (c), 26-II-1901 watched arge deposit eggs on a dead grass stem. [Have recent records.] Hyphantria cunea (Drury) 1770. “H. cunea”. 16-X-1900 caterpillars have stripped most of the pecans and walnuts of their leaves; ranchers are busy attending to the caterpillars. 6-X-1909 worse than ever, the caterpillars get into everything and in some places are all over the ground. 10-X-1916 webworms (H. cunea) very numerous this year. [Have recent records. ] Noctuidae Pseudaletia unipuncta (Haworth) 1809. “L. unipuncta”. 9-X-1904 very common a week or two ago, 26-XI-1904 numerous caterpillars this year. [Have re- cent records. | Lithophane laceyi (Barnes & McDunnough) 1910. Not mentioned by Lacey in his field notes. Described from specimens collected by Lacey. Should be there. Spodoptera frugiperda (Smith) 1797. “L. frugiperda”. 9-X-1904 very common a week or two ago, 26-XI-1904 same as above. [Have no recent records. | Catocala consors (Smith) 1797. “Consors”. 25-V-1902 (c) out now. [Have recent records. | Sepa junctura Walker 1857. “Junctura”. 25-V-1902 (c). [Have recent records. Catocala frederici Grote 1872. “Catocala frederici”. 31-V-1903 (c) at night. This is the fourth of this rare species that I have taken. [Should be found rarely. | eatin ultronia (Hiibner) 1823. “Ultronia”. 25-V-1902 (c). [Should be taken rarely, | Catocala similis Edwards 1864. “Similis”. 95-V-1902 (c). [Should be found alu | iy VoLUME 25, NuMBER 1 43 Catocala micronympha Guenée 1852. “Micronympha”. 25-V-1902 (c). [Have recent records. | Catocala amica (Hubner) 1818. “Amica”. 25-V-1902 (c). [Have recent records. ] Alabama argillacea (Hiibner) 1823. “A. argillacea”. 9-X-1904 swarms: every- where, 26-XI-1904 numerous. [No recent records but should be found regularly. ] Notodontidae Datana ministra (Drury) 1773. “Caterpillars”. 27-VI-1899 the pecan trees on the Medina [River] [Bandera Co.] are completely stripped of their leaves by caterpillars, something like those of our buff-tip moth [Phalera bucephala L.] [Have recent records. | Lasiocampidae Malacosoma disstria Hiibner 1820. “M. disstria”. 23-IV-1900 last Friday and Saturday the train was delayed for half an hour in the neighborhood of Boerne, Texas [Kendall Co.] by the quantity of caterpillars on the rails that prevented the wheels from getting a grip on them. These caterpillars are completely stripping the oak trees. [This species was very abundant during 1959-1964 throughout central Texas. It has since been under control, apparently through natural biological means.] Megalopygidae Lagoa laceyi Barnes & McDunnough 1910. Not mentioned by Lacey. De- scribed from specimens collected by Lacey. No recent records, but it should be found there rarely. Acknowledgment This article is dedicated to the memory of our very dear friend and fellow Lepidopterist, Mrs. Ellen Schulz Quillin who died suddenly at her home in San Antonio, Texas 6 May 1970. Mrs. Quillin was founder of the Witte Memorial Museum and Director for thirty-seven years, and Direc- tor Emeritus until her death. She was a noted botanical author and lec- turer. Without her foresight in acquiring the hand scribed field notes of Howard George Lacey, these data could not now be made available to the Lepidopterists’ community. Literature Cited BARNES, WILLIAM, AND J. McDuNNoucH. 1910. A new Thecla from Texas. Can. Ent. 42: 365-366. 1913. Species of Lepidoptera new to our fauna, with synonymical notes. Can. Ent. 45: 182-185. Burns, Jonn M. 1964. Evolution in skipper butterflies of the genus Erynnis. Univ. Calif. Pub. in Ent. 37: 44-64. Cuiencu, H. K. 1966. The synonymy and systematic position of some Texas Lycaenidae. J. Lepid. Soc. 20: 65-66. pos Passos, Cyrm F. 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Lepid. Soc. Mem. 1. 44 JoURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY 1969. A revised synonymic list of the Nearctic Melitaeinae with taxonomic notes (Nymphalidae). J. Lepid. Soc. 23: 115-125. 1970. A revised synonymic catalog with taxonomic notes on some Nearctic Lycaenidae. J. Lepid. Soc. 24: 26—38. McAtping, W. S., 1939. A new Metal Mark (Calephelis) from Texas. Bull. Brook- lyn Ent. Soc. 34: 75-80. McDunnovucu, J. 1938. Checklist of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America, Part 1, Macrolepidoptera. Mem. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 1 (1). 1939. Checklist of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America, Part 2, Microlepidoptera. Mem. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 2 (1). A REVISION OF SPEYERIA NOKOMIS (NYMPHALIDAE)?* C.LirFoRD D. FERRIS University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming MikE FISHER 1200 Summit Road, Ponderosa Hills, Parker, Colorado It is proposed that Speyeria nokomis nitocris (Edwards) be elevated from the synonymy as placed by dos Passos (1964), to subspecific rank for the reasons which are delineated in the paragraphs below. In an earlier work (dos Passos and Grey 1947), Speyeria nokomis nitocris was treated as a valid subspecific taxon, but later (1964), dos Passos treated this taxon as synonymous with S. nokomis nokomis (Ed- wards). For the past several years, we have made a study of this insect in Colorado (M. F.) and in Arizona and New Mexico (C. D. F.). The Colorado insect, S. nokomis nokomis is quite distinct in habitat and fascia from the Arizona-New Mexico insect, S. nokomis nitocris. Speyeria nokomis nokomis (Edwards ) Original Description: “Descriptions of certain species of diurnal Lepidoptera found within the limits of the United States and British America.” No. 3. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 14: 221 (1863). Figured by Edwards, B. N. A. pl. Argynnis 4 (1868). Type Locality: This was fixed by dos Passos and Grey (1947) as Mount Sneffels, Ouray Co., Colorado. This location has been questioned by Brown (1957b, p. 335) and does not appear consistent with presently known habitats for n. nokomis. The neotype male (AMNH) bears the label “Oslar Sneffels Mts Ouray Co Col Aug 9000 Ft.,” “A. nokomis.” and “Ex Coll. Wm. C. Wood Acc. 36915.” Discussion: In the plate which accompanies this paper, three sub- species of Speyeria nokomis are figured. Dorsally the males are similar 1 Published with the a Journal Paper No. 434. pproval of the Director, Wyoming Agricultural Experiment Station, as Votume 25, Numser | 45 but distinct differences are evident on the ventral surfaces. In S. n. no- komis, the discal area of the hind wing is a pale cimnamon brown. The silver spots are large, brilliant, and moderately edged with black. The species as a whole is strongly dimorphic (excepting n. wenona) and the females dorsally tend almost to black basally. In n. nokomis, dorsally the females show a blue-green overscaling in the dark areas with a light buff submarginal band. On the primary, the band shows a yellow-orange flush; on the secondary the flush is bluish. Ventrally, the females are similar to the males as far as the primaries are concerned, except that the colors are more intense and the ground color is a darker red. On the secondary, the submarginal band is a light buff and the ground color of the discal area is buff overscaled with a greenish-black dusting. Fe- males from the Paradox Valley colony in Colorado tend to be more blue dorsally than specimens from other localities. This insect is currently known from several locations in Colorado, from Uintah Co. in eastern Utah, and in a blend with n. apacheana from more westerly areas of Utah. The Colorado locations are Unaweep Canyon, Mesa Co., 6000’ and Paradox Valley, Montrose Co., 5200’. The Colorado habitats are nearly neutral seep areas where there is a constant flow of water and are surrounded by willow thickets. The violets which serve as the larval foodplant grow in the understory of the seeps and are found only sparsely in the thickets. The surrounding region, except in the vi- cinity of other seeps and washes is relatively arid. The sites of both colo- nies are unusual with respect to their geology. The usual rock formation in this portion of Colorado is Mancos shale. The Unaweep Canyon seep emerges along a spring line in granite and flows over what appears to be stream alluvium. The canyon is unusual in that it is mainly composed of granite. The Paradox Valley colony is in a blowsand area. The Uintah Co., Utah area is a rather unrewarding looking meadow, but with the necessary prerequisites of willow, violets, and a constant flow of water. The presence of willow is probably only incidental to the presence of nokomis. Both willows and violets are frequently found in the same loca- tion in arid regions. There is one additional recent record of S. nokomis from Colorado. This is a worn female taken by Scott Ellis at Rogers Mesa Delta Co., 5850/ 26 August 1958. The source of this specimen has not yet been determined. although it perhaps came from an undiscovered Colorado colony. Dos Passos and Grey (1947) fixed the type locality for S. nokomis no- komis as Mount Sneffels, Ouray Co., Colorado. We feel that we must take exception to this fixation for several reasons. Collecting im recent 46 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY years in this area (Brown, in litt.) has failed to turn up this butterfly. The ecology of the fixed type locality is not consistent with currently known collection areas. Furthermore the neotype does not fit the original description (Brown, 1965). There is also a disparity in dates. Dos Passos (1964) indicates an 1862 (“1861-3”) date for the Edwards publication of the description of n. nokomis. If this is the correct date, it would not seem possible for the specimens to have come from Ouray Co., as the first whites to enter this area came in 1871. Oslar is known to have been quite inaccurate in his data. As Brown has mentioned (1965), the Ma- comb Expedition entered the area west of Paradox Valley in 1859 (Ma- comb and Newberry 1876). It is possible that the material ascribed to Edwards 1862 was actually collected on this expedition. Brown placed the probable type locality for S. nokomis nokomis (Edwards) (and not for the neotype S. nokomis nokomis dos Passos and Grey) as Ojo Verde, San Juan Co., Utah. The location Ojo Verde is mentioned in the Ma- comb/Newberry report. The topographical coordinates are given in the report as lat. 38° 14’ 50” and long. 109° 26’ 40’. Present United States Coast and Geodetic Survey maps do not show Ojo Verde, but the co- ordinates would indicate it to be in the vicinity of Hatch Wash. In Au- gust, 1969, the senior author attempted to locate this site. He was un- successful as that portion of Utah is now posted as an impact area for test missiles launched from Green River, Utah. The warning notices and travel directions were sufficiently ambiguous that he did not wish to risk entry into the area. The comments in the Macomb/Newberry report would appear to in- dicate a possible habitat for n. nokomis. Macomb and his associates camped at Ojo Verde in mid-August and would thus have been there at the correct time of the year for the insect’s flight. Of the area, the fol- lowing comments are made: “The Ojo Verde is a copious spring in a canon cut out of the red sandstone, ten miles west of La Teneja. The surrounding country is very sterile, sparsely set with sage bushes and small cedars, but about the spring the bottom of the cafion is covered with the greenest and most luxuriant grass.” It would appear then that the type locality for S. nokomis nokomis (Edwards) is most probably somewhere in eastern Utah, and not in Ouray Co., Colorado, although L. P. Grey now favors the Rio Hondo area in Lincoln Co., New Mexico. There also exists a record of a single male and two females of S. n. nokomis taken September 15, 1877 by Lt. C. A. H. McCauley at the cross- of the Lower Rio Florida, La Plata, Co., Colorado 6500-7000’ some VOLUME 25, NuMBER 1 AT twenty miles east of Durango. These specimens are now part of the Strecker Collection at the Chicago Natural History Museum. The male was apparently misidentified at one point in time and appears to be S. cybele carpenteri (Edwards) (see Brown 1957a). It was originally re- corded in the McCauley report (1879) as Argynnis cybele. The female records were checked by L. P. Grey and one is figured in the report (Plate I). The flight span of S. n. nokomis is generally during the first three weeks in August, although it has been taken from mid-July (Unaweep Canyon ) into September. Speyeria nokomis nitocris (Edwards ) Original Description: “Description of new species of diurnal Lepidoptera found in North America.” Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 5: 15-16 (1874). Figured by Edwards, B. N. A. 3: [91-92], Argynnis I; Holland, B. B., p. 85, pl. 13. (type). Type Locality: White Mountains, Arizona. Based upon the discussion in Brown (1965), and the study by the senior author of the distribution of nokomis in Arizona, the type locality is probably east of Ft. Apache, along the East Fork of the White River, Apache Co., Arizona. The lectotype (designated by dos Passos and Grey 1947) (CM) bears the label “Nitocris ¢ W. Mtns. Ariz. type” and is the specimen figured by Holland. Discussion: The accompanying plate clearly shows the differences be- tween n. nokomis and n. nitocris. Generally the colors are much more intense in n. nitocris. In the males, ventrally, the discal area of the sec- ondary is a deep cinnamon brown, the silver spots are quite brilliant and heavily margined with black scales. The submarginal band is darker than in n. nokomis and shows an orange flush over the lighter buff ground color. In the females, dorsally, the dark colored areas are more extensive than in n. nokomis and the blue-green overscaling is more prominent. Ventrally, the discal area of the secondary has a cinnamon ground color which is heavily overscaled with velvety black. The submarginal band is yellow-buff but overscaled with dark scales. The habitat of S. n. nitocris lies in lush Canadian Zone meadows or along the mountain streams which feed such meadows. The adults show a preference for feeding upon red thistles of various species. S. nokomis nitocris generally flies at higher elevations that does S. n. nokomis. It has been taken from 5400’ to 8500’ and appears to be more common at higher elevations. It has been recorded from Arizona: Gila, Coconino, Green- lee, Navajo, Apache Cos.; from New Mexico: Catron, Valencia, San Miguel, Taos Cos. S. n. nitocris is found in the region of the Mogollon Rim and White Mountain country in Arizona, and in the extension of this terrain into New Mexico (Mogollon Mountains and eastward). It then 48 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY COLORADO FLAGSTAFF O4 PHOENIX Ter + wovoe ARIZONA NEW MEXICO Fig. 1. Probable distribution for S. nokomis. Solid dots indicate S. nokomis nitocris; open dots indicate S. nokomis nokomis. Not all collection sites are shown. The dotted line which encloses each series of dots indicates the probable range of the given subspecies where suitable habitats exist. Mt. Sneffels is represented by the open triangle and Ojo Verde by the solid triangle. occurs in pockets at various other locations in New Mexico. The flight period extends from mid-August into early September. Of the two subspecies, nitocris is the more common. Both are quite local, but nitocris has been taken in numerous localities and is some- times found in high concentration. In both subspecies the males appear to outnumber the females by a ratio of more than 5:1. The females ap- pear less active than the males and keep to areas with dense vegetation. In nitocris, the males appear as soon as the dew starts to dry off in the VOLUME 25, NUMBER 1] 49 morning and they may be seen feeding or patrolling their territories. The females appear more toward noon and except when feeding, are gen- erally flushed from the tall grass and willows which border the streams associated with their habitat. Mating behavior has been described by Ferris (1969). It is interesting to note that as one examines western populations of S. nokomis through Utah and into California, the ratio of the sexes becomes nearly equal. From a somewhat limited study, it would appear that both subspecies appear in strength in any given colony on an alternate year basis. For comparison, also illustrated in the plate are specimens of S. nokomis apacheana (Skinner) from California. Ventrally these are quite distinct from the Rocky Mountain Region-Northern Arizona-New Mexico ma- terial. In the males the discal area is almost the same color as the sub- marginal band. In the females, the discal area is concolorous with the submarginal band, but is overscaled with greenish-black. We interpret the range of S. nokomis nokomis as being restricted to southwestern Colorado, and to Uintah and San Juan Cos., Utah. It would appear from preliminary studies that n. nokomis and n. apacheana inter- grade in Utah. An interesting note on the blend zone situation was pre- sented by Swisher and Morrison (1969). They collected nokomis from California to Colorado. Based upon a somewhat limited number of specimens, they found n. apacheana to be the only form in California. In Washington Co., Utah (SW Utah at Leeds), they found 24% inter- mediate between n. apacheana and n. nokomis. Collecting at Glendale, Kane Co. (40 miles east of Leeds) yielded 17% intermediates and 15% referable to n. nokomis. In northeastern Utah at Vernal, Uintah Co., they found 20% intermediate and 44% were referable to nokomis. Colorado specimens (Montrose Co.) were all n. nokomis. The remaining percent- age figures at each site apply to n. apacheana. The sex ratio, males to fe- males, are reported as 3:2 for n. apacheana and 9:1 for n. nokomis as an average over the sites visited. Females of n. nokomis are quite scarce in Colorado. The range of S. nokomis nitocris is restricted to northern Arizona, New Mexico and south-central Colorado along the New Mexico border. We feel that S. nokomis nigrocaerulea (Cockerell and Cockerell) should be treated as a synonym of S. nokomis nitocris because it evidently represents an eastern outpost of the latter subspecies. Occasional New Mexico specimens are larger than material from the White Mountains of Ari- zona, and sometimes more darkly marked, but we do not feel this varia- 50 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Wi Aa V-0% Wy 4 yy Fig. 2. a-d. S. nokomis nokomis, Unaweep Canyon, Mesa Co., Colo., 6000’. b, c, Female, 20-viii-1967; c, d, male, 18-viii-1967. e-h. S. nokomis nitocris. e, Female, Willow Creek, Catron Co., New Mex., 25- viii-67, 8100’; f, female, Pine Creek, Gila Co., Ariz., 7-viii-67, 5400’; g, male, Al- pine, Apache Co., Ariz., 17-viii-67, 8300’; h, male, Pine Creek, Gila Co., Ariz., 7- vili-67, 5400’. i-l. S. nokomis apacheana, Round Valley, Inyo Co., Calif., 5000’. i, j, Female, 24—viii- 1968; k, 1, male, 11-viii-1963. VOLUME 25, NUMBER l Dil tion sufficient to warrant nomenclatural distinction. The New Mexico insect was originally described from Beulah. This has created some confusion as Beulah does not currently exist as a town. It is a mail route in the Sapello Valley, San Miguel Co., New Mexico. Farming and ranch- ing have essentially wiped out the habitat for nokomis. We would in- clude here the specimen taken by Rotger in Conejos Ce.. Colorado and described in Brown (1957b). In some species of Speyeria, there is considerable change in discal color intensity as a function of altitude. S. mormonia is a good example. We considered this to be the situation with S. nokomis. Examination of col- lection sites indicates that both n. nokomis and n. nitocris are found at comparable altitudes although the latter extends into higher altitudes. The ecologies of the respective habitats are quite different. It is on basis of fascia, habitat, and geographical location that we have separated the two subspecies. It should be noted that the underside color of n. nitocris fades quite rapidly on the wing, and this may have been the reason for confusing the two subspecies in the past. The very dark color of the disc in fresh n. nitocris is most distinct from the color of the same area in fresh n. nokomis. We would thus propose a revised treatment of S. nokomis as follows: SPEYERIA (SPEYERIA ) Scudder, 1872 Type: Papilio Nymphalis Phaleratus idalia Drury, “1770” [1773] Argynnis Auctorum =Dryas Hubner, [1806] (Opinion 278, name 75) (partim) Neoacidalia Reuss, 1926 ( partim) 612 nokomis (Edwards ), “1861-3” (1862) an. nokomis (Edwards), “1861-3” (1862 ) form valesinoidesalba (Reuss), 1926 (emendatio ) b n. nitocris (Edwards ), “1874-6” (1874) nigrocerulea ( Cockerell and Cockerell), 1900 ab. rufescens (Cockerell ), 1909 nitrocris dos Passos, 1964 (lapsus calami ) cn. coerulescens ( Holland), 1900: cerulescens McDunnough, 1938 (lapsus calami) dn. apacheana (Skinner), 1918 nokomis (Edwards) 1873 (nec Edwards, “1861-3” [1862] ) e n. wenona dos Passos and Grey, 1945 Acknowledgments The authors would like to thank the following collectors who supplied specimens for examination, and information on habitats and ecology: J. D. Eff, Bruce Harris, J. H. Masters, and R. E. Stanford. Scott Ellis pro- vided extensive habitat notes for Colorado. Special thanks are due F. Martin Brown of Colorado Springs, Colorado and L. Paul Grey of Lin- JoURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Ol bo coln, Maine who provided collection data, reviewed the manuscript, and made many pertinent comments during the preparation of this paper. Mr. W. H. Shaughnessy of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia kindly provided data for specimens collected by Skinner in New Mexico. Mr. Kilian Roever of Phoenix, Arizona kindly provided additional Ari- zona collection records and made some additional comments upon the habits of n. nitocris. He noted that females of this species generally ovi- posit in shaded or semi-shaded open woods where there are seeps, al- though one female was observed ovipositing in an open meadow formed by an old beaver dam. Also supplied were records of specimens refer- able to n. apacheana from Garfield, Iron, Kane, and Washington Cos., Utah. The intermediate situation between n. nokomis and n. apacheana was noted as discussed above. Literature Cited Brown, F. M. 1957a. The McCauley expedition to the San Juan region of Colo- rado in 1877. J. N.Y. Ent. Soc. 65: 139-145. 1957b. Colorado Butterflies. Denver. 1965. The types of the Nymphalid butterflies described by William Henry Edwards Part I. Argynninae. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 91: 233-350. pos Passos, C. F. 1964. Figs. 1-11. Manus Island Papilionidae (full expanse in brackets). 1, Graphium agamemnon admiralis Rothschild @ , Oct. 1968, (68 mm); 2, G. macfarlanei admiralis Rothschild §, Jan. 1969, (74 mm); 3, G. macfarlanei admiralia Rothschild OF an 1969. (70 mm); 4, Papilio cartereti Oberthur é, May, 1969, (1S Sinn eee. cartereti Oberthur 9, May, 1969, (125 mm); 6, P. ulysses gabrielis Rothschild 2, June, 1968, (102 mm); 7, P. ulysses gabrielis Rothschild 2, Oct. 1968, (110 mm); 8, G. codrus auratus Rothschild 9, Dec., 1968, (77 mm); 9, P. polydorus manus Talbot 3, April, 1968, (83 mm); 10, P. polydorus manus Talbot &@ melanic, Dec., 1968, (72 mm); 11, P. polydorus manus Rothschild ©; Dec:, 1968 (85 imme VOLUME 25, NuMBER 1 76 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY bi ie Figs. 12-15. Manus Island Papilionidae. 12, Papilio phestus reductus Rothschild 6, Oct., 1968, (76 mm); 13, P. phestus reductus Rothschild 9, July, 1968, (68 mm); 14, Ornithoptera priamus admiralitatis Rothschild ¢, April, 1969, (140 mm); 15, O. priamus admiralitatis Rothschild ¢@, April, 1969, (157 mm). acterized principally by the prominent black margins of both fore- and hind wings. Primaries with greatly reduced green submarginal spots, sometimes barely indicated against the black ground color. Hind wing of the male lacking submarginal band entirely or displaying but a trace of this band in the form of two or three faint spots. Hind wing of the female with a greater area of black ground color, resembling seminigra sutler from New Britain. Graphium agamemnon admiralis (Rothschild ) Papilio agamemnon admiralis Rothschild, 1915, p. 195. Described from 3¢ 6, 59 9, Manus Island (Meek Expedition). Not common in general. Male to female ratio approximately 4 to 3. No appreciable variation. The subspecies characterized in both sexes by the prominent and broad black margins on the upper surfaces. Submar- VoLuME 25, NuMBER 1 on ginal spots very greatly reduced, sometimes almost absent. Hind wing resembling that of P. agamemnon argynnus ( Druce). Papilio cartereti Oberthur Papilio cartereti Oberthur, 1914, p. 187 (April 8). Papilio weymeri Niepelt in Strand, 1914, p. 53; plate 11, fig. 1 (Jan? May?). Papilio cartereti Oberthur (=P. weymeri); Oberthur 1915, p. 499; plate 311, fig. 4602; plate 312, fig. 4603. Papilio weymeri Niepelt; Rothschild, 1915, p. 194. Papilio weymeri Niepelt in Strand; Strand 1926, p. 410. Papilio weymeri Niepelt in Strand; Bryk 1930a, p. 192. Papilio weymeri Niepelt in Strand (= P. cartereti Oberthur); Bryk 1930b, p. 608. Papilio ? weymeri Niepelt; Munroe 1961, p. 43. P. cartereti described from 1é¢ and 192 from the Admiralty Islands collected by the Meek Expedition; named by Oberthur after the navigator Carteret who appar- ently visited the islands in 1767. P. weymeri described from a single female from the Admiralty Islands (not collected by Meek; see Rothschild 1915, p. 192). Roths- child (1915, p. 194) recorded 66 6 and 62 2 from Manus (Meek Expedition). It has not so far proved possible to establish beyond doubt the priority of the synonymous names Papilio cartereti Oberthur and Papilio weymeri Niepelt in Strand, both names without doubt having appeared in the first six months of 1914. Reference to page 528 of Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. for 1914 establishes the date for P. cartereti as 8th April 1914 (the date of publica- tion for “Seance 25 Mars” in which Oberthur’s description appeared). Part 1 of Lepidoptera Niepeltiana in which P. weymeri was described by Niepelt has the forward dated October, 1913, but the paper cover is clearly dated 1914. Copies in the libraries of the British Museum ( Nat- ural History) and the Royal Entomological Society of London give little further information. The copy formerly in the Zoological Museum, Tring (The Museum of Walter Rothschild), however, has been overprinted “Januar” and has a Tring Museum date stamp “Received 25 July 1914.” Oberthur (1915, p. 499) states that his own description of the species appeared in March and thus a little earlier (“un peu avant lui’) than Niepelt’s, which he claims appeared in May (“paru en Mai’). It would seem that there was some delay in the distribution of Niepelt’s privately published work; the British Museum (Natural History) did not receive a copy until 22nd May 1920 and the Royal Entomological Society did not obtain a copy until it purchased part of the Joicey Library (the copy in question unfortunately having no original receiving date on it). How- ever, it is known that the description of P. cartereti appeared on 8th April 1914 while that of P. weymeri appeared certainly sometime before 25th July 1914. Whether one accepts the single overprinting date of January on the ex Tring copy of Lepidoptera Niepeltiana or Oberthur’s claim 78 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY that it appeared in May is at present a matter of opinion. The present location of the holotype of P. weymeri is not known to the author; two syntypes of P. cartereti are in the British Museum (Natural History). Only member of the Papilionidae confined soley to Manus Island. Males flying erratically and never seeming to settle. Females less com- mon than males; flying slowly in and among small, stunted brush. June, July and August exceptionally good flight months. Male greatly resembling P. bridgei Math. In cartereti ground color very dark brownish-black. Upper surface of the forewing always with a band of eight cream colored spots. Band of hind wing broad and uni- formly greyer than spots of forewing. Variation in males almost non- existent except in size. Female with a generally browner ground color on upper surface than male. Medium band of forewing dusted, smoky light brown. On hind wing a large postmedian band of six brilliant blue patches, terminating at the inner margin with an additional bright orange spot. Submarginal crescents pale orange. Papilio phestus reductus Rothschild Papilio phestus reductus Rothschild, 1915, p. 193. Described from a “type” (holotype) and a further pair (paratypes) from Manus, collected by the Meek Exvedition. Not especially common on Manus. Males slightly more prevalent than females. According to Rothschild in his original description of reductus, this form is distinguishable in male by lack of any light spot in cell of hind wing. This characteristic, however, also prevalent in males from New Ireland. Prominent deep-orange patch at the inner margin of Manus Island phestus always triangular or nearly so. New Ireland phestus with same spot squared or rectangular. In female of reductus a greater varia- tion in the number of white and cinnamon spots on hind wing. Papilio ulysses gabrielis Rothschild Papilio ulysses gabriclis Rothschild, 1898; p: 207, Described from a series of 64 and one 2 from St. Gabriel, Admiralty Islands, collected by Captain H. C. Webster, February, 1897. Rothschild (1915, p. 194 re- ceived a further 92 ¢ from Manus (Meek Expedition ). Prevalent the year round and quite common. As many as 15 adults can be netted in an hour, the majority imperfect in condition. Females considerably rarer. Extent of blue in both sexes varying noticeably, but always remaining greatly reduced when contrasted with other ulysses subspecies. VoLUME 25, NuMBER 1 79 Pachlioptera polydorus manus (Talbot) Papilio polydorus manus Talbot, 1932, p. 155. Papilio polydorus utuanensis Ribbe; Rothschild 1915, p. 193. Described from 2¢ ¢ and 59 @ from Manus, Sept.-Oct., 1913 (presumably col- lected by the Meek expedition). Rothschild (1915, p. 193) recorded 76 6 and 62 2 from Manus collected by Meek, under the name P. polydorus utuanensis. Common, tending to be abundant periodically. Male-female ratio nearly identical. Some males melanistic, displaying dark suffusion over more normal, creamy white spots of hind wing, thereby approaching P. polydorus dampieriensis Hag. Ornithoptera priamus admiralitatis (Rothschild ) Papilio priamus admiralitatis Rothschild, 1915, p. 192. Described from 1¢ and 82 2, Manus (Meek Expedition). Common and widespread, flying throughout the year. Approximately an equal ratio of sexes in the wild. In male, admiralitatis totally lacking dorsal green scaling on veins in disc of forewing. On hind wing, above, green scaling denser than in O. priamus bornemanni Pagenst, its nearest ally. O. p. admiralitatis males rarely lacking golden yellow patch in costal area. In female, according to Rothschild, admiralitatis distinguish- able from bornemanni by shorter, rounder wings and _blackish-grey, brighter ground color. Furthermore, pale patches of hind wing extend- ing almost to cell; some specimens with a white spot in cell. On hind wing dark spots in light patches very much larger than in bornemanni. Acknowledgments The author is sincerely indebted to the painstaking work of Mr. R. I. Vane-Wright of the British Museum (Natural History). His efforts con- cerning the research of the literature has enabled the author to document this article with comparatively rare and pertinent material. In addition, Mr. Vane-Wright has assisted greatly in the development of the final manuscript and certainly without his help this article could not have been completed. Literature Cited Bryk, F. 1930a. Papilionidae II (Papilio). Lepid. Cat. 37. 1930b. Papilionidae III. Lepid Cat. 39. Munroe E. 1961. The Classification of the Papilionidae (Lepidoptera). Can. Ent. Suppl. 17. Nizpett, W. 1914. In Strand, E. Lepidoptera Niepeltiana. 1. OseRTHUR, C. 1914. Description d’une nouvelle espéce de Papilio des iles de YAmirauté (Lep. Rhopalocera). Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (1914) pp. 187-188. -—— 1915. Etudes de Lépidoptérologie Comparée 10. Rennes. 80 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY RorHscHitp, W. 1898. Some New Lepidoptera from the East. Novit. zool. 5: 216-219. 1915. On the Lepidoptera in the Tring Museum sent by Mr. A. S. Meek from the Admiralty Islands, Dampier, and Vulcan Islands. Novit. zool. 22: 192-208, 387-402, etc. Serrz, A. 1927. Macrolep. World. 9, The Indo-Australian Rhopalocera. Stutt- art. sen E. 1926. Liste des Rhopalocéres et Grypocéres exotiques décrits dans mes travaux jusquen 1926. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 51: 397-418. Talbot, G. 1932. New Forms of Lepidoptera from the Oriental Region. Bull. Hill Mus. Witley 4: 155-169. A NOTE ON “MATING FLIGHT OF BUTTERFLIES WITH MIMETIC FEMALES AND NON-MIMETIC MALES” My friend R. H. Carcasson’s note under the above heading (1970, Journ. Lep. Soc., 24: 72) caused me to look up my own records; the following may be of in- terest: Belenois thysa Hpffr. (Pieridae )—Nyali, 4.vii.70. Male flew. Acraea encedon 1. (Acraeidae )—Kampala, 8.v.49 and 30.vii.49 (two pairs). Fe- male flew. Euryphene mardania orientis Karsch (Nymphalidae )—Shimba Hills, 31.v.70. Fe- male flew. Precis clelia Cr. (Nymphalidae )—Kampala, 8.v.49. Female flew. Hypolimnas misippus L. (Nymphalidae )—Kampala, 8.v.49. Female flew. Castalius calice Hpffr. (Lycaenidae )—Nyali, 9.vii.70. Female flew. Both sexes of A. encedon, the female of H. misippus and the female of E. mar- dania mimic Danaus chrysippus L. P. clelia and C. calice are not mimetic and both sexes of B. thysa might be said to mimic Mylothris. My own feeling is that the flying position of mated pairs is more of a family, or possibly subfamily, characteristic, and has no direct relationship with mimicry. D. G. SEvastoputo, P. O. Box 5026, Mombasa, Kenya. SOME RECORDS OF EURISTRYMON ONTARIO (LYCAENIDAE) Euristrymon ontario ontario Edwards is rare enough in eastern North America that any captures deserve to be put on record, particularly when the associated en- vironmental circumstances also can be given. On the basis of what little habitat information I had, the shale barrens of the mid- Appalachians seemed to be an appropriate place for this little-known species. An opportunity to look for it there came in June 1968 when my wife and I drove from Mlorida to Pittsburgh. We planned our route to cross the Appalachians in Virginia at a point where shale barrens were known to occur, and on 14 June we stopped in the late afternoon to collect in a typical barrens area in Alleghany County, Virginia, ar ¢ lifton Forge. Between 4 and 6 PM EDST I took five nearly fresh specimens ttaTrwo. vere on the newly opening flowers of Dogbane (Apocynum cannabinum) VoLUME 25, NuMBER 1 81 which grew in a large, dense stand on a steep, east-facing slope of road fill, the rays of the late afternoon sun just grazing the plants. Only a few feet away was a low, open forest of hard pine and oaks. One of the latter, Quercus ilicifolia (or marilan- dica), is a low shrubby species that may possibly be the larval foodplant of ontario. Also taken at the same time and place were: Satyrium calanus falacer Godart (22, fresh), S. liparops strigosum Harris (16, fresh), both taken on Dogbane; Achalarus lyciades Geyer (fresh) and Thorbyes (apparently both pylades Scudder and bathyllus Smith), on the flowers of Vipers Bugloss (Echium vulgare); Epargyreus clarus Cramer and Speyeria cybele Fabricius, both on a single plant of Common Milkweed (Asclepias syriaca) growing among the Dogbane. A pair of rather worn Hesperia sassacus Harris was also taken. My favorite shale barrens area is in Green Ridge State Forest, Allegany County, Maryland. Rumor has long had it that ontario occurs here, and the general habitat is similar to the Virigina locality. So as soon as possible after we reached Pittsburgh, and armed with my newly augmented knowledge of the environmental choice of ontario, my wife and I headed for Green Ridge and spent a day (22 June 1968) looking for it, but absolutely in vain. The next year, 1969, I was unable to visit Green Ridge at the right time, but in 1970 I went there again and spent 19-20 June combing the area carefully over a wide range of possible habitats. On the 19th I found none at all, even though several of the places searched seemed ideal. But on the 20th my luck changed: in three dif- ferent locations I took a total of four specimens, all rather worn. These captures were as follows. (a) “Boy Scout Meadow” [my term]: one each in two different stands of Dogbane, a moderate-sized stand at least 50 feet from the forest, and a large stand immediately adjoining the forest; the forest is low and open, dominantly hard pine with oak and hawthorn admixed, in the valley of Fifteen-Mile Creek (elevation 790 ft.); (b) Sugar Bottom Road: one on the white flowers of Wild Quinine (Parthenium integrifolium) along the roadside at the edge of a tall, fairly dense forest of mixed pine, oak and probably hickory along the crest of a ridge (elevation 940 ft.); on the other side of the road was a large cut-over area of stumps, low shrubs and forbs; (c) White Sulphur Community Pond: one on flowers of Dogbane growing in a moderate-sized stand about 25 feet from the edge of a low forest of pine and oak (elevation 750 ft.). Quercus ilicifolia is a com- mon species in the Green Ridge area and formed part of the forest in several of the above areas, perhaps all of them. In addition to ontario, 28 species of butterflies were taken during these two days. The more significant of these are: Limenitis arthemis astyanax Fabricius (the commonest butterfly at the time); Epargyreus clarus (common, on flowers of both Dogbane and Viper’s Bugloss); Speyeria cybele (rather common, on flowers of Dogbane and Butterfly Weed, Asclepias tuberosa); Achalarus lyciades (one only); Satyriwm calanus falacer and S. liparops strigosum (both somewhat worn, on Dogbane, falacer much the commoner and also on leaves at woods edges); Chlosyne nycteis Doubleday (fairly common and fresh); Thorybes pylades (worn). Lethe portlandia anthedon A. H. Clark was just beginning to ap- pear (only a single specimen was seen), as was Pompeius verna Edwards. Our preparator, Mr. John Bauer, has long been interested in ontario, and after I had brought back the Maryland specimens he went out to try his luck, despite the already late date. On 28 June, the first day with favorable weather, he went west of Pittsburgh and at a spot near the common boundary point of Allegheny, Beaver and Washington Counties he took a single, much worn specimen, a new species record for Pennsylvania. Western Pennsylvania is an area of essentially deciduous forests of various kinds, and this locality is in a small area of mixed maple and White Oak forest; it is quite different from the Virginia and Maryland localities. His single specimen was taken on the flowers of Common Milkweed. At the same time and place Mr. Bauer also took Satyriuwm calanus falacer (common, somewhat worn, on 82 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY leaves), S. liparops strigosum (somewhat worn) and Harkenclenus titus Fabricius (fresh) (the latter two on Butterfly Weed), a single female of S. acadica Edwards (on milkweed), along with Chlosyne nycteis (fresh), Polites peckius Kirby and Pompeius verna (both fresh), Lethe portlandia (fresh) and Thorybes pylades (very worn ). Sa several records of ontario permit some generalizations on habitat and flight period that may be of help to others in searching for it. Proximity to a forest, pref- erably low and rather open, of hard pine (Pinus virginiana is probably the species most often involved) and oak (Quercus ilicifolia presumably one of them) is a common factor for most of the records. So, too, is a nearby open meadow, or other suitable open area, where Dogbane grows. Dogbane seems to be by far the most favored food flower, although single captures in Green Ridge and in Pennsylvania indicate that other flowers may occasionally be visited. Dr. C. F. dos Passos informs me that Dogbane is the favored food flower of ontario in New Jersey, and Professor Ernest M. Shull makes the same observation for northern Indiana. In view of the condition of the specimens and their dates of capture I would estimate that normally the flight period of ontario in the Virginia-Pennsylvania re- gion begins on the 10th to 15th of June (possibly a little earlier) and lasts no more than about 20 days, an exceptionally short flight period for a butterfly. The 15th- 20th of June seems to be about the optimum time for seeking it in reasonable num- bers and in good condition. It appears just about when Hesperia sassacus is ending its flight, perhaps about 10 days after Thorybes pylades has begun to fly, and just before the appearance of Speyeria cybele, Satyrium falacer, S. liparops and Lethe portlandia. E. ontario is always uncommon, and usually rare. Perched on Dogbane flowers it is usually not reliably distinguishable from falacer or liparops which occur with it. In the Green Ridge area I searched approximately 15 moderate to large-sized stands of Dogbane and found ontario in only three. In its daily behavior it may resemble falacer in making use of the forest for roosting at night, and perhaps for mating, but feeding much of the day at flowers usually in nearby fields or other open areas. The records discussed above may be summarized as follows: Virginia: Alleghany Co.: 4 mi E of Clifton Forge, on Va. 42 about % mi N of ject. with US 60; 14.vi.1968, 3 ¢@ 29 (H. Clench). Maryland: Allegany Co.: Green Ridge State Forest, 6 mi E of Flintstone, 20.vi. 1970 (H. Clench): (a) “Boy Scout Meadow” on Fifteen-Mile Creek Rd. about 1.5 mi N of US 40, 1¢ 19; (b) Sugar Bottom Road, ca. 1 mi S of US 40, 19; (c) White Sulphur Community Pond, ca. 2 mi S of US 40, 19. Pennsylvania: Allegheny Co.: Murdocksville, ca. 3 mi WNW of Clinton, about at common point of Allegheny, Beaver and Washington Cos., 28.vi.1970, 13 (John Bauer ). Harry K. CLENcH, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Penna. SHAPIRO COLLECTION AT CORNELL The Arthur M. Shapiro collection of about 13,000 mounted and determined Rhopalocera has been placed in the Department of Entomology and Limnology at Cornell University. It includes 9436 specimens (108 species) from upstate New York and Pennsylvania, of which highlights include long series of all the northeastern Lethe (including the newly recognized species, L. appalachia), Limenitis arthemis/ astyanax intergrades, representatives of the newly discovered Lycaeides melissa sam- uclis population from western New York, the unique McLean Bog, N. Y. population of VoLUME 25, NuMBER 1 83 Poanes massasoit, and such little-known skippers as Euphyes dion and bimacula, Poanes viator, and Hesperia leonardus and metea. Shorter series of special interest are Coenonympha tullia heinemani, a unique eastern Adirondack Cercyonis, Erora laeta, Incisalia spp., and Colias interior from Pennsylvania and Tug Hill, N. Y. Singletons include a hybrid of Limenitis arthemis and archippus and a gynandromorph of Pieris rapae, both taken wild in Tompkins Co., N. Y. The British series includes 1393 specimens (24 species), of which 558 are of the very strange Pieris napi-group taxon from northern Scotland (about 20 localities). There are far-northern Scottish Lycaena phlaeas, Polyommatus icarus, and Coeno- nympha pamphilus, and a bred gynandromorph of English P. napi. Thymelicus lineola is represented by examples from both countries, including 116 documenting the spread of this introduced species through central New York since 1968. Among 1026 butterflies in miscellaneous series are over 200 of a Colias philodice- eurytheme hybrid swarm in southeastern Arizona, various mutants of the eastern Colias, and a series of Lycaenopsis pseudargiolus from the New Jersey pine barrens including extreme lucia. Finally, there are 1111 bred Pieridae illustrating genetic and environmental experiments on color and pattern regulation. L. L. PecuuMan, Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. SPECIMENS DAMAGED BY CARPENTER ANTS Even the unseasoned collector is aware of the necessity for protecting specimens in storage or cabinet with paradichlorobenzene or naphthalene, to guard against dermestid infestation. In any closed container, these substances repel all injurious pests. When used in a drying cabinet, specimens on setting boards can also be pro- tected. When setting boards are not enclosed, however, specimens may be subject to one uncommon pest, the Carpenter Ant, Camponotus pennsylvanicus. On one occasion I found my boards swarming with workers of pennsylvanicus, and the abdomens of several specimens had been eaten. The setting board grooves were stained yellow beneath the specimens with what may have been a formic acid solution, secreted by the ants to soften the abdomen tissues while feeding. Since dermestid damage is a slow process, there is little danger of destruction dur- ing the relatively short time specimens are on the setting boards. Damage from C. pennsylvanicus, however, can occur in only minutes. To prevent its recurrence, I treated the edges of all setting boards with a commercial insecticide having strong residual properties. No further ant damage has been noted since this precaution was taken. J. B. Woop, 140 Pines Drive, Henderson, Kentucky. IRWIN COLLECTION TO ILLINOIS NATURAL HISTORY SURVEY The writer of this note has donated the bulk of his collection to the Illinois Nat- ural History Survey, Urbana, Illinois. It consists of approximately 3,800 pinned specimens of mostly North American butterflies, with emphasis on the Illinois fauna. A number of species contained in the collection were not previously represented in 84 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY the Survey collection by Illinois specimens; four species are represented by the only Illinois specimens known. Also included are 63 specimens originally in the collection of William Henry Ed- wards and bearing his holograph labels; of these one is an Edwards syntype. This material was listed and its history discussed in a paper in this Journal (Irwin, 1966, J. Lepid. Soc. 20: 156-162). It has been extensively studied by F. Martin Brown during his current researches on the Edwards butterfly types (see Brown, 1964, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 90: 323-413, and subsequent papers in this series). With the addition of the Irwin collection, that of the Survey becomes the largest and most complete of Illinois butterflies in existence. The Survey is second only to the Field Museum among Illinois institutions in total holdings of Lepidoptera. The writer is currently incorporating several other individual collections as well as his own into the unified Survey butterfly collection, while the remainder of the Lepi- doptera is being curated by Dr. Robert W. Poole of the Survey staff. The writer plans to continue to collect and study Lepidoptera, and to complete the faunal survey of Illinois butterflies which he and Dr. John C. Downey have been conducting for several years. Roperick R. Irwin, 24 East 99th Place, Chicago, Illinois. BOLORIA EUNOMIA LADDI (NYMPHALIDAE) IN COLORADO On 5 July 1967, John Sorensen of Waterloo, Iowa, Pat Conway of Chicago and I collected a small series of Boloria eunomia (Esper) in a willow bog just above 10,000+ feet in Gunnison County, Colorado. After examination, these specimens appear to belong to the “Wyoming” subspecies, laddi (Klots), rather than to the “Colorado” subspecies, caelestis (Hemming). They agree with the laddi phenotype by having dark, red-brown coloration on the basal area of the underside of the hind wing and on the subapical patch on the underside of the forewing; rather than the light, yellow-brown coloration of caelestis. Their appearance on the upperside does not differ from either laddi or caelestis. I have no hesitation in assigning them to laddi, even though they are separated from Wyoming populations of this subspecies by considerable distance. Other than a record by Scott Ellis (19 July 1964, also Gunnison County), these are the only known examples of eunomia from west of the continental divide in Colo- rado. I suspect that the laddi phenotype will be found to occur along the western slope in Colorado, while the caelestis phenotype will be endemic to the Colorado eastern slope. Joun H. Masters, Lemon Street North, North Hudson, Wisconsin. FLIGHT PATTERN OF THE MALE OF ANISOTA VIRGINIENSIS (CITHERONIIDAE ) a. colony of fourth-instar larvae of Anisota virginiensis (Drury) was found feed- ing on Water Oak, Quercus nigra (L.), early in July, 1970, about seven miles north of McClellanville, South Carolina The larvae were reared successfully to pupation. cc were preserved by both inflation and vacuum Che authors were especially interested in rearing this species through About half a dozen mature larvae freeze-drying. VoLUME 25, NuMBER 1 85 to the adult stage for, contrary to the usual pattern, their collection contains a series of females all caught in light traps, but there is not a male in the crowd. A search of the literature working backward from Lutz and Holland through Seitz, Packard, McDunnough, Forbes, etc., revealed a multitude of descriptions and lots of lovely plates and figures of the males and females, but nowhere an answer to the evident dislike of males for our light traps. It was a chance question during a visit by Drs. D. C. Ferguson and J. G. Franclemont that began to shed some light on the mystery. “Aha,” they said in unison. “It’s no wonder. Males of virginiensis are crepuscular and don’t fly after dark!” And so we waited while our twenty-one pupae ticked along. On 21 July a female emerged early in the morning and within one week the whole lot had proved viable and had emerged; there were about equal num- bers of males and females. Without exception both sexes emerged soon after sun- rise and were expanded and ready for flight by about 9 AM, EST. They were in a screen wire cage on a sheltered porch outdoors, and we killed and mounted all the males as soon as they were dry enough (except for one which escaped with re- markable rapidity). The females, which remained quite docile, were left alive in the cage in hopes that they would attract wild males in the late afternoon and thus prove the crepuscular theory. In vain we sat and watched until it was too dark to see, and again the following mid-afternoon till dark. The next morning about eleven o clock one of us (CRE) happened to pass by the cage and in utter astonishment saw a very swift red object buzzing rapidly about. A hasty grab for a handy net, and a wild male virginiensis was bagged. The following day about noon one of our wives who maintains a close interest in our odd activities reported the same phe- nomenon. She likewise grabbed the nearby net but failed in the capture. There- after we ceased our fruitless afternoon and evening vigils and instead stood watch from sunrise on. In three days, before our last female died her natural death, we caught thirteen more wild males, all between 10 AM and 1:30 PM, EST. They fly rapidly and erratically, reminding one of fast skippers or small Sphingidae, often stopping to hover nearby for a moment and then darting off again. Patience is required of the stalker; wild mid-air sweeps of the net are generally disasterous, but the temptation tantalizing. Thus the actual number of males attracted may have exceeded those captured. The wild males we did capture were almost without exception fresh and in good condition. We did not mate any of the females, and found their natural infertile adult life to be about five days. One strange and so far unexplained incident occurred. On two occasions a fly- ing object paid a swift passing visit to the caged females. We should have be- lieved it to be virginiensis by size, speed and flight pattern but it was dark in color, not the typical deep red of virginiensis which is very conspicuous in flight. The first of these UFO’s zipped away too fast for identification, but it bore resemblance to the second which hovered at the cage just long enough for positive identification as Amphion nessus (Cram). While the latter is a common day-flier in this area, it certainly bears no close relationship to the Citheronidae, and its attraction seems a mystery. RicHArpD B. DominicK AND CHARLES R. Epwarps, The Charleston Museum, Charleston, South Carolina. 86 JoURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY BOOK REVIEW MARIPOSAS DE VENEZUELA. By Michael Schmid and Bradford M. Endicott. 1968. xi + 67pp., 142 color illus. Publisher: L. Levison Junr., Copenhagen. [available in U.S. from Entomological Reprint Specialists, P.O.Box 207, East Lansing, Michigan; price $9.95] This, the first book ever to treat Venezuelan butterflies, is, as it should be, in Spanish; but, fortunately for the North American reader, contains a complete Eng- lish text in the back. The 142 colored plates are excellent. Those species depicted were undoubtedly chosen for their beauty, but still comprise a characteristic repre- sentation of the Venezuelan fauna. All but a very few, e.g. Morpho species and Agrias narcissus, are species that occur in the populated Venezuelan coastal plain. The commentary on each species is brief but interesting and easily read. The English text is not an exact translation of the Spanish but in a few places has been adjusted slightly for an English audience as, for instance, in the addition of a few English vernacular names. It is easy to fault the book for the outdated nomenclature used, most of which dates back to Seitz. I found 38 of 113 butterflies placed in a taxonomically incorrect genus. A table of “recent name changes” in the back of the book corrects ten of these, but another seven are changed to still another improper usage. This book is an introduction to Venezuelan butterflies and not a definitive study of them. For the Venezuelan with a casual interest in Lepidoptera or for the North American Lepidopterist with a casual interest in Venezuela, it has a definite place. Joun H. Masters, P.O. Box 7511, St. Paul, Minnesota. NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. D. F. Hardwick, K. W. Neatby Bldg., Central Experimental Farm, Carling Ave., Ottawa, Canada. Contributors should prepare manuscripts according to the following instructions; failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide margins, on one side only of white, 8% x 11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (never in headings). References to footnotes should be numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) or (Comstock 1933, 1940a, 1940b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading LireratureE Cirep, in the following format: Comstock, J. A. 1927. Butterflies of California. Los Angeles, Calif. 334 pp. 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 39: 198-199. Illustrations: Al! photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (44% x7 inches), including space for legends. The authors name, figure numbers as cited in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic) figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction without touch-up work. Figures, both line drawings and halftones, should be num- bered consecutively in Arabic numerals. The term “plate” should not be employed. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations), headed ExPLANATION OF FIGURES, with a separate paragraph de- voted to each page of illustrations. Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for correction of printer's errors. Excessive author’s changes at this time will be charged to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. Tables: Tables should be numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals. Headings for tables should not be capitalized. Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and notices, should be sent to the editor of the News: Dr. C. V. Covell, Dept. of Biology, Univer- sity of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyrit F. pos Passos Price, postpaid: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, add $1.50. Revised lists of the Melitaeinae and Lycaenidae will be distributed to purchasers free. ALLEN PRESS, INC. eRinTeD LAWRENCE, KANSAS usr CONTENTS Bowden, S. R. American white butterflies (Pieridae) and English food- Plants cc 6-12 Brussard, P. F. Field techniques for investigations of population structure in a “ubiquitous” butterfly 2000) 240) 22-29 Clench, H. K. Some records of Euristrymon ontario (Lycaenidae) —_.____ 80-82 Dominick, R. B. and C. R. Edwards. Flight pattern of male of Anisota virginiensis (Citheroniidae) 0... 84-85 Ebner, J. A. Some notes on the Papilionidae of Manus Island, New Guinea 73-80 Emmel, T. C. Symbiotic relationship of an Ecuadorian skipper (Hesperi- idae) and Mazxillaria orchids Ferris, C. D. and M. Fisher. A revision of Speyeria nokomis (Nymphal- Robe) te GN a 4-52 Gray, R. E. Papering Lepidoptera in glassine envelopes __.......---- 65-68 Hardwick, D. F. The life history of Heliothis oregonica (Noctuidae) 1- 6 Irwin, R. R. Irwin collection to Illinois Natural History Survey 83-84 Kendall, Roy O. and C. A. Kendall. Lepidoptera in the unpublished field notes of Howard George Lacey, naturalist (1856-1929) _.....- 29-44 Lindsay, S. A. A host plant for northern populations of Euchloe olympia (Pieridae ) i030) 0 ali) Nr 64 Masters, J. A. Book Review: Mariposas de Venezuela __........ 86 Masters, J. A. Consul panariste (Nymphalidae) in Venezuela __....__ 19 Masters, J. A. Boloria eunomia laddi (Nymphalidae) in Colorado _.__.___ 84 Miller, L. D. and T. C. Emmel. The Brazilian “Cercyonis” (Satyridae) 12-19 Pechuman, L. L. Shapiro Collection at Cornell 82-83 Sevastopulo, D. G. A note on “Mating flight of butterflies with mimetic females and non-mimetic males”) 00 ee 80 Stary, P. and I. K. Kaddou. Observations on the biology of Ocnerogyia amanda Stgr. (Lymantriidae), a pest of Ficus in Iraq 53-57 Straatman, R. The life history of Ornithoptera alexandrae Rothschild ___ 58-64 Wood, J. B. Specimens damaged by carpenter ants 83 Wright, D. A. Hybrids among species of Hyalophora 68-73 BY | Volume 25 1971 Number 2 JOURNAL ) of the _ LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY one. ~ BY, Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN i a, MY + 4 Ay if 4 ; 19 May 1971 ; ; THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE D. F. Harpwicx, Editor of the Journal C. V. CovEtx, Editor of the News S. A. Hessen, Manager of the Memoirs EXECUTIVE COUNCIL C. L. Remincton (New Haven, Conn.) President Lioyp M. Martin (Prescott, Ariz.) President-elect H. A. FrEEMAN (Garland, Texas) 1st Vice President JuL1an Jumaton (Cebu City, Philippines) Vice President K. W. Pure (Fairbanks, Alaska) Vice President S. S. Niconay (Virginia Beach, Va.) Treasurer J. C. Downey (Cedar Falls, Ia.) Secretary LzE D. Miter (Sarasota, Fla.) Secretary-elect Members at large (three year term): E. C. Wetuine (Merida, Mexico) 1972 A. E. Brower (Augusta, Me.) 1971 ANDRE BLANCHARD (Houston, Texas) 1973 W. C. McGurrin (Ottawa, Ont.) 1971 R. B. Dominick (McClellanville, S. C.) Y. NExRuTENKO (Kiev, U.S.S.R.) 1971 1973 B. Matuer (Clinton, Miss.) 1972 J. P. Donanut (Los Angeles, Calif.) M. Ocata (Osaka, Japan) 1972 1973 The object of the Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All members receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the News each year. Active members—annual dues $10.00 Student members—annual dues $5.00 Sustaining members—annual dues $20.00 Life members—single sum $150.00 Institutional subscriptions—annual $15.00 Send remittances, payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society, and address changes to: S. S. Nicolay, 1500 Wakefield Dr., Virginia Beach, Virginia, 23455. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. fag JOURNAL OF Tue LeprpopreristTs’ SOCIETY Volume 25 1971 Number 2 A REVIEW OF THE GENUS ARCAS WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES (LYCAENIDAE, STRYMONINI) S. S. NICOLAY 1500 Wakefield Drive, Virginia Beach, Virginia In 1832, William Swainson described Arcas as a “subgenus” of the sub- family “Theclanae” (=Theclinae) and established Papilio imperialis Cramer as the type species. Yet, most writers throughout the intervening 138 years have neglected to use the name, to identify additional species as belonging to this subgenus or to further define and clarify its status. The purpose of this work is to establish Arcas as a valid genus of the Lycaenidae, and to separate those species that belong to Arcas from the all-inclusive genus Thecla. Arcas, as presently conceived, contains seven species; five heretofore contained in Thecla Fabricius, the sixth and seventh described as new. The male of one species, A. splendor Druce has been unknown for almost 64 years and is herein described and figured for the first time. Clench (1963) allied Arcas with Atlides Hiibner and Pseudolycaena Wallen- gren. Certainly the three genera share many structural similarities. By the same token, Arcas may be readily separated from both by such sig- nificant characters as the male scent-spot, the very deep tornal cleft and extraordinarily long tails on the hind wing, and obvious differences in the genitalia of both sexes. All species in the genus are Neotropical. The type species, A. imperialis has the widest distribution, being found virtually unchanged in habitus from Mexico south through Panama and throughout South America to southem Brazil and Bolivia (Figure 6). The following abbreviations are used to indicate the collections from which specimens have been examined and data recorded in this study: (USNM) Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.; (CM) Camegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania; (AM) American Museum of Natural History, New York; (AF) Allyn Museum of Entomology, Sarasota, Flor- ida; (MN) Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil; (GS) Gordon B. 88 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Small collection, Balboa, Canal Zone; (PG) P. Gagarin collection in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil; (JD) Dr. John C. Downey collection, Cedar Falls, Iowa; (N) the author's collection. Genus Arcas Swainson, 1832 Type species: Papilio imperialis Cramer, 1775 Hind wing with two long tails, the shorter (5 mm) at the end of Cui, the second at the end of Cuz at least twice as long (10-15 mm); anal angle very deeply cleft forming an elongate, narrow anal lobe. Male with a scent-spot on forewing. Ab- domen yellow beneath. Palpi very long, thick, porrect and twice as long as head, curved downward, with all joints entirely covered with close-set mixed blue and black scales. Frons and head covered with brilliant green metallic scales; antennae black, slender, the club scarcely thicker than stalk; eyes with short, obscure bristles. Male genitalia with the saccus very long, slender, almost twice as long as complete genital ring; ventrally, a pair of pointed, triangular processes extending from the an- terior vinculum, and curving partially around valvae; valvae rather compact, broad, about one-half length of vinculum, separated their entire length. Aedeagus very long, longer than combined length of vinculum and saccus, slender, apically flaired and upturned, with two terminal cornuti, one with obscure terminal apical teeth. Female genitalia with a complex ductus bursae consisting of three distinct sections or elements; entire terminal section of ductus bursae cone-shaped, dorsal plate heavily sclerotized, fan-shaped, relatively wide, smooth-edged, ventral portion mem- branous near opening, becoming sclerotized at base; mid-section a long, curved, very lightly sclerotized narrow tube; anterior section a sclerotized, widening, recurved complex structure providing entry into corpus bursae; latter a large, rounded sac, adorned by two simple, single-spined signa on inner surface. As is the case in many Strymonini genera, the genitalia of all species in Arcas are very similar. Furthermore, the genitalia of both sexes show considerable individual variation within a single species. It would indeed be difficult to separate species in this genus on the basis of the genitalia alone. A ventral view of the full male genitalia with the aedeagus re- moved is shown in Figure 2, and a lateral view with aedeagus in place is illustrated in Figure 1. With the exception of the valvae, illustrated for each species, no other consistently recognizable differences between species could be found in the male genitalia of the genus. The female genitalia also show considerable individual variation within each species, and a striking similarity among the seven species. Illustrated are ventral views of the complete genital complex for the two new species, a lateral view of A. ducalis and a ventral view of the terminal cone-shaped section of the ductus bursae of the remaining species. The male genitalia of Arcas species, although somewhat similar to those of the genus Atlides, are consistently different in that the latter are more stoutly built, the saccus shorter, broader, the aedeagus heavier, the valvae very much broader, and in some species, joined together near the anterior end, The female genitalia of species in the two genera show little similar- VOLUME 25, NUMBER 2 89 Fig. 1. Male genital structures of Arcas Swainson. a, Lateral view of complete genitalia of A. jivaro Nicolay; b, ventral view of valvae and lateral view of terminal end of aedeagus of A. imperialis Cramer; c, same views and structures of A. ducalis Westwood; d, same views and structures of A. cypria Geyer. 90 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Fig. 2. Male genital structures of Arcas Swainson. a, Ventral view of genitalia with aedeagus removed of A. delphia Nicolay; b, lateral view of complete aedeagus of A. delphia Nicolay; c, ventral view of valvae and lateral view of terminal end of aedeagus of A. tuneta Hewitson; d, same view and structures of A. splendor Druce. VOLUME 25, NuMBER 2 91 Fig. 3. Female genital structures of Arcas Swainson. a, Lateral view of complete genitalia of A. ducalis Westwood; b, ventral view of above genitalia, showing terminal, cone-shaped portion of ostium bursae with its fan-shaped dorsal plate; c, ventral view of the terminal portion of the ostium bursae of A. imperialis Cramer. ity. In contrast to the smooth-edged dorsal plate and long, curved, com- plex ductus bursae in Arcas, species in Atlides have a ductus bursae with a spined dorsal plate and a heavily sclerotized, simple straight tube en- tering directly into the bursa copulatrix. The two genera are similar in that both have a pair of single-spined signa on the interior surface of the bursa copulatrix. The male genitalia of Arcas show consistent and obvious differences from those of Pseudolycaena in the size, shape and structure of the uncus, saccus and valvae. In Pseudolycaena, two heavily sclerotized, toothed processes extend from the ventral surface of the valvae but are completely lacking in Arcas. Female genitalia in the two genera differ in many re- spects, but primarily in the shape and length of the tubular ductus bursae 92 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Fig. 4. Female genital structures of Arcas Swainson. a, Ventral view of complete genitalia of A. delphia Nicolay; b, ventral view of terminal section of ostium bursae of A. tuneta Hewitson; c, ventral view of the terminal section of ostium bursae of A. cypria Geyer. which, in Pseudolycaena is heavily sclerotized, simple, and relatively straight, emptying directly into the bursa copulatrix, in contrast to the very complex, curved and recurved structure in Arcas. Both genera have a bursa copulatrix adorned with two single-spined signa. Arcas contains some of the most lavishly formed and strikingly colored butterflies in the Neotropics. Eagerly hunted by most collectors, many of the species are still not common in collections. Generally, they are “hill- toppers, in that the males can be found at the summit of the highest point of land within a given area. This trait, combined with a preference for a lofty tree perch makes for a difficult catch at best. Nothing is known of their life history. Some species are true rarities. All collections I have VOLUME 25, NuMBER 2 93 Fig. 5. Female genital structures of Arcas Swainson. a, Ventral view of complete genitalia of A. jivaro Nicolay; b, ventral view of terminal section of ostium bursae of A. splendor Druce. studied contained relatively few specimens of A. tuneta and A. delphia, with the latter always included within the series of tuneta. The type and allotype of A. jivaro are the only specimens known. A. splendor remained “uncollected” for well over 100 years until finally discovered again by 94 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Cee Fig. 6. Distribution of species of Arcas. Solid circles, A. imperialis Cramer; open circles, A. cypria Geyer; half-solid circles, A. delphia Nicolay; up-right solid triangles, A. ducalis Westwood; inverted solid triangles, A. splendor Druce; open circle with slanted line, A. tuneta Hewitson; inverted solid triangle on line, A. jivaro Nicolay. Gordon Small in 1964. The species is still known from only two rather isolated localities in Central America. Key to the Species of Arcas 1 Underside hind wing without a median line Underside hind wing with a median line 3 Hind wing underside brilliant metallic green, striated with black (females from Colombia, Panama and Central America perhaps with a pink wash on Miscye eS Te ie a A. imperialis (Cramer ) Hind wing underside brilliant metallic green, with a clearly defined carmine disc and wide yellow-gold outer wing margin A. ducalis (Westwood ) Upperside of forewing, male with scent-spot tiny, located well outside the cell, not touching transverse vein; female upperside with dark margins of both wings very ‘wide’ 2s) Fe) Pe eee A. delphia Nicolay i) Ww VoLUME 25, NUMBER 2 95 Upperside of forewing, male with scent-spot touching or bisected by the trans- PEESS VSD cee ae ee ee eee ere ee. Sane eee te Re eaneeeie ar 4 4 Underside of hind wing with median line bent sharply distad at vein Ms: before curving irregularly to the inner margin _...____..---__----- A. cypria (Geyer) Underside of hind wing with median band not bent distad, but straight or MehenyZCOncave tO interspace Cus 5 5 Upperside of forewing blue, male with scent-spot large, crossing the transverse eIUURE OME WC 1CC limemernemnie men sas fe ge 6 Upperside of forewing green, male with scent-spot small, lying outside the cell, touching the transverse vein; female with dark outer wing margins rela- CSE PSLS STITT ONNY cae a ele A. tuneta (Hewitson ) 6 Upperside of forewing, male with scent-spot sharply defined, tear-drop shaped with the proximal point inside the cell; female with underside of forewing with a dark post-median line; the largest species in the genus ________--_______- ce cnn ER A. splendor (Druce) Upperside of forewing, male with scent-spot filling distal half of cell extending beyond transverse vein, vaguely defined with a greenish halo; female with no post-median line on underside of forewing ___........--____-. A. jivaro Nicolay Arcas imperialis (Cramer ) Figs. lb, 3c, 7A, 7B, 10A. Papilio imperialis Cramer, 1775, p. 120; pl. 76, figs. E, F. Papilio venus, Fabricius, 1781, p. 115. Theritas venus, Hiibner, 1819, p. 80. Arcas imperialis, Swainson, 1832, p. 88. Eucharia imperialis, Boisduval, 1870, p. 14. Thecla imperialis, Hewitson, 1877; 1: 71. Godman & Salvin, 1888; 2:13, 3; tab. 48, figs. 15 and 16. Draudt in Seitz, 1921; 5: 748, pl. 146c. Comstock & Huntington, 1960; 68: 234. Thecla oakesii, Butler, 1884; 14: 267. “Above shining blue: beneath emerald-green, marked with minute black waved lines. . . It is impossible to depicture with correctness, the resplendant blue which ornaments the upper surface, or the vivid emerald green on the underwings, of this rare and splendid insect.” Little need be added to the above quotation from Swainson’s remarks as he described the type species, Cramer’s P. imperialis. It is a favorite species for color illustrations, and would be difficult to confuse with any other lepidopterous insect. The black apical border on the upper forewing is large and is more sharply defined in imperialis than in other species in the genus. The dark, red-brown scent-spot on the male forewing is placed at the cell end, half in and half outside the cell, the transverse vein clearly marked by a line of brilliant blue scales ( Fig. 10A ). Imperialis has a wide geographical distribution from Mexico southward through Panama and through South America to southem Brazil and Bolivia. 96 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY | Fig. 7. Arcas spp. A, Arcas imperialis (Cramer) 6, Rio Bodoquero (1300 ft.) Caqueta, Colombia, 19 Jan. 1969 (S. S. Nicolay); B, underside of specimen in A; C, A. ducalis (Westwood), 6, Joinville, Santa Catarina, Brazil, 28 Oct. 1967 (O. Mielke); D, underside of specimen in C; E, A. cypria (Geyer), 6, Los Rios, Canal Zone, Rep. of Panama, 29 Jan. 1965 (S. S. Nicolay); F, underside of specimen in E. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 2 7 Specimens Examined. Mexico: Vera Cruz—Presidio (USNM, AM) 292. Guate- mala: Cayuga (CM) 19. Honduras: No locality (USNM) 192. Costa Riea: Guapiles (USNM) 16. Carillo (USNM) 1¢. Panama: Bugaba (USNM) 1é4 19. Canal Zone—Los Rios, Madden Forest, Summit, Barro Colorado Isl. (AM, GS, N) 10$ 72. Colombia: Cundinimarca—Bogota (USNM, CM) 2¢é. Magdalena—Minca (CM) 168. Antioqua—Casabe (AF, AM) 39, Rio Cocorna (AM) 12, Medellin (AF) 26 12. Caqueta—Rio Bodoquero; Tres Esquinas (N) 2¢. Amazonas—Rio Tacana (AM) 16. Vague—Felip Ovalle (AM) 13¢ 89. El Centro, Magelena Valley (AM) 2¢. Melgar (CM) 18. Yacopi (USNM) 19. No locality (USNM, AM, MN) 4¢ 19. Venezuela: Las Quiguas, Esteban Valley (CM) 4¢. Cucuta (USNM) 19°. Peru: Loreto—Iquitos, Putumayo River, Pucallpa, Achinamiza (AM, AF) 16¢ 19. San Martin—BellaVista, Tarapoto (AM, PG) 24. Cusco—La Salud (CM) 292. Amazonas—Rio Santiago (AM) 12. Bolivia: Las Juntas, Rio Surutu, Rio Yapacavi, Prov. del Sara, Buenavista, Cuatro Ojos (CM) 14¢ 29; Rurrenebaque 14 19; San Pedro (AM) 1. French Guiana: Pied Saut., Oyapok River, No locality (CM) 2°. Brazil: Pard—Santarem, Obidos, Utinga (Belem) (AF, MN) 3é 22. Amazonas— Ipiranga, Rio Maues, Manacopuru, Teffe, Rio Solimoes, S$. Paulo de Olivenca, Juarete, Rio Negro (CM, MN, AM, N) 136 42. Mato Grosso—Buriti, Chap. Guimaraes (N) 1g. Minas Gerais—Paracatu (N) 2¢. Goias—Jatai, S. Rita Araguaia (N) 2é4. District Federal—Parque do Gama (N) 22. Espiritu Santo—No locality (MN) 1¢. Rio de Janeiro—Independencia, Petropolis, Nilopolis, Araruana, Angra dos Reis, Boca do Mato (MN, PG) 5¢ 32. Guanabara—Gawea, Paineiras, Corcovado, Rio de Janeiro (PG, MN, AF, USNM) 64 32. Sao Paulo—Mendes, Loreto (MN, AF) 2¢. Parané—Caviuna (AM) 1°. Santa Catarina—Massaranduba-Blumenau, Annaburg, Joinville (MN, USNM, AM, N) 10¢ 42. Not located: Colana Island (USNM) KE=SNodata:- 146 29. I have taken this beautiful insect in Panama, Colombia and Brazil. Its flight habits and specific haunts are similar in each locality in which I have found it. The male sits perched on a leaf 15-20 feet high above a small sunlight clearing in the heavy forest, whence it makes infrequent and short, swift flights, to return to the same spot. Both sexes may occa- sionally be found on flowers and, early in the mornings, females at the sunlight edge of the heavy forest on low bushes. Past authors have called it “rare.” It is not a common insect, but I would suggest its rarity is due in large measure to its flight habits, for it is difficult to locate and capture. The name Thecla oakesii Butler was given to specimens with a coppery or rosy wash on the disc of the hind wing beneath. Its position in past literature is confusing and variable. Draudt (1921) made it a synonym of ducalis Westwood. Lathy (1930) made it a female form of the “Colom- bian race” of imperialis. T. oakesii is not a synonym of ducalis and I am not at all sure that Lathy’s treatment is entirely correct. I have noted that some female imperialis taken in localities other than Colombia have vary- ing degrees of the rosy wash on the disc of the hind wing beneath. Of the series of six specimens labeled T. oakesii in the National Museum col- lection, 4 are females, one each from Mexico, Panama, Venezuela, and Colombia. The 2 males, both from Colombia, have a very small and only the faintest indication of pink tint in the disc. The substantial series of 98 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY males from Colombia in the American Museum show no pink wash what- soever; nor do any of numerous specimens I have seen from Panama show this pink wash in the disc. It appears that the amount of rosy tint in the disc on the underside of the hind wing is a highly variable characteristic found primarily in female imperialis taken in Colombia, Venezuela and northward into Panama and Central America. The name oakesii Butler is not needed. Arcas ducalis (Westwood ) Figs. 1c, 3a, 3b, 7C, 7D; 10B. Thecla ducalis Westwood, 1852; 2: 483, pl. 77, fig. 1 (figure only). Kirby, 1879, p. 151. Draudt in Seitz, 1921; 5: 746, pl. 146c. Lathy, 1930; 78: 133, pl. 9, figs. 3 and 4. Comstock & Huntington, 1959; 67: 211. The original figure of this species was published without an accom- panying written description. In 1930, Percy I. Lathy wrote concerning the relationship of ducalis: “There has been considerable confusion in collections respecting this species. It is one of those cases where a species has been figured but there is no accompanying description, and as only the upper side is shown the figure might apply to the female of imperialis Cram. As a matter of fact Druce took the female of oakesii, Btl., a local race of imperialis to be ducalis. Draudt in Seitz, p. 746, also regards ducalis as a race of imperialis and places oakesii as a synonym. This is incorrect as a glance at the figures . . . will show. T. ducalis is a quite distinct species and not a race of imperialis, as the two occur together in South Brazil. . .” The brilliant metallic carmine disc and wide yellow-gold outer margin on the underside of the hind wing are the most obvious macular differences between ducalis and imperialis. Yet, there are additional and consistent differences between the two. Although the forewing apex in imperialis is rounded, it never approaches the extreme foreshortened appearance of ducalis; the forewing of ducalis is almost elliptical. The male scent-spot in imperialis is bisected by narrow blue scaling clearly visible on the transverse vein of the cell end; in ducalis the primary scent-spot is un- broken, lying outside the cell, with a tiny group of pale brown scales of a different texture grouped within the cell (Fig. 10B). In imperialis the upper hind wing terminal margin is a well defined thin black line, slightly wider at the wing apex; in ducalis this margin is vaguely defined and wider throughout the entire wing margin. And although it is a subtle difference, more obvious in males than females, the basic upper side wing color in ducalis is a deep blue, without the greenish hues of imperialis. The geographical distribution of ducalis is restricted to the states of southern Brazil. At some svecific localities within these states, ducalis and imperialis have both been taken e.g. Independencia near Petropolis, Rio de Janeiro and at Joinville and Jmvarana. VOLUME 25, NuMBER 2 99 Specimens Examined. Brazil: Rio de Janeiro—Teresopolis; Independencia, Petropolis (MN, PG, USNM, N) 4é¢ 22. Sao Paulo—Umvarana (PG) 19. Parana —Castro; Londrina; Caviuna (AM, USNM) 32 192. Santa Catarina—Neudorf; Nova Teutonia; Joinville; Massaranduba-Blumenau (MN, AM, PG, N) 46 89. Rio Grande do Sul—No locality (MN, AM) 246 19. Arcas cypria (Geyer ) lmies, lel, Ze, 71a, We, ICID). Theritas cypria Geyer, 1837 in Hubner, 1837; 5: 36, figs. 945 and 946. Pseudolycaena paphia, Felder, 1864-1867; 2: 234, pl. 28, figs. 12 and 13. Thecla cypria, Hewitson, 1877; 2: 71. Godman and Salvin, 1887-1901; 2: 13, tab. XLVIII, figs. 12 and 13. Draudt in Seitz, 1921; 5: 746, pl. 146d. Comstock & Huntington, 1959; 72: 201. Specimens of this species have been carefully compared with the orig- inal description and with the colored plates that accompanied it. The colored figures by Godman and Salvin (1887) are very well done, but the Seitz (1921) figure of the male upperside lacks the scent-spot on the fore- wing, and the entire figure is done in green rather than the basic blue color of this species on the upper surface. The male dark brown scent-spot is located within the cell with a blue-grey patch of scales of a different texture adjoining outside the cell across the transverse vein (Fig. 10D). The black-brown margin is wide and vaguely defined on both upper wing surfaces. On the hind wing beneath, a wide black median line, proximally etched in glossy white, begins about mid-costa, is bent distally at vein Ms, then is curved irregularly in an arc to the midpoint of the inner margin. From the median line to the base, the black-flecked brilliant green scaling is washed with a shining coppery-gold. The apices of both fore- and hind wings are dusted in glossy white. The remainder of the hind wing is brilliant green, irregularly dusted with black scaling. Felder (1867) gave the name paphia to specimens of this species with a coppery red disc on the underside of the hind wing. Godman and Sal- vin (1887) placed paphia as a synonym of cypria. I agree with this treat- ment of the name. The series of cypria in the National Museum and American Museum collections were taken in a variety of locales from Mexico to Panama. It would be difficult indeed to separate out and des- ignate a subspecies from this group on the basis of a coppery wash on the disc of the underside of the hind wing. Gordon Small and I have both taken this species in various localities in Panama; the intensity and degree of coppery wash seem to vary with individual specimens rather than being the mark of a different species or even a subspecies. Cypria is essentially a Central American species, ranging from Mexico south to Colombia. 100 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Specimens Examined. Mexico: San Luis Potosi—Ciudad Valles (CM) 19. Vera Cruz—Paos San Juan; Coatepec; Presidio; Jalapa; Cordoba City; Misantla (USNM, AM) 88 59. Chiapa—Tapachula; Palenque (AF, CM, AM) 44. Tabasco—Terrosique (AM) 34. Yucatan—Piste 15; Chichen Itza (CM) "Sige Do. Quintana Roo—Xcanha (CM, AM) 24. Guatemala: Cayuga (USNM, CMO? Sayaaxche, El Peten (AM) 26 19. Costa Rica: Port Limon (USNM) 1¢. Tur- rialba, Cartago Prov. (JD) 1é. Panama: Chiriqui (USNM, AM) 24. Arraijan (AM, N) 24. Cerro Campana (GS, JD, N) 36 49. Canal Zone—Los Rios; Madden Forest; Cocoli (GS, N) 11é 19. Colombia: Medellin (AF) 16. El Centro, Magdalena Valley (AM) 246 29. Arcas tuneta (Hewitson) Figs. 2c, 4b, 8E, 8F, 10E. Thecla tuneta Hewitson, 1865; 1: 72, vol. 2, pl. 28, figs. 14 and 15. Draudt in Seitz, 1921; 5: 746, pl. 146d. Comstock & Huntington, 1961; 72: 177. The Hewitson (1865) figures are excellent, and the Seitz (1921) illus- trations are a reasonable likeness of a female. The upper wing surface of the male is more greenish than any other species in the genus. The black- brown outer margin is only modestly wide on the forewing, beginning at the middle of the costal margin, thence curved out beyond the cell to the tornus and includes the apex and all of the outer margin. The scent-spot is small, inconspicuous, and lies outside the cell, its inner margin touching the transverse vein (Fig. lOE). There is no secondary or adjacent patch of androconial scales. The hind wing margin is moderately broad, black- brown and vaguely defined, and reaches from the apex to the first tail at vein Cu;. Two black-brown spots lie at the base of the tails. The underside of the hind wing is dark metallic green, heavily irrorate with black scaling distad to the median line, the inner or proximal half slightly touched with gold scaling. The median line is black and runs almost straight and unbroken from the costal margin to vein Cus, then is bent sharply in a short line to the mid-point of the inner margin. Although the median line is slightly concave in tuneta and uneven along the proximal margin, it does not break distally at any point as it does in cypria. Tuneta is apparently one of the more uncommon species of this genus. Hewitson states merely that the species is from South America. Near Petropolis, Rio de Janeiro it flies at Independencia where imperialis and ducalis have also been taken. Bahia is the most northern locality in Brazil whence tuneta has thus far been recorded. Dr. Keith Brown took it here on 15 Dec. 1966 at Ubata on the Rio Jequie in a section of deep forest near a hilltop at 300 meters, a location on the rain border between Amazon coastal forest and dry caatinga. Specimens Examined. Peru: San M artin—Juanjui; Yumbatos (AM) 16 19. Putumayo River (AM) 19. Bolivia: 0 Surutu; Cuatro Ojos; Portachuelo, Rio VOLUME 25, NUMBER 2 101 Palmetillas (CM) 36 29. Brazil: Bahia—Ubata, Rio Jequie (KB) 1é. Rio de Janeiro—Independencia, Petropolis (PG) 4¢ 12. Sao Paulo—No locality (USNM) 12. Santa Catarina—Joinville; Massaranduba-Blumenau (PG, GS, AM, N) 4é¢ 29. Arcas delphia Nicolay, new species Figs. 2a, 2b, 4a, 8A, 8B, 8C, 8D, 10F. Male. Length of forewing, 19 mm. Upperside: Basic wing color brilliant blue- green; forewing margin black-brown, beginning inside midpoint of costal margin, thence curved outside scent spot to tornus, including all of apex and outer margin; scent-spot very tiny, lying completely outside cell, well beyond transverse vein. Hind wing brilliant blue-green with outer margin a thin black line; apex and costal margin vaguely defined, broader, black-brown; a single dark anal spot in interspace Cuz. Underside: Forewing dark forest green, irrorate with sparse black scales, disc pale blue from vein Cuz to inner margin; outer margin a thin black line, fringes nar- rowly pale blue. Hind wing dark, brilliant forest green dusted with sparse black scaling, more heavily so distad of the median line. Median line heavy, black, beginning at costal margin, running almost straight to interspace Cuz, thence bent sharply at a 90° angle straight to inner margin; outer margin a thin black terminal line from costa to anal lobe. Anal Jobe and tails black; fringes pale blue. Female. Length of forewing, 20 mm. Upperside: Forewing blue with a scattering of green scaling, the margin very wide, black-brown running narrowly from base along costa, thence curving around end of cell to tornus. Hind wing blue with a wide, vaguely defined black-brown margin to vein Cui; a dark spot in each of interspaces Cui and Cuz. Anal lobe and adjacent interspace Cuz metallic green; fringes black. Underside: Forewing dark green irrorate with sparse black intermixed yellow-gold scales; space from vein Cuz to inner margin grey-brown; fringes and terminal line, black. Hind wing dark green, with intermixed gold scaling in disc and heavily dusted with black be- tween median line and outer margin; median line slightly concave, bent sharply to in- ner margin at vein Cuz; a thin black terminal line running from apex to anal lobe; anal lobe black; fringes narrowly pale blue. Holotype, male, Guapiles, Prov. Limon, Costa Rica, 850 ft., August (year and col- lector unknown). Allotype, female, Finca la Lola, vic. Madre de Dios, Limon Prov- ince, Costa Rica, 21 July 1965. Paratypes in the Smithsonian Institution collection: one male, Guapiles, Costa Rica, 850 ft., one male, Yacofsi, Colombia; in the American Museum of Natural History: one female, Costa Rica (no additional data). A single male and three female paratypes in Mr. Gordon Small’s collection from the allotype locality were collected on 20-23 July 1965 and a female from Gamboa, C. Z., 25 June 1970. In Dr. Downey’s collection are one male and two female paratypes taken at the allotype locality on 19 July 1965; in the author’s collection, a single male para- type, Colon (Santa Rita), 1500 ft., Panama, 2 February 1969 and three female para- types from the allotype locality in Costa Rica. In the Schmidt-Mumm collection in Bogota, Colombia is a male taken at Victoria, Dept. of Caldas in August 1958. The male holotype is deposited in the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., the female allotype, in Mr. Gordon Small’s collection, Balboa, Canal Zone. It is obvious that delphia is closely related to tuneta. The genitalia of both sexes are very similar with no apparent recurring or obvious dif- ferences. Yet, the location of the male scent-spot, longer hind wing and much reduced dark margins on the upper hind wing of the male delphia remain consistent differences between the two species. Females are more difficult to separate, the most consistent difference being the very wide JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY bo 10 Mig. 8. Arcas spp. A, Arcas delphia Nicolay, ¢, paratype, Finca la Lola, vic. Madre de Dios, Limon Proy., Costa Rica, 20 July 1965 (G. B. Small); B, rind exon: of specimen in A; C, A. delphia Nicolay, 2, allotype, same locality as paratype in \, 21 July 1965 (G. B. Small); D, underside of specimen in C; E, A. tuneta (Hewit- son), 2, Joinville, Santa Catarina, Brazil, 28 Oct. 1967 (O. Mielke); F, underside of pecimen in VoLUME 25, NuMBER 2 103 Fig. 9. Arcas sp. A, Arcas splendor (Druce), 6, Cerro Campana (2500 ft.), Rep. of Panama, 5 Aug. 1964 (G. B. Small); B, underside of specimen in A; C, A. splendor (Druce), @,; Cerro Campana, Rep. of Panama (2500 ft.) 29 Aug. 1966 (G. B. Small); D, underside of specimen in C. heavy dark margins on the upper surface of both fore- and hind wings in delphia. Like cypria, delphia is essentially a Central American species, but ob- viously quite rare. It has been found no further north that Costa Rica with its southern limits in Colombia. Arcas splendor (Druce) Figs. 2d, 5b, 9A, 9B, 9C, 9D, 10C. Thecla splendor Druce, 1907, p. 570; pl. 31, fig. 4. Draudt in Seitz, 1921; 5: 746, pl. 146d. Comstock & Huntington, 1961; 71: 196. For over 100 years, splendor has been known and represented in col- lections by only Druce’s type, a worn female, taken some time between 1848 and 1857. In the summer of 1964, Mr. Gordon Small took a series of 104 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY D Fig. 10. Upper right forewing of male of Arcas spp. showing scent-spot. A, Arcas imperialis (Cramer) 8; B, A. ducalis (Westwood) 6; C, A. splendor (Druce) ¢; D, A. cypria (Geyer) 6; E, A. tuneta (Hewitson) ¢; F, A. delphia Nicolay ¢. males and females of this species in the Republic of Panama, thus record- ing for the first time, the capture of a male of this splendid insect. Druce's original description is of interest and quoted herewith: “Female. Allied to T. tuneta Hew. which it closely resembles on the upper side. On the under side it differs in possessing a curved, black, ultramedian band on the fore wing, inwardly edged with whitish, and in the median band on the hind wing being broader, placed further from the base, more concave, and more sharply angled to the anal margin. There is also a submarginal indistinct dark shade which is not present in T. tuneta Hew. “Expanse 1%o9 inch. “Hab. Colombia “Type, Mus Oxford, No. 1901/1198 “Collected 1848-1857 by H. M. Vice-Consul Edward W. Mark, and presented to the Museum in 1901 by Mr. F. W. Mark. “The type, which is the only specimen I have seen, is not in very good condition, having lost its antennae and abdomen; but enough remains to show that it is a very distinct species, and I believe unnamed.” Male. Length of forewing, 22 mm +2 mm. Upperside: Forewing brilliant blue with golden-green scaling intermixed; the black-brown margin moderately wide with a vaguely defined inner edge, beginning about mid-costa then curving outside scent-spot to tornus and including all of apex and outer margin; scent-spot tear-drop shaped, large, black brown, placed with proximal point inside cell, remainder of spot outside cell (fig. LOC), Hind wing of same brilliant blue-green color with a black margin wider at apex, narrowed to a thin black line at tornus, with black spots at tornus in inter- paces Cu, and Cu. Underside: Forewing dark green with scattered black scales, a ' . narvmna | line and pale blue fringes. Hind wing the same deep green; a ecdian line, slightly concave with a thin white proximal margin, running VoLUME 25, NUMBER 2 105 from costal margin to mid interspace Cuz, then sharply bent at 90° angle straight to inner margin. A thin black terminal line beginning at apex and ending at black anal lobe; fringes pale blue. Area between median line and terminal line, heavily smudged and dusted with black. Draudt (1921) presumed splendor to be allied to tuneta, referring to it as “probably only a form...” I have examined the type in the British Museum, comparing it carefully with color transparencies of specimens collected by Gordon Small in Panama. I have no doubt that the Panama specimens are A. splendor and that splendor is indeed a valid species. The female of splendor is unique in the genus, in that it has a post median line on the underside of the forewing. The male is easily separated from those of other species in the genus by the large tear-drop shaped scent- spot on the forewing. Splendor is the largest species in the genus. It would be impossible at this time to pinpoint the type locality more accurately than “Colombia.” Yet, it is worthy of note that Panama was a part of Colombia when Druce’s type was collected. The currently known geographic range of splendor is limited to Panama and Costa Rica. Here, limited to two specific localities, Cerro Campana (2500 ft.) Panama and Moravia (3500 ft.) Cartago Prov., Costa Rica, it flies in the rain forest that clothes the mountain tops. We have searched but have not been able to find this species during recent collecting trips to many other localities in both Colombia and Panama. Specimens Examined. Panama: Cerro Campana, 2500 ft., Panama Prov. (GS, JD, N) 193 59. Costa Riea: Moravia, 3500 ft., Catago Prov. (GS, JD) 1¢6 29. Arcas jivaro Nicolay, new species Bigseeias od evAS LIB biG: hb: Male. Length of forewing, 17 mm. Upperside: Basic wing color brilliant blue with a slight greenish cast; forewing dark margin wide, with a well defined inner margin beginning just proximal to midpoint of costa, curved outside cell and scent-spot and then to tornus, including all of the apex and outer margin; the scent-spot large, but vaguely defined, filling distal half of cell, extending out beyond transverse vein and surrounded by a greenish halo. Hind wing the same brilliant blue, with a very narrow dark outer margin, vaguely broader near apex and along costa; a dark narrow bar across anal angle at interspaces Cuz and Cu:. Underside: Forewing dark lustrous green with pale-blue scaling in disc above inner margin; outer margin a thin black terminal line, fringes dark grey-blue. Hind wing dark lustrous green, sparsely irrorate with black, most prevalent distad of median line toward anal angle. Median line black, proximally etched with a very thin line of light scales, extending from midpoint of costa almost to cleft of anal lobe, then sharply bent at 90° angle to inner margin. Outer margin a thin black terminal line from vein Rs to anal lobe; anal lobe and tails black, fringes narrowly pale blue. Female. Length of forewing, 18 mm. Upperside: Forewing lustrous blue with a vaguely defined, wide, dark margin beginning just proximal to mid-point of costa then curved around outside cell to tornus. Hind wing lustrous blue with a vaguely defined, dark outer margin, widest just below apex, disappearing at Cu; terminal margin a thin black line from apex to anal lobe; anal lobe and adjacent interspace 106 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Fig. 11. Arcas sp. A, Arcas jivaro Nicolay, ¢, holotype, Sucula, Macas, Ecua- dor (800 m) date and collector unknown; B, underside of specimen in A; C, A. jivaro Nicolay, 2, allotype, same data as holotype; D, underside of specimen in C. iridescent green. A dark narrow bar across interspace Cus, a dark spot in interspace Cu, fringes narrowly blue. Underside: Forewing lustrous golden-green, disc above inner margin light brown out to and including tornus; terminal line black, thin; fringes brown. Hind wing golden green in disc proximal to median line; dark green heavily dusted and smudged with black just distad of median line toward anal angle. Median line black, etched proximally in white, extending from mid-costa to just above cleft of anal lobe, then curved sharply at 90° angle to inner margin. Anal lobe and tails black; terminal line black, narrowly etched in white from above costa to Cu, extend- ing from costa to anai lobe; fringes very pale blue, almost white. Holotype, male, Sucula, Macas, Ecuador, 800 meters (date and collector un- known). Allotype, female, same data. The holotype and allotype are located in the American Museum of Natural History, New York. Some interesting observations can be made about this species. Among the many dozens of specimens of Arcas I have studied, representing most of the major collections in ‘his hemisphere, these are the only two speci- mens of the genus I have seen from Ecuador. Primarily I presume, this VoLuME 25, NuMBER 2 OM is due to the lack of collecting and/or collectors in Ecuador. Yet, even imperialis is notably lacking in collections. The male of A. jivaro displays a rather striking mixture of characteristics found in other species of the genus. The underside of both sexes, but particularly that of the female is similar to tuneta. Yet, the upperside of the male is the basic lustrous blue- green of imperialis, not the green of tuneta. The wide, rather sharply de- lineated dark wing margins of the forewing are also like those of im- perialis. The underside of the hind wing is the dark lustrous green of A. splendor with a relatively narrow but heavy black median line, also rem- iniscent of that species. The scent-spot is unlike that of any other species in the genus. The single female is, however, indistinguishable from fe- males of tuneta. It is possible that a small series of females of jivaro would reveal some consistent and reliable differences. The presently known geographic distribution of A. jivaro is restricted to the type locality, located near the town of Macas, the capital of the Ter- ritorial Division of Morona Santiago, Ecuador. Acknowledgments I wish to thank a number of people who provided the information and valuable assistance that is so vital to a work of this scope. To Gordon B. Small, Jr., Balboa, Canal Zone and Dr. John C. Downey, University of Northern Iowa, Cedar Falls, Iowa must go credit for the excellent field work which provided the basis for much of the new information con- tained herein. I am indebted to Dr. Keith S. Brown, Jr., Rio de Janeiro, Brazil who provided a great deal of the distributional data and other help- ful information on the material in the Museu Nacional collection. Mr. T. G. Howarth and Mr. G. E. Tite generously allowed me to examine types in the British Museum. William D. Field, United States National Museum; Dr. F. H. Rindge, American Museum of Natural His- tory; Harry K. Clench, Carnegie Museum and Dr. Lee D. Miller, Allyn Museum of Entomology, provided the assistance and cooperation that al- lowed me to examine the material in the collections in their care, and of- fered many helpful suggestions during the course of this study. The photographs were made by Robert C. Williams, formerly of the U.S. Marine Corps, now at the University of Michigan and Lt. G. G. Thomas, USMC. Their interest, energy and technical competence were especially helpful. Drawings of the genitalia were made by the author. Literature Cited BoispuvAL, JEAN A. 1870. Considérations sur des Lépidoptéres envoyés du Guaté- mala a M. de l’Aorza. Rennes. 108 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Butter, ArrHurR G. 1884. On a new species of the theclid genus Theritas from Columbia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 5) 14: 267. Ciencu, Harry K. 1963. aS 2S ’ Ras a EN ae SS SSS SN See = 9 ~> > : SS53 SS pecs Figs. 13-15. Schematic view of heads of Epinotia spp. showing shape of labial palpi. 13, E. emarginana; 14, E. crenana; 15, E. cercocarpana. VII-1-57 (J. Powell). Mendocino Co.: Booneville, vic., VI-1-57 r. f. Arctostaphylos JAP 57F1 emegd. VI-21/VII-1-57 (J. Powell); Leggett, V-19-66 r. f. Arctostaphylos JAP 66E17, emged. VI-14/23-66 (J. Powell & J. Wolf). Epinotia crenana (Hubner) Tortrix crenana Hubner, 1827, Samm. Eur. Schmett. Tort. Fig. 242. Epiblema crenana; Staudinger and Rebel, 1901, Cat. Lepid. 2, #2133. Eucosma crenana; Dyar, 1904, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 6:117. Proteopteryx columbia Kearfott, 1904, Can. Ent. 36:112. Proteopteryx columbia mediostriana Kearfott, 1904, Can. Ent. 36:114. Epinotia crenana; Heinrich, 1923, U.S. Natl Mus. Bull. 123:219; MacKay, 1959, Can. Ent. Supp. 10:110; Powell, 1962, Pan-Pac. Entomol. 38:134. This Holarctic species possesses a range of polymorphism less extensive than that displayed by E. emarginana. E. crenana lacks the distinct costal marks and reflective patches of E. emarginana. Dull browns and tans are the colors most often shown by the various morphs, while white and reddish are generally lacking. One macular feature which is fre- quently present in crenana, but lacking in the other two species, is a thin black streak on the costal half of the forewing two-thirds of the distance from the base. Some typical morphs of crenana are shown in Figures 8- i The labial palpi of E. crenana when viewed laterally have the dorsal and ventral margins flaring and truncated distally (Fig. 14). Genitalically this species is quite distinct (Fig. 17). In addition to the invasion of the cucullus by the neck incurvation mentioned by Heinrich (1925, p. 198), the uncus is notched with two acuminate projections dis- tally, the socii are triangulate and the gnathos is strongly reduced. | he larvae of crenana feed exclusively on Salix species (Salicaceae). lary ae are fom id in shelters on young foliage or as inquilines in the VoLUME 25, NUMBER 2 oA Figs. 16-18. Male genitalia of Epinotia spp. 16, E. emarginana. (PAO prep. 115); 17, E. crenana. (JAP prep. 49); 18, E. cercocarpana. (JAP prep. 2463). 122 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Fig. 19. Female genitalia of Epinotia emarginana. (PAO prep. 65). leaf and petiole galls of tenthredinids. Larval collection dates, which range from 8 March to 17 September, indicate that crenana is multiple- brooded. Distribution. Holarctic; British Columbia and Manitoba constituted the known distribution in North America at the time of Heinrich’s revision (1923). The Cali- fornia Insect Survey has reared material from several localities in California and Nevada as follows: California—Alameda Co.: Berkeley, Univ. Calif. Campus, IJ-11-58 r. f. Salix JAP 58C7 emgd. IV-8-58 (J. Powell). Contra Costa Co.: Berkeley Hills, 1400’, NE Oakland, IV-15-68 r. f. Salix sp. JAP 68D137 emgd. V-18/23-68 (P. Opler); El Sobrante, III-8, IV-26-58 r. f. Salix JAP 58C2, D13, emgd. V-8/26, V-26/VI-9-58 (J. Powell). Monterey Co.: Pacific Grove, IV-15-62 r. f. ornamental Salix JAP 62D9 emgd. by V-22-62 (J. A. Chemsak). Los Angeles Co.: Pacific Palisades, V-56 r. f. Salix leaf galls (W. Hovanitz). Santa Clara Co.: San Jose, IV-16-61 r. f£. Salix lasiolepis leaf gall emgd. VI-25-61 (L. R. O’Brien). Nevada. —Washoe Co.: 2 mi. SW Reno Hot Spg., 6100’, IX-17-65 r. f. Euura petiole gall on Salix lasiandra emgd. X-28-65 (E. L. Smith). Epinotia cercocarpana (Dyar) Eucosma cercocarpana Dyar, 1903. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 5:297. Epinotia cercocarpana; Heinrich. 1923. U.S. Natl Mus. Bull. 123:219. I’. cercocarpana is characterized by its nonpolymorphic, mottled with black gray appearance (Fig. 12). The vestiture of the head, thorax and ng composed of white, black, and white-tipped black scales. VoLUME 25, NuMBER 2 8} The forewing maculation is somewhat variable, but cannot be termed polymorphic. There is usually a small white triangular patch on the costal margin at the apex, a triangular black or dark gray patch on the inner margin near its junction with the outer margin, and an outwardly directed black bar beginning on the costal margin halfway from the base and extending nearly to the triangular black patch. In five of seven specimens the scaling of the thoracic tergites is black on the posterior half and gray on the anterior half. In lateral view the labial palpi appear to be convexly curved dorsally and slightly flaring ventrally due to the pattern of scaling (Fig. 15). In addition to triangular socii mentioned by Heinrich (1923, p. 198), there are several other distinctive features in the male genitalia of the moth (Fig. 18). The gnathos arms are separate, narrow, and strongly recurved, the neck incurvation of the valva is the shallowest of any of the species in this group and the valvae are truncate distally. Distribution. The species was previously known only from the type of locality, Platt Cyn., Douglas Co., Colorado. New distributional data are as follows: Ari- zona.—Mojave Co.: Hualpai Mtn. Park, VI-2-68, at B/W light (P. Opler & J. Powell). California.—Inyo Co.: Crooked Crk. Lab., 10,150’, White Mtns. VII-4-61 r. f£. Cercocarpus ledifolius JAP 61G1.1 emgd. VIII-31-61 (J. Powell). Tuolumne Co.: Strawberry, VIII-20-60 (D. Q. Cavagnaro). Colorado.—El Paso Co.: Rock Crk. Cyn., Colorado Springs VII-16-59, VII-15-60 (Margot May). Jefferson Co.: Golden, X-25-67 (no collector, Bryant Mather Collection ). Acknowledgments I wish to thank F. H. Rindge, American Museum of Natural History, New York, for loaning the photographs of type material for Epinotia emarginana made by the late N. S. Obraztsov. J. A. Powell and G. R. Rotramel, University of California, Berkeley, provided early insight into the present complex and reviewed the manu- script of this paper. My wife, Sandra, gave welcome secretarial assistance. Literature Cited HernricH, Cart. 1923. Revision of North American Moths of the subfamily Eucosminae of the family Olethreutidae. U.S. Nat’ Mus. Bull. 123. 124 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY A MIGRATION OF KRICOGONIA CASTALIA (PIERIDAE) IN NORTHERN MEXICO? GrEoRGE W. BYERS Dept. of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence Kricogonia castalia Fabricius ranges from northern South America (Venezuela) through Central America and Mexico into Texas and through the Caribbean region (Haiti, Puerto Rico, Jamaica) occasionally to southern Florida. It has been reported (often under the synonymous name, K. lyside Latreille) as common in Texas, and stray individuals have been recorded as far north as Colorado, Nebraska and Illinois ( Ehr- lich and Ehrlich, 1961). According to Godman and Salvin (1887-1901, p. 150), K. castalia (as K. lyside) “does not appear to be a very common insect” in Mexico and Central America. A migratory flight of this species, observed in central Tamaulipas on 11 July 1961, suggests it sometimes becomes at least locally abundant in northern Mexico. The butterflies were seen moving generally from northwest to southeast, toward the Gulf of Mexico. These observations were made about 80 miles inland from the Gulf, along Highway 101, commencing about 14 miles northeast of Ciudad Victoria near Giiémes. From there, the width of the stream of Kricogonia was measured as 53.5 miles on to the northeast. I have no estimate of the length of the emigrat- ing stream. Since the terrain along this part of the highway is rather flat with only light and scattered vegetation, the butterflies, especially when moving in dense groups, could be seen several hundred yards to either side of the road. Their bright yellow on pale yellow color also made them easy to see from afar. _ Density of the migration varied within the broad zone described, yet tor the entire 53.5 miles some butterflies were always in sight, moving generally toward the southeast. The widest of the dense streams within the migration was 9.5 miles across. Since the butterflies flew generally within six feet of the ground, and mostly about two or three feet above the surface, large numbers of them were struck and killed by our vehicles as we drove across the emigrating stream at about 50 miles per hour. It is not easy to estimate the density of insects in such an emigration, but my counts made at the time suggest about 1100 butterflies per minute were crossing an average mile of front along the highway (or perhaps some 55,000 per minute were passing a line at right angles to the direc- ( nt ibutio 1 AF A . . EO AU 1462 from the Department of Entomology, University of Kansas, Lawrence. _R, Paylor for reading the original manuscript of this note and making arly concerning dissection of females. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 2 125 tion of the stream). A sample of 18 specimens was easily taken in a couple of minutes. At the time of these observations, the weather was hot and the sky was partly cloudy, the gathering clouds producing a light sprinkle of rain ap- proximately 65 miles northeast of Ciudad Victoria, near mid-afternoon, just before we drove out of the migration. There was a light to moderate breeze from east-northeast, so that the butterflies, on a northwest to south- east course, were moving slightly into the wind. In the sample collected, there was a 3.5 to 1 ratio of females to males (142,44). Three females with large abdomens were dissected, and it was found that none contained any eggs whatsoever (yet large amounts of what appeared to be fat) and that each contained the hardened re- mains of one large spermatophore. In the males, there was noticeable variation in the extent of the black spot near the costal margin of the hind wing. Adults of K. castalia have been seen feeding on blossoms of mesquite, and Klots (1951) reports lignum vitae (Guaiacum officinale ) as larval food for this species in Puerto Rico. Unless this emigration had come a long way, it seems the food plant must have been some common member of the semi-desert flora. Migrations of pierid butterflies are frequently observed and reported in the entomological literature; however, as far as I can determine, this is the first record of a migration of a species of Kricogonia (there are only two species in the genus). Recent books on insect migration ( Wil- liams, 1958; Johnson, 1969) do not mention the genus. Literature Cited Exruicu, P. R. anp A. H. Exriuicn. 1961. How to know the butterflies. W. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa. GopMaNn, F. D. anp O. Satvin. 1887-1901. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Lepidop- tera-Rhopalocera, vol. 2. Jounson, C. G. 1969. Migration and dispersal of insects by flight. Methuen & Cos td. London. Kuots, A. B. 1951. A field guide to the butterflies. Houghton Mifflin Co., Bos- ton. WituiaMs, C. B. 1958. Insect migration. Macmillan Co., New York. 126 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY OBSERVATIONS ON PAPILIO ARISTODEMUS PONCEANUS (PAPILIONIDAE) FRANK RUTKOWSKI 153 Centre St., New York, N.Y. Papilio aristodemus ponceanus Schaus is a swallowtail which few Lepidopterists have seen alive. As the North American population of a polytypic Antillean species, it is limited to tropical hardwood hammocks in southern Florida. Before the extensive land clearing which accom- panied settlement, its range may have extended from a southwestern limit near Marathon in the Florida Keys, into peninsular Florida as far north of Miami as soil character and climatic fluctuations would permit these hammocks to flourish. Today its range is greatly reduced. The life history was described by Grimshawe (1940) who also illus- trated some of the early stages. The accompanying figures will supple- ment her photographs. During late spring of 1970, I made observations which can be added to those of Grimshawe. I spent the first week of June in the habitat of P. a. ponceanus at times of day varying from dawn to just before sunset. During this time I watched about 35 ponceanus. Nearly half of these were caught in order to determine sex and condition, but almost all were set free. Except for a female released and then recaptured an hour later and a mile away, it is not possible to say how many individuals these sightings might represent. Circumstances did not permit the rigorous survey with marked speci- mens and large sampling which would have made these notes more ob- jective. Nevertheless I offer this tentative account because ponceanus is on the verge of extinction. Collectors hunt it down while developers are destroying its habitat (Kimball 1965, Klots 1951). As I hope to show, over-protective conservation practices can endanger it further. Published dates for ponceanus (Henderson 1945a, 1945b, 1946) extend mostly from April to June. Although the finding of two larvae in their third instar on June 5 (discussed below) indicates that parents had been on the wing in mid-May, the main 1970 flight seemed to have started with the heavy rains which culminated in Hurricane Alma near the end of May. Local newspapers claimed that this had been the wettest May in years. And when I arrived on the afternoon of June 2, residents told me about the unusually heavy and continuous rains which had stopped ut the night before. The weather stayed mostly fair until the 5th, when vilw | ‘ly late in the afternoon and intermittently through the VOLUME 25, NUMBER 2 DAT night. Between these two rains ponceanus was locally in fresh condi- tion and not rare, whereas the usually common butterflies were scarce and worn. After the rain on the 5th, the few ponceanus I could find were all shabby, and ordinarily abundant species such as Nathalis iole Boisdu- val, Junonia coenia (Hiibner) and Danaus gilippus berenice (Cramer ) first appeared as freshly-emerged singletons. Adults. Ponceanus usually flew in brushy hammocks. The earliest any were seen was just before 9 AM (Eastern Daylight Time) on two bright days, in each instance a female visiting the blossoms of Cheese Shrub (Morinda Roioc L.) at the eastern edges of hammocks. The latest observation was at 5 PM, a freshly-emerged female hovering low over Cheese Shrub blossoms at the sunlit west edge of open hammock. On June 2, 1970, sunrise in the Miami area was at 6:29 AM (E.D.T.) and sunset was at 8:08 PM. Before the hottest part of the day, which was from 1 to 2 PM, both sexes were within the hammocks, fluttering in diffused light about a foot above the ground at blossoms of Guava (Psidium guajava Raddi). Guava was abundant within the hammocks whereas Cheese Shrub grew com- monly at the edges of hammocks or out in the open. Those ponceanus seen at flowers within hammocks were invariably visiting Guava, while at the edges of hammocks or out in the open they were visiting only Cheese Shrub when they were on flowers at all. On bright days the butterflies flew higher during the hot afternoon. Males patrolled the tree tops at a height of 10 feet or more, sometimes descending into open spaces to investigate any other ponceanus. How- ever, no combats were observed nor was it possible to see whether in- dividual males kept to flyways above the forest canopy. During the heat of the day I rarely saw a male descend from the canopy to feed at flowers. At 10 oclock on a hazy morning after a drizzle, I found a male of Papilio cresphontes cresphontes Cramer and a male ponceanus along an open trail. After a short encounter the ponceanus veered into the woods while the cresphontes settled on a shrub to bask. Three other cresphontes were found in open places near midday; all were males visiting various flowers in bright sunlight. Regardless of how fresh they were otherwise, many ponceanus males had one or both hind wings torn more or less cleanly at a 90° angle to the anal margin, often with the tails intact. No females were found damaged in this way. Such mutilation may be evidence of bird attack, although no specimen bore a v-shaped beak mark. Although none of the four male cresphontes had torn wings, one was missing a tail which apparently had 128 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY been pulled out from its root. The tails of cresphontes are spatulate, marked above and below with a conspicuous yellow spot; ponceanus tails are slender and dark. It is possible that the conspicuous cresphontes tails might offer marginal survival advantage by distracting the attention of birds from the body of the insect or from graspable parts of the wings. Male ponceanus seemed to fly just as strongly as male cresphontes when out in the open. I could not distinguish the two species by flight alone. A ponceanus male and a cresphontes male of about the same size were roughly compared for wing strength by measuring the diameter of each wing vein with a micrometer at a point 4” from the outer margin. The averages were then taken. The average reading for the ponceanus male was .0165” while the cresphontes average was only .0150”. A female of each species similarly compared showed less discrepancy. They both averaged .0185”. Though the ponceanus male might seem to be the more robust insect, other things being equal, it is worth mention that the pointed shape of cresphontes wings increases the rigidity of wing surface relative to vein diameter. From the standpoint of total mass that must be kept in motion to maintain a given speed, to say nothing of maneuver- ability, the pointed cresphontes wings seem to be more efficient than the blunt ponceanus wings. In an attempt to see how important wing pattern or color might be in species recognition, I looked at a pair of cresphontes and a pair of ponce- anus under long-wave ultraviolet light. The bulb used was a General Elec- tric 8 watt BLB, which I hoped would approximate the wavelength by which these insects perceive pattern or color. Under ultraviolet illumina- tion the relation of light spots to dark background on the upperside of both species was similar to the relation visible in daylight. The under- sides of the cresphontes pair also looked much as they do in daylight. However, the undersides of the ponceanus pair differed strikingly from cresphontes. The wide orange-brown band on the hind wings which is so Characteristic of ponceanus (but which tends to vanish in Antillean aristodemus populations) was invisible under ultraviolet light. Fur- thermore, the yellow underside ground color was nearly obliterated. Ixxcept for the blue lunules on the hind wings, the entire underside of the ponceanus pair appeared a deep violet brown. For this reason I suspect that cresphontes and ponceanus can distinguish each other in Hight better than a Lepidopterist can. Living males of ponceanus smell strongly of sweet lemon with a sug- gestion of vanilla, while a freshly-emerged female had no perceptible ent. A living male cresphontes caught in the same place at the same VoLUME 25, NuMBER 2 129 time, had a faint odor which is best described as acrid. These scents fade soon after death. At 10:15 AM in a dimly-lit trail through brushy hammock I saw a female and two male ponceanus visiting flowers at opposite ends of a Guava tangle. The fresher of the two males eventually approached this slightly worn female while she was still feeding. He hovered over her. She then settled on the ground with wings flattened and vibrating, raising her abdomen. The male fluttered on the ground behind and then rose over her before flying away. In contrast, during part of a cresphontes courtship witnessed at 3 PM on a bright day in May 1966, the pair flew straight up until they were hovering about 30 feet above nearly bare ground. Their nuptial flight was interrupted by a bird which darted up out of nearby mangroves to attack one of the butterflies from a “five oclock” position. The cresphontes evaded this attack by an easy dip sideways while its would-be mate fled. Female ponceanus behaved differently from males. The few times they were seen along the edges of hammocks their sex could seldom be determined unless they were captured. But when flying within ham- mocks in search of Torchwood, Amyris elemifera L., the larval foodplant, they fluttered slowly about 6 feet from the ground, with the axis of the body at about 45° from horizontal. Oviposition. Several ponceanus females at the outer edges of ham- mocks were seen to investigate shrubs of Wild Lime, Zanthoxylum Fagara (L.), a common larval foodplant of cresphontes in southern Florida. These females all flew lower than usual, at about 4 feet. One female (12:30 PM) flew 12 feet out of her straight course to pass near one of these shrubs. Two others were seen hovering around Wild Lime at 12:45 PM and 1 PM. Since Wild Lime flowers are small and inconspicuously located in the axils, I assumed that the ponceanus females were seeking nectar. But none of these shrubs proved to be in bloom. On June 5 at 1 PM I followed a female as she fluttered through an overgrown trail in a way that I had learned to associate with oviposition. With wings vibrating closely together over her back, she perched for an instant on a young shoot of Wild Lime at a height of 6 feet and laid an egg on the leaf tip. I took this egg home to New York with me. The larva which it produced is illustrated in the figures. It is also the basis of some of the observations recounted below. As will be apparent, this unexpected use of Wild Lime as a larval foodplant offers a clue to the way in which ponceanus is adapted to its habitat. Both Torchwood (the previously-recorded larval foodplant ) and Wild Lime are pioneering shrubs in whose shade sprout other hard- 130 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY wood seedlings which can eventually grow up to hammock. Therefore both grow abundantly at the edges of advancing hammocks but are scarcer within the hammock itself, where they must struggle for light. Wild Lime seems to need more sunlight than Torchwood. It often grows completely exposed among low herbs, and conversely it is scarce in even fairly open hammock. At the borders of hammocks both plants are usu- ally densely-foliated shrubs up to 8 feet tall, but inside hammocks they are slender trees over 15 feet tall, with fewer leaves. Presumably this change to an arboreal habit is partly an adaptation to keep them from having to struggle against their own shade in addition to the shade of overtopping vegetation. Most of the Torchwood and Wild Lime and the ponceanus associated with them occurred in moderately shady hammock on rather bare lime- stone pitted with sinkholes. Torchwood but not Wild Lime was nearly as abundant in a still shadier habitat, proliferating on rich humus, but only one ponceanus was seen there. This was a female found at 12:30 PM flying higher than usual at about 15 feet within diffused sunlight just below the forest canopy. In the shadiest place of all, a dense mature hammock into which little light penetrated, no Torchwood and no ponceanus were seen. In contrast to the preference for partial shade shown by female pon- ceanus, three female cresphontes were seen laying eggs on Wild Lime growing on a similar limestone formation (11 AM in October, 1968). Each cresphontes was completely exposed in bright sunlight, ovipositing at a height of about 5 feet. Eggs and Larvae. After learning to recognize ponceanus females in search of the larval foodplants I was able to find eggs and larvae. It 11 AM on June 5, I followed a female to a spindly Torchwood tree growing in the shade. She laid an egg on one of its new leaves. There were two other eggs and eight larvae in various stages of development, even two larvae in their third instar, on this one tree. On Torchwood trees in similar situations I found other eggs and larvae but fewer of them. Eggs were always on top of young leaves (but not always the youngest leaves ) and once on the rachis. Larvae were invariably on top of the youngest and tenderest leaves, the new growth brought out by the spring rains. Iiven the two third-instar larvae were feeding on young shoots and re- fused older growth when it was offered. No larvae were found on the few Wild Lime trees within the hammock, nor on the numerous Torchwood and Wild Lime shrubs exposed to direct unlight along the edges of hammocks. Three Papilio eggs were found nlight at a heisht of 3 feet onaT h d 5 nt Or 3 teet on a Torchwood shrub growing half ex- 131 VoLUME 25, NuMBER 2 4, > tar larva, dorsal instar larva, dorsal aspect S| = —_— see Z Oy — D Gy x _ _ re D fo) iS) j2| oa > ~~ (ar) Cl ee | COs (av) of be ins , fo dorsal aspect 5, fourth 2 istodemus ponceanus Schaus 53) a 2 oO 524 BSCS s _ Se 2% 6 = aC Su Sg Mee ©) 5 Ne Ne) ae the NS O° om Te i?) Mos AI @b) FS, Bas a JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY 132 6, Fifth-instar larva, dorsal dorsal aspect; 9, pupa, lateral pupa, 2 8 , lateral aspect; instar larva 9. Papilio aristodemus ponceanus Schaus. fifth- ’ > 7 r b) igs. aspect. F aspect; VOLUME 25, NUMBER 2 133 posed along a trail. They did not produce detectable embryos. No ponceanus eggs or larvae were found lower than 3 feet or higher than 7 feet from the ground. First- and third-instar larvae which had been feeding on Torchwood unhesitatingly accepted the youngest leaves of Wild Lime, and so did my newly-hatched larva which had not yet eaten. This larva was later trans- ferred to potted Torchwood which I had brought back to New York with it. When the larva was in its second instar I ran out of yeung Torchwood shoots and had to give it slightly older leaves. It refused them. Think- ing that perhaps the waxy integument of an older leaf made it too tough for food, I scraped the leaf edges with a razor blade, but the larva still would not eat. Finally I gave this larva young shoots of Prickly Ash, Zanthoxylum americanum Mill. from New Jersey. Prickly Ash, the pre- ferred larval foodplant of cresphontes in the Northeast, grows in rocky places (limestone ledges in New Jersey, sandstone outcroppings in IIli- nois) much as the related ponceanus hostplants occur on well-drained limestone in Florida. Prickly Ash lacks the waxy covering of its subtropical relatives. Even its mature leaves are tender. However, its youngest leaves are thick and hairy, unlike the young shoots of Torchwood and Wild Lime. The hungry ponceanus larva nibbled at the youngest growth of Prickly Ash but seemed to have trouble eating the thick edges of these leaves despite their tenderness. It reluctantly accepted leaves of intermediate age but fed so seldom that its second instar lasted 7 days instead of 5. As the larva matured it ate any Prickly Ash leaves offered, without apparent preference for younger ones. It was reared to the pupal stage on this substitute foodplant. When kept at 80° F., about 5° lower than the average daytime tem- perature of its natural habitat, the ponceanus larva was remarkably ir- ritable. Confined in a vial, it would jerk its head backward if the vial was jarred even slightly. If the vial was picked up, the larva shook its head from side to side. Though newly-hatched wild larvae and my own reared larva would protrude their white osmateria (producing an un- pleasant smell) when I even touched the leaves on which they rested, my larva as it matured into its fourth and fifth instars became reluctant to do so even when prodded. At the same time it gradually abandoned its habit of resting on top of leaves. Instead it clung to twigs below the leaves when it was not actually feeding. Nearly mature cresphontes lar- vae found on Prickly Ash in northern Illinois, rested in a similar position. Grimshawe noted the curious thirst of ponceanus larvae in all instars. 134 JoURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY In Florida, when I temporarily confined young wild larvae at 85° F. with nearly saturated humidity, I never saw them drink. And when I reared my larva in New York under similar conditions it apparently did not drink during its earlier instars. But when in its fifth instar it was trans- ferred to a roomy plastic box and kept at 80° F. with relative humidity which varied from 60% to 70%, it would seek out and quickly drink water droplets which I had scattered to keep the foodplant fresh. Summary and Discussion Papilio aristodemus ponceanus is found most often in old disturbed places which are growing up to hammock. Feeding of larvae and adults, courtship and oviposition occur in these second-growth hammocks, in- dicating that ponceanus is a forest insect. The sympatric P. cresphontes cresphontes feeds and reproduces in open places. Ponceanus seems highly sensitive to moisture. It may emerge in num- bers only after heavy or prolonged rains have ended the dry season and brought out new growth on its host plants. A twenty-year summary of South Florida weather records (Butson 1962) showed little change in relative humidity between dry and rainy seasons. In the shelter of ham- mocks, where there is usually no noticeable wind, the relative humidity would be even more stable. However, Butson pointed out that the first month of a rainy season usually has double the rainfall of the preceding dry month. The beginning of the rainy season in South Florida varies from late April to late June, the same months as the flight period of ponceanus. The ability of pupae to remain dormant for longer than a year as noted by Grimshawe, may be a mechanism to synchronize adult emergence with the beginning of the rainy season which in turn produces abundant new growth for the larvae. In an exceptionally dry spring, emergence could be delayed or suppressed. It is possible that pupae respond to light intensity as well, for ponceanus does not emerge throughout the rainy season as Antillean aristodemus populations apparently do. The habitat of ponceanus is more or less continuous except where man has destroyed it. But feeding adults disperse widely. Their distribution seems related to the freshness of Guava blossoms, the preferred adult foodplant within hammocks at the time of my observations. Adults would not be found at the same Guava patches for more than a day. However, one patch of Cheese Shrub blooming in the open attracted a male a day lor three days. The short duration of Guava blossoms may aid the repro- ductive dispersal of ponceanus. In contrast with the fluid distribution of feeding adults, the eggs and VoLUME 25, NuMBER 2 1335) larvae were distributed very narrowly. The single Torchwood tree which yielded eight larvae in various stages of development seems to indicate that it or its situation was especially attractive to several ovipositing fe- males. This contention seems supported by the fact that other Torchwood trees of the same size growing in similar conditions, generally had larvae on them. Young larvae will accept other foodplants rather than eat any but the tenderest leaves of the “right” foodplant. They will feed on at least two other Rutaceous plants besides Torchwood, the primary hostplant. Ovi- position on one of these, Wild Lime, occurs in nature. Of course ready acceptance of Wild Lime does not necessarily mean that most larvae will thrive on this diet and mature into adults capable of reproducing. Never- theless, the assured behavior of the female which oviposited on a Wild Lime tree growing in the shade, as compared with the hesitation of the three females seen around Wild Lime shrubs growing in the open, sug- gests that specific habitat might be a stronger stimulus to oviposition than specific foodplant. The fact that ponceanus females are only stragglers in open places and that Wild Lime is only a straggler in shady places makes it unlikely that oviposition on this secondary hostplant is frequent. It is remarkable that the shady habitat of ponceanus is not the most favorable place for its primary hostplant either. As the price of reproduc- tive isolation ponceanus lives cut of step with both Wild Lime and Torchwood. Both are constantly being shaded out of hammocks, each at its own rate, by normal plant succession. The mechanisms which maintain environmental separation between ponceanus and cresphontes are not fully understood. An initial hurdle of reproductive isolation may be environmental separation of virgin females which are feeding. Fertilized female ponceanus may have a genetically controlled preference for partial shade when ovipositing. As for males, there seems to be a tension zone at the edges of hammocks, characterized by occasional combat between cruising males of ponceanus and cre- sphontes. In the mottled light of its habitat ponceanus may benefit from a pat- tern resemblance to Heliconius charithonius tuckeri Comstock & Brown. I was sometimes unsure whether a yellow-streaked butterfly vanishing into the edge of a hammock was a rare swallowtail or merely a common heliconian. When I saw such a butterfly from behind, foreshortening in- creased the resemblance. It is well known that the wing patterns of H. c. tuckeri and P. cre- sphontes are “hard edged” while that of P. a. ponceanus is suffused. Pat- tern suffusion is a reputed characteristic of tropical mimetic butterflies 136 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY (Corbet & Pendlebury 1956), perhaps indicating that the need for close resemblance to a model is reduced by the preference for shady habitats which such mimics often show. I have already mentioned the “agreeable” scent of ponceanus males and the “disagreeable” scent of a male cre- sphontes from the same place. Further investigation could determine whether it is more than coincidence that some cresphontes hostplants belonging to the genera Ruta, Dictamnus and Ptelea have been respon- sible for photosensitive dermatitis in mammals (Muenscher 1951). My few dried Torchwood specimens have more and larger resin dots on young leaves from a completely exposed plant than on young leaves from a plant which grew in partial shade. It is conceivable not only that South Florida cresphontes might be protected by an irritant substance in some native Rutaceae, but also that shade-grown Torchwood and Wild Lime might be deficient in that irritant. Putting conjecture aside, there is reason to believe that Papilio aristo- demus ponceanus must continuously colonize new places partially de- forested by storm or fire, which temporarily are in a state of regrowth suited to its habits. The extremes of heedless real-estate development and over-protective maintenance of mature hammocks both threaten to disrupt the natural cycle of renewal on which its survival depends. Acknowledgments I am indebted to Mr. George N. Avery of the Fairchild Tropical Gar- dens, Miami, Florida, for identifying Cheese Shrub, to Dr. C. F. dos Passos of Mendham, New Jersey, for editorial help with part of the manuscript, to Mr. Winthrop Edey of New York City for the photographs, and to Dr. A. B. Klots of the American Museum of Natural History for information which made my observations possible. Literature Cited Burson, K. 1962. Climate of Florida. In Climatography of the United States No. 60-8. Revised edition. Washington. Corser, A. S. anp H. M. PENDLEBURY. 1956. The butterflies of the Malay Peninsula. Second edition revised. Edinburgh. GRIMSHAWE, F. M. 1940. Place of sorrow. Nature Magazine 33: 565-567, 611. Henperson, W. F. 1945a. Papilio aristodemus ponceana. Ent. News 56: 29-32. 1945b. Additional notes on Papilio ponceana. Ent. News 56: 187-188. ere 1946. Papilio aristodemus ponceana Schaus notes. Ent. News 57: 100- Ml. KimBaLL, C, P. 1965. The lepidoptera of Florida. Gainesville. Kiots, A. B. 1951. A field guide to the butterflies. Boston. Mr ee ni C. 1951. Poisonous plants of the United States. Revised edition. YCW OrK, VoLuME 25, NuMBER 2 137 NOTES ON SOME SOUTH FLORIDA LEPIDOPTERA FRANK RUTKOWSKI 153 Centre Street, New York, N.Y. The following observations from the Florida Keys are additions to in- formation published by Kimball (1965). These observations may be of interest because they represent apparently new records of habits, larval foodplant or extension of known range. Nomenclature and checklist num- bers follow dos Passos (1964) for butterflies and McDunnough (1938) for moths. Plant names are taken mostly from Small (1933). I am in- debted to Mr. George Avery of the Fairchild Tropical Gardens in Miami, Florida, who helped me in various ways and was also kind enough to identify two of the more difficult plants. 29. Lerodea eufala (Edwards). Extension of range. A few of these skippers were taken in December on Big Pine Key, visiting blossoms of Croton linearis Jacq. in the shadier parts of pine woods. 281. Ascia monuste phileta (Fabricius). During a migration of this species on Key Largo in June, a pair was found in copula within shady hammock at 1:15 PM on a sunny day, the dark female flying. 340. Lephelisca virginiensis (Guérin-Méneville). Extension of range. A colony was found in August on Big Pine Key, in rocky pinelands imme- diately adjacent to marshes. 380. Strymon martialis (Herrich-Schaffer). This very local species seems to prefer the blossoms of Bay Cedar (Suriana maritima L.) when available, to the flowers which it usually visits at other times. 45la. Hemiargus ammon bethunebakeri Comstock & Huntington. New larval foodplant. At 10 AM in early June a female laid an egg just above a lateral bud on Snowberry, Chiococca alba (1L.) Hitche., growing along a shady trail on Key Largo. 486c. Anaea aidea floridalis Johnson & Comstock. A butterfly trapped in a spider web was tasted and immediately discarded by the spider. 524b. Metamorpha stelenes biplagiata (¥Frihstorfer). Extension of range. In late October a colony was found on Big Pine Key, associated with Blechum pyramidatum (Lam.) Urban, which is probably the larval foodplant. The butterflies are very fond of the blossoms of Wild Lantana, Lantana involucrata L. When at rest with wings closed, they are hard to tell from the curled and blotchy leaves of Jamaica Dogwood, Ichthyo- menthia piscipula (L.), which start to turn brown and fall at this time of year. One female apparently had been attracted to light, for early on 138 JoURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY a rainy morning she was found among moths in the grass at the base of a streetlamp. 531. Junonia coenia (Hubner). This species and Junonia evarete zonalis Felder & Felder interbreed on Big Pine Key. J. e. zonalis is com- mon along mudflats while J. coenia seems to prefer damp places on higher ground. The roads and fire lanes which have been opened on Big Pine Key may help to break down reproductive isolation of these two populations. Copulating pairs representing various intergradations were taken around 5 PM in December, when the sun was quite low. The fact that mating took place late in the day when light had shifted from the violet to the red end of the spectrum might have minimized any im- portance that pattern or color differences could have in courtship. If this interbreeding really represents secondary intergradation, it is to be expected that the two populations might formerly have diverged even less in courtship ritual than in appearance. The instance of abortive courtship listed below under Euptoieta suggests that in bright sunlight any rusty orange butterfly resting on the ground in a likely habitat might momen- tarily arouse the interest of a male J. e. zonalis. 624. Euptoieta claudia (Cramer). Extension of range. Occasional but fresh specimens were taken on Big Pine Key in May, August and October. They were found in both very wet and very dry habitats. One female briefly responded (spreading out of wings and raising of abdomen) to a hovering Junonia evarete zonalis. 628d. Dryas julia cillene (Cramer). Extension of range. A battered female was taken in August on Big Pine Key along the edge of dry ham- mock on an outcropping of Key Largo Limestone. 818d. Automeris io lilith Stkr. New larval foodplant. Larvae were found on Croton linearis on Big Pine Key in December. 560a. Eacles imperialis didyma Beauv. Extension of range. A badly smashed specimen was found among other moths at the base of a street- lamp on Big Pine Key in October. 570. Lymire edwardsii Grt. Numerous cocoons were found at the base of a Sapodilla, Sapota Achras Mill., trunk on Big Pine Key in August. 1954. Xanthopastis timais Cram. Third and fourth instar larvae found skeletonizing the leaves of Hymenocallis keyensis Small on Big Pine Key in October, freely accepted Iceberg Lettuce as a substitute foodplant in New York and were reared to maturity on it. 3516a. Composia fidelissima vagrans Bates. One of these moths was removed unharmed from a spider web on Big Pine Key in December. [ nlike netted specimens, it responded to being handled by squeaking and excluding a drop of yellowish froth at each side of the prothorax. This VoLuME 25, NuMBER 2 ifs9 froth had a very faint but disagreeable taste which can be compared to the smell of a “sour” dishcloth. 5221. Sphacelodes vulneraria (Hbn.). Extension of range. A pair was caught at light on Big Pine Key in October. Literature Cited pos Passos, C. F. 1964. A synonymic list of the nearctic Rhopalocera. Mem. Lepid. Soc., No. 1. KimBaLL, C. P. 1965. Lepidoptera of Florida. Div. of Plant Industry, Fla. Dept. of Ag., Gainesville. McDunnouwcu, J. 1938. Checklist of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America. Part 1. Macrolepidoptera. Mem. Southern Calif. Acad. Sci. olor, SMALL, J. K. 1933. Manual of the southeastern flora. Univ. of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill. NYMPHALIDAE OF WISCONSIN Davin WM. SCHWEHR University of Wisconsin, Madison Fernekes (1909) and Muttkowski (1907) compiled a list of over 1000 species of Lepidoptera, including Nymphalidae, found in the Milwaukee County area. The list was by no means a complete survey of the Lepidop- tera of Wisconsin, nor was it entirely accurate for the Milwaukee area. Lack of extensive collecting, deficiency of accurate records, and absence of recent distribution studies have resulted in only generalized records on the distribution and range of Nymphalidae in Wisconsin. Thus, during the summer of 1966 and continuing into the spring of 1968, a survey was conducted in an attempt to establish the distributive range of Nymphalidae in Wisconsin. Literature sources provided a pre- liminary list of Wisconsin Nymphalidae. Specimen records were then obtained from the collections of the University of Wisconsin, Northern Michigan University, University of Minnesota, Concordia College, Wis- consin State University at Stevens Point, and from the personal collection records of J. A. Ebner, Wm. E. Sieker, Stephen C. Kleene, and Kurt Johnson, as well as from my own collection. Twenty-four species of Nymphalidae were obtained through personal collecting in various parts of Wisconsin, ranging from Bayfield County in the north to Dane County in the south. Polygonia faunus, Polygonia progne, Phyciodes batesii, Phyciodes gorgone, and Melitaea harrisii were added through reference to the collection of the Russel Laboratory, at the University of Wisconsin. Collection records of Agraulis vanillae and 140 JoURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Boloria freija were received from Wm. E. Sieker, Madison, and Kurt Johnson, Stevens Point. Records of Anaea andria and Nymphalis califor- nica have also been reported from the State by J. A. Ebner, West Allis. Thirty-three species representing eight subfamilies and fifteen genera have been collected within the boundaries of Wisconsin. Polygonia gracilis and Polygonia satyrus may also occur within the State. A speci- men of the latter, in the collection at Northern Michigan University, was taken in northern Wisconsin. However, its presence has not been estab- lished due to lack of collecting in that part of the State. The county records for individual species are available to the interested reader. The following are the generalized ranges of Wisconsin Nym- phalidae: Charaxinae Anaea andria Scudder. At present recorded only from Racine Co., but may inhabit the southern third of the State. Apaturinae Asterocampa celtis (Boisduval & Leconte). Probably present in the en- tire State, but not yet recorded from the northwestern counties. Asterocampa clyton (Boisduval & Leconte). Inhabits the southern two- thirds of the State. Limenitidinae Limenitis (Limenitis) arthemis (Drury). Occurs through most of Wis- consin, but its existence is doubtful in the southern extremities. Limenitis (Limenitis) astyanax (Fabricius). Is found in the southern half of Wisconsin. Limemitis (Limenitis) archippus (Cramer). Has a state-wide range. Vanessinae Vanessa atalanta (Linnaeus). Has a state-wide range. Vanessa virginiensis (Drury). Has a state-wide range. Vanessa cardui (Linnaeus). Has a state-wide range. Junonia coenia (Hubner). Is scattered throughout Wisconsin. Nymphalinae Nymphalis vau-album (Denis & Schiffermuller). Has a state-wide range, however the species is most frequently collected in northern Wisconsin. Nymphalis californica (Boisduval). Has only been collected once in Wisconsin, and that was in Door Co. Nymphalis milberti (Godart). Has a state-wide range. Nymphalis antiopa (Linnaeus). Has a state-wide range. Polygonia interrogationis (Linnaeus). Has a state-wide range. VoLUME 25, NuMBER 2 141 Polygonia comma (Harris). Has a state-wide range. Polygonia faunus (Edwards). Has been collected in the northern coun- ties of Door, Chippewa, and Marinette. Polygonia progne (Cramer). Ranges throughout Wisconsin; however the species is more frequently collected in the northern territories. Melitaeinae Phyciodes (Phyciodes) tharos (Drury). Has a state-wide range. Phyciodes (Phyciodes) batesii (Reakirt). Has been taken only in the northeastern counties of Bayfield, Brown, and Marinette. Phyciodes (Phyciodes) gorgone (Hiibner ). Is scattered throughout Wis- consin. Melitaea ( Microtia) harrisii Scudder. Inhabits portions of eastern Wis- consin, being most frequently collected in the northern third of the State. Melitaea ( Microtia) nycteis Doubleday. Has a state-wide range. Euphydryas phaeton (Drury). Has a state-wide range. Argynninae Boloria (Clossiana) selene (Denis & Schiffermuller). Has a state-wide range. Boloria (Clossiana) toddi (Holland). Has a state-wide range. Boloria (Clossiana) freija (Thunberg). Has only been collected in Bay- field, Oneida, and Portage counties, but may later be found to range throughout the northern counties. Speyeria (Speyeria) idalia (Drury). Distributed throughout southern Wisconsin. Speyeria (Speyeria) atlantis (Edwards). Distributed through the north- ern third of Wisconsin. Speyeria (Semnopsyche ) cybele (Fabricius). Has a state-wide range. Speyeria (Semnopsyche) aphrodite (Fabricius). Has a state-wide range. Euptoieta claudia (Cramer). Is scattered throughout Wisconsin. Heliconiinae Agraulis vanillae (Linnaeus). Has only been collected in Grant and Portage counties, but may later be found to range throughout the southern parts of Wisconsin. Acknowledgments I am grateful to Dr. R. D. Shenefelt and L. J. Bayer, the University of Wisconsin; Gordon D. Gill, Northern Michigan University; Dr. Ke Chung Kim, the University of Minnesota; George Senechal, Concordia College; Kurt Johnson, Wisconsin State University at Stevens Point; J. A. 142 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Ebner, West Allis, Wisconsin; and Wm. E. Sieker, Madison, Wisconsin, for their cooperation in providing collection records. Sincere appreciation is also extended to both the Wisconsin Junior Academy of Science, for its grant for work on insects in 1967-68, and Mr. Leroy Lee, Biology teacher at James Madison Memorial High School, for his assistance and guidance throughout the research. Literature Cited pos Passos, Cyrit F. 1964. A Synonymic List of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Lep. Soc. Mem. 1. ExrucuH, Paut R. anp ANNA H. ExneuicH. 1961. How to Know the Butterflies. Brown Pub. Co., Dubuque. FERNEKES, VALENTINE. 1906. List of Lepidoptera occuring in Milwaukee County, Bull. Wisconsin Nat. Hist. Soc. 4. Kiors, ALEXANDER B. 1964. A Field Guide to the Butterflies of North America, East of the Great Plains. Houghton-Mifflin, Cambridge. Murrkowskti, Ricuarp A. 1907. Additions to the Lepidopterous Fauna of Mil- waukee County. Bull. Wisconsin Nat. Hist. Soc. 5. A NEW NAME FOR PAPILIO ZETES WESTWOOD, 1847, NEC LINNAEUS, 1758 (PAPILIONIDAE) EUGENE MUNROE Entomology Research Institute, Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa J. O. Westwood (1847, p. 36, pl. 3, figs. 1, 1*) described Papilio zetes from St. Domingo. This was recognized as a valid species of Papilio by subsequent authors, e.g., Rothschild and Jordan (1906, p. 515), but was transferred by Munroe (1961, pp. 47, 51) to Battus Scopoli. D’ Almeida (1966, p. 116) followed this placement. Unfortunately Papilio zetes Westwood is a junior primary homonym of Papilio zetes Linnaeus (1758, p. 487), now placed in Acraea Fabricius, and it has no junior synonyms. Therefore, under Article 60(b) of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, the former name requires replacement. I propose Papilio zetides, nom. noy., to replace Papilio zetes Westwood. Papilio zetides should be transferred to Battus, becom- in Battus zetides (Munroe), comb. nov. Literature Cited D’AtMeipA, R. Ferrera, 1966. Catalogo dos Papilionidae Americanos. Soc. Brasileira de Entomologia, S40 Paulo. LINNAEus, C. 1758. Systema Naturae, ed. X. Munroe, E. 1961. The classification of the Papilionidae. Mem. Ent. Soc. Canada Ag Roruscuitp, W., AND K. Jorpan. 1906. A revision of the American Papilios. Nov. Zool. 13: 411-752, pl. 4-9. Wesrwoop, J. O. 1847. Description of two new exotic species of the genus Papilio, Trans. Ent. Soc, London 5: 36-37, jolly, VoLUME 25, NuMBER 2 143 NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF TWO RARE LEPIDOPTERA IN SOUTH CAROLINA In late May and early June of 1970, I discovered a colony of Satyrium kingi (Klots and Clench) in Dorchester County at the county line on highway 642 where Dor- chester and Charleston counties meet. As far as I have been able to determine this is the first Dorchester County records, and possibly the first record for the state in the Coastal Plain. In July, a colony of Euphyes bimacula (G. & R.) was found just east of Summer- ville, S. C. in Berkely County near the junction of U. S. Al7 and I-26, and to the northwest of this junction. According to Klots (1951, A Field Guide to the Butter- flies ) this is well south of its supposed range. RONALD R. GATRELLE, 35 Reddin Rd., Apt. 1, Charleston, South Carolina. _ VAN SOMEREN BUTTERFLY COLLECTION TO THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY This magnificent collection of the butterflies of East Africa, mostly from Kenya, Uganda, and north Tanganyika, plus the adjacent areas of southern Ethiopia, Somali, and eastern Congo, has been donated to the American Museum of Natural History. It represents over 60 years of work by Dr. V. G. L. van Someren, with the specimens being obtained both by catching and by rearing; it is one of the largest and most complete collections of butterflies from the above area. The collection consists of 22,931 specimens; of this total, 18,497 are butterflies; there are 258 slides of genitalia, and 4,176 specimens of early stage material, particularly of Charaxes. As far as I know, this is the largest single collection of African butterflies to come to the United States at one time. The specimens of this collection have been studied and identified by many special- ists and have been included in their revisionary studies on African butterflies. These include W. H. Evans’ “A Catalogue of the African Hesperiidae” (1937), H. Stempf- fers “The Genera of the African Lycaenidae” (1967), and Dr. van Someren’s own “Revisional Notes on African Charaxes” (1963-1969, with more parts to be pub- lished ), just to mention a few. Dr. van Someren has reared many species of Charaxes and has made a sizable collection of cast larval head capsules and of pupae; this valuable material came with the collection. No holotypes or allotypes are included with the collection. Dr. van Someren has deposited his type specimens, as well as a portion of his butterfly collection, in the entomological section of the British Museum (Natural History). FREDERICK H. RinpcE, Dept. of Entomology, American Museum of Natural History, New York. A MELANIC ABERRATION OF PHYCIODES THAROS (NYMPHALIDAE ) A striking female aberration of Phyciodes tharos (Drury) emerged 29 May 1969 from a laboratory brood reared from a wild-inseminated female collected four miles east of Cedar Key, Levy Co., Florida, 29 March 1969. All rearing was done using a 16-hour daily photophase at 27° C and with Aster ericoides L. as the larval food- plant. A comparison of the melanic female with a normal sibling female shows that all of the black pattern elements of both the dorsal and ventral wing surfaces have spread into the fulvous areas between them, leaving light pigmentation only in the central parts of normally fulvous areas. The ventral “pearl crescent” near the anal margin of the hind wing has been completely covered by dark pigmentation, but it 144 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY can be seen through the black scales and is otherwise normal. The coloration of the body and of the appendages has remained unaffected. There is a melanic P. tharos female labelled “Norwich, Mass./30 July 1955/leg. M. Cady” in the Peabody Museum at Yale, but in this specimen the wing markings have become completely blurred and smudged. On the dorsal side there is exten- sive fulvous at the wing bases with the rest of the wing surface black. Ventrally only two of the forewing black markings appear on a clear yellow ground, and the hind wing is cream with a large central brown patch. The two melanic specimens are very different in the way that the wing patterns have been affected, and they may be the result of quite different effects (for example, environmental vs. genetic). The Florida individual was the last to emerge in a brood of 158 individuals (876 6, 6192 9), pupating and emerging several days after the last of its siblings. The melanism is thus correlated with a significant slowing in the rate of develop- ment, due probably either to a direct effect on the developmental rate or to a gen- eral lessening of vigor. It is interesting to speculate on the possible inheritance of the form. The melanic was mated to a non-melanic sibling and produced a brood of about 40 adults, all of non-melanic appearance. Embryo mortality was high but normal for an F: of a sibling mating in this species; larval and pupal mortality were negligible. If the melanic form is genetic in origin, it is probably recessive. Cuarces G. Oxiver, Hope Dept. of Entomology, Oxford University, Oxford, En- gland. A SPECIALIZED CASE OF COMMUNAL ROOSTING IN PIERIS RAPAE (PIERIDAE) As a possible parallel to the report by Clench (1970, J. Lepid. Soc. 24: 117-120) it seems worthwhile to record my observations on a roosting aggregation of Pieris rapae (L.) in a garden at 2 Gulfview Rd., Blackwood, South Australia, in the foot- hills of the Mt. Lofty Range south of Adelaide, at an elevation of 800 feet. I lived at this address for five and one half years (1965-1970), during which time the fol- lowing was observed. P. rapae is abundant and multiple-brooded in this locality; the larvae feed upon a luxuriant patch of nasturtium (Tropaeolum) in the garden being described. Adults are on the wing from early spring (Sept.) to autumn (Apr.-May), reaching a peak during the summer period (late Nov. to early March). In this garden grows a small tree (height approximately 10 feet; shape roughly pyramidal; foliage cover fairly open) of Pittosporum undulatum Vent. var. variegatum (PITTOSPORACEAE). The important feature of this tree, with respect to the account that follows, is the coloration of its leaves. The leaves of this smaller-growing garden variety of P. undulatum are a pale greenish-white with contrasting white margins. The overall effect of the tree color is whitish-green; seen in the warm yellowish rays of late afternoon sunshine, just prior to sunset, these leaves light up with a faintly yel- lowish or cream-green tinge which is very close to the shade on the visible areas of the undersides of P. rapae wings when the butterflies are in their normal resting position with the wings closed over the dorsum. This P. undulatum tree was growing among other nearby trees, shrubs, and vines, but was in an opening where it received direct sun for most of the day. During sunny summer days, adults of P. rapae flew through this garden by the dozens, often five or more being visible at one time within the boundaries of the garden. Many of them would fly over and around this tree during the midday hours, even then showing somewhat more attraction to it than VoLUME 25, NuMBER 2 AS to most other vegetation in the garden. Their primary attention, however, was cen- tered around the extensive nearby Tropaeolum patch during this part of the day. As late afternoon approached, on most sunny days, many individuals would be seen circling, alighting upon, or flying in and out of the small Pittosporum tree. Their concentration around this particular tree would become quite noticeable, although a few would also be seen flying around other plants in the same garden, preparatory to settling for the night. As the sun came closer to the horizon, more and more individuals settled in this tree. At first there would be much alighting and. taking off again, and fluttering slowly about, before final settling took place. Once at rest among these whitish-green leaves, the butterflies were very hard to see at a passing glance, although careful scrutiny would show up some of them. Num- bers settling into this tree would often approach 10 or more individuals by sunset, whereas other nearby vegetation would only attract the odd individual. A person passing the Pittosporum tree in late afternoon, at the right time, would often cause a small “cloud” of P. rapae to burst from the tree as he passed by; later (early eve- ning) they would not arise from the tree unless it was knocked, or a very sudden movement was made at close range. During the period of “settling in” I noticed that most of them landed on the western (sunny) side of the tree, and among its upper branches, wherever the last weak rays of sunshine remained longest. This case of “communal” roosting is probably more or less explained in the last paragraph of Clench’s discussion. It seems likely that the distinctive foliage colora- tion of this particular variety of P. wndulatum, plus its favorable location with re- spect to the late rays of sunlight, combined to provide a special attraction for P. rapae under the influence of late afternoon sunlight. In most other circumstances, I strongly suspect that this pierid would show little or no communal roosting be- havior. At best they might show only a slight attraction for one type of roosting situation over some others, but they would probably not form any noticeable aggrega- tions on any single plant. No marking of individuals was undertaken during these summers, so I cannot say whether the same individuals came to roost in this same tree night after night, or if there was any tendency to use certain leaves or stems repeatedly in preference to others on the same tree. I would guess, however, that a fairly large percentage of different or new individuals formed the aggregation in this tree each evening. Prob- ably the turn-over was very high each day, as the butterflies wandered through this residential area, from garden to garden. Those finding themselves (by late after- noon) in the garden described, would naturally gravitate toward the most attractive roosting place which, in this instance, happened to be the small creamy-green Pittosporum tree. Noet McFar.anp, 129 Gloucester Ave., Belair, South Australia. NOTES ON THE CONFUSION BETWEEN LETHE CREOLA AND LETHE PORTLANDIA (SATYRIDAE) There has been confusion between Lethe creola (Skinner) and Lethe portlandia portlandia (Fab.) in not only private collections but also in institutions and in litera- ture. This confusion is evidenced by the fact that the female of the type series of creola from the Skinner collection, which is now in the Carnegie Museum, was found to be a female of L. portlandia by Gillham and Ehrlich. Without going further into 146 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY this aspect of the matter I will simply refer the reader to the 1970 article by Roderick R. Irwin the (Jour. Lepid. Soc. 24: 143-151). While collecting these two species in South Carolina (1970), I found a constant pattern in the flight habits of the two species. It became evident why there has been so much confusion between them. Confusion exists in regard to the females; the males of the two species are easily distinguished. Many of the earlier collectors, especially in Louisiana where the type and allotypes of creola came from, must have encountered the same situation which I did. The habitat of creola is often an in- accessible area of swampy, bushy, cain-filled undergrowth. Naturally one would tend to collect in the more open areas in this type of terrain. In the open areas where collecting is more easily done you will find a preponderance of male creola and female portlandia; both portlandia males and creola females are rare. The following records were taken from 9 April to 18 Oct. 1970. Of 40 female portlandia examined, 29 were collected in more open areas, such as along paths; 11 were taken in denser areas, e.g. 20 feet or more away from clearings. Only two male portlandia were taken in open spaces whereas ten were caught in the denser areas. Of 24 male creola caught, 15 were found in the open areas, nine in dense areas. Of seven female creola found, five were in dense areas, only 2 in more open terrain. The majority of specimens were released. Due to the difficulty in moving around in the denser areas many specimens seen there escaped capture. The tendency of both species to occur in different areas was not affected with regard to the time of year but specimens were more difficult to capture in the fall. RONALD R. GATRELLE, 35 Reddin Rd., Apt. No. 1, Charleston, South Carolina. REMARKS ON “DISTRIBUTIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS MESTRA (NYMPHALIDAE) IN NORTH AMERICA” I wonder if Mr. Masters is not attaching undue importance to the occurrence of Tragia in his paper entitled as above (1970, Journal Lepidopterists’ Society, 24: 203). Five species of East African Eurytelinae have their food-plants recorded, viz. Byblia acheloia Wllgrn. and B. ilithyia Drury feeding on Tragia brevipes and Dale- champia hildebrandti, Eurytela hiarbas Drury and E. dryope Cr. feeding on Dale- champia hildebrandti and Ricinus communis and Neptidopsis fulgurata Bsd. re- corded from Dalechampia hildebrandti only. The Indian Ergolis ariadne Johan. feeds on two species of Tragia, whilst E. merione Cr. feeds on Castor (Ricinus communis). I cannot help feeling that Mestra amymome may also have one or more alternative foodplants. D. G. SEvAstroputo, P. O. Box 5026, Mombasa, Kenya. DRAGONFLY ATTACKS LIMENITIS DEFENDING ITS TERRITORY On June 23, 1970, while collecting Limenitis archippus floridensis Strecker near Folkston, Georgia, I observed a rather unusual sequence of events involving a male Limenitis and a large dragonfly. The Limenitis flew over a small shaded waterhole along Route 252. As I pursued it, I observed the dragonfly dive at the Limenitis who evaded it and landed on a cypress branch. After resting, the butterfly soared slowly over the open water. The dragonfly swooped down and grasped the butterfly, then carried it to the water where it was released. The stunned butterfly fluttered weakly to a nearby branch, rested there a con- siderable period of time flexing its wings frequently. The dragonfly soared past it several times feigning attack each time the butterfly folded its wings. A final attack by the dragonfly knocked the butterfly to the ground; it remained a few seconds VoLUME 25, NuMBER 2 147 flexing its wings, then retreated into the densely wooded swamp with the dragonfly in pursuit. Dr. Clifford B. Knight states in Basic Concepts of Ecology, p. 157: “Dragonflies will establish a linear territory along a stream or in the vicinity of a body of water that they patrol and defend against invasion by other members of their species.” Territoriality is normally intraspecific—could this unusual behavior suggest another predator for the tasty Limenitis or the extension of territoriality to an interspecific activity by the dragonfly? During the past ten years, I have collected thousands of Limenitis. Always these individuals were found in association with water, and in the South with the ever present dragonfly which apparently shares its habitat. In most cases, this appears to be a harmonious relationship. THomas R. MANLEy, Bloomsburg State College, Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania. THE OCCURRENCE OF VANESSA CARDUI IN MISSISSIPPI AND TENNESSEE? C. B. Williams (1970, Jour. Lepid. Soc. 24: 157) stated that V. cardui “is not often recorded in the southeast, though if this is due to a real rarity or to lack of interest is not certain.” Speaking of its occurrence in 1952, he wrote, “There are however no records of abundance from Texas or from any of the Gulf States except Mississippi, where it was said to have been ‘abundant’.” He concluded with a plea for sharing one’s observations. I give here observations made in Mississippi and Tennessee. V. cardui was first recorded from Mississippi by Weed in 1894 as taken by him in the northeastern part of the state during the three previous years. He reported it rarer than virginiensis. Mather and Mather in 1958 reported having found it in all months except January, May, June, and December. Records are now available for May, June, and December, leaving only January without records. Localities were known in nine counties in all sections of the state. It is probably their record of 1952 occurrence as “abundant” that is referred to by Williams. All data now available to me for Mississippi occurrences are tabulated below in terms of number of recorded occurrences per month. For the years not listed there are no recorded occurrences. F M A M J J A S O N D 1947 — - - - _ — = 1 = - ~ il 1948 = = = = = = as 1 = a Es 1 1949 - = i = = _ ] 1 ] = = 4 1952 IL 3 iL 2 — 1 I 3 2 wks 1953 os 2) - - = > 1 - ~ IL _ 4 1954 = = Il = = ~ - = 2, 2 ~ 5 1957 - = = ~ - 2 3 1 I Ss = 7 1958 = = = I 2) 4 4 = - = = fil 1960 = a = il = = - = 2 = = 3 1965 = = — = - = 2 if = = = 3 19687 = _ 3 4 i = it il = 1 alll 1970? = = ~ _ I _ il 2 1 1 6 ] 5 6 8 4 i. Sle! 9 10 il I Nea SS, 1 Contribution No. 190, Bureau of Entomology, Division of Plant Industry, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, Gainesville. 2 Includes data furnished by Mr. Charles T. Bryson, Mississippi State University. 148 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Mr. Harry C. Monk, Nashville, Tenn. has tabulated his observations of the oc- currence of V. cardui in that area (Davidson County) and has granted me permis- sion to include them in this report. In the following tabulation of number of days in any one month that V. cardui was observed, a day is counted regardless of the number of individuals seen or the number of localities at which the species was seen. Data through 1970 are included. He has one December record: 8 December 1952; this is the only year for which there is a December record for Mississippi. APR MAY JUN JUL AUG . SER. OGi@Gr 1954 - ~ It 9 4 24 1 2 57 1955 ~ - - - - 3 3 - 6 1956 - - = _ 2 il - ~ 3 1957 - - - 9 11 19 10 1 50 1958 - - 3 13 10 iky/ 1 1 45 1959 - - iL i - 2 - - 4 1960 - - - + J 9 5 - 29 1961 - — — 2 I - - - 3 1962 ~ _ - - 3 + 2 3 12 1963 - - 2 2 a 6 9 il 27 1964 _ _ - - 2 2 Uh 1 12 1965 - - - if 6 6 2 — 15 1966 1 2 7 1 8 7h 12 2 40 1967 - - ~ - - - 5 - 5 1968 4+ 6 10 5 25 13 9 - 72 1969 - - - - - - 1 - 1 1970 - ~ I 2 4 5 2 i 15 5 8 25 AQ 94 118 85 12 396 BryAnr MATHER,’ 213 Mt. Salus Dr., Clinton, Mississippi. 3 Research Associate, Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Division of Plant Industry, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services. BOOK REVIEW THE ENciisH LEPIDOPTERA OR THE AURELIAN’S POCKET COMPANION, by Moses Harris. 1775, 66 pp. + i-xv, 1 coloured plate. Reprinted 1969 by E. W. Classey Ltd., Hampton, Middlesex. Distributed in North America by Entomological Reprint Specialists, P.O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, Calif. Price $9.60 U.S. An introductory section of the book is devoted to the collection, rearing and pres- ervation of moths and butterflies. The remainder of the text is arranged in the form of a table which lists for 415 species of British Lepidoptera: common names, food plants, seasonal periods of pupation and emergence, wing expanses, habitats, and diagnostic macular features. The last column in the table of data lists the Linnaean names for each species and numbers them according to the tenth edition of the Systema Naturae. A coloured frontispiece illustrates the numerial system of designat- ing wing veins and cells. The book will be a particular interest to the bibliophile. D. F. Harpwicx, Editor. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 2 149 ADDITIONAL RECORDS OF PATRICIA DEMYLUS GEMELLUS FOX (ITHOMIIDAE) Patricia demylus gemellus Fox was described (1960, Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 68: 152-156) from only three known specimens (two in the British Museum and one in the Museum of Comparative Zoology ), all males, and all from Bolivia. I have obtained eleven additional specimens in consignments from Franz Stein- bach of Cochabamba, Bolivia. The first eight of these (including four males and two females from E] Limbo, Prov. Chapare, Cochabamba, Bolivia, 2,200 meters and two males from Alto Palmer, Prov. Chapare, Cochabamba, Bolivia, 1,100 meters ) were determined and examined by Richard M. Fox before his death in 1968. He stated that they were the only known specimens outside of the type series and con- tained the only known females. In 1967 I received three additional specimens: a female from Cristal Mayu, Prov. Chapare, Cochabamba, Bolivia, 600 meters (the lowest known elevation) and two males from El Limbo, Prov. Chapare, Cochabamba, Bolivia, 2,200 meters, March 1967 (the only known specimens with collecting dates ). The genus Patricia Fox is better known as Athesis Kirby following usage in Seitz (1910, Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde, vol. 5). Fox considers Athesis monotypic, containing only clearista Doubleday & Hewitson; with dercyllidas and allies, includ- ing demylus, being removed to Patricia. The genus consists of three very rare species with Andean distribution in Colombia, Peru, Ecuador and (demyllus only) Bolivia. I have placed a pair of my specimens in the Carnegie Museum collection in Pittsburgh, and two males in the collection of Herman Real at San Mateo, California. The remainder, for the present time, are retained in my personal collection. Joun H. Masters, Lemon Street North, North Hudson, Wisconsin. FIRST RECORDS OF BOLORIA EUNOMIA (NYMPHALIDAE) IN WISCONSIN The first record of Boloria eunomia (Esper) was incorrectly reported by me in the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society (Number 3, 1969). The correct data for this record, consisting of two males and one female, is 23 June 1968, in a bog along highway 111 between Catawba and Phillips, Price County, Wisconsin—instead of, as originally reported, Rusk County, Wisconsin. 1970 collecting yielded some additional Wisconsin localities for Boloria eunomia. Fay Karpuleon, of Eau Claire, collected a short series in a bog near Comell, Chippewa County on 5 June 1970 and added additional specimens during the following week; this is the southernmost locale where this species has been taken in North America east of the Rockies. On 14 June, I joined him and we collected additional specimens (still fresh) in the bog at Cornell, but attempts to locate specimens in bogs further north were unsuccessful. On 27 June 1970, I secured a few specimens in three bogs between Toni and Big Falls Flowage in Rusk County and in a bog along highway M in extreme southeastern Sawyer County, all of which were somewhat flown. Later the same day, I collected a very wom female in the Comell bog in Chippewa County, thus documenting a flight season of at least 22 days for the species at this particular locality in 1970. The flight season for Boloria eunomia is usually regarded as quite short (e.g. Gray, 1965, J. Lepid. Soc. 19: 184-185). The range of Boloria eunomia is probably more extensive in Wisconsin than these scant records indicate. I have found, in Minnesota, that it is one of the more wide- spread, bog-restricted butterflies, and I expect that it occurs throughout northern Wisconsin in sphagnum bogs. The Wisconsin population of Boloria eunomia belongs to the subspecies dawsoni (Barnes & McDunnough). Joun H. Masters, Lemon Street North, North Hudson, Wisconsin. 150 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY ATTRACTION OF SPEYERIA APHRODITE TO ULTRA-VIOLET LIGHT Hocking Hills is a combinative park, forest and conservation area in southern Ohio, approximately 60 miles from Columbus. In 1968, 1969 and 1970, from the beginning of June through August, Lepidoptera were collected by means of long wave ultra- violet light. The four lights, of the “portable safari-type” were placed five feet apart and faced in opposite directions. Collecting began at dusk and continued until approximately 5:00 a.m. on misty evenings with the temperature not below 60 de- grees F. nor above 85 degrees F. During 1968 and 1969 occasional Papilio polyxenes asterius (Stoll) and Papilio glaucus (Linnaeus) were attracted to the ultra-violet, while no specimens of Speyeria aphrodite (Fabricius) were so attracted; all three species were readily abundant during the day. In contrast, each collecting night in 1970 yielded four to nine S. aphrodite (sexes about evenly distributed) at the light, although few S. aphrodite were observed dur- ing the day. Concurrently, no specimens of P. polyxenes asterius or P. glaucus were attracted to the ultra-violet light, but these were abundant during the day. The authors find these observations intriguing. Perhaps further investigation of the at- traction of diural Lepidoptera to various wave lengths of light would be profitable. M. S. Cannon AND G. A. Patxuti, Dept. of Anatomy, Ohio State University, Columbus. OENEIS JUTTA (SATYRIDAE) IN WISCONSIN There have been no satisfactory published records for Oeneis jutta Hubner in Wisconsin. F. R. Arnhold recorded it (Season’s Summary for the Lepidopterists’ So- ciety for 1954) from Chippewa Falls, Chippewa County, which is further south than it would be expected to occur; and Masters and Sorensen (1968, Ent. News, 79: 82) referred to specimens from Hines County, Wisconsin; these were specimens in the Frank Chermock collection, presumably collected by L. Griewisch, but un- satisfactory as records because there is no Hines County in Wisconsin. During 1969 and 1970, Fay Karpuleon of Eau Claire, Wisconsin and I collected examples of Oeneis jutta from a number of localities in Wisconsin including: Chip- pewa County, near Cornell, 5, 8, 14 and 27 June 1970; Oneida County, near Rhine- lander, 7 June 1970; Price County, near Catawba, 20 June 1969; and Rusk County, near Big Falls Flowage 14 and 27 June 1970, near Bruce 20 June 1969, and near Toni 14 June 1970. In addition, Keith S. Brown Jr. of Rio de Janeiro reports (in personal communication ) having taken Oeneis jutta in Forest County, Wisconsin dur- ing 1962. Oeneis jutta is a bog obligated species in Wisconsin and surrounding areas, and should have a widespread occurrence in the black spruce/sphagnum bogs of northern Wisconsin. The species has a biennial life cycle and the heaviest adult flights are expected in odd-numbered years as in Minnesota. The Wisconsin population of Oeneis jutta belongs to subspecies ascerta Masters & Sorensen. Joun H. Masters, Lemon Street North, North Hudson, Wisconsin. SOME SPHINGIDAE OF HONDURAS Most of the thirty-four species of Sphingidae listed in this article were collected by the author from 1968-1970 in Honduras, Central America. All the Sphingidae were taken from the following five locations: (1) La Ceiba, (2) San Pedro Sula, (3) La Lima, (4) Tegucigalpa, and (5) Zamorano. The thirty-five species have been listed alphabetically and numbered according to the locations where they were collected. See Map of Honduras (Fig. 1) for approximate location of these sites. Mr. William E. Sieker of Madison, Wisconsin determined the Sphingidae listed. VoLUME 25, NuMBER 2 1S a Caribbean Sea Guatemala > El Salvador ae Nicaragua Fig. 1. Map of Honduras showing the locations where the Sphingidae were col- lected. Locations indicated: 1, La Ceiba; 2, San Pedro Sula; 3, La Lima; 4, Tegucigalpa; 5, Zamorano. The five locations where the Sphingidae were collected are described below: La Ceiba. la Ceiba is a seaport of the Caribbean Sea. All my specimens were taken the nights of July 28, 29, and 31, 1970. All specimens were caught in ‘Colonia El] Sauce’, being attracted to the big street lights. They were most active between 8:00 and 9:00 p.m. This ‘colonia’ or residential area at the edge of the city, is near a river and bordered by thick vegetation. The night of July 31 it drizzled around 9:00, and the Sphingidae and large noctuids were very active. After flying around the lights they would apparently tire and drop to the grass and pavement where they became “easy picking.” San Pedro Sula. San Pedro Sula faces the rich Sula Valley with its back to the mountain. The Sula Valley contains plantations of bananas, sugar cane, and citrus groves. Most of my Sphingidae were taken at the University which is located outside the city and surrounded by wooded areas. The sphingids were attracted to the lights and easily picked off the windows and walls in the evening. La Lima. La Lima is located 14 kilometers southeast of San Pedro Sula in the Sula Valley. My specimens were taken at the tennis courts of the United Fruit Company on August 26 1970 between 8:00 and 9:30 p.m. The bright lights attracted quite a number of sphingids. A river flows past the tennis courts. Tegucigalpa. Tegucigalpa is a highland plateau, 3200 feet in elevation, sur- rounded by pine forest. The Tegucigalpa specimens were attracted by street and building lights. Many were taken from a high wall along the Choluteca River. Those too high to reach with a net I knocked down by throwing the sheath of a hunting knife at them. When touched they would drop straight down into the awaiting open net. 152 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Zamorano. The few specimens I have from Zamorano were caught by students of the Pan American Agricultural School. This school is located in a valley 36 kilometers east of Tegucigalpa. It has several cloud forest peaks around it. The Sphingidae were attracted to the lights of the buildings. The specimens collected are listed below: Species Location No. Species Location No. Amphimoea walkeri Boisd. 1 Phlegethontius rustica Fabr. 1, 4 Celerio lineata Fabr. i Phlegethontius sexta Johan. 4 Cocytius duponchel Doey 1 Pholus auchemolus Cramer 4 Epistor ocepete Linné 4 Pholus capronnieri Boisd. 5 Erinnyis alope Drury 1 Pholus labruscae Linné 1 Erinnyis crameri Schaus if Pholus ogliguus R. & J. 1 Erinnyis ello Linné iL, & Pholus vitis Linné IL By 4 Erinnyis lassauxi Boisd. 1 Protambulyx strigilis Linné 2, 4 Erinnyis oenotrus Stoll. iL, B Pseudosphinx tetrio Linné 4 Grammodia caicus Cramer 3 Sphinx merops Boisd. 2, Hemeroplanes parce Fabr. 4 Xylophanes libya Druce 4 Herse cingulata Fabr. 1 Xylophanes chiron Pachylia ficus Linné I, WA, 4! nechus Cramer 1 Pachylia resumens Walker 2, al Xylophanes neoptolemus Stoll 1 Phlegethontius florestan Stoll. 1 Xylophanes pluto Fabr. 4 Phlegethontius incisa Walker 4 Xylophanes porcus Phlegethontius muscosa R. & J. 4 continentalis R. & J. 4 Phlegethontius occulta R. & J. 2 Xylophanes tersa Linné Dy Sw Rosert D. Leaman, Route 2, Orrville, Ohio. BOOK REVIEWS Tue Insect REALM, by Charles L. Hogue and Fred S. Truxal. 1970, 99 pp. + i-viii. Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History. Price $2.00 U.S. This attractive little book was nominally produced to serve as a guide to the Hall of Insects at the Los Angeles County Museum. Such an abundance of information is presented in concise form, however, that the book could well serve as a text or reference in high school biology classes. Succesive chapters are devoted to the position of insects in the animal kingdom, to morphology and phylogeny, to growth and development and to the insect environment. Other sections deal with beneficial and injurious insects and the making of an insect collection. The chapter on classifica- tion gives brief and illustrated diagnoses of the principal insect orders. The book should be owned by all neophyte entomologists. D. F. Harpwick, Editor. A. Fretp Gume TO THE BUTTERFLIES OF BRITAIN AND Europe, by L. G. Higgins and N. D. Riley, with color illustrations by Brian Hargreaves. Collins, London. 380 pp, 371 maps, 60 colored plates. September, 1970. 42s. It has been 85 years since there was published in English as complete a study of the butterflies of western Europe and the British Isles as is presented in this splendid volume. I am sure that it will be the standard guide to those butterflies VOLUME 25, NuMBER 2 153 for the rest of this century and well into the next. The book follows the pattern first established many years ago by Tory Peterson in his bird guides for North America. The layout is the same as you find in Klots’s Field Guide for the butterflies east of the Great Plains. The two authors of the new guide are among the most able Lepidopterists in the world. Higgins’s careful studies of Old World Melitaeinae brought order to a most confusing array of butterflies. His personal collection of European butterflies is the best among all privately held collections. In fact, of the over 720 butterflies illustrated in this volume 700 are from Higgins’s collection. Dr. Higgins personally collected by far the major part of his cabinet. Thus he knows intimately the habits and be- havior of the species within the fauna about which he has written. Riley has been associated with the butterfly collections of the British Museum (N. H.) since 1911! He served as Keeper of the Department of Entomology from 1932 to 1955. He edited the Entomologist for 36 years. No other book about butterflies has behind it the amount of wisdom that guarantees this one. The families are arranged in a manner that was in vogue some decades ago and still is considered the proper ordering by most amateur European collectors. While it differs from that used in the Zoological Record and from dos Passos’s inversion of that order, it is no less useful. It is the same as that used by Holland in his Butterfly Book. The authors were faced with a fantastic task winnowing the hundreds of sub- specific names that have been proposed for European butterflies. They settled upon retaining only those that represent well-defined taxa and eliminated the minor local varieties. Nowhere is this better shown than in their treatment of the genus Parnas- sius. They devote two and a half pages to the genus and reduce this far over-named group of butterflies to seven subspecies of apollo, two of phoebus and two of mnemosyne. Careful reading of this book shows that there are striking differences between the butterfly faunae of western Europe and North America north of Mexico. Part of this may be related to the more uniform climate of the Old World area when com- pared with that of the New World area. If the volume considered its eastern bound- ary the Ural Mountains instead of excluding the U.S.S.R., except for the Baltic states, more environmental diversity would have been included. The exclusion is reasonable since few if any western Europeans will be at liberty to collect freely in U.S.S.R. A summary of faunal differences is presented below: Group Western Europe U S and Canada Papilionidae ll 2.9% 28 41% Pieridae 4] 10.8% 59 8.8% Danaidae 2 0.5% 5 0.7% Libytheidae 1 0.3% 2 0.3% Nymphalidae 68 17.9% 147 21.5% Satyridae 113 29.8% 47 6.9% Nemeobiidae Il 0.3% Riodinidae 19 2.8% Lycaenidae 101 26.6% 133 19.5% Hesperioidea 4l 10.8% 242, 35.4% 379 99.9% 682 100.0% Notice that there are many more satyrids in Europe than there are skippers. The reverse is true in the North American area. Satyrids and skippers compete for grasses as food in the larval stages. This difference is made more striking when we compare Hesperiinae, the grass-feeders, in the two areas. We have 128 species, the Europeans only 12. We cannot blame restriction of grasslands or prevalence of farmed lands for the small number of Hesperiinae in Europe. The satyrids prove that 154 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY there is ample food for a large and varied population of grass-feeders. I suspect that it is just a case of competition that has existed for many millenia and probably relates to refugia during the ice advances during the Pleistocene Epoch. The European subregion is cut off from the tropical faunal regions by deserts and extraordinarily high mountains. This might be used as an explanation for the some- what smaller European nymphalid array than is found in America north of Mexico. Here there is continuous land connection between the tropics and the temperate areas. The north-south pattern of American mountain ranges also may influence this differ- ence. At first glance the Lycaenidae seem to deny such reasoning. When this family is looked at from the subfamily rank quite a different picture developes: Subfamily Western Europe U. S. and Canada Theclinae 16 15.8% 80 60.2% Gerydinae 0 1 0.7% Lycaeninae Il 10.9% 16 12.0% Plebejinae 74 13.39% 36 27.1% 101 100.0% 133 100.0% The dominance of Theclinae in the United States and Canada and the dominance of Plebejinae in western Europe make the species arrays of the two regions quite different. Continuity with the tropics, the stronghold of Theclinae, probably explains the large number of hairstreaks in our fauna. The very large number of blues in the European fauna may be real or it may be a figment of taxonomic philosophy in the two listings—Higgins & Riley vs. dos Passos. In turn, each of these is strongly in- fluenced by recent regional taxonomic research. Stempffer and others in Europe are far ahead of anyone in North America in understanding of the Plebejinae. I have a strong suspicion that when parity of intelligence is reached for this subfamily the number of North America species will be increased. We have tended to turn to subspecies designation whereas the Europeans have demonstrated specific distinctions among taxa that are superficially much alike. Perhaps more than a little of our error has been blind acceptance of work published. We need much more to inquire critically before accepting the work of others. Notice of occurrence in North America is included among the brief notes on range for the holarctic species found in western Europe. Such notice is made for 38 species. In four cases the relationship is not usually recognized in North America: Pontia chlorodice beckeri W. H. Edwards, Pontia callidice occidentalis Reakirt, Euchloe ausonia ausonides Boisduval and Everes argiades comyntas Godart. The last of these needs verification. Three species in the European fauna which we acknowledge in ours are not noted as such in Higgins & Riley. These are Lycaeides argyrognomen Bergstrasser, Vacciniina optilete Knoch and Agriades glandon de Prunner. I wrote to Higgins about these cases and he replied that in the case of the first two he had been unable to dissect North American specimens and therefore omitted reference to them. The omission of glandon was accidental. Higgins had collected material in Hall Valley, Colorado, when he visited me some years ago. At that time he re- marked upon how close to glandon is rustica. Although written primarily for the amateur collector in Europe this book will be found of value to collectors in North America. I recommend it highly to anyone who is interested in taxonomic studies, zoogeography and the biology of butterflies. fF’. Martin Brown, Fountain Valley Rural Station, Colorado Springs, Colorado. CORRECTION Vol. 24, no. 4, page 254, line 27: Under Zamagiria australella (Hulst) read “The type is in the American Mus. Nat. Hist.” for “The type is in the U.S. Nat. Mus.” NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. D. F. Hardwick, K. W. Neatby Bldg., Central Experimental Farm, Carling Ave., Ottawa, Canada. Contributors should prepare manuscripts according to the following instructions; failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide margins, on one side only of white, 814 x 11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (never in headings). References to footnotes should be numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) or (Comstock 1933, 1940a, 1940b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the _ heading Lirerature Crirep, in the following format: Comstock, J. A. 1927. Butterflies of California. Los Angeles, Calif. 334 pp. 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 39: 198-199. Illustrations: All photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (4% x 7 inches), including space for legends. The author's name, figure numbers as cited in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic) figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction without touch-up work. Figures, both line drawings and halftones, should be num- bered consecutively in Arabic numerals. The term “plate” should not be employed. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations), headed ExpLANATION OF FicuRES, with a separate paragraph de- voted to each page of illustrations. Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for correction of printer’s errors. Excessive author’s changes at this time will be charged to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. Tables: Tables should be numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals. Headings for tables should not be capitalized. Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and _ notices, should be sent to the editor of the News: Dr. C. V. Covell, Dept. of Biology, Univer- sity of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyn F. pos Passos Price, postpaid: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, add $1.50. Revised lists of the Melitaeinae and Lycaenidae will be distributed to purchasers free. ALLEN PRESS, INC. eRinreo LAWRENCE, KANSAS usm CONTENTS Byers, G. W. A migration of Kricogonia castalia (Pieridae) in northern Mexico: 2 i I a 2a Cannon, M. S. and Palkuti, G. A. Attraction of Speyeria aphrodite to ultra-violet Tight: 0000 Gatrelle, R. R. Notes on the confusion between Lethe creola and Lethe portlandia (Satyridae) eee Gatrelle, R. R. Notes on the occurrence of two rare Lepidoptera in South Carolina 0300 ey a Gray, R. E. An unusual variant of Colias philodice (Pieridae) in New Hampshire (ek) | Hardwick, D. F. The life history of Schinia cupes deserticola (Noctuidae) Lehman, R. D. Some Sphingidae of Honduras Manley, T. R. Dragonfly attacks Limenitis defending its territory —__ Masters, J. H. First records of Boloria eunomia (Nymphalidae) in Wisconsin \ ich Masters, J. H. Additional records of Patricia demylus gemellus Fox (Ithomiidae) 2000 Masters, J. H. Oeceneis jutta (Satyridae) in Wisconsin — Mather, B. The occurrence of Vanessa cardui in Mississippi and. Tennessee McFarland, N. A specialized case of communal roosting in Pieris rapae (Pieridae) 2 Munroe, E. A new name for Papilio zetes Westwood, 1847, nec Linnaeus, 1758 (Papilionidae) 00 Nicolay, S. S. A review of the genus Arcas with descriptions of new species (Lycaenidae, Strymoninit) 200000 a Oliver, C. G. A melanic aberration of Phyciodes tharos (Nymphalidae) Opler, P. A. Biological and systematic considerations on the “emarginana group” of the genus Epinotia (Tortricidae) —...-- Peters, J. V. The Painted Lady Butterfly Vanessa kershawi (Nymphal- idae), of Australia and New Zealand 00000000) a Rindge, F. H. Van Someren butterfly collection to the American Museum of Natural) History) 2050) ON ke egapaiuertce eisai on Papilio aristodemus ponceanus (Papili- oniaae Sevastopulo, D. G. Remarks on “Distributional notes on the genus Mestra (Nymphalidae) in North America” Book Reviews Correction 145-146 143 108 108-114 150-152 146-147 149 149 150 147-148 144-145 142 87-108 143-144 115-123 114 143 126-136 137-139, 139-142 146 154 a Volume Aa 1971 Number 3 JOURNAL Leprpoprerists’ SocieTy Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN 20 August 1971 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE D. F. Harpwicx, Editor of the Journal C. V. Covet, Editor of the News S. A. Hesse., Manager of the Memoirs EXECUTIVE COUNCIL C. L. Remincton (New Haven, Conn.) President Lioyp M. Martin (Prescott, Ariz.) President-elect H. A. FREEMAN (Garland, Texas) Ist Vice President Juan Jumaxon (Cebu City, Philippines) Vice President K. W. Puuie (Fairbanks, Alaska) Vice President S. S. Nicouay (Virginia Beach, Va.) Treasurer J. C. Downey (Cedar Falls, Ia.) Secretary LEE D. Miter (Sarasota, Fla.) Secretary-elect Members at large (three year term): E. C. Wexiine (Merida, Mexico) 1972 A. E. Brower (Augusta, Me.) 1971 ANDRE BLANCHARD (Houston, Texas) 1973 W. C. McGurrin (Ottawa, Ont.) 1971 R. B. Dominick (McClellanville, S. C.) Y. NEKRUTENKO (Kiev, U.S.S.R.) 1971 1973 B. Matuer (Clinton, Miss.) 1972 J. P. Donauue (Los Angeles, Calif.) M. Ocata (Osaka, Japan) 1972 1973 The object of the Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All members receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the News each year. Active members—annual dues $10.00 Student members—annual dues $5.00 Sustaining members—annual dues $20.00 Life members—single sum $150.00 Institutional subscriptions—annual $15.00 Send remittances, payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society, and address changes — to: S. S. Nicolay, 1500 Wakefield Dr., Virginia Beach, Virginia, 23455. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. — = JOURNAL OF Tue LepiporrTreERISTSs’ SOCIETY Volume 25 1971 Number 3 The Lepidopterists’ Society, Presidential Address THE LEPIDOPTERA IN SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH Pb SHORD Enea S: Oxford, England Read by Dr. J. W. Tilden at 21st Annual Meeting of the Lepidopterists’ Society in Carson City, Nevada June 21, 1970 There are several reasons why the Lepidoptera provide material es- pecially well suited to certain aspects of scientific research, in particular, perhaps, those within the field of ecological genetics. In the first place, one must mention the beautiful colour patterns of the imagines, which make it possible to analyse many components of their variation with especial ease and efficiency. Secondly, and no doubt originating from their striking aesthetic charm as well as their dramatic metamorphoses, butterflies have been one of the two animal groups most studied by gen- erations of naturalists (birds being the other). Thus it comes about that we possess an immense fund of information on their ecology; these insects really have attracted more attention and for a longer period than any others, and the knowledge so obtained is of practical importance as a background for many types of biological research. It has indeed grad- ually accumulated until Lepidopterists have found the need to establish an International Society such as ours, in which the old natural history is transformed into an important branch of modern science. Yet let us not forget the entomologists of an earlier age. Some who were collecting butterflies and moths 120 years ago have been my personal friends and I know what fine field workers they were: their store of information, largely centred upon habit and behaviour, for the most part died with them, but it was great. When we consider the impact of the Lepidoptera upon scientific re- search, one point strikes us at the outset or else is accepted as a basis inherent in the material we use: that is to say, their taxonomy. For if 156 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY we are to study any large assemblage, of whatever kind, it is necessary to classify it hierarchically. In doing so we must create some system giving us confidence in the names applied to the groups we use. It is perhaps invidious to single out any of those who have laboured to establish the nomenclature of the Lepidoptera. However, I would at least mention Mr. Francis Hemming, whose death some years ago was so serious a blow to this work, and Dr. C. F. dos Passos, of our own Society, to whose studies in this field at the present time taxonomy owes so much. But what of the groups which the taxonomist names? We are all aware that though many possible classifications could be applied to them, that in general use is based upon relationship, so that it reflects one im- portant aspect of reality; that is to say, evolution. It is our aim that the Lepidoptera placed in any one taxonomic division, whether it be small or great, species or family, should be more closely related to one another by actual descent than they are to any other organisms upon earth. Thus if the arrangement be represented diagrammatically, the result should pro- duce a geneological tree. We should certainly enquire whether that object, so basic to our en- deavours, has been attained. Is the classification of butterflies and moths something more than a man-made convenience; does it indeed reflect affinity? We have a fair guarantee in that matter arising from the work of taxonomists themselves, who generally take into account the widest range of characters in making their decisions: morphological and physio- logical and in all the stages of the life history. But we can test its success when we extend to it a new criterion. We shall be on sure ground if in- dependent evidence supports conclusions reached in ignorance of it. Many years ago it seemed to me worthwhile to seek such confirmation. I obtained it by examining the chemistry of the wing pigments of butter- flies and moths. These indeed proved to be strictly related to a classi- fication which had taken no account of them. We have time to cite one instance only. Consider the flavones: these are non-nitrogenous pigments, ranging from deep yellow to ivory-white and derived ultimately from plants. Certain Lepidoptera make use of them to colour their scales, others do not. But those which employ them in that way are not scattered at random among the rest. Thus in the family Pieridae, flavones are never found except in the sub-family Dismorphiinae, and even there in but a proportion of the species (19 out of 58 tested: from a total nom- inally assessed as 108). Yet, with one exception independently admitted to be a taxonomic error, those in which they occur had been grouped together, although this particular quality which they share was unknown VoLUME 25, NUMBER 3 WL5S7/ to the entomologists who classified them (Ford, 1941); many other similar corroborations have subsequently been obtained. Bearing these advantages in mind, the Lepidoptera have naturally been extensively used in scientific research, and a few examples of the prob- lems they have helped to illuminate may briefly be considered here. We may first take the question of selection-pressure, and indicate two of the instances in which it has been evaluated. The butterfly Maniola jurtina L., which is single brooded in Britain and most of Europe, has provided information on this subject. A criterion of that insect’s adaptive adjustment is supplied by the spots on the under- side of the hind wings. These may be absent or present in any number up to five, arranged as a curving submarginal row. They are controlled by polygenes which influence also other characteristics of greater importance to the organism and of these the spots may be taken as an outward and visible sign. Thus they affect the date of emergence, the more spotted specimens appear earlier, and also affect liability to destruction by certain parasites. These polygenes moreover, play an important part in adjust- ing the gene-complex to the needs of the population. When the butter- flies are reared in a cool laboratory, with a temperature fluctuating in the region of 15° C, the heritability of spotting is 0.83 in the females and 0.14 in the males (McWhirter, 1969). At higher temperatures, the environ- mental component, so much greater in the males than in the females, is re- duced; for at 22° C heritability actually approaches 1.0 in the females and it reaches 0.4 in the males. Thus selection has much genetic vari- ability on which to operate. We may concentrate here upon the female spot-frequencies since, being subject to greater major variability, they are more diagnostic than those of the males, which are nearly always unimodal at two spots. Not so the females, in which the spot-frequencies are diverse and character- istic. The Isles of Scilly are an archipelago in the Atlantic 30 miles from the south-western extremity of England. We have studied Maniola jurtina upon a number of the Islands there, some large (682 acres or more), others small (40 acres or less). The difference in area between the two types is, therefore, at least 17 times. Female spotting differs greatly from one to another of the small Islands (it may be unimodal at 0 or at 2, or bimodal with the greater mode either at 0 or at 2), retaining its character- istic value on each, year after year. It is, however, similar on the major areas of all the large islands (with approximately equal values at 0, 1 and 2 spots), a frequency not found on the small ones. What, may be enquired, is the meaning of such distinctions. In interpreting them we have to 158 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY remember that the spotting is stabilised at characteristic values on each island. This in itself excludes an explanation based on random genetic drift, so does the size of the various populations involved, for they may comprise thousands of imagines, ascertained by the technique of marking, release and recapture. We have indeed strong reasons for thinking that the butterflies are adjusted to the distinct ecology of each small Island but to the average of the conditions on the much more diversified large ones, and such averages tend to resemble one another (Ford, 1965). It has also been suggested that the Founder principle operates here. Yet changes in these highly constant spotting types have actually been witnessed as the result of rare cataclysms. They have produced new and stabilised spot-frequencies differing as much from the old as those on one small Island differ from another. We may consider the situation on White Island, which is divided into two parts, each about a quarter mile long, by a low narrow neck of land. This was covered by sand and shingle during a great storm in the winter of 1957-58. As a result, the Maniola jurtina population was sub- divided. That on the southern half of the Island, previously stabilised with a mode at no spots, changed at once to a condition unimodal at one spot and remained for eleven years at the new frequency; until in 1969 the recently created barrier ceased to be effective owing to the growth of plants upon it and the spotting returned to its pre-1958 values. A selection-pressure of 68 per cent with 5 per cent confidence limits at 31- 81 per cent, in favour of one-spotted individuals was needed to produce that result in 1958 (Creed e¢ al., 1964). Turning briefly to Maniola jurtina as found in south-west England, the females there are bimodal at 0 and 2 spots, though in the rest of the country and throughout Continental Europe, except in its more peripheral regions, they are unimodal at 0 (Dowdeswell & McWhirter, 1967). Though the boundary between the two frequencies has repeatedly altered its position by several miles in a single generation of the butterfly, one type changes into the other in a few yards; it does so along a line crossing the peninsula of Devon from north to south. No physical boundary is in- volved and imagines of the respective stabilisations are constantly inter- mingling where they meet (Creed et al., 1959). In 1957 the boundary between the bimodal and unimodal types moved three miles eastward. This involved selection of 65 per cent, with 5 per cent, confidence limits of 31 to 82 per cent, against two-spotted in- dividuals in the population involved. Such high selection-pressures now prove to be usual in the micro-evolution of the Lepidoptera, as we find them to be in other organisms. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 159 In addition to selection, one of the features operating in evolution is provided by isolation, as Darwin clearly points out. An aspect of this, a curious one seldom considered, has just been mentioned: that provided by selection so powerful that it can break up a population into two ad- justed types, maintained without geographical discontinuities, a situation sometimes manifested by the formation of a reverse cline (Ford, 1965), as indeed in Maniola jurtina. That is to say, the distinguishing character- istics of two populations become accentuated towards the line where they meet; selection being powerful enough to eliminate the less well adjusted intermediate types at the interface between them. Since, as we have seen, one spot-adjustment can be converted into another, there is no question of a past gap in the distribution of this insect from which pop- ulations with distinct spotting-types have spread until they have come into contact. That, of course, can occur and it produces somewhat similar results to the one just mentioned, though not the conversion of a part of one race into the other. Thus the Scandinavian and European races of the Selidosemid moth Bupalus piniarius L. meet and interbreed across England at the level of Lancashire and Cheshire (Cockayne, 1912-13). The one must be an Ice Age relict which has retreated northwards, the other a Holocene colonist from Europe. Yet their approximation has not produced a cline. On the contrary, there is an area of high variability between these differing adjacent populations, within which the re- combinants are constantly produced though they fail to spread in either direction so as to swamp the characteristics and balanced adaptations of the two forms. We have not indeed extensive information on the genetics of speciation and racial differences in the Lepidoptera. The distinctions between the Bupalus piniarius races appear to be multifactorial. Those separating closely related species may be also, or they may include characters re- sulting from the action of major genes. The Lycaenid genus Aricia contains two European species not separated until 1935. These are the bivoltine A. agestis Schiff., the northern limit of which is reached in southem England and northern Denmark, and the univoltine A. artaxerxes F. from northern Britain, Norway, Sweden and Finland (Frydenberg and Hgegh-Guldberg, 1966). Each includes a number of more or less distinct races and their characteristics must not be confused with those of the species as a whole. For instance, the features distinguishing artaxerxes artaxerxes from artaxerxes salmacis con- sist of a white central spot on the upper side of the forewings and an ab- sence of the central black dot within the white spots on the lower sur- face. That condition is due to a single gene recessive in effect. 160 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY However, a number of characters, none in itself entirely distinctive, separate A. agestis and A. artaxerxes. These are quantitative only, yet some are unifactorial: thus one is provided by the more heavily marked larva of the latter species, another by the larger submarginal orange lunules on the upper side of the imagines (Hgegh-Guldberg, 1968; H¢gegh-Guldberg and Jarvis, 1969). No feature is said to be fully diag- nostic of these two butterflies except the double and single brooded habit. This is by no means a specific trait in other Lepidoptera; it is not so, for instance, in the moth Zygaena lonicerae v. Schev. (Lane and Rothschild, 1961). In Aricia that quality seems to depend on combined environmental and genetic influences, the latter multifactorial. Here, however, it does seem to some extent to separate two groups specifically, for crosses be- tween them are to some extent infertile. A rather similar situation from the evolutionary point of view is pro- vided by Pieris napi L. and P. bryoniae Ochs. It is now said that their chromosome numbers differ: n = 25 in napi and 26 in bryoniae ( Bowden, 19662). P. napi is Holartic and occurs from sea-level up to high altitudes. P. bryoniae is alpine and boreal only, having a discontinuous distribution which includes parts of Scandinavia, the Alps, Central Asia and Canada. The two insects are separated by a number of features which tend to maintain their reproductive isolation: habitat, differences in time of flight, low viability of the hybrids and differential mating behaviour (Petersen, 1963). Their larval foods are not the same and though the males are very similar the females are highly distinct. Bryoniae differs from napi principally owing to the action of several major genes (Lork- ovic, 1962): (1) B, which is autosomal and nearly dominant in effect spreading melanin along the veins, and (2) the gene Y which produces the ochreous-yellow ground-colour of bryoniae. It is incompletely domi- nant and is almost entirely sex-controlled to the females. In addition, many populations of bryoniae, especially in the eastern Alps, are polymorphic for a gene W producing dominant white coloration on the underside of the hind wings and tips of the forewings (Bowden, 1963). This is allelic with that responsible for the two recessive yellow phases (sulphurea) found as rare recessive mutants in P. napi. It has been said that the polymorphism of this white-underside form (subtalba) is partly maintained by the lethality of the homozygotes. Bowden (1967) produced some evidence for this but certainly obtained homozygous whites. In this matter, a point of general importance must be recognised. That is to say, a selective disadvantage of 10 or 15 per cent may be effec- tive in maintaining a polymorphism but very difficult to detect in experi- mental breeding. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 161 It is especially to be noticed that both the genes Y and W, and probably B, occur as rare mutants in the normal population of P. napi (Bowden, 1963). We have here a clue to the extremely discontinuous distribution of bryoniae. That is to say, the genes capable of producing it are widely available when their action is appropriate to the ecology of this Pieris complex. There are, of course, many instances in which a form controlled on a unifactorial basis appears to recur in isolation, though we do not know whether the same gene be responsible for it in the different habitats. Thus the Arctiid Cycnia mendica Cl. is ordinarily a sexually dimorphic species with black males and white females bearing black dots. In the Irish race, rustica, the males are white like the females, due to the action of a gene sex-controlled in effect and giving intermediate heterozygotes (Onslow, 1912; Ford, 1967a, plate 10). Yet rustica recurs in a few pop- ulations in Europe, or else its phenotype does so. The moth Triphaena comes Hb., Caradrinidae, provides one of the few instances in which a phenomenon of this kind has been analysed from a comparative point of view. The dark form, curtisii, occurs as a polymor- phism in three isolated populations: the Outer Hebrides, the Highlands of Scotland and in Orkney. It is identical in appearance in all of them. It has been shown that the Hebridean and Orcadean populations are due to the action of one major gene and that it is the same in both places, but it is adjusted by different modifiers to give an apparently identical effect in each (Ford, 1955). Here we really do know what is meant when we say that the “same” form of the species occurs in two distinct areas. From this point we are, by an easy transition, taken over to another system of variation, that of polymorphism, and to another aspect of evolu- tion, that of Industrial Melanism. The Lepidoptera are, of course, famous for providing that outstanding reaction to pollution. Though known in other groups, (e.g. Adalia bi- punctata L. among the Coleoptera, Coccinellidae), it is in the moths that Industrial Melanism is most widespread and striking (Kettlewell, 1957, 1961). This is not the place in which to discuss that situation, for it merits long and detailed attention, but a few of the facts relating to it can briefly be summarised. Many dozens of species have become black in the industrial areas of Britain (where approximately 100 are affected), Continental Europe, the U.S.A. and elsewhere. Nearly all are controlled by a single major gene, dominant in effect. They spread owing to the action of two agencies. One is bird predation of the less cryptically coloured forms: the melanic insects on light coloured bark and lichens; and the normal pale ones on 162 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY trees, fences and other sites which are blackened by pollution in manu- facturing districts. The second agency responsible for the spread of in- dustrial melanics is the evolution of heterozygous advantage, which is brought about in either of two ways or by a combination of them: 1) the accumulation of common lethal or semi-lethal mutants close to the locus controlling the polymorphism; 2) the evolution of dominance, operating in different directions upon the multiple effects of the switch-gene. This causes the disadvantageous qualities it determines to become recessive and the advantageous ones dominant, so ensuring the superiority of the heterozygotes over the other two genotypes. The occurrence of Industrial Melanism provides an exceptionally sensi- tive test for the spread of pollution outwards, and down the prevailing wind, from industrial areas. Moreover, we have here excellent examples of evolution in progress, for the melanic forms of many moths even though unifactorially controlled have become progressively better ad- justed to their environments, both in their physiology and in their colour- ing, by selection operating on their gene-complexes (Kettlewell, 1965). Only very rarely is an industrial melanic recessive. The large Bombycid Lasiocampa quercus L. provides an instance of the kind on a moor in Yorkshire. The area is heavily polluted with soot and a blackish-brown form of the moth occurs there (Kettlewell, 1959). Probably it is prefer- entially selected by the large numbers of Gulls which prey upon the species in that locality. The blackish specimens at present amount to only about 5 per cent of the population; though of course the gene re- sponsible for them must occupy approximately 35 per cent of available loci, more if the heterozygotes are at an advantage. An identical melanic is also found occupying up to 70 per cent of the population on heather moors in northeastern Scotland. There the plants are stunted and widely spaced, exposing the black peaty soil and giving the whole area a dark appearance. Here we return to the aspect of isola- tion that has just been discussed, for this is another of the rare instances in which it has been studied experimentally. The result proved that the two apparently similar blackish forms, in Yorkshire and north-east Scotland respectively, are generically distinct, being produced by different major genes. That in the Scottish population, moreover, is not fully recessive in effect. In the Yorkshire population, where recessiveness is complete, an addi- tional feature of interest is to be noticed. That is to say, a recessive black form of the larva also exists, which is absent from the Scotch locality. It is due to a separate gene from that giving rise to the dark imagines, but VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 163 the two loci are closely linked: in fact they are probably being built into a super-gene. This indeed is characteristic of co-adapted genes when polymorphic. Selection tends to produce close linkage between them so that the ap- propriate features can segregate together. For polymorphism involves dis- continuous variation, as in the human blood groups, in which even the rarer form is maintained selectively. The phases are indeed balanced either ecologically, as to some extent in butterfly mimicry, or by a supe- riority of the heterozygotes (Ford, 1965). Thus the evolution of super- genes, as of heterozygous advantage, will generally take place in poly- morphism which must in view of these attributes be a very common phenomenon. It is, moreover, one which must nearly always be con- trolled genetically, by the segregation of a major gene or a super-gene. Environmental differences are indeed able to affect profoundly entire broods and populations, as in seasonal variation (which we see, for in- stance, in the Nymphaline butterfly Araschnia levana L.) (Ford, 1967b). They are hardly capable, however, of evoking discontinuous variability throughout a considerable region. This indeed becomes an impossibility when, as in polymorphic situations, the frequencies of the forms must be appropriately adjusted to differing ecological situations. Polymorphism is usual in the Batesian mimicry of butterflies, in which its properties are clearly seen. For as the relative numbers of mimics sheltering under their resemblance to a distasteful form rises, so the bene- fit they obtain from doing so declines until it is lost and converted into a disadvantage. Therefore selection will favour the tendency for a Batesian mimic to copy several models. This it must do by means of polymorphism: evoking a mechanism, that is to say, which avoids intermediates and and therefore the production of unprotected forms. Yet the switch-gene necessary to achieve this must have arisen by muta- tion, and we cannot expect its original effects to have been accurately adjusted so as to resemble a particular model. That is achieved gradually by selection, acting upon the gene-complex, within the ambit of the con- trolling major gene. Thus it is repeatedly found that mimicry even when “unifactorial” becomes imperfect in crosses with a race in which the ap- propriate model is absent (Clarke and Sheppard, 1960). The two major consequences of polymorphism are also exemplified in mimicry. The phases of a Batesian mimic often include non-mimetic forms which, as in normal polymorphic situations (the white and yellow females of Colias, for instance: Remington, 1954), are maintained by heterozygous advantage. This, and the selective adjustment involved, is demonstrated by the fact that mimics can sometimes exist even at high 164 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY frequencies outside the range of their models (as in the Polytrophus race of Papilio dardanus Brown, in the mountains east of Lake Victoria). That they do so demonstrates their physiological advantage; it demon- strates also the importance of their deceptive colour-patterns, for the accurate resemblance of these is lost in such circumstances (Clarke and Sheppard, 1960b ). The adjustments of mimicry are usually multiple, requiring the com- bined action of co-adapted genes. These must be held together in ap- propriate combinations by close linkage; their inappropriate ones, also produced, are eliminated by selection in the same way as are ordinary dis- advantageous mutants. Clarke and Sheppard (1960c) have illustrated very clearly the evolution of such super-genes in mimicry. In this con- nection, their work on the Asiatic Papilio memnon L.. is impressive (Clarke et al., 1968). This species has numerous polymorphic female forms, some non-mimetic and some mimetic. Of the latter, one (achates), copies a tailed model (Atrophaneura coon F.), though the others do not, and it is accordingly provided with a tail. The gene responsible for this is included within the super-gene for colour-pattern so that it may operate in the necessary genetic setting, but not otherwise. However, the race of P. memnon inhabiting the Island of Palawan is exceptional, being in- variably tailed, a condition also due to the action of a single gene. But this is not included within the super-gene controlling colour-pattern, for in this instance wing-shape is unassociated with mimicry. An interesting discovery has lately been made which, in a sense, bridges the gap between the Batesian and Miillerian situations. In the latter, a number of inedible and warningly coloured butterflies, or other insects, shelter under a common colour-pattern, so that the lesson of distasteful- ness learned by a predator attacking one of them may apply to all. Brower, Brower & Corvino (1967), working on Danaus plexippus L., find that in this instance the objectionable substances present in the imago are derived from the larval food. When, however, as occasionally hap- pens, such larvae eat non-poisonous plants, the resulting butterflies lack their normal protection and so shelter under the reputation of inedibility gained by the majority of the species, a situation which Brower e¢ al. name automimicry. It may well involve many species in addition to D. plexippus. Variation may be cryptic and, since as a gene spreads it will tend to generate heterozygous advantage and therefore become polymorphic, cryptic polymorphism must be widespread and important. Its existence is now being detected by means of electrophoresis, by which at least a VoLUME 25, NUMBER 3 165 proportion of the protein-variability present in organisms can be recog- nised. Appropriate staining techniques can sometimes demonstrate all three genotypes controlling alternative esterases, and it has repeatedly been found that the heterozygotes are in excess of expectation, so estab- lishing their superiority. Lewontin and Hubby (1966) who were pioneers in this work have indeed attempted to show that such protein diversity cannot be due to heterozygous advantage. They were lead to that view by the intrusion into their argument of two errors, well exposed by Milk- man (1967). First, that the genes controlling distinct polymorphisms act independently. Yet as Milkman remarks, “artificial selection has taught us nothing if not the cumulative effect of genes at many loci.” Secondly, Lewontin and Hubby hold that the unit of selection is the gene, whereas it is the individual. On the latter, and correct, basis Milkman develops a simple calculation which demonstrates the power of heterozygous advan- tage to maintain protein polymorphism. Johnson and Burns (1966) using starch-gel electrophoresis found that the butterfly Colias eurytheme Bd. is subject to great protein (esterase ) polymorphism, which differed both quantitatively and qualitatively in two populations from localities in Texas approximately 100 miles apart. Indeed, this technique has opened up a number of new possibilities in the analysis of adaptation and micro-evolution in general. When in the 1920’s I was envisaging the experimental study of evolu- tion in wild populations, it seemed necessary to concentrate upon situa- tions which promote rapid adaptation. Three of these proved highly satisfactory for that purpose but a fourth, the spread of species into new territories, was disappointing. I deduced that in the instances which happened to be available for study at the time, the adjustments which must surely be taking place were largely physiological. The technique of electrophoresis now provides an opportunity for testing that view. Numerous instances of species colonising new lands spring to mind. One may mention the Palaearctic Pieris rapae L., which has become one of the commonest butterflies in the U.S.A. since it was introduced there in the middle of the last century. Has it adjusted its protein variation to live in the New World? Electrophoresis will probably provide an answer to that question. A somewhat exceptional type of polymorphism occurs in a single popu- lation of the moth Panaxia dominula L., Hypsidae (Ford & Sheppard, 1969). Its study has produced results which call for some comment. The species has one generation in the year and is widespread in Continental Europe and southern England; occurring in marshes and along river banks, where 166 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY the larvae feed chiefly upon Symphytum. The polymorphism occurs nat- urally in a single locality only, one of 17 acres in Berkshire. This has certain peculiar features of soil and ecology which may account for the exceptional characteristics of the moth there. Its polymorphism is controlled by a pair of alleles in which all three genotypes are distinct. It is therefore possible to calculate gene-frequency by inspection, which has so far been done yearly from 1939 to 1970. Moreover, the numbers in the colony have been assessed by the technique of marking, release and recapture from 1941 onwards. It is possible to determine how fast a gene can spread if both its frequency and the size of the population in which it occurs be known. In this instance, for the first time, both these requirements were met. The annual fluctuation in the ratio of the alleles proved to be too great to be the result of random processes, such as genetic drift, and must be due to selection changing sometimes in frequency and direction. In this instance, the polymorphism is not controlled by heterozygous advantage; indeed there is a clear indication that there has not yet been time for this to evolve in the community. The diversity is, in fact, main- tained by assortative mating, for the females favour pairing with males of either of the two phases to which they do not belong. The heterozygotes are somewhat variable. Indeed it proved possible by only four generations of selection in the laboratory on the one hand significantly to increase and on the other to diminish their expression, in the sense of departure from the normal homozygous type: that is to say, changing the terminology, to make them respectively more dominant or more recessive. In 1954 the polymorphism was started artificially by P. M. Sheppard in another isolated colony a mile away. It is now found that changes similar in type to those produced in the laboratory, but taking place much more slowly, are occurring in these two wild communities. The expression of the gene is becoming more dominant in the marsh where it occurred naturally and more recessive in the one where it was introduced. This is perhaps the first time that it has been possible to forestall experiment- ally an evolutionary change that has occurred subsequently in nature. The most importance outcome of using the Lepidoptera in scientific research, as indeed in applying the techniques of ecological genetics to organisms in general, is surely the discovery that natural selection is much more powerful than had previously been realised. We had been accustomed to think of a selection-pressure of 1 per cent in favour of advantageous qualities in nature as high. Today we realise that it fre- quently reaches 40 or 60 per cent. Here we must notice that these values VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 167 are often balanced in equilibrium, so that the overall selective advantage or disadvantage may indeed be small. Yet the powerful components in- volved facilitate rapid adjustments to changing conditions, a situation which alters fundamentally our concepts of micro-evolution. Literature Cited BowDEN, S.R. 1963. Polymorphism in Pieris: forms subtalba and sulphurea (Lep.., Pieridae). Entomologist 96: 77-82. BownvEN, S. R. 1966a. Pieris napi in Corsica (Lep., Pieridae). Entomologist 99: 56-68. BowveEN, S. R. 1966b. Polymorphism in Pieris: “subtalba in P. virginensis (Lep., Pieridae). Entomologist 99: 174—82. Brower, L. P., J. vaN Z. BROWER, AND J. M. Corvino. 1967. Plant poisons in a terrestrial food chain. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 57: 893-8. CLARKE, C. A. AND P. M. SHEPPARD. 1960a. The Genetics of Papilio dardanus Brown. II. Races Dardanus, Polytrophus, Meseres and Tibullus. Genetics 45: 439-57. CLARKE, C. A. AND P. M. SHEPPARD. 1960b. The evolution of dominance under disruptive selection. Heredity 14: 73-87. CLARKE, C. A. AND P. M. SHEPPARD. 1960c. The evolution of mimicry in the but- terfly Papilio dardanus. Heredity 14: 163-73. CLARKE, C. A., P. M. SHEPPARD, AND I. W. B. THorNTon. 1968. The Genetics of the Mimetic butterfly Papilio memnon. Phil. Trans. roy. Soc. (B) 254: 37-89. CockAynE, E. A. 1912-13. Notes on Bupalus piniarius Linn., Trans. S. Lond. ent. nat. Hist. Soc. parts 22 & 23: 56-9. CrEED, E. R., W. H. DowpEsweE.., E. B. Forp, AND K. G. McWuirtTEer. 1959. Evolutionary Studies on Maniola jurtina: the English mainland, 1956-7. Hered- ity 13: 363-91. Creep, E. R., E. B. Forp, anp K. G. McWuirrer. 1964. Evolutionary studies on Maniola jurtina (Lep., Satyridae): the “Boundary Phenomenon” in southern England 1961-1968. Heredity 19: 471-88. DowbDESwELL, W. H. anp K. G. McWuirrer. 1967. Stability of spot-distribution in Maniola jurtina throughout its range. Heredity 22: 187-210. Forp, E. B. 1941. Studies on the chemistry of pigments in the Lepidoptera with reference to their bearing on systematics. 1. The Anthoxanthins. Proc. roy. Ent. Soc. Lond. 16: 65-90. Forp, E. B. 1955. Polymorphism and Taxonomy. Heredity 9: 255-64. Forp, E. B. 1965 2nd edn. Ecological Genetics. Methuen & Co., London. Forp, E. B. 1967a 2nd edn. Moths. The New Naturalist Series, Collins, London. Forp, E. B. 1967b 3rd edn. Butterflies. The New Naturalist Series, Collins, Lon- don. Forp, E. B. anp P. M. SHeppArp. 1969. The medionigra polymorphism of Panaxia dominula. Heredity 24: 561-9. FRYDENBERG, O. AND O. H6rcH-GuLpBerc. 1966. The genetic difference between southern English Aricia agestis and Scottish A. artaxerxes. Hereditas 56: 145- 58. H6rcH-GuLpBErc, O. 1968. Evolutionary trends in the genus Aricia (Lep.). Natura Jutl. 14: 3-76. H6EcH-GULDBERG, O. AND F. V. L. Jarvis. 1969. Central and North European Ariciae (Lep.). Natura Jutl. 15: 1-119. Jounson, F. M. anv J. M. Burns. 1966. Electrophoretic variation in esterases of Colias eurytheme (Pieridae). J. Lepid. Soc. 20: 207-11. 168 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY KETTLEWELL, H. B. D. 1957. The contribution of industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera to our knowledge of evolution. Advmt. Sci., Lond. 52: 245-52. KETTLEWELL, H. B. D. 1959. New aspects of the genetic control of industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera. Nature 183: 918-21. KETTLEWELL, H. B. D. 1961. The phenomenon of industrial melanism in the Lepidoptera. A. Rey. Ent. 6: 245-62. KETTLEWELL, H. B. D. 1965. Insect survival and selection for pattern. Science 148: 1290-6. Lange, C. AND THE Hon. M. Roruscuitp. 1961. Observations on Colonies of the Narrow-bordered Five-spot Burnet (Zygaena lonicerae von Schev.) near Bicester. Entomologist 94: 79-81. LEWONTIN, R. C. anv J. L. Hussy. 1966. The amount of variation and degree of heterozygosity in natural populations of Drosophila pseudoobscura. Genetics 54: 595-609. Lorkovic, Z. 1962. The genetics and reproductive isolating mechanisms of the Pieris napi-bryoniae Group. J. Lepid. Soc. 16: 5-19, 105-127. McWuirter, K. G. 1969. Heritability of spot-number in Scillonian strains of the Meadow Brown Butterfly (Maniola jurtina). Heredity 24: 314-18. MiLkMAN, R. D. 1967. MHeterosis as a major cause of heterozygosity in nature. Genetics 55: 493-5. OnsLow, THE Hon. H. 1921. Inheritance of wing-colour in Lepidoptera. J. Genet. 11: 277-92. PETERSEN, B. 1963. Breakdown of differentiation between Pieris napi and Pieris bryoniae and its causes. Zool. bidr. Upps. 35: 205-62. REMINGTON, C. L. 1954. The genetics of Colias (Lepidoptera). Adv. Genet. 6: 403-50. FERGUSON COLLECTION TO SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Dr. Douglas C. Ferguson, formerly of the Nova Scotia Museum and Yale Univer- sity, recently assumed a position as specialist on Geometroidea and Pyraloidea with the United States Department of Agriculture at the National Museum of Natural History. Shortly after joining the staff, Dr. Ferguson presented to the Smithsonian Institution his excellent collection of Lepidoptera. Over 51,000 insects are contained in this collection, of which nearly 48,000 specimens are Lepidoptera. Dr. Ferguson’s donation represents over 23 years of concentrated collecting, conducted for the most part in the Atlantic Provinces of Canada. Nearly all major families of Lepidoptera are represented, and the total coverage of 3,000 species from an area previously not well documented in the collections of the National Museum is particularly noteworthy. The collection is extremely rich in Noctuoidea and Geometroidea, containing ap- proximately 38,000 beautifully prepared specimens of those groups. Over 150 species of identified lepidopterous larvae, associated with reared adults, are also included. Although no holotypes are present in the collection, about 300 paratypes of 50 species are, as well as many undescribed species. The addition of this generous gift has significantly improved the overall representa- tion of North American Lepidoptera at the Smithsonian Institution. DonaLp Ray Davis, Curator, Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 169 NEW SPECIES OF AFRICAN GEOMETRINAE (GEOMETRIDAE) R. H. Carcasson Centennial Museum, Vancouver, B.C. Victoria watsonae Carcasson, new species Figs. 1, 14 Allied to V. melanochlora Carcasson (1962: 54) and to V. gordoni Prout (1912: 86), but differs from both in having the edges of the black mark- ings diffuse, not well defined and in having no densely scaled green areas. MALE. Antennae: Basal half pectinated, distal half simple. Dorsal aspect of shaft covered by pale pinkish brown (5YR 8/4 Munsell) white and sepia scales. Head: Vertex pinkish brown speckled with sepia. Frons whitish. Palpi cinnamon with sepia scales, laterally fringed with white below. Thorax: Patagia and tegulae light blue green (10G 7/4 Munsell). Dorsum anteriorly and laterally light blue green, reddish speckled with sepia at base. Venter whitish except for a vinaceous light red anterior collar. Inner surface of legs whitish, outer surface of tibiae and tarsi cinnamon speckled with sepia. Abdomen: Above pinkish white, 3 anterior segments heavily speckled with sepia and cinnamon. Segments 2 and 3 with a prominent dorsal crest consisting of very long, curly, pinkish cinnamon and sepia scales. Similar crests on 4, 5 and 6, but much paler, laterally edged with sepia. The crest on 6 just a small white tuft. Underside creamy white. Upperside of forewing: 17 mm from base to apex. Apex rather acute, termen regularly indented between veins. Wing lightly scaled, ground colour light blue green (10G 7/4 Munsell) with a few scattered blackish scales. Costa brownish pink speckled with sepia. Stigma a ring of raised blackish scales. Antemedial irregular, reduced to a blackish spot near costa, a faint blackish spot at cubitus and another at inner margin, connected by irregularly scattered blackish scales. Postmedial roughly parallel to outer margin, consisting of small irregular blackish dots at the veins from costa at 4/5 from base to inner margin at 2/3 from base. A large blackish blotch with diffuse margins containing scattered pinkish scales between post- medial and termen, from vein 6 to tornus and inner margin, reaching termen except between veins 3 and 4 where it encloses a large green marginal spot. A black terminal dot in space 3 and smaller one in space 6. Fringe blackish where dark areas reach the margin, otherwise pinkish mixed with blackish and green scales. Hind wing: Margin with deep inter-nervular indentations. Ends of veins 2, 3, 4 and 6 especially produced. Ground colour as in fw. A small patch of dense, silky white scales at base. Stigma a densely scaled black dot surmounted by a smaller orange pink dot. Postmedial ir- regular, consisting of small ill-defined blackish dots at the veins. Inner margin blackish with a few pink scales, except at base which is green. Tornus and termen up to vein 3 blackish. A blackish dot in space 2 near termen. A small black terminal spot in space 3, a larger one in 4, some black scales at termen of space 6 and at apex. Fringe as in fw. but with more green in pale areas. Underside: Thinly scaled, opalescent white, with dark stigmas, marginal spots and postmedial faintly showing through from upper surface. Blackish fw blotch as above, but denser, lacking pink scales. Genitalia: Uncus sharply pointed, only slightly downcurved forming a rough equi- lateral triangle; a small rounded heavily sclerotised plate, almost at centre of uncus. Subunci membranous, hairy, not reaching tip of uncus. Gnathos a stout pointed process directed ventrad attached to a strong, heart-shaped sclerotised ring. Saccus short and pointed. Valve long and narrow, spatulate, terminating in a dorso-apical lobe densely covered internally by long, stout peg-like projections. Harpe long, narrow, sharply pointed, protruding beyond apex of valve. Aedeagus short and stout, lightly sclerotised, with long longitudinal apical opening on left side. Vesica protruding from 170 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Figs. 1-9. African Geometrinae. 1, Victoria watsonae sp. nov., 6; 2, Archichlora rectilineata sp. nov., 6, holotype; 3, same, 8, paratype (dark form, Mufindi); 4, same 6 (Kigezi, Uganda); 5, same 9, allotype; 6, Archichlora sangoana sp. nov., 6, para- type; 7, Archichlora jacksoni sp. nov., ¢, holotype; 8, Archichlora pulveriplaga (Warren), 6 (Kalinzu forest, Ankole, Uganda); 9, Archichlora rectilineata sp. nov., 2? (Njoro, Kenya. ) All specimens reproduced at natural size. VoLUME 25, NUMBER 3 eval left side of aedeagus, armed with two very large curved blunt spines, the apical larger and directed to the right, the smaller arising well below the apical and curving towards the left when not extruded. Holotype. ¢, Grassfield, Nimba, Liberia, VI-VII 1967, Mrs. A. Forbes-Watson, to be deposited in the British Museum (Natural History). Paratypes: 44 6, data as above; 1, VI-VII 1967, 1 VII-VIII 1967, 1 II 1968, 1 VIII-IX 1967, to be deposited in National Museum, Nairobi, Kenya. Archichlora jacksoni Carcasson, new species Figs. 7, 10 Allied to A. pulveriplaga (Warren), (1898: 14), (figs. 8, 12), but differs in its smaller size, continuous pinkish postmedial line and in the presence of a basal pinkish blotch in the forewing. MALE. Antennae: Basal half armed with short stiff pectinations. Proximal portion of shaft covered dorsally by white and light carmine scales, remainder light carmine. Head: Vertex white with a transverse carmine band mixed with sepia scales. Frons bright yellow green (10GY 6/6 Munsell). Palpi vinaceous red laterally, white ventrally. Thorax: Above bright yellow green (10GY 6/6 Munsell), shading to brownish red at posterior margin, uniform creamy white below. Legs: fore and mid legs white, speckled with carmine and vinaceous red on external surfaces; hind legs white. Ab- domen: dorsal surface creamy white densely speckled with bright pink and sepia scales. Segments 2, 3, 4 and 5 armed with prominent pink and white, laterally sepia crests. Lateral and anal tufts creamy white. Venter creamy white. Upperside of fore- wing: 13-18 mm from base to apex. Costa very slightly incurved near middle, apex acute, but not falcate, outer margin slightly crenulate. Ground colour bright yellow green (1O0GY 6/6 Munsell). Costa broadly white, densely speckled with bright pink and sepia. An oval green spot at base of radius enclosed by an irregular whitish basal area speckled with sepia and pink particularly at base and inner margin. Pale basal area limited distally by narrow blackish antemedial and by some red scales. Ante medial starts at costa at 1/7 from base, bends sharply proximad in base of cell, curves regularly between cubitus and la, reaching inner margin at 1/4 from base. Stigma reniform, very large, pale pink surrounded by a narrow dark ring, enclosing irregular dark centre. Postdiscal very clearly defined, pale pink, narrowly edged on both sides with mixed blackish and red scales, from costa at 3/4 from base, angled distad at veins 7 and 6, broadening and bulging proximad from 6 to 4 narrowing and forming a broad, even curve distad to centre of space 2 where it becomes the inner margin of a large irregular pale tornal blotch. Tornal spot pale pink, narrowly edged with blackish and red scales, enclosing some red, brown and green scales; proximal margin of tornal spot (postmedial) curves abruptly proximad in space 1b reaching inner margin at just over 1/2 from base. Distally edge of tornal spot is angled distad at vein 2, then dips below it reaching termen at end of vein 2. A large pinkish white marginal spot with irregularly crenulate proximal margin edged with blackish and red scales, from apex to vein 3. Two small pinkish terminal lunules edged proximally with blackish and red in spaces 2 and 3. Termen narrowly sepia, broadening into small dark spots in spaces 4, 5, 6 and 7. Fringe whitish, mixed with some red and blackish, particularly at end of veins. Hind wing: Outer margin regularly crenulated. End of vein 6 especially produced. Ground colour as in fw, but costal area broadly white. Some bright red scales at base and separating white costal area from remaining green area. An elongated pinkish inner marginal area edged with blackish from base to middle of inner margin. Stigma narrower than in fw and more densely obscured by dark scales. Postmedial as in fw, of irregular thickness and shape but maintaining approximately same distance from margin throughout. A very large black-edged pinkish lunule in spaces 4—5 and a smaller one at tornus. A narrow blackish terminal 172 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY line wider at middle of internervular spaces. Fringe as in fw. Underside: Very pale green almost white with markings of upperside showing as pure white and faint red terminal line widening into minute lunules between the veins. Genitalia: Uncus short, pointed, slightly downcurved, base 2/3 of length with a prominent lateral notch at each side. Subunci slender, membranous, hairy, shorter than uncus. Gnathos directed ventrad, slightly constricted at base, terminating in an antero- posteriorly flattened, bluntly pointed lobe armed with minute tubercles on posterior surface. Saccus short, broad and almost truncated apically. Valve regular, long and narrow, bluntly pointed apically. Harpe long and narrow, smooth, bluntly pointed apically and curving inward with dorsal margin almost parallel to costa of valve, some- what shorter than valve. Aedeagus: basal half long and much narrower than re- mainder which is more lightly sclerotised except laterally and compressed into nu- merous minute folds. Apical opening long, longitudinal, on ventral surface, armed at base on left side by a blunt reflexed sclerotised lobe. Holotype. ¢, Kakamega, Kenya, XII 1966, R. H. Carcasson and A. Forbes -Watson, to be deposited in British Museum (Natural History). Paratypes: ¢@, Kakamega Kenya XI 1967, R. H. Carcasson, to be deposited in British Museum (Natural History); ¢, all data as above, to be deposited in National Museum, Nairobi; ¢, locality as above, III-1966, R. H. Carcasson, to be deposited in National Museum, Nairobi; 6, Mt. Elgon, Kenya, VII-1966, T. H. E. Jackson, to be deposited in National Mu- seum, Nairobi. This species is dedicated to my friend, the late Mr. T. H. E. Jackson of Kitale, Kenya. Archichlora sangoana Carcasson, new species lines, @, is Closely allied to A. pulveriplaga (Warren), (Figs. 8, 12), but differs in having continuous, sinuous postmedial lines and smaller terminal blotches. MALE. Antennae: Basal pectinations decreasing very gradually from base to apex. Dorsal aspect of basal third of shaft covered by white scales. Head: Vertex white with a reddish dot at base of each antenna and a reddish basal tuft at each side. Frons bright green with some reddish scales at superior margin. Palpi whitish below, light orange brown above. A fringe of reddish hair-scales at lower margin of eye. Thorax: Uniform bright green above, except last segment which is light brown dorsally, yel- lowish laterally. Ventral surface of thorax woolly, pale green anteriorly, white laterally and posteriorly. Legs: Orange brown externally, creamy white internally. Abdomen: Ist segment light brown with a small paler dorsal tuft. Subsequent segments very pale brown with a dark dot flanking each side of the pale dorsal tufts. Underside uni- form creamy white. Upperside of forewing: 17-20 mm from base to apex. Costa very slightly concave near middle, evenly convex at 3/4 from base. Apex acute. Ter- men moderately crenulate, tornus blunt. Ground colour green (25G 6/8 Munsell). Costa creamy white, mixed with purplish and red scales at base. A narrow blackish line separating white of costa from green ground colour near apex. Antemedial narrow, greenisn yellow, from costa at 1/6 from base, to inner margin at 1/3 from base, slightly angled distad at cubitus and at 1b. Postmedial narrow, greenish yellow, from costa at 3/4 from base to inner margin at 2/3 from base, evenly and slightly curved distad from costa to vein 3, more strongly curved proximad from vein 3 to inner margin. Stigma large, pinkis white, surrounded by a ring of mixed blackish and red scales with a central dot of the same colour. A large whitish terminal blotch from vein 7 almost to vein 4, the proximal edge of which projects proximad in space 6 and more strongly so along vein 5. The pale blotch enclosing some bright ochreous scales and a few blackish scales in spaces 5 and 4, and narrowly edged proximally by a mixture of blackish and red scales. A similar but more rounded whitish blotch at tornus, in VoLUME 25, NUMBER 3 Ws) Figs. 10-13. Male genitalia of African Geometrinae. 10, Archichlora jacksoni sp. nov., paratype; 11, Archichlora rectilineata sp. nov., paratype (Nairobi, Kenya); 12, Archichlora pulveriplaga (Warren), (Kalinzu forest, Uganda); 13, Archichlora san- goand sp. nov., paratype. spaces la, lb and 2, with a narrow terminal extension in space 2. Termen narrowly blackish, forming small internervular lunules in the areas occupied by the pale blotches. Cilia whitish, chequered with blackish at the ends of the veins. Hind wing: Outer margin somewhat produced at vein 6 and slightly concave between 6 and 4. Ground colour as above. Postmedial as above, parallel to outer margin. Stigma very small. A marginal blotch similar to those of fw but smaller and more regular between veins 174 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY 6 and 4, A very small whitish blotch at tornus, joined to a similar small triangle pointed proximad along vein 1b, both edged with blackish and red scales. A small white patch at base. Inner margin narrowly edged with pinkish, blackish and red scales and hairs. Termen as in fw. Cilia uniformly grey, tipped with pinkish. Underside: Uniformly white, with markings of upperside showing through very faintly. Termen and cilia very narrowly blackish. Genitalia: Uncus short, pointed, downcurved, almost as wide basally as long. Sub- unci short, membranous, hairy, pointed, projecting laterad and posterad, almost as long as uncus. Gnathos stout, pointed, projecting backwards, almost as long as uncus, its inner (posterior) surface serrated. Saccus short, broad and blunt. Valve apically pointed, tapering rapidly from a very broad base. Harpe broad, long, curved inwards, irregularly shaped, with irregularly jagged margin, shorter than valve. A long sharply pointed process projecting backwards from dorsal part of base of valve, armed dorsally and on internal face with numerous sharp appressed teeth. Aedeagus long, basal half much narrower than remainder, terminating in a pronounced rounded bulb-like ex- pansion. Apical half membranous, compressed into numerous small longitudinal folds, unarmed. Opening long, ventral, longitudinal. Holotype. ¢, Katera, Sango Bay, Masaka, Uganda. X-1960, R. H. Carcasson. Paratypes: 96 6, Malabigambo forest, Sango Bay, Uganda, II-1968, A. L. Archer. Holotype and 4 paratypes to be deposited in British Museum (Natural History); re- maining 5 paratypes to be deposited in National Museum, Nairobi. Archichlora rectilineata Carcasson, new species Wigs, 2..3)45.0, 9) LI Superficially similar to A. pulveriplaga (Warren), (Figs. 8, 12), and to A. sangoana Carcasson (Figs. 6, 13), but differs from both in being smaller, more slenderly built and in having straight postmedial lines. MALE. Antennae: Basal half of shaft decorated dorsally with white, black and red scales. Head: Vertex white, sprinkled with red and black scales. Frons bright green, palpi creamy, speckled dorsally and especially apically with rusty brown. Thorax: Bright green (1OGY 5/6 Munsell) dorsally. Very pale green below, shading to creamy white posteriorly. Legs: Very pale creamy buff, forelegs spotted with dark brown on exterior surface. Abdomen: Above: 1st segment purplish brown, remaining segments creamy buff, creamy white from segment 6 to apex. A pinkish dorsal crest on first 4 segments. A dark brown dorsal spot on segments 5, 6 and 7. Below: uni- formly creamy white. Upperside of forewing: 15-16 mm from base to apex. Costa slightly but evenly arched. Apex acute. Outer margin slightly sinuous. Ends of veins 3, 4 and 7 slightly produced. Outer margin slightly concave from vein 4 to vein 7. Ground colour bright green (1OGY 5/6 Munsell) with very faint paler vermiculations. Costa whitish, densely speckled with blackish and red scales. A small patch of such scales at base of costa. Antemedial narrow, light yellow-green, evenly curved from costa at 1/5 from base to inner margin at 2/5 from base. Postmedial slightly wavy, narrow, light yellow green, from costa at 3/4 from base to inner margin at 2/3 from base. Stigma a smal] whitish dot edged with blackish and red scales. A very pale pinkish, somewhat irregular, marginal lunule from just above vein 4 to middle of space 6, edged proximally by a very narrow blackish line. A similar but larger rounded blotch at tornus enclosing an area speckled with dark scales. Terminal line blackish, very narrow, of uniform width. Cilia whitish mixed with pink, blackish at the veins. Hind wing: Margin deeply crenulate, veins 6 and 4 especially produced. Ground colour as above. Postmedial as above, almost straight from just above junction of veins 6 and 7 to inner margin just beyond 2/3 from base. Stigma very small, white. A whitish marginal lunule similar to that of fw with its apex directed proximad along vein 5. A similar but much smaller spot at tornus. Terminal line as in fw, cilia some- what darker. Inner margin narrowly edged with blackish and red scales and by long VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 iS Figs. 14, 15. Male and female genitalia of African Geometrinae. 14, Victoria watsondé sp. nov., 6, paratype; 15, Archichlora rectilineata sp. nov., °, paratype. whitish hairs. Underside: Generally whitish, shading to light green at costa and apex of fw. Costa of fw narrowly blackish, stigma a minute reddish dot barely visible in hw. Lunule of fw sepia, if present, with ill defined proximal edge. Terminal line and cilia of both wings as above. Genitalia: Genital capsule slender and lightly sclerotised. Uncus short, downcurved and sharply pointed. Subunci broad, membranous, hairy, almost as long as uncus. Gnathos a simple, bluntly pointed short projection. Saccus short, apically rounded. Valve simple, regular, with apex gently pointed, rather broad at base, and with ventral margin strongly elbowed midway from tip of saccus to apex. Harpe simple, broad, close to ventral margin of valve, terminating in a smooth, inwardly curving spoon-like lobe, apex of harpe not reaching apex of valve. Aedeagus lightly sclerotised, unarmed, with basal bulb much shorter and broader than in other species. Opening of aedeagus long, ventral. 176 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY FEMALE. Similar to male, but larger, with more rounded wings. Fw 18-20 mm from base to apex. Ovipositor lobes long and slender, curving inwards near apex. An- terior and posterior struts slender and moderately long. Ostium simple, opening posterad, vaginal plates very weakly sclerotised. Colliculum absent, ductus long and slender with a sack-like expansion near base. Bursa long and slender, ovoid. Signum at base of bursa, a smooth, large, irregularly rounded sclerotised plate with an inward projecting, straight, transverse median ridge. Two males from Mufindi, Iringa, Tanzania, belong to an individual melanistic variant in which the dorsum of the abdomen is much darker, the marginal lunules and blotches are completely filled in by blackish scales and the cilia are uniformly blackish. A male from Kigezi, Western Uganda, and a female from Njoro, Kenya are identical, with typical form, but have a slightly curved postmedial in the hw and may represent a West Rift subspecies. Holotype. ¢ (pale form), Mufindi, Iringa, Tanzania, P. Burdon, to be deposited in British Museum (Natural History); Allotype: 9 (pale form), Amani, Usambara, Tanzania, X-1962, G. Pringle (No P 1188); Paratypes: 6 (pale form), Ngong, Nairobi, Kenya, II-1954, Fowler and Coulson, in National Museum, Nairobi; ¢ (dark form) Mufindi, Iringa, Tanzania, 1955, P. Burdon, to be deposited in British Museum (Natural History); ¢ (dark form), data as above, in National Museum, Nairobi; 2 (pale form) Nairobi, Kenya, VI-1958, R. Carcasson, in National Museum, Nairobi. Literature Cited Carcasson, R. 1962. New African Lepidoptera. J. E. Afr. nat. Hist. Soc. 29 (105): 54-63. Prout, L. B. 1912. Lepidoptera Heterocera, family Geometridae, sub-family Hemi- theinae. Genera Insectorum, fas. 129. 1929-38. In Srrrz, A., The Macrolepidoptera of the World 16. WarREN, W. 1898. New species and genera of the families Thyrididae, Uranidae, Epiplemidae and Geometridae from the Old-World regions. Novit. zool. 5: 5-41. BOOK REVIEW A Key To THE RHOPALOCERA BUTTERFLIES OF Wyominc, by Clifford D. Ferris. Sci- ence Monograph No. 21, Agriculture Experiment Station, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyo. January 1971. 64 pp., 3 figs., 8 pls. Dr. Ferris has tried to present in this slim volume a useable key to the butterflies of Wyoming. Like all keys that I have seen, it is useful in the hands of those of us who need no key and not so in the hands of a rank amateur. The eight plates at the back of the book figure in black-and-white all of the species that the 4-H member or beginner will find. The key to Colias and the discussions of Speyeria and Euphy- dryas will be found helpful to those who have Wyoming material to name. An an- notated checklist for the state is promised for “late 1971.” From what I have seen of Ferris’s notes for this it is going to be a most useful index to the species found and where they usually may be caught. Dr. Ferris did not see final page proof, so, there are a few typographical errors that he would have caught. F’, Martin Brown, Fountain Valley Rural Station, Colorado Springs, Colorado. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 177 9HE LIFE HISTORY OF SCHINIA SEPARATA (NOCTUIDAE) D. F. Harpwicx Entomology Research Institute, Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario Schinia separata (Grote, 1879 )1 is distributed in western North America from southern British Columbia and Alberta southward to southern Cali- fornia. In the Intermountain Basin area, it feeds in the larval stage on the buds and blossoms of the sagebrush, Artemisia tridentata Nutt. (Figure 2). The moth is also common in some areas of the Great Plains in which sagebrush does not occur but in which the hoary sagebush, Artemisia cana Pursh. is abundant. Presumably in these grassland areas, the latter species of Artemisia serves as food plant. The adult is a late-summer flier and is present in most areas of its range during August and the first half of Sep- tember. In the Intermountain Basin the period of adult activity is syn- chronized with the budding period of the sagebrush and the moth flies progressively later in the season with decreasing altitude and latitude. Behaviour Schinia separata is a nocturnal species, and the eggs are deposited in the buds of Artemisia only at night. Three wild-caught females deposited a mean of 91 eggs and the maximum deposited by a single female was 119. The behaviour of the ovipositing female separata was described in my 1958 revision of the elliptoid-eyed Schinia: “The female alights on a spray of the still tightly closed buds and crawls over it, her abdomen arching ventrally. Having arrived at a site that is apparently suitable, she secures herself by grasping buds and stems firmly with clawed tarsi, and begins an elaborate exploration with the ovipositor. The abdomen is arched ventrally and anteriorly, often being thrust for- ward so as to protrude through the legs. The ovipositor, on encountering the small hard bud, feels the surface and probes it with short, delicate stabbing movements. When the edge of one of the stiff outer sepals of the bud is encountered the blade of the knife-like ovipositor is forced against this edge and the moth, by rapid lateral movements of the abdomen which cause her whole body to vibrate inserts the ovipositor valves be- neath the sepal. In this manner the egg is deposited within the bud at or between the bases of the innermost sepals. The ovipositor is then with- drawn and the moth usually flies to another bud cluster before the process is repeated.” 1T cannot distinguish separata from Schinia acutilinea (Grt.) (1878, Can. Ent. 10: 232) with any degree of certainty, but hesitate to synonymize the two without fuller study. If the two names do represent the same species, acutilinea will take precedence. 178 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Figs. 1, 2. Schinia separata (Grt.) and its food plant. 1, Adult, Oliver, B. C.; 2, Artemisia tridentata Nutt. The egg is often grossly distorted in shape as a result of being inserted beneath the sepals among the developing petals of the still tightly closed bud. The majority of eggs hatch on the seventh day after deposition. The newly hatched larva immediately attacks the succulent tissues of the de- veloping bud. The larva usually completes its first stadium in the initial bud, but during the second stadium migrates to an adjacent bud which it enters by boring a hole through the apex where the sepals are thinnest. The anterior two pairs of larval prolegs are reduced in size in the second and third instars and the larva mixed with a looping motion similar to that of catocaline larvae. During the third stadium the larva ceases to conceal itself completely within the bud and feeds from an exposed po- sition on the stem. The larvae continue to attack the buds at the apex, however, where the tissues are softer. Nineteen of 50 individually reared larvae matured in five stadia, the remainder in six. The mature larva tunnels into the ground to form its pupal cell and it is in the pupal stage that the insect remains throughout the majority of the year. Descriptions of Stages The following descriptions of immature stages were based on the prog- eny of three females taken in the Okanagan Valley near Oliver, B. C. The larvae were reared individually at room temperature on the buds and blossoms of Artemisia tridentata. Rearing techniques employed were those used by Hardwick (1958). The estimate of variability following the mean for various values is the standard deviation. Unfortunately the larvae of separata being reared had to be removed from the Okanagan Valley to Ottawa during the median stadia. Although flowering heads of the food plant were shipped by air express to Ottawa, VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 179 the larvae did not develop normally and the ultimate stadium became greatly protracted. The larvae eventually died without pupating. The developmental data is therefore not complete, and the durations listed for the median stadia may be somewhat attenuated. Adult. (Fig. 1). Head and thorax silvery-fawn to greyish-fawn. Abdomen silvery-fawn or silvery-grey. Underside of body dull pale grey. Forewing olivaceous fawn marked with white; forewing occasionally with a rosy suffusion. Transverse anterior line white, usually smooth, arched strongly and acutely outward. Basal space olivaceous fawn, longitudinally streaked with white and with a dark margin along t.a. line. Transverse posterior line white, generally smooth, excurved around cell, then usually straight to inner margin. Median space fawn, paler than basal space, usually with a pale longitudinal streak through cell. Orbicular spot not defined. Reniform spot usually indicated only as a narrow dark shade. Subterminal line white, irregular, closely approaching and occasionally fusing with outward arc of t.p. line. Subterminal space darker than median space and usually darker than basal space. Terminal space pale fawn. Fringe white checkered with fawn. Hind wing white with dark- brown discal mark and dark-brown outer-marginal band. Outer-marginal band with a white streak or blotch toward anal angle. Fringe white, usually with a pallid brown inner line. Undersides of both wings white or pallid grey, marked with brown. Forewing with small, dark-brown, orbicular and reniform spots, and with a paler brown subterminal band. Hind wing with a narrow dark-brown discal spot and an evanescent outer-subterminal band. Fringes of both wings white. Expanse: 26.4 + 2.2 mm (92 specimens). Egg. Very pale greenish-yellow when deposited. Losing some of greenish colouring on the second day, then remaining essentially unchanged for remainder of incubation period. Mandibles and ocelli becoming visible through chorion a few hours before hatching. Incubation period: 7.2+0.7 days (157 eggs). First-Stadium Larva. Head translucent blackish-grey. Prothoracic and suranal shields somewhat paler than head. Trunk pale greyish-white becoming stained with yellow or green after larva begins to feed. Thoracic legs and proleg shields dark smoky-brown. Head width: 0.240 + 0.011 mm (25 larvae). Duration of stadium: larvae maturing in five stadia, 5.3 + 0.7 days (19 larvae); larvae maturing in six stadia, 5.1 + 0.4 days (31 larvae). Second-Stadium Larva. Head varying from dark brown to medium light brown. Prothoracic shield concolorous with trunk except for some pale-brown flecking. Suranal shield concolorous with trunk. Trunk with a chalky opacity uncommon in second-stadium noctuid larvae; varying from a blotchy yellowish-grey to a blotchy greenish-grey. Thoracic legs and proleg shields brown. First two pairs of anal prolegs smaller than remaining pairs. Head width: 0.319 + 0.010 mm (25 larvae). Duration of stadium: larvae maturing in five stadia, 4.0 + 0.6 days (19 larvae); larvae maturing in six stadia, 4.1 + 0.6 days (31 larvae). Third-Stadium Larva. Head pale fawn grey. Prothoracic shield whitish-grey marked with brown. Suranal shield essentially undistinguished from trunk. Mid- dorsal area dull, dark brownish-grey. Subdorsal area white or pale grey with a pair of dark-grey median lines. Supraspiracular area dark greyish-brown, with a discon- tinuous, white or pale-grey median line. Spiracular band white or pale grey with a darker-grey or brown median shade. Suprapodal area similar in colour to supra- spiracular area. Mid-ventral area varying from greenish-grey to brownish-yellow. Head width: 0.51 + 0.02 mm (25 larvae). Duration of stadium: larvae maturing in five stadia, 6.1 + 1.2 days (19 larvae); larvae maturing in six stadia, 4.9 + 1.1 days (31 larvae). 180 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Antepenultimate-Fourth-Stadium Larva. Head fawn-grey heavily marked with medium brown. Prothoracic shield white, usually heavily suffused with brown; heavily suffused shields with three well-defined longitudinal white lines. Suranal shield concolorous with trunk. Mid-dorsal band dark-brown with a pale median shade. Sub- dorsal area pale grey or white with a pair of pale-brown median lines. Supraspiracular area brown with a badly broken white or pale-grey median line. Spiracular band white with an irregular light-brown median line. Suprapodal area concolorous with supra- spiracular area. Mid-ventral area pale grey mottled with light brown. Head width: 0.74+ 0.03 mm (44 larvae). Duration of stadium: 5.7+ 1.1 days (31 larvae). Penultimate-Stadium Larva. Head creamy white mottled with mauve-brown. Prothoracic shield white with a broad median and a pair of narrower submarginal lines of mauve-brown. Suranal shield poorly distinguished from remainder of trunk. Mid- dorsal band dark brown with a pale median shade. Subdorsal area white with a pair of irregular, pale-mauve median lines. Supraspiracular area mauve-brown, paler dor- sally than ventrally; mottled mesally with white. Spiracular band white with an ir- regular and discontinuous, mauve median band. Suprapodal area concolorous with supraspiracular area. Mid-ventral area grey variably suffused with mauve. Head width: fourth-stadium larvae maturing in five stadia, 0.95 + 0.06 mm (30 larvae); fifth-stadium larvae maturing in six stadia, 1.08 + 0.04 mm (37 larvae). Duration of stadium: fourth stadium of larvae maturing in five stadia, 7.6 + 1.0 days (19 larvae); fifth stadium of larvae maturing in six stadia, 6.4+1.0 days (31 larvae ). Ultimate-Stadium Larva. Head whitish-grey, heavily mottled with medium brown. Prothoracic shield white suffused and mottled with light brown and with a median and a pair of subdorsal lines devoid of darker shading. Suranal shield essentially un- distinguished from remainder of trunk. Mid-dorsal band dull dark brown, with a var- iably expressed, paler, mauve median shade. Subdorsal area white marked with purplish-brown mesally and with a pair of mauve, median longitudinal lines. Supra- spiracular area dark brown irregularly marked with mauve and cream. Spiracular band creamy-white with a discontinuous and irregular, mauve median line. Supra- podal area purplish-brown marked with cream. Mid-ventral area grey variably suffused with purplish-brown. Head width: 1.75+0.08 mm (25 larvae). Acknowledgment I appreciate the assistance of my associate, Mr. Eric Rockburne, in measuring the head widths of the larvae. Literature Cited Grote, A. R. 1879. New noctuids. Can. Ent. 11: 197-199. Harpwickx, D. F. 1958. Taxonomy, life history and habits of the elliptoid-eyed species of Schinia (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) with notes on the Heliothidinae. Can. Ent. Suppl. 6. VoLuME 25, NUMBER 3 181 THE LIFE HISTORY OF SCHINIA WALSINGHAMI (NOCTUIDAE) D. F. Harpwick Entomology Research Institute, Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario Schinia walsinghami (Hy. Edwards, 1881) feeds in the tarval stage on rabbit brush, Chrysothamnus nauseosus Nutt. (Fig. 3). The moth is dis- tributed in the Intermountain Basin area of western North America from the Okanagan Valley of British Columbia southward to southern Cali- fornia. Records available in the Canadian National Collection (Helena, Montana; Arvada and Alcova, Wyoming) suggest that the species occurs only marginally on the Great Plains, although the food plant itself is much more widely distributed. The flight period of walsinghami is closely co-ordinated with the late- summer blossoming period of Chrysothamnus, the majority of specimens examined having been taken in the latter half of August and during the month ot September. The species is single-brooded throughout its range. Behaviour The adult of Schinia walsinghami is nocturnal and the eggs are de- posited only during the hours of darkness. The oviposition pattern is similar to that of Schinia separata (Grt.) and the female works vigorously to deposit its eggs among the developing florets in the small hard buds of the rabbit brush. The ovipositor may be inserted through the top of a partially opened bud or between the stiff sepals forming the lateral walls of the bud. As with separata, the eggs are often badly distorted as a result of being wedged among the florets. Of two individually confined wild- caught females, one deposited a total of 69 eggs and the other 65. The majority of eggs hatched on the sixth day after deposition. The newly hatched larva commonly bores into a floret and tunnels downward through it until it reaches the seed, then crosses over into an adjacent floret and tunnels upward through this. Usually early in the third stadium the larva leaves the first bud and attacks a second which it enters through the tip. By the time that it is in the late third stadium, the larva is becoming rather large to accommodate itself readily in the Chryso- thamnus bud and often the caudal end may be found protruding from the apex of the bud. Fourth and fifth instars do not conceal themselves within individual buds but feed on them from a position on the stem, the larva reaching the florets by boring a hole through the sepals at the side of the bud. All the individually reared larvae matured in five stadia. At the ces- 182 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Figs. 1-5. Schinia walsinghami Hy. Edw. and its food plant. 1, Adult, Biggs, Oreg.; 2, 5, dorsal aspect of ultimate-stadium larvae; 3, food plant, Chrysothamnus nauseosus Nutt.; 4, lateral aspect of ultimate-stadium larvae. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 183 sation of feeding the larva tunnels into the ground to form its pupal cell and it is in the pupal stage that the species overwinters. Descriptions of Stages The following descriptions of immature stages are based on the progeny of two females taken near Oliver in the Okanagan Valley of British Co- lumbia. The larvae were reared individually at room temperature using methods outlined by Hardwick (1958). The estimate of variability fol- lowing the mean for various values is the standard deviation. Adult (Fig. 1). Head and thorax pale fawn-grey. Abdomen silvery-grey. Under- side of body pale silvery-grey. Forewing light reddish-brown to golden fawn variably marked with white. Transverse posterior line white, strongly and usually smoothly excurved, sometimes weakly denticulate. Basal space reddish-brown to fawn, darker outwardly than at base, often with longitudinal pale streaking. Transverse posterior line white, bisinuate, excurved around cell, then incurved to trailing margin, usually strongly denticulate. Median space paler brown than basal space, rather diffusely marked and sometimes with some pale longitudinal streaking; median space often paler on either side so that white of t.a. and t.p. lines obscured; orbicular spot not defined and reniform spot usually indicated only as a dark shade. Subterminal line irregular, usually indented opposite cell and toward trailing margin. Subterminal space con- colorous with basal space. Terminal space cream, variably suffused with light fawn; often a series of intervenal brown points at margin of wing. Fringe cream or pale fawn, often checkered with brown. Hind wing white or cream, variably suffused with brown; with a broad, light-brown outer-marginal band and a light-brown discal lunule. Outer-marginal band usually with a pale median streak. Fringe white, often with a brown median line. Underside of both wings shining greyish-cream, each with an. indistinct, light-brown, discal spot and post-median band. Fringe of forewing cream, often checkered with brown; fringe of hind wing white. Expanse: 24.2 + 1.6 mm (100 specimens ). Egg. Pale greenish-yellow when deposited. Losing greenish colouring on day after deposition, then gradually becoming a somewhat darker yellow during the next few days. Mandibles, then ocelli, and then the whole head capsule becoming visible through chorion on the day of hatching. Dimensions of egg: length, 0.791 + 0.043 mm; diameter, 0.413 + 0.023 mm (20 eggs). Incubation period: 6.00+0.2 days (63 eggs). First-Stadium Larva. Head medium to dark brown. Prothoracic and suranal shields somewhat lighter brown. Trunk creamy-white on hatching but becoming stained with yellow after feeding. Head width: 0.285 + 0.008 mm (25 larvae). Duration of stadium: 4.6 + 0.5 days (20 larvae). Second-Stadium Larva. Head medium brown. Prothoracic and suranal shields lighter brown. Trunk greyish-white on entering stadium, becoming light yellow after feeding. Head width: 0.440 +0.019 mm (25 larvae). Duration of stadium: 3.6 + 0.5 days (20 larvae). Third-Stadium Larva. Head orange-brown. Prothoracic shield orange-yellow with some light-brown mottling. Suranal shield essentially undistinguished from trunk. Mid-dorsal band orange-brown, narrow. Subdorsal area greyish-yellow margined laterally by a brown line. Supraspiracular area usually darker than, occasionally con- colorous with, subdorsal area. Spiracular band dull white. Suprapodal area usually paler than supraspiracular area. Mid-ventral area pale greyish-yellow. 184 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Figs. 6, 7. Schinia walsinghami Hy. Edw., apical abdominal segments of pupa. 6, Ventral; 7, right lateral. Head width: 0.694 + 0.019 mm (25 larvae). Duration of stadium: 6.1 + 0.7 days (20 larvae). Fourth-Stadium Larva. Head orange-brown. Prothoracic shield paler orange- brown; variably marked with medium brown, most strongly so near margins. Suranal shield poorly distinguished from trunk, usually with some brown stippling. Mid-dorsal band orange-brown, the darkest area of trunk. Subdorsal area fawn, margined laterally by a pale-grey and a dark-brown lines. Supraspiracular area concolorous with sub- dorsal area. Spiracular band narrow, dull grey, poorly defined. Ventral region yellowish-grey. Head width: 1.13 + 0.04 mm (25 larvae). Duration of stadium: 7.5 + 0.5 days (20 larvae). Fifth-Stadium Larva (Figs. 2, 4, 5). Head medium to dark orange-brown. Prothoracic shield paler, variably mottled with brown, most strongly so along lateral and posterior margins; a paler mid-dorsal line usually evident on shield. Suranal shield pale orange, variably stippled with brown. Trunk varying from translucent pale orange to translucent yellowish-grey; maculation of trunk usually indistinct. Mid- dorsal band orange-brown, narrow. Subdorsal area greyish-yellow. Supraspiracular area somewhat darker yellow than subdorsal area. Spiracular band reduced to a poorly defined, narrow pale shade. Ventral region pale greyish-yellow. Head width: 1.73 + 0.04 mm (9 larvae). Duration of feeding phase of fifth stadium: 10.3 + 2.0 days (20 larvae). Duration of prepupal phase of fifth stadium: 5.6 + 1.4 days (20 larvae). Pupa (Figs. 6, 7). Pale yellowish-brown. Spiracles on abdominal segments 4 to 7 sunk into deep pits. Anterior margins of segments 5, 6 and 7 each with a broad band of prominent pitting. Proboscis terminating between apex of wings. Cremaster consisting of two slender setae borne on a short rounded prolongation of the tenth abdominal segment; a pair of vestigial lateral setae also usually evident. Length from anterior end to posterior margin of fourth abdominal segment: 6.8 + 0.2 mm (3 pupae). Acknowledgments I am grateful to Mr. John E. H. Martin of the Entomology Research In- stitute for the photographs accompanying this paper, and to my associate VoLUME 25, NUMBER 3 185 Mr. E. W. Rockburne for measuring the immature stages and for drawing pupal structures. Literature Cited Epwarps, H. 1881. New genera and species of North American Noctuidae. Papilio 1: 19-28. Harpwick, D. F. 1958. ‘Taxonomy, life history, and habits of the elliptoid-eyed species of Schinia (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae), with notes on the Heliothidinae. Can. Ent. Suppl. 6. DISTRIBUTION AND GEOGRAPHICAL DIFFERENTIATION OF MARPESIA ELEUCHEA HUBNER (NYMPHALIDAE), WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SUBSPECIES EUGENE MUNROE Entomology Research Institute Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario The tailed butterfly Marpesia eleuchea Hiibner appears, despite some doubtful continental records, to be an Antillean endemic. Records from the United States are based either on misidentified specimens of M. petreus (Cramer) (e.g., Slosson records from Miami) or on specimens of very doubtful provenance (e.g. the Doll specimen from “Central Florida” mentioned by Kimball (1965) and the “Southern States” specimen men- tioned in the present paper). A record from Colombia discussed below is also highly suspect. The two species M. eleuchea and M. petreus are recognized by almost all authorities (e.g., dos Passos, 1964) as being dis- tinct. Hemming’s statement (1967, p. 277) that the two are currently treated subjectively as subspecies appears to be based on outdated in- formation. Allowing for the wrong or questionable records noted above, the two are almost completely allopatric. M. eleuchea inhabits Cuba, Hispaniola, Jamaica and the Bahamas, whereas M. petreus has a main- land range extending from the southern United States far into South America, and also from Trinidad up the Lesser Antillean chain into the Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico, where M. eleuchea might have been expected but appears not to occur. There is a possible minor area of overlap in the Bahamas, where M. eleuchea occurs on New Providence and possibly other islands, while M. petreus is represented by a specimen in the British Museum (Natural History) labelled, “Bahamas, July 1921, J. M. St. J. Yates”. However, it is not certain that the two species occur together on the same islands in the Bahama group. 186 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY This pattern of geographical replacement is of some evolutionary in- terest. The endemic West Indian M. eleuchea is the most closely similar species to M. petreus, but is manifestly more primitive; for example the shape of the wings and the configuration of the forewing bands are less divergent from those of more normal nymphalids, and the ocellate spots are less degenerate. It is reasonable to suppose that it is a West Indian stage of evolution of the stock which on the mainland has developed into the more strongly apomorphic M. petreus. The latter, however, has been successful in invading the West Indies via the Lesser Antilles. These small islands do not have a significant endemic butterfly fauna, but are populated by species of three geographical categories. First there are widespread species, some of which, like Battus polydamas (Linnaeus), have developed endemic subspecies and some of which, like Ascia monuste (Linnaeus), have not. Second, there are Greater Antillean species which have spread southward down part of the Lesser Antillean chain. An example is Heliconius charitonius (Linnaeus ), whose subspecies reach St. Kitts. Third, there are South American species which have moved northward into the lesser Antilles, usually without differentiation, like Biblis hyperia (Cramer), but occasionally with minor subspeciation, as in Mestra cana (Erichson). M. petreus is an extreme example of the latter type. Not only has it occupied the whole of the Lesser Antilles but it has spread through the Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico as well. When Antillean endemics that occur in Hispaniola are represented in Puerto Rico as well, the two populations are usually identical or at least very similar. It is most ususual for an unmodified continental vicariant to occur in Puerto Rico instead, as in the present case. It seems very likely that Marpesia eleuchea originally inhabited Puerto Rico (and perhaps the Virgin Islands) as well as the other Greater Antilles, and that it has been displaced by competitive exclusion following the arrival of M. petreus from the south. An alternative hypothesis is that M. eleuchea never occurred in Puerto Rico or died out there before the arrival of M. petreus, which penetrated this “empty” habitat but has so far failed to establish itself sympatrically with M. eleuchea in Hispaniola. It has been known for a long time that M. eleuchea has significant geographical variation in the Antilles. Bates (1935, p. 172), for example, said of M. eleuchea, “This choromorph is limited to Cuba and the Ba- hamas; specimens from Hispaniola and Jamaica (pellenis Godt) are less heavily marked.” Some years ago when I was studying the biogeography of West Indian butterflies, the late Mr. William P. Comstock called my attention to the geographical variation of this species and indicated that Mr. C. F. dos Passos intended to work it out. At Mr. Comstock’s sugges- VoLUME 25, NUMBER 3 187 Figs. 1-4. Marpesia eleuchéa eleuchea Hiibner. 1, 2, 6, Upper and under sides, Santiago de Cuba, F. E. Church, AMNH;; 3, 4, 2, upper and under sides, Santiago de Cuba, F. E. Church, AMNH. tion, Mr. dos Passos kindly relinquished study of the problem to me and I set aside a type series of a manuscript subspecies from Hispaniola. The present paper describes that subspecies and another from the Bahamas, and compares these with the two named subspecies. Marpesia eleuchea eleuchea Hibner Figs. 1-4. Marpesia eleuchea Hiibner, 1818, p. 32, pl. [35], figs. 197, 198. Marpesia eleuchea: Hibner, 1819, p. 47. Marpesia eleuchea: Hiibner [1823], pl. [50]. Nymphalis eleuchea: Poey, 1847, p. 47. Marpesia eleucha: Doubleday, 1844, p. 86. In part. Timetes (Marpesia) eleucha: Doubleday, Westwood and Hewitson, 1850, p. 263. In part. Timetes eleuchea: Herrich-Schaffer, 1864, p. 161. Megalura eleucha: Gundlach, 1881, p. 112. 188 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Athena eleucha: Dyar, 1902, p. 25. In part. Megalura eleuchea: Seitz, 1914, p. 470. Athena eleuchea eleuchea: Bates, 1935, p. 172. In part. Marpesia eleuchea: Comstock, 1944, p. 462. In part. Marpesia eleucha: dos Passos, 1964, p. 74. In part. Marpesia eleuchea: Hemming, 1967, p. 277. In syn. M. petreus (Cramer). Male. Forewing short, termen erect and with moderately produced subapical angle. Upperside fulvous, with three oblique black bars in cell, the second broken, the third produced to anal vein. A black bar on discocellular. Three black lines between cell and termen: the first oblique to Ms, there angled and erect to posterior margin; the second narrow, anteriorly faint and weakly curved; the third thick, a little diffuse, parallel to termen. Apical area infuscated. Hind wing above similar in colour. A black line from costa to Cu, traversing cell. A bent, broken, black bar at end of cell. A narrow black postmedial line, erect from costa to Cu», there curving basad and fading out. Three subterminal bands. The first fuscous, diffuse, preceded on costa by a white shade and followed by a greyish apical shade, weakly converging with postmedial to M:, there bent basad and scal- loped to form basal edges of three large, grey, suffused, ocellate spots. The second subterminal band diffuse, fuscous, converging with the first from near apex to M:, thence scalloped to form distal borders of ocellate spots. The third subterminal band narrower, better defined, close to and parallel to termen, forming a deep dentation into the tail. Anal area suffused with greyish fuscous, the suffusion not taking in all of the first ocellate spot. Tail white-tipped. Anal lobe blue-suffused. Underside brown with violet tints, paler beyond middle, leaf-like. Forewing with first cell-band reduced, curved, brown. Second cell-band broken in middle. Third cell-band narrow, irregular, black, distally pale-edged. Discocellular bar grey, edged with fuscous powdering. Postmedial line light grey, followed by dark brown, form- ing the midrib of the leaf-like pattern. A complete series of poorly defined ocellate spots, bordered by weak, scalloped, brown, first and second subterminal lines. Third subterminal line following same course as on upperside, but very weak. Hind wing beneath coloured like forewing. Pattern elements occupying same posi- tions as above, but with a complete series of ocellate spots. Female. Upperside like that of male, but much duller fulvous, lines thicker. Fore- wing and hind wing with suggestions of complete series of ocellate spots, defined outwardly by greyish-fuscous suffusion. Whole terminal area suffused with greyish or brownish fuscous. Apical suffusion of forewing brownish fuscous, not black. Underside like that of male, but grey rather than brown. ee The type is, so far as I know, lost, but Hiibner gives the locality Havana, Cuba. Material examined. Eighty-three specimens, from Cuba: Rangel, P. del R:; Havana, June; Nueva Gerona, I. of Pines, Aug.; Santiago de las Vegas, July; Cama- guey, April; Soledad, Sta. Clara, July; Matanzas, July; Santiago de Cuba, 200 ft., June; Torquino R., 100 ft. July; Sierra Maestra, 1000 ft., March, June; Loma del Gato, Sierra Maestra, 850 m., July; Guantanamo, June; Baracoa; Holguin; Rio Cano, March; Tanamo, March; San Christobal. Two specimens labelled Guacomo, Colombia, F. EK. Church, appear to belong to this subspecies. Marpesia eleuchea bahamensis Munroe, new subspecies Figs. 5-8 Athena eleuchea eleuchea: Bates, 1935, p. 172. In part. Male. As in the nominate subspecies, with the following differences. Size a little smaller on average. Markings of forewing slightly heavier. Hind wing above with apex grey-suffused from first subterminal band to termen. Second subterminal band VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 189 Figs. 5-8. Marpesia eleuchea bahamensis n. subsp. 5, 6, Holotype, ¢, upper and under sides, Nassau, Bahamas, F. E. Taylor, BM (NH). 7, 8, allotype, 2, upper and under sides, Nassau, Bahamas F. E. Taylor BM(NH). diffuse, with fuscous suffusion extending weakly distad to termen. Third subterminal line heavier. Anal area with greyish-fuscous suffusion more extensive, completely encompassing first ocellate spot as well as second and third. Basal margins of ocellate spots each with a strong white lunular marking. Some light-grey suffusion in outer parts of ocellate spots and in some specimen also along third subterminal band posteriad of tail. Underside purplish grey, with weak markings. Female. Larger and duller than male. Like female of the nominate subspecies, but with bands of forewing above heavier. Hind wing with more fuscous and grey sutfusion and stronger white anal markings, as in male. Underside light grey, with weak markings. Types. Holotype, male, and allotype, female, Nassau, Bahamas, F. E. Taylor, In British Museum (Natural History). Three male and 3 female paratypes in the British Museum (Natural History) from the Bahamas: [Andros?], N. Chamberlain; Nassau, J. L. Bonhote, F. E. Taylor; “Bahamas, 10.6.1900”, Sir G. Carter. Four additional paratypes in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., from the Bahamas: Nassau, June; Andros, July; Arthur's Town, Cat. I., July. In the Carnegie Museum one paratype Blue Hills, Nassau, Jan. 190 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Figs. 9-12. Marpesia eleuchea dospassosi n. subsp. 9, 10, Holotype, ¢, upper and under sides, Punta Arena, San Lorenzo, Rep. Dominicana, 24 June 1915, F3177. AMNH; 11, 12, allotype, 2, upper and under sides, Pétionville, Haiti, 12 June 1930, F,. E. Church, AMNH. Marpesia eleuchea dospassosi Munroe, new subspecies Figs. 9-12 Marpesia eleuchea pellenis: Bates, 1935, p. 172. In part. Male. Coloured like the nominate subspecies. Forewing above with subapical angle on the average more rounded and termen more shallowly curved and oblique. Postcellular continuation of the third cell-stripe tending to be displaced basad. An- terior part of postmedial band strongly thickened towards costa. First subterminal line faint posteriorly, nearly obsolete anteriorly. Apical black suffusion wide, con- tinued around apex to join expanded outer subterminal band. The latter wide, black and reaching nearly to termen. Hind wing above with discocellular bar tending to be weak. First postmedial line usually narrow and broken. Second postmedial line nearly obsolete anterior to Mb. Ocellate spot in cell Mz largely fulvous. Wings below as in nominate subspecies but variable in colour, from grey through tan to dark brown. Female. Upperside closely similar to that of the nominate subspecies, but with VoLUME 25, NUMBER 3 191 terminal area more broadly and heavily suffused with brownish fuscous on forewing and hind wing. Underside as in nominate subspecies, but with ocellate spots more distinct. Types. Holotype, male, Punta Arena, San Lorenzo, Dominican Republic, 24 June 1915, F3177, in the American Museum of Natural History. Allotype, female, Pétion- ville, Haiti, 12 June 1930, F. E. Church, in the American Museum of Natural History. Five male, 3 female paratypes in the American Museum of Natural History, same data as holotype, and: La Romana, Dominican Republic, 14 Dec., G. N. Wolcott; Rio Macosia, 8 km. south of Las Matas, Dominican Republic, 5 July 1957, O. Cucurullo Jr.; Pétionville, Haiti, 3 June 1930, F. E. Church; Cit. La Ferriére, Haiti, 2,500 ft., 6 June 1935. Five male, 4 female paratypes in the British Museum (Natural His- tory): “Haiti”, Tweedie; Port-au-Prince, Haiti, F. Odile Joseph; “Gulf of Mexico, P. E. Cheesman”; [Haiti], ex coll. Chris. Ward. Five paratypes in the Cornell Uni- versity Collection: Pétionville, Haiti, May, June; Monte Christi, Dominican Republic, June. Three paratypes in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.: “San Domingo”. Marpesia eleuchea pellenis (Godart) Figs. 13-16 Nymphalis pellenis Godart, 1819, p. 359. Marpesia pellenis: Doubleday, 1844, p. 86. In syn. of M. eleucha. Timetes (Marpesia) pellenis: Doubleday, Westwood and Hewitson, 1850, p. 263. In syn. of T. eleucha. Megalura eleucha: Kaye, 1931, p. 533. In part. Athena eleuchea pellenis: Bates, 1935, p. 172. In part. Marpesia eleuchea: Comstock, 1944, p. 462. In part. Marpesia eleuchea pellenis: Avinoff and Shoumatoff, 1946, p. 280. Male. Like M. e. dospassosi in colour. Forewing with subapical angle more acute and termen more strongly excavated than in other subspecies. Transverse lines finer. Postcellular continuation of third cell line displaced basad, very fine. Postmedial line moderately expanded towards costa. First subterminal line very weak, especially anteriorly. Third subterminal narrow, removed from termen, interrupted or nearly so between M; and M>. Apical patch extending to subapical angle, its posterior mar- gin nearly straight, oblique. Hing wing above with discocellular line weak or absent. Postmedial and first sub- terminal lines narrower than in M. e. dospassosi. First ocellate spot almost wholly fulvous. Third subterminal line narrow. Underside as in M. e. dospassosi. Female. Smaller and paler than the female of M. e. dospassosi. Transverse lines narrower than in other subspecies. Costal, apical and terminal suffusion of forewing and hind wing greatly reduced. Underside as in M. e. dospassosi. Type. Godart described pellenis from a specimen without exact locality, of which he said, “Nous la soupconnons des Antilles.” The material studied by Godart came from several collections, and though I think it doubtful that his type still exists it is possible it may yet be discovered. I therefore refrain from designating a neotype. His description refers to the absence of the third black line, i.e., the first subterminal, which would point to either this subspecies or the preceding one, but does not give any hint as to which of the two Godart had. I consider that he is as likely to have received a Jamaican specimen as one from Haiti, and I therefore arbitrarily restrict the type locality to Jamaica, making the name applicable to the present subspecies. Material Examined. Thirty specimens from Jamaica: Montego Bay, May; Baron Hill, Trelawny, 1,150 ft., Aug., Sept., Oct., Nov.; Reading, St. James; Hope Botanic 192 JoURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Figs. 13-16. Marpesia eleuchea pellenis (Godart). 13, 14, Male, upper and under sides, Hope Botanic Gardens, St. Andrew, Jamaica, 5 Dec. 1919, F4455, AMNH; 15, 16, 2, upper and under sides, Baron Hill, Trelawny, Jamaica, Noy. 1935, AMNH. Gardens, St. Andrews; Fish River, Portland; Constant Spring, 650 ft.; Rae Town, Aug.; Albion, July; Milk River, June. Also one specimen without locality, and one labelled “Southern States, No. 1442, Coll. J. Angus, West Farms, New York.” Acknowledgments I wish to express appreciation to Mr. C. F. dos Passos and the late Mr. William P. Comstock for encouraging me to undertake this study. The late Mr. F. E. Watson, the late Dr. A. Avinoff, the late Dr. Wm. T. M. Forbes, Professor V. Nabokov, Dr. P. J. Darlington Jr. and Dr. F. H. tindge lent material or helped in other ways. Mr. T. G. Howarth helped me to examine material at the British Museum and kindly provided photographs of the types of Marpesia eleuchea bahamensis. Messrs. Orrin Manright and D. Kritsch made the remaining photographs and Mr. Kritsch VoLUME 25, NUMBER 3 193 mounted the plates. Mr. E. C. Pelham-Clinton gave prompt and helpful information on specimens in the Dufresne Collection in the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh, and Dr. Pierre Viette verified the absence of type material in the Muséum d Histoire Naturelle, Paris. Literature Cited AvINoFFr, A., AND N. SHOUMATOFF. 1946. An annotated list of the butterflies of Jamaica. Ann. Carnegie Mus. 30: 262-295. Bates, M. 1935. The butterflies of Cuba. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 78: 63-258. Comstock, W. P. 1944. Insects of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. New York Acad. Sci., Sci. Surv. Porto Rico and the Virgin Is. 12: 419-622. pos Passos, C. F. 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Lep. Soc. Mem. l. DovusLepay E. 1844. List of the specimens of lepidopterous insects in the collec- tion of the British Museum. Part 1. London. Dousiepay, E., J. O. WEstwoop and W. C. Hewirson. 1850. The genera of diurnal Lepidoptera. Signature 4A. London. Dyar, H. G. 1902. A list of North American Lepidoptera. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 52-8 Gopart, J. B. 1819. In Latreille and Godart, Papillon, Encyc. Méth., Hist. Nat. 9. Paris. GunpiAcH, J. 1881. Contribucién 4 la entomologia cubana. I. Lepidoptera. Havana. Hemminc, F. 1967. The generic names of the butterflies and their type-species (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera). Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Ent. Suppl. 9. HeErRRICH-SCHAFFER, G. A. W. 1864. Die Schmetterlingsfauna der Insel Cuba. Correspbl. Zool.-Min. Ver. Regensburg 18: 159-172. HoLianp, W. J. 1916. The Lepidoptera of the Isle of Pines [etc.] Ann. Carnegie Mus., 10: 487-518, pl. 31. Hupsner, J. [1818] Zutrage zur Sammlung exotscher Schmettlinge. Vol. 1, text, validating Vol. 1, pl. [35], [1814-18]. Husner, J. [1819]. Verzeichniss bekannter Schmettlinge. Signature 3, Augsburg. Hutsner, J. [1823]. Sammlung exotischer Schmetterlinge. 2, pl. [50]. Augsburg. Kaye, W. J. 1931. Additions and corrections to the author’s “Butterflies of Jamaica (1926).” Trans. Ent. Soc. London 79: 531-537, pl. 39. Kimpa.1, C. P. 1965. The Lepidoptera of Florida, an annotated checklist. Gaines- ville. Pory, Pu. 1947. Catalogo metédico y descriptivo de las mariposas de la isla de Cuba. Mem. Real Soc. Economica, Habana 3: 44-50. Serrz, A. 1907-1924. The Macrolepidoptera of the World. V. The American Rhopalocera. Stuttgart. 194 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY SEVEN NEW LEPIDOPTEROUS LEAF-MINERS ASSOCIATED WITH QUERCUS AGRIFOLIA (HELIOZELIDAE, GRACILARIIDAE ) PauL A. OPLER Division of Entomology University of California, Berkeley During the course of a study of the bionomics of Microlepidoptera asso- ciated with Quercus agrifolia Neé (Fagaceae) in California, it was found that a number of the species are undescribed. In order to provide names for use elsewhere, one new heliozelid and six new gracilariids are herein described. Because the genitalia of the Nearctic members of these fam- ilies have not been previously studied, the works of Kumata (1963), Kuroko (1961), and Vari (1961) provided bases of homologies and diag- nostic features in the genitalia of these moths. Descriptions in this paper use the holotype and allotype as exemplars. The holotype and allotype of each species are deposited in the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, on indefinite loan from the Califor- nia Insect Survey, University of California, Berkeley. Paratypes are de- posited in the American Museum of Natural History, New York; Califor- nia Academy of Sciences; California Insect Survey; Canadian National Collection, Ottawa; Los Angeles County Museum; and U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. Coptodisea powellella Opler, new species Male. Length of forewing 1.5 to 1.7 mm (reared). HoLotyPE MALE. Length of forewing 1.6 mm. Forewing: Basal half metallic silver; distal half with pattern as follows: a basal orange patch extending from costa almost to inner margin; followed distally by two opposing triangular patches of silver, one on costal margin, one on inner margin, apices not quite joining; these patches narrowly margined with black basally and distally; costal area orange distal to tri- angular patches except for subapical black margined silver patch and black apex. Dorsal area black distal to silver patch on inner margin. Abdomen: Blackish dor- sally, silver ventrally. Genitalia: As in Figs. 9, 10, 12, 14, 15 (drawings from para- type, PAO prep. 323); uncus shallowly bilobed at tip. Female. Length of forewing 1.6 to 1.9 mm (reared). ALLOTYPE FEMALE. Length of forewing 1.7 mm. External features as described for male. Genitalia: As in Figs. 28, 29, 30. Comparison with genitalia of other oak- feeding Coptodisca was not made. Thus, the included drawings serve only to portray the structures which may later prove to be of diagnostic value. Type Material. Holotype male: California, Descanso Ranger Station, San Diego County, 31 March 1961, reared from Quercus agrifolia Neé, J. Powell lot 61C22, emerged 21 April 1961, collected by J. Powell. Allotype female: same data except emerged 12 April 1961. Paratypes: 662 4, 839 2 as follows: California.—Contra Costa Co.: Clayton, 6 mi. SE, 19, II-2-68, r.f. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 68B18, VoLUME 25, NUMBER 3 195 Figs. 1-4. 1, Lithocolletis antiochella Opler, ¢, right forewing, holotype; 2, Coptodisca powellella Opler, ¢, right forewing, Descanso Ranger Station, San Diego Co., Calif. 31 March 1961 r.f. Quercus agrifolia JAP 61C22 emgd. 18 April 1961, J. Powell collector; 3, Cameraria wislizeniella Opler, ¢, right forewing, holotype; 4, Coptodisca querciella Braun, ¢, right forewing, paratype, Cornville, Yavapai Co., Ariz. rf. Quercus emoryi B1241 emgd. 1 May 1925, H. Brisley collector. emgd. III-20-68 (P. Opler); Cowell, 19, II-28-68, rf. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 68B193, emgd. IV-10-68 (P. Opler). Los Angeles Co.: Santa Monica Mts., 3é 6, 3Q 9, III-17-69, rf. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 69C68, emgd. IV-3/10-69 (P. Opler). Monterey Co.: Arroyo Seco Camp, 4¢ 6, II-12-68, rf. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 68B53, emed. III-27/1V-5-68 (P. Opler). Placer Co.: Penryn, 14, II-13-68, rf. OQ. wislizenii, J. Powell lot 68C14, emgd. IV-8-68 (P. Opler). Riverside Co.: Mountain Center, 1¢, III-16-68, r.£. Q. wislizenii var. frutescens, J. Powell lot 68B127, emegd. III-17-68 (P. Opler). San Bernardino Co.: Forest Home, 1 mi. W, 3¢ ¢, 52 Q, III- 29-68, rf. O. wislizenii var. frutescens, J. Powell lot 68C77, emgd. IV-27/V-7-68 (P. Opler). San Diego Co.: Descanso Regr. Sta., 56 6, 69 9, III-31-61, II-15-68, r.f. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lots 61C22, 68B110, emgd. IV-10/21-61, II-14/23-68 (P. Opler, J. Powell). Warner Springs, 1 mi. NW, 32¢ 6, 42929, II-15-68, rf. Q. agrifolia var. oxyadenia, J. Powell lot 68B118, emgd. III-12/IV-5-68 (P. Opler). Santa Barbara Co.: Los Prietos, 1 mi. E, 106 ¢, 129 9, II-13-68, r.f. Q. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 68B76, emgd. III-14/IV-5-68 (P. Opler); Santa Cruz Island, Prisoner’s Harbor, 46 6, 59 9, III-14-69, rf. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 69C24, emgd. IV-8/ 14-69 (P. Opler, J. Powell); Santa Cruz Island, U. C. Field Sta., 1¢ 6, 792 9, III- 15-69, r.f. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 69C48, emgd. III-27/IV-6-69 (P. Opler). 196 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Figs. 5-8. 5, Acrocercops insulariella Opler, 9, Central Valley, Santa Cruz Is- land, Santa Barbara Co., Calif., 28 April 1966 r.f. Quercus agrifolia JAP 66D45, emgd. 31 May 1966, J. Powell and J. Wolf collectors; 6, Neurobathra bohartiella Opler, 6, Strawberry Canyon, Alameda Co., Calif. 30 July 1968, r.f. Quercus agrifolia JAP 68G73, emgd. 13 August 1968, P. Opler collector; 7, Caloptilia agrifoliella Opler, 2, two miles southest of Inverness, Marin Co., Calif., 13 April 1968, rf. Quercus agrifolia JAP 68D1333, emgd. 12 May 1968, P. Opler collector; 8, Lithocolletis sandraella Opler, 6, Descanso Ranger Station, San Diego Co., Calif., 31 March 1961, r.f£. Quercus agrifolia JAP 61C24, emgd. 9 April 1961, J. Powell collector. The only previously described western oak-feeding member of this genus is C. querciella Braun. In her description of C. querciella, Braun (1927) delineates only the maculation features of the adult and states that the host is an evergreen species of Quercus. Through Dr. Braun’s courtesy I was able to examine leaf mines as well as a male paratype from Cornville, Yavapai County, Arizona, the type locality. The leaf which harbored the mines of C. querciella proved to be Quercus emoryi, a species which is consubgeneric with the hosts of C. powellella. C. powellella differs from C. querciella in features of forewing macula- tion. The former has extensive orange markings and restricted black markings, while the latter has less extensive orange and more extensive black ( Figs. 2, 4). The most obvious differences in the male genitalia are in the aedeagi and apparent aedeagal sheaths of the two species. The “aedeagal sheath” of C. powellella is proportionately larger than that of C. querciella and VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 197 13 Figs. 9-13. Male genitalia of Coptodisca. 9, C. powellella Opler, dorsal aspect, aedeagus removed; 10, C. powellella, left valva, ventral aspect; 11, C. querciella Braun, left valva, ventral aspect; 12, C. powellella, aedeagus and “aedeagal sheath” lateral aspect; 13, C. querciella, aedeagus and “aedeagal sheath”, lateral aspect. 198 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY is of a somewhat different shape, while other apparent differences are shown by the tips of the aedeagi (Figs. 12, 13). Acrocercops insulariella Opler, new species Male. Length of forewing, 3.7 to 4.5 mm (reared). HouoryPE MALE. Length of forewing 4.2 mm. Head: Maxillary palpus with outer side black scaled, inner side white scaled. Labial palpus primarily white scaled basally, black scaled distally. Antenna longer than wing, uniformly blackish gray. Vestiture of front mixed brownish-gray and gray white. Vestiture of vertex brownish-gray. Thorax: Scaling of dorsum and tegulae brownish-gray; scaling of pleural and ventral areas predominantly white with some light gray scales inter- mixed. Prothoracic leg with femur dirty white, tibia gray, tarsomeres gray black ringed with white; mesothoracic leg with femur white ventrally, blackish-gray dor- sally, tibia black with white basoventrally and a white ring around middle, tarsomeres black, ringed with white; metathoracic leg with femur white, tibia white ventrally, black dorsally, tarsomeres black, variously marked with white. Forewing: Ground mixed brown and orangish brown; several small patches of five to ten white scales as follows: seven along costal margin, four along inner margin. Underside dark brown. Fringe brown with two patches of white scales at distal end of costa, a few black- tipped white scales at wing tip, and a few white scales in fringe at distal end of inner margin. Hind wing: Upperside, underside, and fringe gray brown. Abdomen: Gray black dorsally, white ventrally. Genitalia: As in Figs. 17, 18 (drawings from Paratype, PAO prep. no. 139); valvae with dorsal margin straight, margin of cucullus slightly convex distally to meet costal margin at bluntly subtriangulate tip, inner face densely covered with setae on distal .8; tegumen .75 length of valvae, distal margin quadrate in ventral view, weakly setate; saccus short; aedeagus with one pointed cornutus at tip. Female. Length of forewing 4.3 to 4.7 mm (field collected). ALLOTYPE FEMALE. Length of forewing 4.5 mm. External features as described for male. Genitalia: Aphophyses anteriores slightly recurved. Ductus bursae with rib-like sclerotizations at .66 from opening. Signum a caliper-shaped sclerotization. Type Material. Holotype male: California, Santa Cruz Island, Central Valley, Santa Barbara County, 28 April 1966, reared from Quercus agrifolia Neé, J. Powell lot 66D45, emerged 31 May 1966, collected by J. Powell, A. Slater, and J. Wolf. Allotype female, California, Santa Cruz Island, Eagle Canyon east of Prisoner’s Har- bor, 9 June 1966, collected by J. A. Powell. Paratypes: 66 6, 329 as follows: California.—Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Cruz Island, Prisoner's Harbor Creek, 4é ¢, 19, IV-28-66, rf. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell Lot 66D45, emgd. V-26/31-66 (J. Powell, A. Slater, J. Wolf); Santa Cruz Island, Eagle Cyn., E of Prisoner's Harbor, 2é 6, 12, VI-9-68 (J. Powell). Acrocercops insulariella differs from A. affinis Braun (1918), the only previously described oak-feeding species which occurs in the west, by features of forewing maculation and the male genitalia. Through the courtesy of Dr. Braun I was able to examine male and female paratypes from Camp Baldy, San Bernardino County, California, the type locality. Although the two species are closely related there are slight but con- stant differences. The forewing of A. affinis has a pale white patch on the inner margin two-fifths from the base which has quadrate darkened patches to either side. These features are not present in individuals of A. insulariella. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 199 { 1 1 1 ‘ii | ‘| ol 23 240 ee Figs. 14-24. Male genitalia. 14, Coptodisca powellella Opler, tip of uncus, dor- sal aspect; 15, C. powellella, transtilla, dorsal aspect; 16, Coptodisca querciella Braun, transtilla, dorsal aspect; 17, Acrocercops insulariella Opler, ventral aspect, aedeagus removed; 18, A. insulariella, aedeagus, lateral aspect; 19, Acrocercops affinis Braun, ventral aspect, aedeagus removed; 20, A. affinis, aedeagus, lateral aspect; 21, Neurobathra bohartiella Opler, ventral aspect aedeagus removed; 22, N. bohartiella, aedeagus, lateral aspect; 23, Caloptilia agrifoliella Opler, ventral aspect, aedeagus re- moved; 24, C. agrifoliella, aedeagus, lateral aspect. 200 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY The male genitalia of the two species differ in that the uncus of A. insulariella is truncate with two prominent long setae distally, while the uncus of A. affinis is subacuminate distally and has several short setae. Neurobathra bohartiella Opler, new species Male. Length of forewing 4.5 to 4.9 mm (reared). Ho.LoryPE MALE. Length of forewing 4.7 mm. Thorax: Scaling of dorsum and tegulae tan; scaling of pleural and ventral areas silvery gray. Prothoracic leg with femur blackish, tibia silvery gray, tarsomeres white basally, black distally; meso- thoracic leg with femur white anteriorly, blackish posteriorly, tarsomeres white ventrally, black dorsally with black distally; metathoracic leg with basal .25 of femur blackish, distal .75 white, tibia white ventrally, gray dorsally, tarsomeres black basally, white distally. Forewing: Ground gray brown; ground scaling on distal third of wing tipped with tan; a black mark on costa .3 from base, three narrow, black, outwardly directed streaks on costa near .75 from base; three narrow, white, outwardly directed streaks on costa at from .5 to .8 from base; a white, subapical patch on costa; a large white streak curving outwardly from inner margin .75 from base. Underside brown. Inner fringe at wing tip black; outer fringe at wing of black- tipped white scales giving fringe a black-white-black pattern; remainder of fringe brown. Abdomen: Brownish-gray dorsally, white ventrally. Genitalia: As in Figs. 21, 22 (drawings from Holotype, PAO prep. no. 173); valvae almost half as broad as long, truncated distally; two short, stout, triangulate projections at distal end, the ventral largest; costal margin of valva straight. Female. Length of forewing 4.1 to 4.7 mm (reared). ALLOTYPE FEMALE. Length of forewing 4.3 mm. External features as described for male. Genitalia: Anterior margin of seventh segment a heavily sclerotized ring. Anterior portion of corpus bursae sclerotized with small finger-like projections in- teriorly. Type Material. Holotype male: California, Strawberry Canyon, Alameda County, 30 July 1968, reared from Quercus agrifolia Neé, J. Powell lot 68G73, emerged 13 August 1968, PAO prep. no. 173, collected by P. Opler. Allotype female: California, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco County, 26 February 1968, reared from OQ. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 68B181, emerged 6 March 1968, collected by P. Opler. Paratypes: 468, 499 as follows: California.—Alameda Co.: Berkeley, 16, III-1-59 (J. Powell); Strawberry Cyn., 1¢, VII-30-68, r.f. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 68G73, emgd. VIII-13-68 (P. Opler). Los Angeles Co.: Westwood Hills, 19, IV-41, Acc. 309 (R. M. Bohart). Mendocino Co.: Yorkville, 6 mi. SE, 19, V-18-66 (A. J. 10-69, r.f. Q. agrifolia, J. Powell lots 68B33, 68LB, 69B6, emed. II-19-68, XII-15- Slater). San Francisco Co.: Golden Gate Park, 2¢ 4, 19, II-6-68, XI-15-68, II-10- 69, rf. Q. agrifolia, J. Powell lots 68B33, 68L5, 69B6, emed. II-19-68, XII-15-68, II-7-69 (P. Opler). Santa Barbara Co.: Refugio Beach, 3 mi. N, 19, VII-4-65 (J. Powell). Neurobathra bohartiella is apparently the only representative of the genus in California. Neurobathra strigifinitella (Clemens), the only other described species in the genus, occurs in eastern North America. The genitalia of N. bohartiella differ from that of N. strigifinitella as figured by Vari (1961) as follows: the costal margin of the valva of N. bohartiella is straight while that on N. strigifinitella is slightly concave. Additionally the upper tooth on the distal margin of the valva is relatively smaller for N. bohartiella than for N. strigifinitella. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 201 The life cycles of the two species differ in that pupae of N. strigifinitella undergo an obligatory pupal diapause (fide T. N. Freeman), while the life cycle of N. bohartiella lacks any form of diapause. Caloptilia agrifoliella Opler, new species Male. Length of forewing 6.2 to 7.0 mm (reared ). HoLotyPe MALE. Length of forewing 6.8 mm. Head: Maxillary palpus yellow scaled inwardly, mixed yellow and russett outwardly. Labial palpus yellow scaled basally, mixed yellow and russet distally. Antenna slightly longer than forewing; scape orange scaled; flagellar segments yellowish basally, blackish distally. Vestiture of front and vertex brownish orange. Thorax: Scaling of dorsum and tegulae brown- ish orange with bluish iridescence in reflected light; scaling of pro- and meso- thoracic pleural areas orange; scaling of metathoracic pleural areas yellowish. Pro- thoracic leg with femur yellowish-orange; tibia and basal tarsomeres orangish-brown; remainder of tarsomeres silvery white, narrowly ringed with black distally. Meso- thoracic leg with femur and tibia dark orangish-brown; tarsomeres white, narrowly ringed with black distally. Metathoracic leg with femur white-scaled, tibia white ventrally, gray dorsally; tarsomeres white, ringed narrowly with dark gray distally. Forewing: Brownish-orange with ill-defined yellowish orange areas on costa; a bluish sheen in reflected light. Underside gray black narrowly edged with orange. Fringe gray black. Hind wing: Upperside, underside, and fringe gray black. Ab- domen: Scaled gray black dorsally, white ventrally. Genitalia: As in Figs. 23, 24 (drawings from Paratype, PAO prep. no. 148); valva becoming broader distally, slightly truncated at tip, twice as broad distally as at base; dorsal margin flaring; ventral margin with shallow convex lobe at .5 from base, inner face of lobes with about 15 peg-like setae arranged in three rows; anterior corner of valva with a patch of about 30 stout, pointed setae; distal half of valva covered with long hair-like setae on inner face. Tegumen sclerotized, broader and longer than vinculum, tri- angulate in distal half, basal half with ventrally directed flaps. Tuba analis mem- branous, projecting beyond vinculum, with weakly sclerotized median ridge. Saccus as long as length of valva, narrow, acuminate distally. Aedeagus tubular, pointed at tip, lacking cornuti. Coremata of two groups of hair-like scales, one group with scales more than 3 X length of the other. Female. Length of forewing 6.2 to 6.8 mm (reared). ALLOTYPE FEMALE. Length of forewing 6.6 mm. Externally as described for male. Genitalia: Ninth segment ventrally with posteriorally directed peg-like projec- tion. Eighth segment with a deep membranous invasion just posterior and ventral to apophyses anteriores. Signa two slightly curved, cone-like projections. Type Material. Holotype male: California, one mile southeast Inverness, Marin County, 2 May 1969, reared from Quercus agrifolia Neé, J. Powell lot 69E76, emerged 19 May 1969, collected by P. Opler. Allotype female: California, two miles south- east Inverness, Marin County, 13 April 1968, reared from Q. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 68D133, emerged 12 May 1968, collected by P. Opler. Paratypes: 54 ¢, 109 9 as follows: California.—Alameda Co.: Strawberry Cyn., 1¢, 22 9, IV-11-68, rf. Q. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 68D124, emgd. IV-7/V-25-68 (P. Opler). Marin Co.: In- verness, 1 mi. SE, 16, 59 9, V-10-68, V-2-69, r.f. Quercus agrifolia, J. Powell lots 68E19, 69E76, emgd. V-30-68, V-19/23/69 (P. Opler, J. Powell); Inverness, 2 mi. SE, 32 @, IV-13-68, r.f. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 68D133, emgd. V-12/14/68 (P. Opler). Monterey Co.: Bixby Cyn., 16, VII-27-48 (J. W. Tilden). San Francisco Co.: Golden Gate Park, 1¢, VII-30-67, r.f. Q. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 67G22, emgd. VIII-25-67 (P. Opler). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Cruz Island, Pri- soner’s Harbor, 1 6, VI-7-66 (R. L. Langston). 202 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Caloptilia agrifolia can be distinguished from Caloptilia reticulata (Braun), the only other described oak-feeding species of the genus oc- curring in California, on the basis of life cycle features, larval shelter, maculation, and genitalia. C. agrifoliella is normally single-brooded, but is facultatively double-brooded, feeds only on young foliage, and has a pupal diapause which usually lasts through the summer, fall and winter. The larval shelter is a rolled leaf. C. reticulata is homodynamically mul- tiple-brooded, feeds on older foliage, and lacks any type of diapause. The larval shelter consists of a singly folded leaf. The vestiture on the dorsum of the thorax and tegulae of C. agrifoliella is unicolorous; and the fore- wing is variously colored orangish, tan, or rust colored with faint light areas and black marks. The male genitalia is distinguished by the long acuminate saccus, rounded valvae, and triangulate tegumen. The vesti- ture on the dorsum of the thorax of C. reticulata is reddish-orange, while that of the tegulae is straw-colored, and the forewing is reddish-orange with numerous straw-colored splotches. The male genitalia are dis- tinguished by the short saccus, truncated valvae, and rounded tegumen. The names Gracilaria sanguinella Beutenmiller, Gracilaria nigristrigella Beutenmiiller, Gracilaria ruptistrigella Beutenmiller, Gracilaria shastella Beutenmiiller described in 1888, and Gracilaria fuscoochrella Beuten- miller described in 1889 were synonymized by Ely (1917) under Gra- cilaria alnivorella Chambers. McDunnough (1946) restricted the name alnivorella to an alder feeding species of eastern North America and did not include Beutenmiiller’s names in the synonymy of that species. Remnants of the Beutenmuller holotypes are located in the U.S. Na- tional Museum and were examined by J. A. Powell. The present state of these types is as follows: G. sanguinella—*1358 California.” No abdomen. No host given. G. nigristrigella—*1333 California.” All that remains of the type is one hind wing. Collected on oak tree. G. ruptistrigella—*‘1327 California.” The specimen is broken in half. No host given. G. shastella—No abdomen. No host given. G. fuscoochrella—No abdomen. No host given. These names could apply to any of a number of Californian Caloptilia species which feed on Acer, Alnus, Lithocarpus, or Quercus. Because features of the genitalia and host plant are the main criteria for assigning specific status to the moths of this genus and because the above listed Beutenmuller names cannot be evaluated on either basis, I treat them as nomena dubia. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 203 A = ‘ ae AONE he Ss ~ : ea Aor \ re Xe / = a —s Raa é ECR ff LaF } i b d F _ fo f 4 = E / *: ~ i i a * \ q mek, oh i \ : j rh . : Ni ~ : \ de ZG: Las a ; aS: os >» ys f y, Z 3 ae wr 4h 27 co & 7 Figs. 25-27. Male genitalia, ventral aspect. 25, Lithocolletis antiochella Opler; 26, Lithocolletis sandraella Opler; 27, Cameraria wislizeniella Opler. 204 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Lithocolletis antiochella Opler, new species Male. Length of forewing 2.7 to 3.9 mm (reared). HoLotTyPE MALE. Length of forewing 3.5 mm. Head: Maxillary palpus brownish- tan scaled, antenna tan, slightly shorter than length of forewing costa. Vestiture of front shining white; vestiture of vertex, brownish-tan. Thorax: Scaling of dorsal portion and anterior half of tegulae brown, whitish at anterior margin; posterior halves of tegulae white-scaled. Pleural and ventral areas with shining white scaling. Legs with shining white scaling except for black scaling on: dorsal halves of femora, tibia, and tarsi of pro- and meso-thoracic legs. A tuft of long white scales on ventral half of tibiae. Forewing: Brown, shining gold in reflected light; a white stripe from base through median portion of wing along basal .4 of length, a white dorsal streak at .2 distance from base, directed outwardly and joining basal median stripe; two pairs of opposite white streaks narrowly edged with black inwardly, the basal pair .33 from base directed sharply apically, not quite joining, the dorsal streak largest, distal pair small, triangulate, each extending .33 width of wing; a median streak of black scales on termen not quite reaching wing tip; wing tip edged narrowly with black. Underside brown. Fringe pale tan. Hind wing: Upperside pale tan. Underside brownish-tan. Fringe pale tan. Abdomen: Tan dorsally, whitish ventrally. Geni- talia: As in Fig. 25 (photograph from Paratype, PAO prep. no. 246); valvae asym- metrical, both valvae with width gradually increasing distally, dorsal margins strongly decurved; right valva ending with a short, stout spine directed posteroventrally, ventral margin straight; left valva with ventral margin with a concavity just basal to distal end; saccus short, triangular, well sclerotized; transtilla well sclerotized; aedeagus straight, narrow, and sclerotized basally, broadened and weakly sclerotized for distal .33; uncus acutely triangular; flap of ninth sternite long, subacute at tip. Female. Length of forewing 2.7 to 3.9 mm (reared). ALLOTYPE FEMALE. Length of forewing 3.2 mm. Externally as described for male. Genitalia: Eighth segment completely membranous. Posterior margin of seventh seg- ment concave ventrally at opening of ductus bursae. Signum bursae a small round sclerotization with stout seta-like projection. Type Material. Holotype male: California, 2 miles east of Antioch, Contra Costa County, 28 February 1968, reared from Quercus agrifolia Neé J. Powell lot 68B198, emerged 5 March 1968, collected by P. Opler. Allotype female: same data. Para- types: 358 6, 5122 as follows: California—Alameda Co.: Strawberry Cyn., 146, VII-30-68, r.f. Q. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 68G71, emgd. II-12-69 (P. Opler). Contra Costa Co.: Antioch, 2 mi. E, 246 6, 229 9, II-2-68, II-28-68, r.f. QO. agri- folia, J. Powell lots 68B2, 68B198, emgd. II-15/19-68, III-1/10-68 (P. Opler), 74 4, 27 ¢ 6, II-28-68, III-26-69, OQ. agrifolia assoc. (P. Opler, J. Powell, C. Slobodchikoff ); Cowell, 2¢ 6, 19, II-28-68, II-16-69, r.f. O. agrifolia, J. Powell lots 68B192, 69B16, emgd. III-7-68, II-21-69 (P. Opler); Russell Farm, 4 mi. NE Orinda, 19, III-6-70, Q. agrifolia assoc. (P. Opler). Los Angeles Co.: Westwood Hills, no abdomen, IV- 41, rf. Q. agrifolia (R. M. Bohart). Ventura Co.: Newbury Park, 14, IX-5-69, r.f. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 69J28, emgd. XII-15-69 (P. Opler). Its life history, maculation, and genitalic features set Lithocolletis antiochella apart from all other members of the genus. Among the species treated by Braun (1908) in her revision of the North American Litho- colletis, Lithocolletis diaphanella Frey and Boll appears to be most closely related in external appearance to L. antiochella. L. antiochella differs from L. diaphanella in that the vestiture of the palpi, antennae, and ver- tex are brown, not white; that there are three dorsal white streaks in- stead of two; and that the forewings are brown in color as opposed to VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 205 peas i 1 ' U ! [ ae 1 raw ! 1 ! } ' ; J ‘ ro ' ’ | sie ( a4 I / 6 1 On 1 16 \ i Wess \\f%o if 00 \ a foe \ =U \ df Figs. 28-30. Coptodisca powellella Opler, female genitalia. 28, Genital appara- tus, ventral aspect; 29, posterior portion of eighth segment, ventral aspect; 30, tip of abdomen showing distal portion of ovipository apparatus. golden brown. A comparison of the genitalia of these species was not carried out. The male genitalia of L. antiochella have a well sclerotized diaphragma, asymmetrical valvae which are broader distally than basally. The eighth abdominal segment of the female is completely membranous. The larvae feed on young foliage in the spring and then undergo a pupal diapause of about ten months. Lithocolletis sandraella Opler, new species Male. Length of forewing 2.9 to 4.7 mm (reared). HoLotyPE MALE. Length of forewing 3.8 mm. Head: Maxillary palpus white scaled. Antenna tan, slightly longer than .5 costal length. Vestiture of front shining white; vestiture of vertex light orange-tan with a few scattered white scales latero- dorsally. Thorax: Pronotal scaling and tegulae orange-tan with two narrow white 206 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Figs, 31-35, Female genitalia. 31, Acrocercops insulariella Opler, latero-ventral aspect; 32-33, Neurobathra bohartiella Opler, ventral aspect; 34, Caloptilia agri- foliella Opler, lateral aspect, corpus bursa removed; 35, C. agrifoliella corpus bursa. VoLUME 25, NUMBER 3 207 streaks along junction of inner margin of tegulae with dorsum of thorax. Pleural and ventral areas with white scaling. Legs white-scaled except dorsal halves of pro- femur and protibia fuscous scaled. Forewing: Ground orange-tan, a thin white stripe from base through median portion of wing for .35 length, a white mark at middle of costal margin directed postero-apically and terminating at point on median of width and .66 length from base, a patch of black-tipped scales running from inner termination of costal white mark to subapical area; at apex fringe with basal row of black-tipped scales. Underside dark tan. Fringe tan with long tufi of black scales at apex. Hind wing: Upperside white. Underside tan. Fringe white. Abdomen: Black dorsally, white ventrally. Genital segments with tan scaling externally. Geni- talia: As in Fig. 26 (photograph from Paratype, PAO prep. no. 250); valvae sym- metrical, broad at base (width about .33 length), narrowing distally with tip bluntly acuminate, a crescentic hollow area on ventral margin near apex containing patch of short, stout setae, a stout filament-like seta .25 length of valva at inner edge of hollow area directed ventrodistally; flap of ninth sternite long, parallel-sided, grad- ually rounded apically. Female. Length of forewing 3.5 to 5.5 mm (reared). ALLOTYPE FEMALE. Length of forewing 4.3 mm. External features as described for male except dorsum of abdomen pale tan-scaled. Genitalia: As in Fig. 37. Apophyses posteriores with small triangulate projections .33 from base; apophyses anteriores short. Genital plate enlarged, heavily sclerotized, inserted into seventh segment. Signum bursa an elongate lip-like sclerotization. Type Material. Holotype male: California, Descanso Ranger Station, San Diego County, 31 March 1961, reared from Quercus agrifolia Neé, J. Powell lot 61C24, emerged 5 April 1961, collected by J. Powell. Allotype female: same data. Para- types: 1366, 2022 as follows: Alameda Co.: Berkeley, 1¢, III-7-69, r.f. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 69C5, emgd. III-20-69 (P. Opler); Berkeley Hills, above Old Tunnel, 19, VIII-25-68, r.f. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 68H16, emgd. IX-3-68 (P. Opler). Contra Costa Co.: Cowell, 1¢, II-28-68, rf. Q. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 68B194, emgd. IV-5-68 (P. Opler); Tilden Park, 1¢, IV-16-69, rf. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 69D31, emgd. IV-27-69 (P. Opler). Kem Co.: Keene, 29 2, X-1-67, r.f. QO. wislinzenii, J. Powell lot 67K9, emgd. X-7/20-67 (P. Opler). Los Angeles Co.: Malibu Cyn., 5 mi. N. Malibu, 19, III-17-69, rf. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 69C59, emegd. III-2-69 (P. Opler); Topanga Cyn., 1¢, II-17-69 r.f. Q. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 69C58, emgd. III-31-69 (P. Opler). Monterey Co.: Carmel, 19, X-2-27 (L. S. Slevin); Jolon, 17.5 mi. W, 3é¢ 6, 19, III-19-69, r.f. QO. wislizenii, J. Powell lot 69C87, emgd. IV-6-69 (P. Opler). Orange Co.: Silverado, 1 ¢, IIJ-30-68 (P. Opler). San Benito Co.: Limekiln Cyn., SW Paicines, 19, IV-23-69, rf. Q. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 69D55, emgd. V-7-69 (P. Opler). San Diego Co.: Descanso Rgr. Sta., 266, 29 9, I-31-61, rf. O. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 61C24, IV-7/14-61 (J. Powell), 19, III-31-61 (R. L. Langston); Guatay, 1 mi. W, 29 2, IX-13-68, r.f. Q. agrifolia var. oxyadenia, J. Powell lot 68J73, emgd. IX-21/24-68 (P. Opler); Honey Spgs. Rd., 16, X-4-67, rf. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 67K51, emgd. X-31-67 (P. Opler). San Francisco Co.: Golden Gate Park, 19, IV-5-68, r.f. Q. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 68D49, emgd. IV-23-68 (P. Opler). San Luis Obispo Co.: La Panza Camp, 19, IV-25-68, r.f. QO. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 68D131, emgd. V-7-68 (P. Opler). Santa Barbara Co.: Santa Cruz Island, Prisoner’s Harbor, 2? 2, III-14-69, r.f. Q. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 69C23, emgd. III-31-69 (P. Opler). Santa Clara Co.: Herbert Crk., 3 mi. W New Almaden, 192, IV-25-69, rf. O. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 69D71.1, emgd. V-7-69 (P. Opler). Ventura Co.: Newbury Park, 26 6, 32 @, IX-5-69, rf. Q. agrifolia, J. Powell lot 69J27, emgd. IX-6/11-69 (P. Opler). Lithocolletis sandraella is quite unlike any other North American spe- cies of the genus. Perhaps Lithocolletis inusitatella Braun is the species 208 JouRNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY =< aot saat sea = 38 Figs. 36-38. Female genitalia, ventral aspect. 36, Lithocolletis antiochella Opler; 37, Lithocolletis sandraella Opler; 38, Cameraria wislizeniella Opler. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 209 with which L. sandraella should be compared. Both L. sandraella and L. inusitatella have Quercus agrifolia and Q. wislizenii as their only hosts. L. sandraella lacks the metallic bronze sheen and apical black spot dis- played by the forewings of L. inusitatella. L. sandraella differs strikingly from L. inusitatella in genitalic features as well. The valvae of L. sand- raella are symmetrical while those of L. inusitatella are asymmetrical. Additionally, L. sandraella is bivoltine, while L. inusitatella is univoltine. Cameraria wislizeniella Opler, new species Male. Length of forewing 3.1 to 4.7 mm (reared). HOLOTYPE MALE. Length of forewing 3.8 mm. Head: Maxillary palpus white scaled. Antenna as long as costal length; scape white ventraily, brownish orange dor- sally, flagellum fuscous scaled dorsally, tan ventrally. Vestiture of front shining white; vertex white mesally, narrowly margined with brownish orange laterally. Thorax: Scaling of dorsum broadly white mesally, brownish-orange laterally; tegulae brownish-orange; pleural and ventral areas with shining white scaling. Prothoracic leg black dorsally, white ventrally, tarsomeres ringed with white; mesothoracic leg white, tarsomeres black, ringed with white; metathoracic leg with femur white, tibia white ventrally, brownish-orange dorsally, tibia and tarsa predominantly white, with small black mark on dorsal surface at junction of tibia and tarsus and junction of first and second tarsomeres. Forewing: Ground bronzy brownish-orange; an outwardly directed narrow white streak on costa at .5 forewing length from base, narrowly edged at outer margin with black, a broken narrow white stripe extending from tornus to wing tip edged anteriorally with white. Underside blackish fuscous. Fringe brown- ish-orange apically, gray white posteriorally. Hind wing: Upperside shining gray white. Underside gray. Fringe gray white. Abdomen: Gray black dorsally and laterally, white ventrally. Genitalia: As in Fig. 27 (photograph from Paratype, PAO prep. no. 231); valvae symmetrical, narrow, broadest basally, sinuous, falcate apically; a single row of setae on inner face of valva extending from base to .5 length; a patch of longer setae on inner face of valva at ventral margin .66 from base, uncus long, acuminate, two slender setae at distal tip; flap of ninth sternite long, distal half triangulate, deeply cleft distally to separate two truncate lobations. Female. Length of forewing 2.4 to 4.3 mm (reared). ALLOTYPE FEMALE. Length of forewing 3.4 mm. As described for male except: inner margin of forewing narrowly edged with white on basal half (this character- istic present on many males). Dorsal scaling of abdomen pale tan. Genitalia: As in Fig. 38 (drawing from Paratype, PAO prep. no. 338); opening of ductus bursae sur- rounded by posterad bilobed projection. Signum bursae consisting of a small tri- angular sclerotization. Type Material. Holotype male: California, Knight's Ferry, Stanislaus County, 20 March 1968, reared from Quercus wislizenii A. D. C., J. Powell lot 68C46, emerged 24 March 1968, collected by J. T. Doyen. Allotype female: California, Woodacre, Marin County, 15 March 1968, reared from Quercus wislizenii var. frutescens En- gelm., J. Powell lot 68C23.1, emerged 8 April 1968, collected by P. Opler. Paratypes: 376 6, 2622 as follows: California.—Contra Costa Co.: Antioch, 2 mi. E, 306 6, 219 9, II-2-68, II-28-68, IV-7-68, V-26-68, r.f. Q. agrifolia, J. Powell lots 68B4, 68B199, 68D56, 68E47, emgd. II-14/19, III-7/26, IV-13/25, VI-6/14 (P. Opler); Clayton, 4 mi. SE, 192, V-26-68, rf. Q. wislizenii, J. Powell lot 68E65, emgd. by II-11-69 (P. Opler); Clayton, 8 mi. SE, 1¢, II-2-68, rf. Q. wislizenii, J. Powell lot 68B13, emgd. II-20-68 (P. Opler); Mt. Diablo, summit, 3849’, 19, IV-13-69, rf. QO. wislizenii var. frutescens, J. Powell lot 69D141, emgd. IV-24-69 210 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY (P. Opler). Marin Co.: Woodacre, 36 6, III-15-68, r.f. Q. wislizenii var. frutescens, J. Powell lot 68C23.1, emgd. IV-5/8-68 (P. Opler). Monterey Co.: Jolon, 17.5 mi. W, 14, III-19-69, r.f. O. wislizenii, J. Powell lot 69C86, emgd. III-31-69 (P. Opler). Placer Co.: Penryn, 16, 29 9, IJI-13-68, r.f. Q. wislizenii, J. Powell lot 68C15, emed. III-23/IV-8-68 (P. Opler). San Bernardino Co.: Forest Home, 1 mi. W, 1°, III-29-68, r.f. O. wislizenii var. frutescens, J. Powell lot 68C79, emgd. IV-23/V-1-68 (P. Opler). Stanislaus Co.: Knight’s Ferry, 1 ¢, IlI-29-68, r.f. QO. wislizenii, J. Powell lot 68C46, emgd. IV-10-68 (J. T. Doyen). Among described species of the genus, the closest relative of Cameraria wislizeniella is Cameraria mediodorsella (Braun). These moths are very similar in maculation and are difficult to separate on that basis, but the two have distinctive male genitalia. The male genitalia of C. wislizeniella differs by the distally expanded valvae, the relatively uncurved aedeagus, and the attenuate flap of the ninth sternite. The life cycle of C. wislizeniella is typitied by the absence of diapause while that of C. mediodorsella has a pupal diapause over the winter months. Acknowledgments I wish to thank the following for the loan of material from their private or institutional collections: P. H. Armaud, Jr., California Academy of Sci- ences, San Francisco; A. F. Braun, Cincinnati, Ohio; D. R. Davis, U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C.; J. A. Powell, California Insect Survey, Berkeley; R. O. Schuster, University of California, Davis; J. W. Tilden, San Jose, California. J. A. Powell provided helpful suggestions and reviewed the manuscript of this paper. Miss Susan McDonald made the illustrations of adult Lithocolletis antiochella and Cameraria wislizeniella. My wife Sandra provide secretarial assistance. Funds supporting field and laboratory work during this study were provided by National Science Foundation grants GB4014 and GB6813X under the direction of J. A. Powell. Literature Cited BEUTENMULLER, W. 1888. On North American Tineidae. Ent. Amer. 4: 29-30. 1889. On the North American Tineidae. Ent. Amer. 5: 9-10. Braun, A. F. 1908. Revision of the North American species of the genus Litho- colletis Hiibner. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 34: 269~357. ——— 1918. New species of Microlepidoptera. Can. Ent. 50: 229-236. wae eee Descriptions of new Microlepidoptera. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 53: J1I—LYY, ny, C. R. 1917. A revision of the North American Gracilariidae from the stand- point of venation. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 19: 29-77. KuMATA, T. 1963. Taxonomic studies on the Lithocolletinae of Japan. (Lepidop- tera: Gracillariidae). Insecta Matsumurana 25: 1-90, 26: 1-88. VoLUME 25, NUMBER 3 2 Kuroxo, H. 1961. The genus Antispila from Japan, with descriptions of seven new species ( Lepidoptera, Heliozelidae). Esakia 3: 11-24. McDunnoucn, J. H. 1946. Gracillariid studies (Gracillariidae, Lepidoptera). Can. Ent. 78: 91-95. Vari, L. 1961. South African Lepidoptera. Vol. 1. Lithocolletidae. Transvaal Museum. Mem. 12. OBITUARY SS ANTONIE JOHANNES THEODORUS JANSE 1877-1970 On June 12th, 1970, at the age of ninety-three, Dr. A. J. T. Janse, a great Lepidop- terist and a man of remarkable learning and ability, passed away. For almost seventy years he collected, reared, studied, and described Lepidoptera, a privilege given to very few. All by himself, he built up a unique collection of the Heterocera of southern Africa. 912, JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Dr. Janse was born in The Hague, the Netherlands, where he received his education. He emigrated to South Africa in 1899, and became a teacher in Waterval (Nuwe Smitsdorp). He started his entomological work under the most primitive conditions, but his boundless enthusiasm enabled him to overcome these difficulties and his pains- taking ceaseless collecting laid the foundation for all his far-reaching scientific work of later years. In the early days he did his collecting on foot, later by donkey cart. His was pioneer work, for at that time there was no extensive collection of Lepidoptera in South Africa. In 1905 he accepted the post of lecturer at the Transvaal Normal College, and this marked the turning-point in his early career, since it enabled him to take up ento- mology in earnest and to become a scientist. The facilities available to him in Pretoria made it possible for him to undertake systematic research. In 1921-1922 he visited Europe and worked at the museums in London, Leiden and Berlin, comparing and identifying many hundreds of specimens from his collection. In recognition of his work he was presented in London with the Joicey collection of Pyralidae, which he brought back to Pretoria. After his return, Janse was appointed honorary professor of Systematic Entomology at the Transvaal University College. He held this post until his retirement in 1937. In 1925 the University of South Africa awarded him the honoris causa degree of Doctor of Science. The most rewarding acknowledgment of Janse’s entomological achievements came in 1945, when the South African Government bought his collection, library, and equip- ment, and placed them in the care of the Transvaal Museum, he himself being ap- pointed Honorary Curator of Heterocera. However, because the museum had no space to house Janse’s collection, it was decided to leave it at his house, where his laboratory was also located, and to transfer the museum’s collection of Heterocera there instead, thus uniting the two collections. The Government’s action was of vital importance for the future of Janse’s life work, which was now secure; the museum provided the necessary funds to buy urgently needed drawers and other equipment. An assistant was appointed to continue his work eventually. In 1953 space became available for the collection at the museum, but Janse continued to work in his laboratory, using material on loan from the main collection. During the greater part of his life Janse had to do all his entomological work during holidays and in his spare time. Nevertheless, he found time to publish a substantial series of papers, and in 1932 began on his outstanding series “The Moths of South Africa.” But it was not until his retirement a few years later that he was able to give his full attention to the publication of this valuable series. Up to the time of his death he had published over forty papers and eight large volumes of the Moths series. He described more than five hundred new species, for which he also prepared detailed drawings of external structures and genitalia of both sexes. He always maintained that such drawings should be made a compulsory part of any description of new taxa. Before his death, Janse had completed the manuscript for the next volume of “The Moths of South Africa” and had almost finished another volume on the types of South African Microlepidoptera described by the late E. Meyrick. During his association with the Transvaal Museum, Janse made three extensive col- lecting trips by motor car and trailer; although he was already over seventy-five, he travelled with his wife as his only assistant. He continued his research with unflagging zeal through the years, until at last a serious illness put an end to his activities about a year before his death. Janse’s frequent letters were always striking and written in a firm hand; a year ago he wrote “so long my hand and eyes are still good, can the work go on.” These letters breathed such vitality, enthusiasm, and trust in his work that they conveyed something fresh, simple, and deeply encouraging, especially when one remembered the writer’s age Ue. Only a few are blessed with such a wealth of enthusiasm for their work. Few can VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 2A3 devote themselves to it so wholeheartedly. Add to this unusual stamina and insight, and one has the stuff of which Janse’s great generation of Lepidopterists was made. His must have been an enviable, full, and happy life. L. VAri, Transvaal Museum, Pretoria, South Africa and A. Diaxonorr, Leiden Mu- seum, The Netherlands. PRELIMINARY NOTES ON THE BUTTERFLIES OF ROOSEVELT COUNTY, | NEW MEXICO Roosevelt County is situated on the central eastern border of New Mexico, in the southern portions of the Great Plains. Its primary industry is agriculture, but despite this, it has one of the most interesting butterfly faunas of the state. I have been able to make only four trips to this area, two in 1965 and two in 1966. As a result of these four trips, I have recorded 38 species, plus two more seen. One other is recorded from the county; Megathymus coloradensis elidaensis Stallings, Turner, and Stallings, the type locality of which is located southwest of Elida. Of the thirty-eight species of which I have specimens, four have not been taken by me from anywhere else in the state. Of the remaining thirty-four, twelve are represented by four records or less in the state. One of the species seen but not taken was a bat- tered specimen of Papilio cresphontes Cramer, a species which has also never been recorded elsewhere in the state to my knowledge. The main locality in which I have collected is located six miles west of Portales, along New Mexico Highway 88. This is an extremely unattractive place for the Lepi- dopterist, being situated at the junction of four farm fields, two to the north of the highway and two to the south. On the south side of the road, there is a short row of elm trees. The tallest of these is about 25 feet high. It was on one of these elms that a larva of Polygonia interrogationis (Fabricius) was collected. The larva unfortunately died later, but there is little doubt as to its identity. One adult was also seen, but es- caped capture. The only other record the author has of this species in New Mexico is at his home in Albuquerque. The majority of the butterflies were collected at roadside flowers, which are es- pecially numerous in the fall. The area between the edge of the fields and the road is quite wide (at least 75 feet), so there is a large patch of them. Following is a list of the thirty-eight species collected at this locality on September 12, 1965; September 18-19, 1965; June 2-3, 1966, and June 11, 1966. Known state records are marked with an (*) and unusual records are marked with an (!). Hesperiidae *1. Lerodea eufala (Edwards); Sept. 19, (2 males). 12. Amblyscirtes eos (Edwards); June 3, (1 male). 3. Atalopedes campestris (Boisduval); Sept. 19, (1 male, 1 female); June 2, (1 female ). 4. Hesperia uncas uncas (Edwards); Sept. 19, (1 female); June 2, (11); June 3, (17 )s Iria JUL, (Le 15. Hylephila phyleus (Drury); June 2, (1). 6. Pholisora catullus (Fabricius); Sept. 12, (1); Sept. 19, (1); June 3, (2); June i, Cae 7. Pyrgus communis (Grote); Sept. 12, (1); Sept. 18, (1); Jume 2, (1); June 3, (4)= June 11) (1). 137. 38. . Vanessa virginiensis (Drury); June 11, ( JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Papilionidae Battus philenor philenor (Linnaeus); June 3, (1); June 11, (1). Papilio polyxenes asterius Stoll; June 3, (5); June 11, (2). Pieridae Pieris protodice Boisduval & Le Conte; Sept. 19, (2 males); June 3, (2). Colias eurytheme Boisduval; Sept. 12, (1 male, 1 female); Sept. 19, (2 males, 5 females, 3 female alba); June 3, (1); June 11, (6). Phoebis sennae eubule (Linnaeus); June 11, (1 male). Kricogonia lyside (Godart); June 3, (1 male, 5 females). Eurema mexicana (Boisduval); Sept. 19, (1 male). Eurema lisa Boisduval & Le Conte; Sept. 12, (2); Sept. 19, (3 females). Eurema nicippe (Cramer); Sept. 19, (2); June 3, (6); June 11, (1). . Nathalis iole Boisduval; Sept. 12, (2); Sept. 19, (6); June 2, (1); June 3, (1); June lea (Gle)e Lycaenidae Strymon melinus franki Field; Sept. 19, (2); June 2, (7); June 3, (8); June (Gye . Brephidium exilis (Boisduval); Sept. 19, (1). Leptotes marina ( Reakirt); June 2, (2); June 3, (3). Hemiargus isola alce (Edwards); Sept. 12, (2); Sept. 19, (2); June 2, (5); une B, (15). . Plebejus acmon lutzi dos Passos; June 3, (2). Libytheidae Libytheana bachmanii (Kirtland); June 3, (1). It is not known whether this specimen is larvata (Strecker) or typical bachmanii. I have been unable to locate the specimen. Nymphalidae Anaea andria Scudder; Sept. 12, (1); Sept. 18, (3). Mestra amymone ( Menetries ); Sept. 12, (1). Four other specimens were seen on this date, but unfortunately I was sans net. See Masters, (1970). }. Vanessa atalanta (Linnaeus); Sept. 19, (1); June 11, (4). ) Vanessa cardui (Linnaeus); Sept. 18, (1); June 3, (3); June 11, (2). . Nymphalis antiopa (Linnaeus); Sept. 18, (1); Sept. 19, (1). . Chlosyne lacinia adjutrix Scudder; Sept. 12, (5); Sept. 18, (1); Sept. 19, (11); June 3, (1). . Phyciodes texana texana (Edwards); June 2, (1) Phyciodes phaon (Edwards); Sept. 19, (1 male, 1 female). Phyciodes picta canace Edwards; Sept. 12, (1); Sept. 19, (1); June 2, (2); June 3, (4). Phyciodes vesta (Edwards); June 3, (1). Texola elada ulrica (Edwards); June 3, (1). Sabon claudia (Cramer); Sept. 19, (1); June 2, (1); June 3, (2); June eels): Agraulis vanillae incarnata (Riley); June 3, (1); June 11, (2). Danaidae Danaus gilippus strigosus (Bates); June 3, (4). MicHAr FE, Toriver, 1612 Indiana NE, Albuquerque, New Mexico. VoLUME 25, NuMBER 3 AM, OBITUARY : SN JOHN ADAMS COMSTOCK Jan. 30, 1883-Dec. 26, 1970 Entomologists will learn with regret of the death, on December 26, 1970, of Dr. John Adams Comstock, at his home in Del Mar, California. Past President and Hon- orary Life Member of the Lepidopterists’ Society, he would have been 88 years old One janes.) 1971. His interest in Lepidoptera started at a very early age and continued throughout his long and very productive life. He published over 220 papers in various journals, and he wrote and published The Butterflies of California. A complete biography and bibliography will be published in the 25th anniversary publication of the Lepidopterists’ Society in 1972. Lioyp M. Martin, 19 Meadow Lane, Route 1, Prescott, Arizona. 216 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY FOREST-PRAIRIE TRANSITIONS AND THE ADMIXTURE OF BUTTERFLY FAUNAS Kurt JOHNSON! Terms referring to general types of ecological communities, such as forest, prairie, tundra, or montane communities, are used by ecologists to describe or categorize the character of environments. Likewise, they are used in description of types of species inhabiting such areas. Terms such as prairie butterfly, or forest butterfly, though sometimes vague in meaning, are common descriptive terms in Lepidopterology. Transitions from prairie communities to forest communities differ in degree of abruptness from place to place. The escarpment affords a wide area of interspersement of these types of communities, while an abruptly rising mountain range may leave only a small amount of margin between forest and grassland. It seems obvious that the degree of interspersement of forest and prairie has a counterpart in the extent of forest, prairie, or forest-prairie types of species making up an area's faunal admixture. Recent studies of butterfly faunas in escarpments along the western edges of the Great Plains, where forested areas are interspersed with prairie (Johnson and Nixon, 1967; Johnson, 1971) suggest extensive sympatry of butterfly species from various type of ecological communities. Hence, an investigation into the effect of forest-prairie interspersement on faunal admixtures seemed invited. I therefore created a scheme by which types of species indicating the forest, prairie, or forest-prairie ecology might be designated and _ their percentage composition in various faunas analyzed. Materials and Methods It was deemed important to conduct the study in areas representing intergradations between two extremes. Hence, I selected the Bighorn Mountains of Wyoming (an area where transition from grassland to forest is abrupt ), the scantily forested escarpments of the Long Pine Recreation Area in north-central Nebraska, and several areas between them. The latter included the Laramie Mountains of Wyoming, the Front Range of Colorado, the Black Hills of South Dakota, the Pine Ridge of Nebraska, and the escarpments along the Niobrara River cuttage in Nebraska. The location of these study areas is presented in Figure 1. Since nearly all of these areas have had recent specific faunal studies, a list of species for each area was conveniently obtained within the criteria cited concerning Present address: Novitiate, Order of the Holy Cross, West Park, New York. VoLUME 25, NUMBER 3 217 Se. SOUTH DAKOTA WYOMING NEBRASKA COLORADO Fig. 1. Locations of the seven study areas. 1, Bighorn Mountains; 2, Black Hills; 3, Laramie Mountains; 4, Front Range; 5, Pine Ridge; 6, Niobrara River cuttage; 7, Long Pine Recreation Area. them. Because the faunas of these separate areas are not unknown to lepi- dopterists and because the lists were compiled from a variety of sources, it was not deemed important to the study to include them, except to note that the species were organized according to dos Passos (1964). The number of species in each fauna is listed below each column on the den- drogram. The sources of the faunal lists are summarized below. The faunal list of the Pine Ridge in Nebraska came from Johnson and Nixon (1967). That of the Niobrara River cuttage and Long Pine Recre- ation Area from Johnson's The Butterflies of Nebraska (1971). The Wy- oming lists were obtained from the literature (DeFoliart, 1956; Nabokov, 1953) and the extensive personal research of Richard Hardesty (Douglas, Wyoming) and John S. Nordin (Webster, South Dakota). Hardesty and Nordin also assisted in compiling the faunal list of the Black Hills of South Dakota. The Colorado list was culled from county records in Brown (1957). Since it is difficult to construct an exact criterion to designate which 218 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY species are found “within” any physiographic area, a consistent decision was made to define mountain areas as all parts which rose above the low- lands, that is, having a higher elevation than the surrounding plains. Simi- larly, regarding river cuttages, this criterion included all areas below the surrounding plains, and in escarpment situations, that transition between surrounding lowlands and table lands above. Although criteria of this type cannot be completely exact, the amount of variation within the defi- nitions seem not too dangerous, since it leaves the amount of general in- terspersement of forest and prairie dependent on the abruptness of the transition between dominance of forest or prairie. In this study these criteria grouped the study areas into three general categories: escarp- ments, with complete interspersement (Pine Ridge, Niobrara cuttage, Long Pine Rec. Ar.), areas of moderate transition (Black Hills, Front Range, Laramie Mts.) and an area of abrupt transition (Bighorn Mts.). That the abruptness of transition affects consistently the types of species present is the important thesis of this investigation. The second problem was developing definitions for forest butterfly, prairie butterfly, and forest-prairie butterfly. It was most important that the technique be clear and as unbiased as possible. To satisfy this, Mr. Hardesty and I separately gave each species one of three labels: forest, prairie, or forest-prairie. The criteria used were based upon questions: “Must one go to the forest (or prairie, or either) to find the species?” and if this could not be definitive, “In what environ does the foodplant grow?” The success of this method is evident since Hardesty and I disagreed on the designation in only a few cases. In these I made the redesignation on the grounds of further consideration of the original criteria. With lists of all the resident Papilionoidea defined into these three categories for each study area, the percentage of each category in each fauna was com- puted. Results are summarized in Figure 2, which presents dendrograms of the percentage composition of each fauna. To facilitate the accuracy of sampling, the Hesperiidae were omitted since they are poorly known in some of the collection areas. It should be noted, however, that this omission tends to depress the percentage of prairie species in the admixture since many of the skippers are of that type. Also omitted were any tundra forms inhabiting a study area. The use of general categories like forest or prairie as defined in this study seems to allow for this. To give the Colorado list a realistic “Front Range” integrity, the list from that area was limited to Larimer and Boulder Coun- ties. Also, nowhere were the faunal resemblances between the faunas involved (these are calculable after Long, 1963) forest (deciduous or coniferous) designated. nor was the type of y VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 219 17 FP 75 50 : 594 PSs 46, F “g 3 14 15 19 p 70 64 98 107 81 43 24 Fig. 2. Graphic representation of faunal admixture in each study area. Forest- prairie taxa (FP) illustrated above, clear; Forest taxa (F) represented in middle, stipled; Prairie taxa (P) represented below, clear. 1, Bighorn Mountains; 2, Black Hills; 3, Laramie Mountains; 4, Front Range; 5, Pine Ridge; 6, Niobrara River cuttage; 7, Long Pine Recreation Area. Figures below each bar represent number of species in each fauna. Results The results are summarized in Figure 2. Each bar of the graph is arranged to illustrate change in number of prairie taxa (below, clear), forest-prairie taxa (above, clear), and forest taxa (middle bar, stipled). The order of the graphs corresponds with the degree of transition eco- logically proceeding from the most abrupt (Bighorm Mts., 1) to the most gradual (the Long Pine Rec. Ar., 7). Note that both the Front Range sample and Laramie Mountains sample are represented though they re- flect no real difference in abruptness. This serves to illustrate similarity in types of admixture in two very similar ecological situations. The portions of each graph representing percentages of species indi- cating certain types of ecological situations show a consistent pattem relative to the abruptness of the ecological transition from prairie to forest. The general correlations are as follows: 920 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Increase in abruptness, corresponding with less interspersement of prairie and forest, results in: 1. increase in forest indicative species 2. decrease in prairie indicative species 3. decrease in forest-prairie indicative species Decrease in abruptness, corresponding with more interspersement of prairie and forest, has the opposite result in all cases. Consistent with the general ecological concept that ecotones often harbor a major portion of the species of biota in an area, results indicate that the complete interspersement of forest and prairie biomes in the escarpments promotes a dominance of those areas by forest-prairie types of species (see Long Pine Rec. Ar., 7). In fact, with decrease in abruptness of transition the amount of forest-prairie species increases at a greater rate than purely prairie taxa, indicating the pressure of the marginal ecology on the faunal admixture. Discussion of the relative roles of prairie and forest in the margin is very difficult, but it appears that the factor of forest may dominate an area. This is illustrated by the fact that even a semblance of woodland, such as the scattered stands of trees in the Long Pine area affords large numbers of forest species a habitat, probably by its affording the general flora of the area a divergence. This conforms to the obser- vation that food-plant diversity in the forest and especially in the ecotonal areas is usually greater than on the surrounding mixed-prairie. The role of the Pine Ridge forests in influencing the admixture of the Nebraska butterfly fauna (Johnson, 1971) is an example of this on a large scale. The relationship of types of species and the habitats they utilize invites new thinking into problems of taxonomic and distributional evolution. Conclusions The study illustrates that when types of species indicating certain eco- logical conditions are designated realistically, their percent admixture in a fauna varies consistently with degrees of spatial transition in an areas ecology. Though the general assumption is simple, the analysis of it seems justi- fied since the assumption is usually made without any thought to the parameters or criteria for its having meaning. Hence, an effort was made to give definition to categories that are usually general or non-definitive. The paper points out that such a defin- itive study can be made, and hopefully offers criteria on which similar questions can be investigated. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 3 yp )| Acknowledgments I am grateful to Dr. C. A. Long (Wisconsin State University, Stevens Point) for his suggestions concerning the project, and to Mr. Richard Hardesty (Douglas, Wyoming) and Dr. John S. Nordin (Webster, South Dakota ) for their aid in compiling the faunal lists. Literature Cited Brown, F. M., D. Err anp B. Rotcer. 1957. Colorado butterflies, Proc. Denver Mus. Nat. Hist., Denver. DeFourart, G. R. 1956. An annotated list of southeastern Wyoming Rhopalocera. Jour. Lepid. Soc. 10: 91-101. pos Passos, C. F. 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearactic Rhopalocera. Lepid. Soc. Mem. 1. Jounson, K. anp E. S. Nixon. 1967. The Rhopalocera of northwestern Nebraska. Amer. Mid. Nat. 78: 508-528. Jounson, K. 1971. The butterflies of Nebraska. Lepid. Foundation (in press). Lone, C. A. 1963. Mathematical formulae expressing faunal resemblance. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 66: 138-140. Nasoxoy, V. 1953. Butterfly collecting in Wyoming, 1952. Jour. Lepid. Soc. 7: 49-52. BOOK REVIEW Morus anp How To REAR THEM, by Paul Villiard. 1969, 242 pp. + i-xiii, profusely illustrated with half tones. Funk and Wagnalls, 380 Madison Avenue, New York. Price $10.00 U.S. This is a volume that everyone interested in rearing the larger moths, particularly the sphingids and saturniids, should have on his reference shelf. One hundred and seventy-seven species are discussed under the headings of family [name], popular name, range, availability, preferred foodplant, diapause [stage], ova, larvae, rear- ing requirements, cocoon and adult. The adult, the mature larva, the cocoon or pupa, and usually the egg of each of the native and exotic species discussed are illustrated in half-tone reproduction. Although an introductory section is devoted to a detailed description of the spreading procedure, some of the adults illustrated have not been spread with any great skill and many of these appear to have become wet and matted at some stage. The author-photographer seems to have a penchant for dark backgrounds in his illustrations and in the case of dark specimens or those with translucent wings results are not pleasing. The usage of generic names is often not current but this causes no difficulty. The book is a highly enjoyable one and I thoroughly recommend it to all interested in the natural histories of the larger moths. D. F. Harpwicx, Editor. 929, JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY UNUSUAL- BUTTERFLIES IN NORTHERN PENNSYLVANIA Following a few years’ collecting as a boy in Tioga County, Pennsylvania in the mid 1920s, I again began to take an amateur interest in butterflies about ten years ago. The rewakening of active interest really began when I discovered a colony of larvae of Battus philenor on a Dutchmans Pipe Vine (Aristolochia macrophylla) at my home in Wellsboro in late July 1959. This common southern butterfly is rare in northern Pennsylvania so the larvae were cared for until the adults emerged in late August. No other wild larvae or adults have been seen here since. On May 15, 1960, I caught a single Pieris virginiensis while I was on a hiking trip in an open mixed hardwood forest about 8 miles southeast of Wellsboro. This led to an active search and since that time a number of colonies of varying sizes have been located in the area. On July 6, 1963, while exploring an acid bog for orchids and other plants ( Polygonia ophioglossoides, Calopogon pulchellus, Sarracenia purpurea, Drosea rotundifolia, Meny- anthes frifoliata and Vaccinum macrocarpon are present) about thirty miles southwest of Wellsboro, I noted a small blue-gray butterfly which proved to be Lycaena epixanthe. In a mountain-top meadow near this bog, Arthur Shapiro scored a first for the area by netting a male Colias interior on July 11, 1968. On May 19, 1968, while I was walking along a grassy woods road, about eight miles southeast of Wellsboro, in an area now grown up to mixed hardwood brush, a fresh female Erora laeta literally dropped into the road in front of me. Later that same year, on July 29th, a worn male was collected and another sighted on blossoming hardhack (Spirea tomentosa) in a nearby wet field. Last season (1970) on June 25th, July Ist and July 5th, in two locations about twenty miles apart north and west of Wellsboro respectively, I collected a total of ten Thymelicus lineola, all males. These insects were feeding on the blossoms of common milkweed (Asclepias syriaca) but were very wary and difficult to approach. No females have been collected. A number of large colonies of Chlosyne harrisii liggetti Avinoff occur here, flying from early June to early July. The Tioga-Potter-Lycoming County area in north-central Pennsylvania can be clas- sified as Transitional Zone with tendencies toward Canadian Zone in the higher eleva- tions. Mountains are rounded with maximum elevations of approximately 2200’. Valley bottoms are about 1300’ elevation. It is mostly heavily forested with second-growth hardwoods, principally maples, beech, cherry, ash, basswood and some oaks. There are scattered hemlocks and some red and white pine. The presence of the L. expixanthe acid bog can possibly be attributed to pre-glacial times and the peculiar geological history of the area. Geologists agree that the edge of the last glacier was nearby and that previous to that time the region drained north- ward into the St. Lawrence River. The glacier halted this flow, however, and an entire new drainage system developed. A new water passage was cut through the then existing mountain barrier to the south forming what is now known as “Pennsylvania's Grand Canyon,” a steep-sided gorge about fifty miles long and one thousand feet deep, draining into the Susquehanna River and thence into the Atlantic Ocean at Chesapeake Bay. In Potter County, about forty miles west of Wellsboro, there is now a three-way watershed, with drainage dividing into flowages to the north (St. Lawrence River), to the southwest (Mississippi River), and to the southeast (Susquehanna River). GrorcE F. Patrerson, Wellsboro, Penn. oe oe cast Ni naa ea acai RS pan ee ey i ae a my | ¥ NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. D. F. Hardwick, K. W. Neatby Bldg., Central Experimental Farm, Carling Ave., Ottawa, Canada. Contributors should prepare manuscripts according to the following instructions; failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide margins, on one side only of white, 84% x 11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (never in headings). References to footnotes should be numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) or (Comstock 1933, 1940a, 1940b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading LireRAturRE Crrep, in the following format: Comstock, J. A. 1927. Butterflies of California. Los Angeles, Calif. 334 pp. 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 39: 198-199. Illustrations: All photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (4% x 7 inches), including space for legends. The author’s name, figure numbers as cited in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic) figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction without touch-up work. Figures, both line drawings and halftones, should be num- bered consecutively in Arabic numerals. The term “plate” should not be employed. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations), headed ExpLANATION OF FicuRES, with a separate paragraph de- voted to each page of illustrations. Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for correction of printer’s errors. Excessive author’s changes at this time will be charged to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. Tables: Tables should be numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals. Headings for tables should not be capitalized. Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and notices, should be sent to the editor of the News: Dr. C. V. Covell, Dept. of Biology, Univer- sity of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyru F. pos Passos Price, postpaid: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, add $1.50. Revised lists of the Melitaeinae and Lycaenidae will be distributed to purchasers free. ALLEN PRESS, INC. eRtnreo LAWRENCE, KANSAS use see Hubner A Newiphaliliae)) with descriptions al | subspecies (2) 2500 oi Nin ROU Maki) aanceeeectcsnnee tenes i. | Toliver, M. E. Preliminary notes on the butterflies of Roosevelt Co New Mexico Vari, L. Obituary: Antonie Johannes Theodorus Janse Vela ae Book Reviews a a a en sn ee nn Volume 25 1971 Number 4 | JOURNAL | of the _ LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY : Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES " Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN 24 November 1971 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE D. F. Harpwick, Editor of the Journal C. V. Covey, Editor of the News S. A. Hesset, Manager of the Memoirs EXECUTIVE COUNCIL C. L. Remincton (New Haven, Conn.) President Lioyp M. Martin (Prescott, Ariz.) President-elect H. A. FREEMAN (Garland, Texas) 1st Vice President JuL1an JumMaton (Cebu City, Philippines) Vice President K. W. Puie (Fairbanks, Alaska) Vice President S. S. Nicoxay (Virginia Beach, Va.) Treasurer J. C. Downey (Cedar Falls, Ia.) Secretary Lee D. MiieEr (Sarasota, Fla.) Secretary-elect Members at large (three year term): E. C. Wetuinc (Merida, Mexico) 1972 A. E. Brower (Augusta, Me.) 1971 ANDRE BLANCHARD (Houston, Texas) 1973 W. C. McGurrin (Ottawa, Ont.) 1971 R. B. Dominick (McClellanville, S. C.) Y. NEKRUTENKO (Kiev, U.S.S.R.) 1971 1973 B. Martner (Clinton, Miss.) 1972 J. P. Donauve (Los Angeles, Calif.) M. Ocata (Osaka, Japan) 1972 1973 The object of the Lepidopterists’ Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December, 1950, is “to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures” directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All members receive the Journal and the News of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the News each year. Active members—annual dues $10.00 Student members—annual dues $5.00 Sustaining members—annual dues $20.00 Life members—single sum $150.00 Institutional subscriptions—annual $15.00 Send remittances, payable to The Lepidopterists’ Society, and address changes — to: S. S. Nicolay, 1500 Wakefield Dr., Virginia Beach, Virginia, 23455. The Lepidopterists’ Society is a non-profit, scientific organization. The office of publication is Yale University, Peabody Museum, New Haven, Connecticut 06520. Second class postage paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 66044. SE i GE es a i ee “EEE ts ew tent ne = Sn Falta JOURNAL OF Tue LepipopreERIstTs’ SOCIETY Volume 25 1971 Number 4 NOTES ON GREGARIOUS ROOSTING IN TROPICAL BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS MORPHO ALLEN M. Younc! Organization for Tropical Studies, Inc., Apartado 16, Universidad de Costa Rica, Costa Rica, C. A. Recent literature on general theories in community ecology has stressed the evolution of highly specialized patterns of behavior in species that in- habit tropical rain forests, (Margalef 1968; Miller 1969; Slobodkin and Sanders 1969). It is held that the stable (e.g., Levins 1968) or predictable nature (e.g., Levins and MacArthur 1967; Slobodkin and Sanders, 1969 ) of the physical environment in the tropics allows for organisms to cue in on the subtle features of the habitat, and adjust very well by developing very specialized and highly evolved patterns of behavior related to survivorship in low-density populations. Clearly, studies of behavioral patterns associated with reproduction, survivorship, and daily activity patterns in natural populations of tropical organisms are needed to assess the generality of such theoretical consid- erations. This present paper summarizes observations on repeated gre- garious nocturnal roosting in the tropical butterflies, Morpho amathonte centralis and Morpho granadensis polybaptus (Lepidoptera: Morphinae ). The observed consistency and duration of this behavior in males of these large butterflies indicates that it may have selective value with respect to (1) efficient exploitation of food sources and (2) reservation of the bulk of daily energy budgets for courtship activities. With the recent ex- ception of a discovery of this phenomenon in a supposedly tasteful nymph- aline, Marpesia bernia, (Emmel and Benson 1971), gregarious nocturnal roosting habits were known mainly in distasteful species of tropical butter- flies (e.g., Poulton 1930; Carpenter 1933; Crane 1955; 1957; Owen and Chanter 1969) with the adaptive value of such behavior being that the noxious or distasteful qualities of the butterflies en masse is a much more effective predator-deterring behavior than if individuals roosted singly 1 Present address: Department of Biology, Lawrence University, Appleton, Wisconsin 54911. 294 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY (Crane 1955). The study of Emmel and Benson (1971) and the present paper suggests that different species of tropical butterflies, both distasteful and tasteful forms, have evolved such behavior as different adaptive strategies. Unlike the interpretation of such behavior in other butterflies (e.g., Emmel and Benson 1971), it is unlikely that gregarious roosting in Morpho butterflies acts as a mechanism against predatory attacks. Observations Four roosts of adult male Morpho amathonte were discovered during January and early February 1970 in a lowland tropical rain forest (“La Selva” ) located in northeastern Costa Rica. These discoveries were made in conjunction with observations on the feeding and flying activities of these butterflies, and these studies are summarized elsewhere (Young 1971a). All of the butterflies seen at each roost turned out to be those that had been marked previously at their daily feeding sites (natural ac- cumulations of fallen fruits of the canopy tree, Coumarouna (= Diptyerx ) oleifera ( Papilionaceae—“Almendro” ); the group of butterflies associated with a feeding site were the same individuals that roosted together during the night. There was no exchange of individuals among the widely- separated four feeding sites studied and observations were made to deter- mine the extent of roost faithfulness, in addition to survivorship and re- cruitment rates. At the time of discovery of these roosts, they consisted of 5, 2, 2 and 5 individuals (with the order being roosts 1, 2, 3 and 4 to cor- respond with feeding sites 1, 2, 3 and 4 discussed in Young 1971a). One roost of adult male Morpho granadensis was discovered during May 1970 in the montane tropical rain forest located near Cuesta Angel in central Costa Rica. This roost initially consisted of 14 individuals and over a 10-day period, all of these butterflies were marked in order to determine roost faithfulness, survivorship, and recruitment rates. Unlike Morpho amathonte, these individuals were not marked at their feeding sites since these were not known. However, at La Selva, a few individuals of this species were seen roosting with Morpho amathonte and these butterflies were also observed. Marking was facilitated in this species as they were easily netted after 5 pm (CST). In both species, an enamel base paint, “F'lo-Paque,” was used to mark butterflies; each butterfly was given 2 distinct markings on the undersides of the wings: one mark to denote roosting site, and another mark to denote individual number. The four roosts of Morpho amathonte were observed for five consecutive months, with observations being made on several days per month. The roost of Morpho granadensis was observed for 3.5 months and not as fre- quently as those of Morpho amathonte. At the time of marking, the wing condition of individuals (tattering, loss of scales, fading) was noted in VoLUME 25, NuMBER 4 iw) i) Ol order to study changes in the age-structure of the adult population; sex was also determined. The latter was easily done since males are much brighter and possess different markings than females, and thus sexes could be distinguished at a distance. In the case of Morpho amathonte, all four roosts were situated in low, open, secondary-growth vegetation encompassed by closed-canopy forest. These roosting sites were very close to feeding sites and typically no more than 35 meters away. Adults usually roosted on the upper surfaces of large-sized leaves of various plant species, and in vertical positions. Wings were always kept tightly closed while roosting, and against the background of dark green foliage and shadows, the butterflies were difficult to see even at close distances. Adults were widely spaced with the nearest dis- tance between two individuals being a few feet. It was never seen that more than one adult rested on a leaf; perhaps in this respect roosts of Morpho butterflies are structurally different than those of other species. Emmel and Benson (1971) report on the occurrence of several individuals of Marpesia bernia roosting together on the undersides of a leaf. Un- doubtedly size of the insect is an important factor in determining the relative proximity of individuals in a roost; Morpho butterflies are very large (average wingspan 25.5 cm in both species) and perhaps require more space on a per individual basis. Furthermore, adult males are ag- gressive along their flight paths (Young 197la) and this may be an im- portant factor in determining the distances among roosting individuals. Aggressive interactions among males at roosting sites have not been observed. The roost of adult male Morpho granadensis was located on branches of trees that were overhanging a river (Rio Sarapiqui) and individuals hanged from the upper surfaces of leaves. Whereas the roosts of Morpho amathonte took on a more circular configuration due to the shape of the openings in the forest used, the roost of Morpho granadensis was oblong in shape in that it extended along the river bank and included various species of trees. However, individuals were again widely-separated. In- dividuals roosted about 1.5 meters above the water and in the case of Morpho amathonte, individuals roosted from 2 to 5 meters above the ground. In two of the roosts of Morpho amathonte, individuals of Morpho granadensis were seen over long periods of time. At one roost (roost 2) there were 3 individuals of Morpho granadensis, and at a second roost (roost 4) there were 2 individuals. Like the Cuesta Angel roost, all of these individuals were males. A summary of the temporal patterns of roost occupancy are given in Table 1. As seen for adult aggregations at feeding sites (Young 1971]a), there was virtually no turnover in adult males of Morpho amathonte at 926 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY TaBLE 1. Evidence for high roost faithfulness* in adult Morpho butterflies in Costa Rican tropical rain forests. Number? of Butterflies Months NP Locality Roost No. Females Males Total Morpho amathonte Feb. 14 La Selva 1 0 5 5 Mar. 20 0 5 5 Apr. 18 0 6 6 May 22 0 6 6 June* 3) 0 5 5 Feb. 14 La Selva 2 0 2 2 Mar. 20 0 DD 2) Apr. 15 0 3 3 May 20 0 3 3 June® 6 0 2 YD Feb. 14 La Selva 3) 0 2 2, Mar. 18 0 2 Y Apr. 7 0 2 2 May 19 0 2 2 June* 5 0 2; 2 Feb. 13 La Selva 4 0 5 5 Mar. 20 0 5) 5 Apr. 18 0 6 6 May 20 0 6 6 June* 5 0 5 5 Morpho granadensis Apr. 8 Cuesta Angel ] 0 14 14 May iLL 2 16° 18 June iL 0 10 10 July° 8 I ise 14 * Defined here as the continuous occupancy of the same roosting site(s) over a long period of time (several months). >» N is the number of days of observation at roots each month. © These are means; standard errors were very small and are not included in the table. 4 For Morpho amathonte, there was only one week of observation during early June; for Morpho granadensis, there was only 8 days of observation during early July. ® Increments in adults numbers was due to appearances of newly-emerged males at the roost. their nocturnal roosts. Turnover was more prevalent with Morpho grana- densis (Table 1). The time of departure and arrival of the butterflies at the roosts each day was highly variable and depended upon local weather conditions. This was particularly true for Morpho granadensis. On overcast after- noons, individuals arrived usually between 4-6 pm, whereas on sunny afternoons, arrival was usually restricted to 5:30 to 6:15 pm. It is of in- terest to describe the pattern of arrival of individuals at the Cuesta Angel roost of Morpho granadensis. The roost was located along a river bank at 4 VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 pay the base of a steep gorge covered with closed-canopy tropical rain forest. Standing on the opposite of the river and directly in front of the roost site, with the aid of binoculars, the pattern of arrival could easily be observed for these very large and conspicuous butterflies. On all days of observa- tion (a total of 54), the arrival pattern was the same and fascinating: one by one, and following each other at very close intervals, the butterflies would lazily fly down to the roost from the upper reaches of the gorge. They formed an imaginary line of blue objects as they flew down the gorge over the tops of the trees. They always approached the roost from one side and several meters away; then they would fly along the river bank until they reached the roost. On a sunny day, all individuals were in the roost within 25 minutes; the time involved was longer on overcast days but the pattern was the same. By being stationed very close to the roost, it was possible to observe the actual order (of marked individuals) of ar- rivals; this pattern was highly variable each day. Departure occurred usually between 8:30-9:30 am each day and individuals flew off in dif- ferent directions. In Morpho amathonte, arrival was staggered and indi- viduals flew in from different directions. Departure was of a similar pat- tern and the roosts were usually vacated by 7:00 am each day. No con- sistent order of arrival and departure for the marked individuals of this species could be determined. Young (197la) suggests that adult males of this species elect to roost overnight in open, exposed areas in the forest so that they may receive the early sun ray to assist their bodies becoming sufficiently warmed-up for flight. This in turn, is related to the diurnal activity pattern of this species: adult males feed from 7-8:30 aM, fly on consistent flight paths from about 8:30 am to 11:30 aM, and either partake in courtship activity along flight paths beyond this hour or rest near feeding sites before moving to nocturnal roosts between 5:00 and 6:00 pm (Young 197la). Under such a diurnal activity pattern, it is expected that arrivals at roosts would be inconsistent, depending upon whether in- dividuals were involved in courtship or resting near feeding sites. On the other hand, both adult male and females of Morpho granadensis concentrate the bulk of their feeding activity to the late afternoon hours (3:00-6:00 pm) and presumably engage in courtship activity earlier in the day (Young 1971b). Like Morpho amathonte, adults of Morpho granadensis aggregate at feeding sites (at La Selva, these can be the same ones used by Morpho amathonte) (Young 1971b). The cessation of feeding with advancing nightfall or undesirable weather conditions may account for the “group return” pattern of arrivals to roosts in this species; since all individuals are involved in the same activity and at the same time, it is expected that they would be more consistent in arriving at roosts. While it is clear that there is no movement of individuals once they are 228 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY settled in roosts, if a roost is approached (by human observer ) to within about 2 meters of a resting individual, that individual will fly away for a short distance. When the disturbance is stopped, the butterfly will return to its original perch usually within 15 minutes. Depending on the direction of flight upon disturbance, an individual can either cause other resting individuals to fly or else there is no effect at all on other members of the roost. When branches were marked with small pieces of brightly-colored tape, it was discovered that individual butterflies in a roost almost always return to the same tree each day for nocturnal roosting. Such specificity for a given roosting site may imply the use of scent that is laid down and reinforced on subsequent visits. The problem, however, is very complex since individuals in a small area can single out their own roosting spots on different days. Wilson (1968) and Regnier and Law (1968) state that it is quite possible for different individuals of a species to possess individual-specific pheromones, resulting from subtle genetic differences, diet differences or other factors in the environment. Chain-reaction ef- fects, in which one disturbed individual could initiate flight activity in other individuals were generally uncommon, although they occasionally occur. Unlike other known cases of roosting butterflies (e.g., Emmel and Benson 1971; Clench 1970), due to the relatively large distances among | members of a roost in Morpho, it is unlikely that mass flight can result from disturbance directed to a single individual. Discussion Adult male butterflies of Morpho amathonte and Morpho granadensis form sleeping roosts of low densities in tropical rain forests. The low den- sities of members in these roosts is related to the adult population structure in these butterflies; adult male populations of Morpho amathonte are very small and individuals maintain the same individual-specific flight paths in the habitat. This is probably true for adult Morpho granadensis. Ag- gressive interactions occur along these flight paths and courtship behavior has also been observed on them (Young 1971a), and it is suspected that these flight paths function as territories. Flight paths radiate out from feeding sites, accumulations of decaying odorous fruit on the forest floor. Males from roosting aggregations very close to where they feed and both feeding sites and roosting sites are maintained over long periods of time. When the feeding site becomes non-functional (with cessation of fruit-fall), the butterflies disappear and the roosting sites become unoccupied. It thus appears that in Morpho amathonte, the location and usage of a roosting site is dependent primarily upon location and usage of a feeding site. Less is known about the relation of feeding sites and roosting sites in Morpho granadensis, although roosts are apparently used for long VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 229 periods of time. Thus, rather than a roosting site being used throughout the lifespan of individual adult males, occupancy depends mainly on per- sistence of feeding sites. Adult Morpho butterflies have been estimated to live close to 9 months (Young 1971la) and the maximum period of exploi- tation of certain feeding sites (and thus roosting sites) is 5 months. The high turnover of adult males in the roost of Morpho granadensis may be interpreted as the result of predation on adults counterbalanced by low, but continuous recruitment of newly-emerged adults. In popu- lations of Morpho amathonte, there is very little recruitment of adults at feeding sites and there is virtually no mortality of adults from predation (Young 197la); thus, numbers in roosts tend to remain the same. Young (197lc) advances a novel hypothesis to account for the dif- ferential predation by birds on species of butterflies belonging to the genus Morpho. Under this hypothesis, the apparently high mortality of adults in Morpho granadensis from predation is explained by the lack of an effective predator-deterring behavior pattern that is very effective in adult male populations of Morpho amathonte; adults of the latter species are successful at escaping from avian predators by attracting them through marked changes in flight behavior and then frustrating them in relatively short time. That adult Morpho butterflies are tasteful to avian predators is shown by (1) the discovery of wing fragments (bearing beak-marks ) of certain species (Morpho granadensis and Morpho peleides) on the forest floor, under bird perches, (2) observations of attempted attacks by birds in the field, and (3) records of larval food plants apparently exclude genera known to contain noxious compounds that make other species distasteful (Ehrlich and Raven 1965). Larvae of Morpho peleides, a species closely related to Morpho granadensis (both are in the achilles group), in El Salvador feed on leaves of Machaerium riparium in the Leguminoseae (Alberto Muyshondt, V. E. Rudd, personal communica- tions ); the Leguminoseae are not known for toxic or noxious compounds. Not only are the present observations a first record of gregarious roosting in Morpho butterflies, but it is apparently the second recorded case of a palatable species showing such behavior, as the report of Emmel and Benson (1971) constitutes the first record for a palatable nymphaline. It is well known that many species of palatable butterflies are readily taken as food by caged birds (e.g., Brower and Brower 1964), but less known is the relationship between palatability and gregarious behavior in trop- ical butterflies. Low turnover of adults, in addition to being related to levels of pre- dation, may be due to a very long developmental time in these butterflies; for an undetermined species of Morpho in El Salvador, the developmental time from egg to adult under natural conditions is over 2 months (Senor 230 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Alberto Muyshondt, personal communication ). One recent study (Young 1971d) indicated that several species of tropical butterflies belonging to various genera have very long developmental times. Long developmental time, low adult population density, and mortality (predation and para- sitism ) on both adults and immatures may account for the low turnover of adults in Morpho populations (Young 1971a). The lack of adult females from the roosts of Morpho butterflies may be due to undesirable behavioral interactions with males that could occur there. For Morpho amathonte, it is known that females are relatively rare at feeding sites where males aggregate, and when they feed there, they do so when males are absent (Young 197la). Less is known about the behavior of adult females of Morpho granadensis. Interactions between sexes do not occur at feeding sites nor at roosting sites in either species; in Morpho amathonte, courtship takes place along the flight paths of males (Young 197la). Causal observations at La Selva suggest that adult fe- males of Morpho granadensis sleep singly on understory vegetation in the forest; specific locations for sleeping females are highly variable and the same spot is used for only a few days. Adult females of both species are probably much more variable in their daily behavior than are males. Fe- males must continually search for suitable oviposition sites and since they are probably very long-lived (since males are), they probably remain fecund throughout the bulk of adult life and this implies a continual search for oviposition sites. Such a characteristic of their biology, obviously not shared by males, may account for the lack of similar predictive behavior in them. Data on the spatial distribution of immatures and how it relates to the spatial distribution of larval food plants are needed in order to understand behavior of females in Morpho butterflies. The absence of females from roosts of males may also be an indication of a behavioral mechanism that prevents sexual interactions to occur in places in the habitat where several males may be present at the same time. The absence of females from nocturnal roosts as well as from feeding sites of males may prevent severe aggressive interactions that would result in failure of females to be mated; courtship interactions would be more successful in aggressive species at places where the chance of multiple- male encounter would be low. However, such behavior implies that adult males must have a very effective patrol behavior pattern for females in such low density populations; this is apparently the case for at least Morpho amathonte (Young 1971a). Independent of any gregarious property of roosting in tropical butter- ‘lies, protection to individual members of a roost may result from the positions of perching. For example, Emmel and Benson (1971) interpret the perching of roosting Marpesia bernia, a tropical nymphaline, on the VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 ell undersides of leaves as a means of shielding individuals from both rain and the view of potential avain predators. In the same species, roosting near the tips of branches may ensure protection against roaming, leaf- gleaning insectivorous predators such as ants. The roosting of Morpho butterflies with their wings tightly closed (showing the cryptic under- sides ) and in vertical positions on the upper surfaces of leaves and near the tips of branches may also give protection to individual butterflies from rain and predators. At the time of day when the butterflies arrive at their roosts, they are very difficult to see when resting (protection against birds), and their positions on the outer surfaces of hanging leaves gives them a lot of room to leap out when disturbed (e.g., upon approach of a leaf- gleaning predator). During heavy rains, I have witnessed various roosting individuals to go practically untouched by rain resulting largely from their vertical positions with the wings kept tightly closed. The repeated occupancy of the same roosting site by the same indi- viduals over long periods of time suggests that these butterflies have evolved an efficient means of becoming very familiar with a portion of their habitat—e.g., it is a form of predictable behavior which such special- ized behavior is related to protection resulting from coordinated group ac- tivity is not clear. The lack of close proximity of roosting individuals at a given roost does not allow for any one individual to “warn” the remaining members of the aggregation of an approaching danger (predator), and thus it is very unlikely that gregarious roosting in Morpho butterflies provides some protection to the group from predation. Rather, it appears that this behavior is the result of the butterflies aggregating at their feeding sites, which are very close by (at least for Morpho amathonte). Field observa- tions support the view that all individuals simultaneously present at a feeding site will fly away when a human observer walks through the area (Young 1971la), even though different individuals may be widely sepa- rated. At feeding sites, gregarious feeding of Morpho butterflies appears to act as a behavioral mechanism against predatory attacks by resulting in chain-reaction effects of butterflies flying away. Depending on the proximity and number of potential nocturnal roosting sites that provide exposure to morning sunlight, there is a reasonable probability that several or all adults (since numbers are generally low per feeding site) associated with a given feeding site will actually roost in the same open spot in the forest. And as pointed out for certain pierid butterflies (Clench 1970), the presence of one individual at a roost may attract others to it; such an attraction, in the case of Morpho, may involve both chemical stimuli and visual cues. Tethered live individuals or paper models can attract other living individuals (Young 197la). It thus may be very efficient for all individuals associated with a given feeding site to select, independently 232 | JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY of each other, the closest suitable nocturnal roosting site, so that very little energy has to be expended in traveling to feeding sites. Such a strategy appears feasible for at least Morpho amathonte, since adult males of this species spend a great amount of energy patrolling well-defined flight paths in search for mates (Young 197la) and since a great deal of time and energy is put into such reproductive activities, less energy is available to search for new feeding and new roosting sites on a short-term (e.g., day-to-day ) basis. The exploitation of the same feeding sites and roosting sites on a daily basis allows adult males to partition the bulk of their energy supply into territorial flying in search of mates. While similar data are lacking for the daily activity schedule of adult males of Morpho granadensis, it may be that similar behavior patterns are present; i.e., the bulk of energy supply is channeled into activities associ- ated with reproduction and only minimal amounts are used in the selection of feeding and roosting sites. Such strategies appear to be of great evolutionary and adaptive signifi- cance in tropical organisms since population density is generally low in species that comprise tropical rain forest communities (e.g., Margalef 1968) and under such conditions of low density, a premium is placed upon highly specialized behavioral patterns that ensure courtship en- counters. Thus, rather than gregarious roosting in Morpho butterflies having selective value in terms of predation, a more likely hypothesis, based on the structure of the roosts and their relation to feeding sites, is that they are a part of the predictable and efficient overall behavior of these butterflies that allow for the bulk of the daily energy budget of males to be used for courtship encounters. The closer spatially that feeding sites and roosting sites are to one another, the less energy is required to fly between them. Nocturnal roosting at feeding sites is presumably un- desirable in that these areas are usually well-shaded from morning sun- light; roosting in an area exposed to morning sunlight ensures early acti- vation of the butterflies. For Morpho amathonte, this behavior ensures early arrival at feeding sites before territorial flying; for Morpho granaden- sis, although data are lacking, such behavior may ensure initiation of searches to seek mates, since the bulk of feeding in this species occurs during late afternoon hours and presumably the food intake on a given day is put into use the following morning with courtship activities. Summary Observations were made on gregarious, nocturnal roosting by adult males of the large, tropical butterflies, Morpho amathonte centralis and Morpho granadensis polybaptus at two different sites in Costa Rican trop- ical rain forests. Individuals of these species roost gregariously in that VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 233 several individuals sleep in the same open area in the forest, although they are close to one another. High fidelity to roost is indicated by occupance over long periods of time (several months) and turnover of adults is usually low. Interactions (e.g., aggressiveness) among males does not occur at roosting sites and females are rare. Although not entirely ruled out, it is difficult to conceive of such behavior in males of these butterflies as being a form of collective defense against predators. A more plausible explanation, based on data on daily activity schedule including feeding and flying activities for Morpho amathonte, is that such behavior is a by- product of the gregarious feeding in these butterflies since feeding sites are located very near roosting sites. As with roosting sites, there is high fidelity by adult males of Morpho amathonte for feeding sites. Inde- pendent of the gregarious aspect of this roosting behavior, the type of position that the butterflies use may give protection against heavy rain and _ predators. Acknowledgments This investigation was conducted while the author was a post-doctoral associate of a research grant (N.S.F. G-7805) awarded to Dr. Daniel H. Janzen of The University of Chicago and administered by The Organiza- tion for Tropical Studies in Costa Rica. The author expresses his thanks to Dr. Daniel H. Janzen for allowing him to use his facilities in Costa Rica and to Mr. Jorge R. Campabadal (O.T.S.) for continual logistic support. Drs. Woodruff W. Benson ( University of Chicago) and Thomas C. Emmel (University of Florida) assisted in identification of the species studied. Literature Cited Brower, L. P. anp J. V. Z. Brower. 1964. Birds, butterflies, and plant poisons: a study in ecological chemistry. Zoologica 49: 137-159. Ciencu, H. K. 1970. Communal roosting in Colias and Phoebis (Pieridae). J. Lep. Soc. 24: 117-120. CRANE, J. 1955. Imaginal behavior of a Trinidad butterfly, Heliconius erato hamata Hewitsen, with special reference to the social use of color. Zoologica 40: 167-197. CraAng, J. 1957. Imaginal behavior in butterflies of the family Heliconidae: changing social patterns and irrelevant actions. Zoologica 42: 135-145. CarpPENTER, G. D. 1933. Acraeine butterflies congregating in a small area for the night’s rest. Proc. Royal Entomol. Soc. London 6: 71. Exueuicu, P. R. anp P. H. Raven. 1965. Butterflies and plants: a study in coevolu- tion. Evolution 18: 586-608. EMMEL, T. C. AND W. W. Benson. 1971. Survival and gregarious roosting in a tropical nymphaline butterfly, Marpesia bernia. Evolution (in press). Levins, R. 1968. Evolution in changing environments. Princeton University Press. Levins, R. AND R. H. MacArruur. 1967. The maintenance of genetic polymorphism in a spatially heterogenous environment: variations on a theme by Howard Levene. Amer. Natur. 100: 585-589. Marcater, R. 1968. Perspectives in ecological theory. University of Chicago Press. Minter, R. 1969. Competition and species diversity. In Diversity and Stability in Ecological Systems, Brookhaven Symposia in Biology, No. 22, pp. 63-70. 934 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Owen, D. F. anp D. O. Cuanter. 1969. Population biology of tropical African butterflies. Sex ratio and genetic variation in Acraea encedon. J. Zool. Soc. London 157: 345-874. Poutton, E. B. 1931. The gregarious sleeping habits of Heliconius charithonia L. Proc. Royal Entomol. Soc. London 6: 71. Recnigr, F. E. anp J. H. Law. 1968. Insect pheromones. J. Lipid Research 9: MULTI. SLOBODKIN, L .B. AND H. L. Sanpers. 1969. On the contribution of environmental predictability to species diversity. In Diversity and Stability in Ecological Sys- tems, Brookhaven Symposia in Biology, No. 22, pp. 82-95. Witson, E. O. 1968. Chemical systems. In Animal communication, techniques of study and results of research, T. A. Sebeok (ed.), pp. 75-102, Univ. of Indiana Press. Younc, A.M. 197la. Flight and foraging behavior of Morpho butterflies in a trop- ical rain forest. Ecology (in press). Younc, A. M. 1971b. Community ecology of some tropical rain forest butterflies. Amer. Mid]. Natur. (in press). Younc, A.M. 1971c. An hypothesis on the use of pursuit stimuli by adult Morpho butterflies as a mechanism of escape from their avian predators. Oecologia (in press ). TWO MOSAIC GYNANDROMORPHS OF AUTOMERIS IO (SATURNIIDAE ) THomas R. MANtLEy! Bloomsburg State College, Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania The recognition of a gynandromorph in nature is an exceedingly rare event. Hessel (1964) described a bilateral gynandromorph of Automeris io Fabricius taken at Washington, Connecticut. He refers to the capture of bilateral gynandromorphs of Eacles imperalis Drury taken at Potters- ville, N. J. (1962) and Callosamia promethea taken at Crown Point, In- diana (1962) as momentous events in light of the extensively collected Saturniidae. The appearance of two gynandromorphs in a single season is unusual, and the data provided by these specimens is extremely valuable in understanding gene action. In most Lepidoptera the female is heterogametic. Doncaster (1914), Xemington (1954), and others have shown the female to have either a pair of non-homologous sex chromosomes (ZW type) or that one chromo- some will be lacking (ZO type). The male possesses a homologous pair (ZZ type). In A. io. the northern populations are polymorphic; the basic color of ' Research Affiliate in Entomology, Peabody Museum, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 4 235 the male is yellow, while the female is a soft, rosy brown. Thus, cells of the male with ZZ chromosomes are expressed as yellow, while those of the female with a ZO chromosome complement are rosy brown. The gynandromorphs described by Hessel (1964) were bilateral, one side of the body male, the other female. This bilateral condition may have been caused by a loss of a Z chromosome in the first cell division of the fertilized egg, or by the development of a binucleate ovum. Such gynan- dromorphs develop disproportionately in size because the female cells are larger. Consequently the female side is slightly larger than its male coun- terpart. Secondary sex characteristics such as form of antenna and the abdominal claspers, are quite obvious. The gynandromorphs described in this paper are not bilateral, but mosaic. They are the first to appear in over 10,000 pupae observed by this author. Probably the loss or addition of the Z chromosome occurred at a later state in cleavage causing a disproportionate distribution of cells with a ZO chromosome expression in gynandromorph no. 19-69. Gynan- dromorph no. 18-69 suggests another possibility that a ZO cell in its divi- sion failed to form a cell membrane separating into two ZO cells, leaving a ZZ cell which produced maie characteristics. Gynandromorph 19-69 is predominantly male (Figure 1). The head and antenna are male, the prothorax and mesothorax are composed of male and female cells, the metathorax is female. The abdomen is male with a light dispersion of female cells. The upper surface of the right forewing which is slightly longer than the left, is predominately female with patches of male cells. The right hind wing is male with a band of female cells along the anal margin. The eyespot on the right wing is 11 mm by 7 mm while the left wing eyespot is 9 mm by 7 mm. The difference in size of the eyespots is caused by the band of female cells on the right wing whereas the left eyespot is composed entirely of male cells. The forewing undersides are unique in that identical patterns exist on both wings. A thin band of female cells is found along the costal margin, with a wide band of male cells extending from the subcosta radial, area to the medial: vein. The remainder of the wing is female except a small patch of male cells on the outer margin of the anal 2 area. The right hind wing underside is male except for a narrow band of female cells from the center of the anal 2 area to the inner margin. The left hind wing underside is female except for male cells extending from the base along the distance from the base toward the apex. In specimen 19-69 male cells are in greater proportion than female cells suggesting that initially the zygote was ZZ but loss of a Z chromosome in one cell occurred early in the cell cleavage phase causing the female ZO expression in all future cells developing from it. 236 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Fig. 1. Automeris io Fabr. Left, normal male; center, gynandromorph 19-69; right normal female. Gynandromorph 18-69 (Figure 2) represents one of the rarest expres- sions of the characters of A. io, the broken-eye blotch. This feature was discovered in 1965 among a group of pupae emerging that summer. It has since been bred to a population where its occurrence can be predicted. The genetics of the broken-eye blotch will be published later this year. Its size and coloration suggest it is more female than male. Comparing its size with normal specimens representing each sex shows this gynan- dromorph to be considerably larger than most males. This leads to an interesting speculation. Possibly the fertilized ova was female ZO which in early cleavage had a cell divide but fail to form a cell membrane di- viding it into two equal cells. This may have resulted in a cell with a ZZ chromosome complement which produced only male cells. The head of this moth is female, as evidenced by the rosy brown color and antenna. A few isolated patches of male cells are present, notably in the frons area. The thorax is predominantly female with an occasional cluster of male cells, the principal one found on the metathorax at the point of attachment of the right hind wing. The terga of the abdomen is male with a few small patches of female VOLUME 25, NuMBER 4 deoafl Fig. 2. Automeris io Fabr. Left, normal male; center, gynandromorph 18—69 with broken-eye blotch; right, normal female. cells. The sterna is a mixture of male and female cells giving a mottled effect. The terminal, abdominal segment is male on the right side with a caudal tuft of hair covering the clasper. The left side is female. The legs are covered with a mixture of male and female colored hair-like scales. The color patterns of the forewing uppersides are almost direct op- posites. The areas on the left side which are male are female on the right side, and those that are female on the left side are male on the right. The identation along the margin of the right forewing is due to the smaller size of the male cells in that area. The right hind wing on the upperside is male; the left hind wing is female. The unique nature of this gynandromorph is enhanced by the multiple expression of the broken-eye blotch. Several complimentary genes control the expression of the blotch, and these act quantitatively. The male right forewing reveals the blotch as a single factor expression, whereas the female left wing shows the blotch in its full expression. The right wing measures 27 mm, the left wing measures 30 mm. The forewing underside is female. The right hind wing underside is 238 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY female from the costal margin to the medial, vein; the remainder of the wing is male. The left hind wing underside is predominantly female with a few narrow lines of male cells, the principal one being a band in the anal area along the inner margin. As additional information on the genetics of A. io is unraveled we may be able to interpret more fully the behavior of cells from zygote to the mature insect. Controlled breeding is revealing many more unique pat- terns of this beautiful moth. Acknowledgments The author is indebted to Mr. Larry J. Kopp, Klingerstown, Pa., who reared the larvae; to Dr. James Cole, Bloomsburg State College, who edited the manuscript, and to Dr. Bradford Sterling, Bloomsburg State College, for the photography. Literature Cited Doncaster, L. 1914. On the relation between chromosomes, sex linked transmission and sex-determination in Abraxas grossulariata. J. Genet. 4: 1-22. Hesset, S. A.‘ 1964. A bilateral gynandromorph of Automeris io (Satumiidae) taken at mercury vapor light in Connecticut. J. Lepid. Soc. 18: 27-31. RemincTon, C. L. 1954. The genetics of Colias (Lepidoptera). Ady. Genet. 6: 404-407. NEUTRON IRRADIATION IN ANTHERAEA EUCALYPTI SCOTT (SATURNIIDAE) Puittie M. Licuty Daker Research Center, Stanford, California Considerable attention has been directed at the entomogenetic effects of irradiation with 14.1 MeV neutrons. Measurements of neutron induced anomalies within chromosomes furnishes a biological dosimeter. Moulton and Meyer (1970) have found in in vivo Drosophila melanogaster that the frequency of structural abnormalities increases with the radiation ex- posure level. They demonstrated that the production of dicentrics and rings corresponds closely to a curvilinear dose response curve. Supportive evidence for this has been provided by McFee et al. (1970) in in vive swine leukocytes and Gooch et al. (1964) in human somatic cells. The present study offers the results obtained from irradiation of in vitro Antheraea eucalypti Scott tissue cells with 14.1 MeV neutrons. VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 239 Taste 1. Chromosome anomalies in in vitro A. eucalypti tissue cells irradiated with 14.1 MeV neutrons. Values based upon examinations of 200 cells per exposure level. Chromatid Dose Anomalies Deletions Rings Dicentrics rad N. % (a) (a) 0 2 ) 0 0 100 3 14 1 12 200 6 Al 1! 28 300 BE 78 3 of Entomogenetic Technique In a radiation free area, cultures of A. eucalypti tissue cells were reared from ovaries of diapausing pupae. The moth tissues were incubated at 27° C in an insect tissue culture medium derived by Grace (1962). Immediately prior to irradiation, samples containing 25 ml of tissue- containing medium were placed in plastic tubes and situated 8 cm from the target of a Cockroft-Walton accelerator utilizing the D,T reaction. Doses of 100, 200, and 300 rads were supplied at a rate of 4 rad/minute. Following this, the cultures were allowed a 48-hour recovery period. After a one-hour exposure to 8 x 107 M colchicine, the cells were rinsed for 15 minutes with distilled water. Cells were fixed for 15 minutes in a solution of 60 per cent acetic acid—0.1 N hydrochloric acid. Staining with 2 per cent acetic orcein preceded examination of squash preparations for chromosome structural changes. Abnormality scoring was obtained by first scanning the coded slides at low magnification to locate suitable metaphase figures, and then ana- lyzing them at high power. With the exception of translocations, all struc- tural aberrations were counted. Metaphase scoring involved 200 cells at each dosage level. Results The neutron irradiation resulted in a pronounced breakage effect, the amount of which varied with the dosage employed. The frequency and localization of these abnormalities are summarized in Table I. As ap- parent from the data, an increase in the dosage level augments the pro- duction rate of anomalies, but the relationship is not linear. Instead, the findings more nearly fit a dose square model. The mean value for one-hit aberrations per cell per rad was 5.63 x 10° while for dicentrics and rings it was 1.44 x 10°. At the 300 rad level, evidence of mitotic ruffling was present in about two per cent of the cells scored. The author believes this to be the first identification of ruffling induced in moth tissue cells by neutrons. 940 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Acknowledgments The author would like to extend his deepest appreciation to Dr. Diane Edwards for her consultation and criticism of the manuscript. Literature Cited Goocu, P. C., M. A. BENDER, AND M. L. RANDOLPH. 1964. Chromosome aber- rations induced in human somatic cells by neutrons. In Biological Effects of Neu- tron and Protron Irradiations, 1: 325-342. International Atomic Energy Agency. Grace, T. D. C. 1962. Establishment of four strains of cells from insect tissues grown in vitro. Nature 195: 788. McFEE, A. F., M. W. BANNER, AND Mary N. SHERRILL. 1970. Chromosome Aber- rations in swine leukocytes after in vivo or in vitro exposure to 14 MeV neutrons. Radiation Research 44: 512-522. MOULTON, JEAN AND Gar Meyer. 1970. Neutron irradiation in Drosophila melano- gaster. British Review of Genetics 17: 367-372. THE “ARROWHEAD BLUE,’ GLAUCOPSYCHE PIASUS BOISDUVAL (LYCAENIDAE:PLEBEJINAE) F. MARTIN BROWN Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colorado This started as a short note calling attention to the distribution of Glaucopsyche piasus Bdy. in Canada. It has developed into a study of this insect throughout its range. The Arrowhead Blue, like practically all Plebejinae of North America, was originally placed in the genus Ly- caena, now reserved for the Coppers. Scudder (1876) created the genus Phaedrotes with Lycaena catalina Reakirt (1866) as the type species. Interestingly, Scudder considered that catalina was a synonym of sagit- tigera Felder (1865) yet designated it the type species. I suspect that he did this because the type of catalina was known to him and that of sagit- tigera was in Europe. Edwards (1884) did not accept the new genus, nor did Skinner (1898), but Dyar did (1902). Placement in Phaedrotes was followed in general from then (1902) until Nabokov (1945) placed the Arrowhead Blue in Scolitantides Hubner [1819]. Since then most authors have followed Nabokov. The Generic Assignment Mr. Harry Clench called to my attention the fact that Phaedrotes is in the tribe Glaucopsychini, and he had demonstrated that Phaedrotes is a subjective synonym of Glaucopsyche! Huebner’s genus Scolitantides with Papilio battus | Denis & Schiffermuller] 1775 as type is quite different from VoLtuMeE 25, NuMBER 4 241 Phaedrotes. lt is closer in appearance and structure to Philotes (sensu lata) Scudder. Neither Clench nor I can find any structural way to sepa- rate the Arrowhead Blue from Glaucopsyche. This in spite of marked pattem differences. The male genitalia, generically “geod” among the Glaucopsychini, are the same in the two “genera.” The venation is the same, both have similarly medium-hairy eyes and tousled long-hairy frons. Both bear androconal scales similar in size and shape with about 12 rows of reticulations each. On piasus these rows converge on the base of the stalk, on lygdamus they do not. Both utilize legumes as larval hosts. Scolitantides not only has different male genitalia but the larvae feed on Sedum and there are no androconia on the wings of the males. Just enough work was done to fix the place of the Arrowhead Blue. It shows definitely that a careful world-wide study of the tribe Glauco- psychini is needed. Clench and I agree that the current concept of Philotes results in a compound genus. The type species is sonorensis, a Sedum feeder that lacks androconia (like Scolitantides) whereas the other species placed with it feed on Oxytheca and Eriogonum and have androconia. Search of several museum collections demonstrates that Glaucopsyche piadsus is not common. Personal experience with them is that they are rather local and never abundant. Perhaps because there are no really good series to study in any one collection the variation among them has been overlooked. Eight names have been used with these insects and all but one of these, daunia Edwards, apply to California specimens. Study of the specimens available in the Canadian National Collection, the American Museum of Natural History, the Carnegie Museum, the Field Museum and my own collection shows that Glaucopsyche piasus can be divided into two groups of subspecies. For convenience I will call these the piasus-group and the daunia-group. piasus-group: lacks a large black spot in Cu:-Cuz in the submargin on the under side of the hind wing; on the under side of the forewing the spot at the end of the cell usually is small and linear, and near the middle of the cell there is a pair of small spots. daunia-grcup: has a large black spot in Cu:-Cuz and often in Ms-Cu: in the sub- margin of the under side of the hind wing; on the under side of the forewing the spot at the end of the cell is large and comma-shaped, the geminate spots in the middle of the cell often are fused. The Taxa of the piasus-Group The earliest name applied to the species is piasus Boisduval (1852). For many years this name was misapplied to a form of Celestrina from California. Oberthiir’s figure (1911) shows that the surviving male syn- type represents the form of Arrowhead Blue found in the lowlands of central California. On the under side of this form there is very low con- 242, JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY trast between the dull greyish ground color and the not much darker grey patterning (see Figure 2). The type is one of the sort upon which the arrowhead-shaped white marks are fused into a whitish band. Such individuals appear in all populations examined. Another sort of Arrowhead Blue is sagittigera Felder (1865). It is a form with considerable contrast in the pattern on the under side of the hind wing (see Figure 5) and with a series of obscure russet spots on the margin of the upper side of the hind wing of the female. The habitat is given as “Sonora (Lorquin).” As Brown (1967) pointed out, that means, according to Boisduval, the vicinity of Los Angeles, California. Sagittigera has been erroneously placed for many years as a synonym of pidsus piasus. It is the proper name for the taxon commonly called catalina Reakirt (see Figures 16-18). Gunder’s slightly aberrant (confluent spots on under forewing ) gorgonioi belongs to this moiety. An unrecognized west coast fraction occurs in the northern parts of the range of the species in California and in Oregon. This is a form on the underside of which there is considerable contrast, similar to that of sagit- tigera. These butterflies differ from sagittigera by lacking the russet marks on the upper side of the hind wings of the female. They are almost uni- versally confused with piasus piasus from which they differ in degree of contrast on the under side. I have not seen enough of this variety to name it and recommend its study to a west coast lepidopterist with sufficient material. A synopsis of the west coast names follows: Glaucopsyche piasus piasus (Boisduval), 1852 Ann. Soc. Entomologique de France, 2nd series, 10: 229. Figured by Oberthiir, 1911, Lepid. Compareé, 9: 41, pl. 237, no. 1950 (type). Type locality: “California” probably the vicinity of San Francisco. Type in U.S.N.M. (see figs. 1-4.) (Ly- caena piasus ) viaca W. H. Edwards, 1871, Trans. Amer. Ent. Sec., 3: 209. Type locality: “Sierra Nevada, Cal.” Type in A.M.N.H. (Lycaena viaca) Range: From the San Bernardino Mountains, California, northward to at least Butte Falls, Jackson Co., Oregon. Except in southern California, the subspecies piasus piasus appears from coastal areas up to transitional forests in the mountains. Glaucopsyche piasus sagittigera (Felder & Felder), 1865 Reise Novara, Lepidoptera II, p. 281, pl. 35, figs. 20, 21. These figures are poor but recognizable. Type locality: “Sonora” [vicinity of Los Angeles, Calif.] Type is in British Museum, Tring, Herts, England. (see figs. 5-6) (Lycaena sagittigera) catalina Reakirt, 1866. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 16: 244. Figured by Strecker (1874) Lepid. Rhop.-Het., pl. 10, fig. 1, 2. These are fair. Type locality: Los Angeles, California. Type in Field Museum, Chicago, Ill. (see figs. 16-18, the types.) (Lycaena catalina) VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 243 lorquini Behr, 1867, Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sci., 3: 280. Type locality: “California.” Type destroyed. A letter from Behr to Strecker dated 28.viii.1875 states that lorquini is a synonym of catalina Reakirt. (Lycaena lorquini ) rhaea Boisduval (1869). Ann. Soc. Entomologique de Belgique 12: 51. Figured by Oberthiir (1911) Lepid. Compareé 9: 43, pl. 239, nos. 2078 and 2079. Type locality: vicinity of Los Angeles, California. Type in U.S.N.M. (Lycaena rhaea) gorgonioi Gunder (1925), Ent. News 36: 4, pl. 1, fig. P (colored). Type locality: San Gorgonio Mountain, San Bernardino Co., Calif. Type in A.M.N.H. (Phaedrotes piasus catalina ab. gorgonioi) Range: Apparently restricted to the coastal regions in the vicinity of Los Angeles and now in danger of extinction. The Taxa of the daunia-Group The daunia-group has much wider range than does the piasus-group but thus far only one name has been proposed for it. It is found from northern New Mexico to southern Alberta and west into the Great Basin and northward to southern British Columbia. Within this extensive range there occurs some variation. Material from northern New Mexico (Jemez Springs and Fort Wingate) tend to show a little russet coloring on the margins of the upper hind wing of the females. These specimens are in all other respects related to daunia and not sagittigera. The females of typical daunia from Colorado oc- casionally show a trace of russet on the upper hind wing. The broad dark vadum is reduced in the anal region to a submarginal series of dark patches. These patches of dark scales are linear or lunate and there is a noticeable lighter area marginad of them. On the females from British Columbia, Idaho and western Washington, the vadum is broad, inwardly diffuse and totally lacking any rusty scales, nor is there any evidence of the broken crenate submarginal line, or its development, that is common to piasus and daunia. This moiety is recog- nized below with a subspecific name. _ Glaucopsyche piasus daunia W. H. Edwards, 1871 Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 3: 272. Type locality: “Colorado” [Turkey Creek, Jefferson Co., Colo.] Type is in the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa. (see fig. 7-9). (Ly- caena daunia) Range: From northern New Mexico through the Rocky Mountains to Alberta. The Alberta specimens in the Canadian National Collection, Ot- tawa, Ontario, are these: Calgary, head of Pine Creek, 3l.v.1915, F. H. Wolley-Dod, 1 ¢; Cypress Hills, nr. Elkwater, 4500 ft., 13.vii.1951, D. F. Hardwick, 1 4; Lethbridge, 30.vi.1923, J. McDunnough, | ¢ (illustrated); Waterton Lakes, 24.vi.1922, C. H. Young, 1 ¢, and 8.vi.1923, J. McDun- nough, | é. 244 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY g ey, 4 g z Bes fod en te 8 B Grrnett VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 245 Glaucopsyche piasus toxeuma Brown, new subspecies Male. Upper side violet blue as on sagittigera, not specular blue as on daunia. Vadum relatively narrow, inwardly diffuse. Fringes checkered white and black with the black at the ends of the veins. Underside: Darker and more contrasty than typical piasus, about as on daunia. Background about the same shade of grey as on daunia, not as brownish as on sagit- tigera. Forewing submarginal angular interneural marks poorly defined, especially in apical area (similar to sagittigera), not as sharply defined as on daunia. Post discal row, black spots circled with white, essentially the same on all subspecies. The two cell spots on toxeuma are equally strongly developed and on the whole larger than on piasus and sagittigera and more like on daunia. Distal notch of each sagittate white mark on hind wing outlined in black, not as sharply as on daunia but more like on sagittigera. These marks larger on toxeuma than on either daunia or sagittigera. In submargin between Cui and Cuz a black spot capped with a diffuse crescent of rusty scales and then black caret at base of white sagittate mark. A similar, much less noticeable mark just anterior to anal vein. Oc- casionally such a mark found in M;-Cu:. These marks absent from piasus and sagit- tigera and usually more highly developed in daunia than on toxeuma. Female. Similar coloring to male with broader vadum. Vadum on forewing often reaching end of cell and diffuse inwardly. On hind wing no evidence of the sub- marginal sharply defined broken crenate line found on daunia nor diffuse rusty patches seen on sagittigera. Under side: As on the males with post discal series of spots often incomplete. In these cases the minute spots between Rs-M:, Mz-Cu: and Cu:-Cuz disappear. In addition toxeuma tending to be somewhat larger than specimens of the other subspecies. | Holotype. No. 11,470, a male from Garnett Valley, Summerland, B. C., 22.v.1933, A. N. Gartrell in the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, Ontario. Radius of left forewing, 16.7 mm. Allotype: a female from the same series as the holotype but col- lected on 10.v.1933. Radius of left forewing, 17.0 mm. Paratypes: 9 males and 4 females collected 10—28.v.1933 by either A. N. Gartrell or J. McDunnough. All in the Canadian National Collection. The name is a transliteration of the Greek word for “that which is shot,’ in other words, an arrow. The holotype and allotype are shown in Figures 13-15. Range: South central British Columbia southward in eastern Washing- ton and Idaho (at least to Pocatello). Although I have restricted the type series to specimens from the type locality, the Canadian National Collection contains the following material assignable to G. piasus toxeuma: < Figs. 1-18. Glaucopsyche piasus Bdv. 14, G. piasus piasus Bdy., San Francisco, Calif., coll. F.M.B.; 5-6, G. piasus sagittigera Felder, Los Angeles, Calif., C.N.C.; 7-9, G. piasus daunia Edw., Boulder, Colo., C.N.C.; 10, G. piasus toxeuma Brown, Pocatello, Ida., coll. F.M.B.; 11-12, G. piasus daunia Edw., Lethbridge, Alta., C.N.C.; 13-14, G. piasus toxeuma Brown, Garnett Valley, B. C., holotype, C.N.C.; 15, G. piasus toxeuma Brown, Gamett Valley, B. C., allotype, C.N.C.; 16-17, G. piasus catalina Reakirt, lectotype, Field Mus.; 18, G. piasus catalina Reakirt, paratype female, Field Mus. IAB JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY BRITISH COLUMBIA: Keremeos, Shingle Creek Rd., 9.vi.1933, A. N. Gartrell, 1 6, and 18.vi.1933, C. B. Barrett, 1 ¢; Okanagan Falls, 15-23.v.1953, J. R. McGillis, 3 6 6; Oliver, 14-15.vi.1953, D. F. Hardwick & J. E. H. Martin, 3 ¢ ¢,1 2; Osoyoos, 19.v.1895, 1 6, 23.v.1895, 1 6, 19-24.vi.1938, J. K. Jacob, 14 ¢¢, 7 2 9, and 15-22.vii.1953, J. R. McGillis, 7 $ 6, 2 9 2; Osoyoos, Anarchist Mt., 7.v.1936, A. N. Gartrell, 1 ¢@; Penticton, 23.v.1953, J. R. McGillis, 1 ¢; Summerland, Garnett Valley, 10—28.v.1933, J. McDunnough & A. N. Gartrell, 10 ¢ 6, 5 @ 9, type series of toxeuma; Vasseau, 14.v.1920, W. B. Anderson, 1 ¢; Vernon, 20.v.1906, Bush-Wilson, 1 ¢, 12.v.1908, 1 6, 22.v.1919, W. B. Anderson, 1 9, and 16.v.1953, D. F. Hardwick (Sein 10. le Wer, 4 8 6, 5 2. In addition to the above there is a short series in my collection from Robson, B. C., collected by N. R. Foxlee on 23-26 May in 1936 and 1937. Except for these it might be assumed that the subspecies is confined to the Okanagan Valley in British Columbia. The distributional data for such an assumption probably is in artifact of collecting. Very definitely there is a lack of material from both east and west of the Okanagan Valley in the Canadian National Collection. When that is remedied we will have a better idea of the range of piasus in Canada. Literature Cited (Original descriptions are cited in the text) Brown, F. M. 1967. Lorquin’s localities “Sonora” and “Utah”. Jour. Lepid. Soc. 21: 271-274. Dyar, H. G. 1902. A list of North American Lepidoptera and key to the literature of the Order or Insects. Bull. U.S.N.M. 52. Epwarps, W. H. 1884. Revised catalogue of the diurnal Lepidoptera of America north of Mexico. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 11: 245-337. Nasoxov, V. 1945. Notes on neotropical Plebejinae (Lyaenidae, Lepidoptera ) Psyche 52: 1-65 (esp. p. 3). ScuppER, S. H. 1876. Synonymic list of the butterflies of North America, north of Mexico. Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. 3: 98-129 (esp. p. 115). SKINNER, HENRy. 1898. A synonymic Catalogue of the North American Rhopalocera. Amer. Ent. Soc., Philadelphia. A RECORD OF EUPHYDRYAS ANICIA (NYMPHALIDAE) IN OKLAHOMA In June 1959, I took a male of Euphydryas anicia Doubleday at Lawton, Comanche Co., Oklahoma near Fort Sill, a major artillery training base for the Army. It seems possible that a pupa or a number of pupae were brought to Fort Sill in some plants a soldier brought with him or in a shipment of goods to the base. This seems the only plausible explanation of anicia’s presence in Oklahoma, hundreds of miles from it’s nearest recorded range. I have collected in Lawton for eight seasons since 1959, mostly in June, and have never seen another specimen. This is the first record of the species from east of the hundredth meridian in Oklahoma that I have knowledge of. The author would like to thank Mr. F. M. Brown, Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colorado, for reading the manuscript and offering his suggestions. MicHsrEL Toxiver, 1612 Indiana NE, Albuquerque, New Mexico. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 4 247 REARING TECHNIQUES FOR SPECIES OF SPEYERIA (NYMPHALIDAE) S. O. MATTOON 2109 Holly Ave., Chico, California R. D. Davis 1204 East 13th St., Antioch, California O. D. SPENCER 935 Ferndale Rd., Lincoln, Nebraska Widespread interest in North American Speyeria has resulted in ac- cumulation of considerable taxonomic and ecological information, yet problems in understanding species limits persist. Rearing studies would be helpful in clarifying some of these problems, but until now no successful method of breaking larval diapause or of over- wintering was known. This paper outlines rearing procedures developed by the authors during five years of combined research. We have used the method to rear more than 4,000 specimens, including all the Nearctic species. Although large scale rearing is described, its fundamentals can be reduced to the scale desired. A search of the literature provides little information on rearing Speyeria. William Henry Edwards (1887) wrote of successfully overwintering larvae in an ice house. Grey, Moeck, and Evans (1963) reported a method of breaking diapause by periodic mechanical stimulation over an extended period. Little was learned concerning the origin of an idea which was developed into the overwintering procedure described in this paper as the “block method” of larval storage. The idea came to us through D. V. McCorkle of Monmouth, Oregon, who along with others explored it as a means of overwintering. The Speyerian Life Cycle A generalized life cycle for Speyeria may be useful in understanding the complexities of rearing. The one presented is based partly on our obser- vations and partly on descriptions in literature. Species of Speyeria are univoltine; adult emergence occurs between May and September, depending on the population. The males appear approximately a week before the females, which results from a dispro- portionate larval growth rate. Females often mate immediately, some- times on or before their maiden flight. Egg laying begins within days or weeks depending on differing ovarian maturation rates between species. Food plants appear to be restricted to the genus Viola (Violaceae) with one doubtful exception offered by Durden (1965). Oviposition sometimes 948 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY occurs on the food plant, but commonly eggs are placed on other sub- strates near the host. More than 600 eggs may be deposited by a single female. The time from oviposition to eclosion under natural conditions ranges from 12 to 24 days depending on the species. We have noted a relatively uniform rate of development under laboratory conditions. Eggs held at temperatures between 24° to 32° C darken within 48 hours if viable, and hatch in approximately 9 days. After emergence, larvae im- mediately seek shelter in ground litter and hibernate. All Speyeria larvae overwinter in a state of diapause, remaining inactive for at least 8 months; mortality appears to be very high during this period. Following appropriate stimuli in the spring, feeding starts, and the larvae grow to maturity in 6 to 10 weeks. The time from pupation to emergence varies from 7 to 22 days in the laboratory depending on the species and the temperature to which the pupae are exposed. The average length of the pupal period in nature is reported to be approximately 14 days, (Weed, 1927; Macy and Shepherd, 1941). Field Storage and Handling of Live Females Proper handling permits storage of live females for extended periods and successful shipping within North America in a condition to produce an ample supply of eggs. Field collected females should be placed with their wings closed in glassine envelopes without being stunned or an- aesthetized. A portable ice chest should be taken where hot, arid con- ditions will be encountered, or on trips of more than one day. Enveloped females should be kept in tightly sealed glass jars stored in ice. Lengthy storage in ice will keep the insects immobile, and is not harmful as long as desiccation does not occur. The loss of body moisture is a great ship- ping and storage hazard and may be prevented by the addition of mois- tened paper towel or the equivalent to the jar. However, adding or ac- cumulating too much moisture can drown the insects. Also, water can be accidentally drawn inside from the melting ice especially when a vacuum is created inside jars as they are cooled or by transporting them from a high to a lower altitude. If storage will be longer than 3 days, females should be fed. One initial feeding will allow them to be carried for several weeks as long as jars are occasionally opened to replenish the oxygen supply and the cold is main- tained. Similar success with storage has been obtained in the laboratory by holding the jars under refrigeration. Shipment of Living Females A double box method has proven to be safe and effective for shipping. The insects (in glassine envelopes) are packed in small loose groups in VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 249 dampened absorbent packing material in a durable, crushproof container. The container is sealed with waterproof packaging tape to help retain moisture, and is then surrounded with packing material in a slightly larger container. After packaging, shipments are held under refrigeration until air mailed. At destination, the females should be fed immediately or the package again refrigerated. Adult Feeding Procedure Females bagged for egg laying should be fed twice daily. The food solution and feeding procedure is similar to that given by McFarland (1964). The solution consists of 3 heaping teaspoons of granulated sugar to 8 ounces of distilled water. The butterfly, with its wings closed, is placed on absorbent cotton satu- rated with the solution. Organs of taste in the tarsi of the posterior pair of legs normally trigger a feeding response (Ford, 1945; Macy and Shepard, 1941; Oldroyd, 1959); however, if the response fails a pin can be inserted through the proboscis coil extending it into contact with the solution. Feeding lasts approximately 2 to 3 minutes with old, worn, or egg laying females. Unproductive individuals may not feed as long. Adjustable holding devices like the one shown in Figure 1 are con- venient when numerous females must be fed. In the one shown, a clothes- pin provided with cardboard grips can be adjusted to the height and angle necessary for holding any size specimen for feeding. Traces of food solution should be rinsed away from the insects tarsi and proboscis after each feeding, otherwise chrystallizing sugar may damage these organs. Oviposition in Captivity Following the method used by Grey, Moeck, and Evans (1963), egg laying can be promoted by enclosing the female in a brown paper bag exposed to sunlight. In the laboratory an incandescent light source is used. Size number 8 paper bags containing violet leaves are placed 12” to 18” from a 100 watt light. The best egg production is obtained when bags are exposed to a humid environment. Where dryness cannot be avoided, the paper bags can be enclosed in plastic bags and about 1 tablespoon of water added between them as needed to avoid desiccation of the females. Generally most field collected females are gravid, but fresh specimens of some species must be bagged for many days before oviposition begins. Females are usually so worn by the end of the egg laying period that photographic records are necessary to compare progeny and parent. Y ET CI ’ So S IST ER PT LEPIDO THE F O AL RN Jou 0 DNS VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 95] Method of Larval Storage Newly hatched larvae are immediately removed from the bag and are housed in small wooden blocks. These blocks, which are approximately 1%” cubes, are preferably made of basswood or other seft lumber. A hole 2” diameter is drilled with the grain of the wood through the center of each block to form the storage chamber. Up to 100 larvae may be housed in an individual storage block. The storage compartments are closed either by stapling nylon chiffon over the holes (chiffon is used because it allows ventilation while preventing larval escape) or by inserting it inside each end by use of plastic compression rings (Fig. 2). Parakeet banding rings adapt well for closing blocks because of their ability to expand and contract. Chiffon attachment by stapling when the blocks are dry will remain tight throughout periods of expansion and shrinkage resulting from periodic block soaking. Soakings are mandatory throughout larval storage, as desiccation is fatal to the larvae. The interval between soakings depends on dryness of storage conditions, but usually is not longer than a week. Blocks are soaked until partially wet by absorption in distilled water not deep enough to enter the storage chamber. Blocks must be stored at all times under refrigeration at a temperature just above 0° C, as freezing of the blocks will cause high larval mortality. The blocks should be arranged in a tray or the refrigerator’s vegetable pan so that adequate ventilation can pass through the storage chambers. Mold growth inside damp blocks is a serious problem as mold growing around larvae will usually cause death. Autoclaving of the blocks before use, and periodic inspections during storage is necessary. When mold is detected reblocking must be undertaken. The overwintering larval condition referred to in this paper and in literature as “diapause,” may ultimately prove to be quiescence, Through- out diapause, Speyeria larvae demonstrate an ability to repeatedly awaken from or return to dormancy in response to the application or removal of stimuli such as light, heat, and mechanical agitation. The ability to seek shelter from adverse environmental conditions may have an important influence in larval survival in nature. Apparently, a correlation exists between larval metabolism and the agent controlling diapause. Apparently diapause cannot be permanently ter- minated until a given amount of stored energy has been expended. The rate of expenditure seems to regulate termination. Furthermore, the rate appears to fluctuate with temperature; thus, diapause ends more rapidly for larvae stored at room temperature (22°-26° C) than for those stored in the cold (1°-5° C). Carefully controlling the metabolic rate by refrig- eration to approximate natural habitat temperatures is therefore necessary JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY bo Ol NS) 777 Ie Figs. 3, 4. 3, Humidity chamber apparatus for breaking larval diapause (feeding is promoted by the application of controlled heat, light, and humidity); 4, a bag type leaf sleeve of nylon chiffon is placed on violet leaf. to extend diapause to its normal duration. Conversely, the rapid expend- iture of energy through intense and continued artificial stimulation can rapidly terminate diapause in all Speyerian species. Breaking Speyerian Diapause Figure 3 shows an arrangement developed for breaking Speyerian diapause. This method employs light, heat, and humidity for stimulus and protection, and is designed for use at indoor temperatures (22°-26° C). The equipment consists of a white, enamel plated tray, or other reflective surface on which is placed a small, clear plastic box or glass petri dish. Paper towel or filter paper fitted in the bottom of the container is saturated but not flooded with distilled water. A young tender violet leaf with its stem held by foam rubber in a 8 X 25 mm water filled specimen vial is placed in the container. Using a camel hair brush, up to 30 larvae can be placed in the container. The larvae will partially awaken and contract into a C-shaped position in response to the handling. An adjustable goose- neck, hooded lamp using a 60 watt incandescent bulb is positioned ap- proximately 8 inches from the container shining down on the larvae. After larvae uncoil and begin to crawl in response to the heat and light stimuli, they should be transferred to the leaf. A top is placed on the container to form a miniature escape proof humidity chamber in which the larvae VOLUME 25, NUMBER 4 ASS) will not be harmed as long as the towel moisture is maintained. Reflective insulation material (such as expanded polystyrene) is cut to enclose the container exposing only the lid. This will substantially reduce condersa- tion inside the chamber, in which wandering larvae can be trapped and drowned. The time required for the first feeding response to occur is highly vari- able, and as previously stated, appears to depend on how much stored energy remains to be expended. During this interval the larvae may crawl extensively with intermittent periods of attempted sleep, often under the leaf or along the sides of the humidity chamber. The first indication of feeding is the appearance of small nicks along the margin of the leaf. Feeding occasionally occurs within 30 minutes, but normally takes from 1 to 3 days or longer. Feeding larvae usually display a gregarious tendency through the first 2 to 3 instars. Host Plants Many North American violets of the genus Viola serve as satisfactory hosts. Although there appear to be host preferences throughout the genus, indiscriminate feeding on any available Viola apparently occurs (Macy and Shepard, 1941, for S. cybele). The only unsuitable violets encountered are evergreen ornamentals of European origin. Although larvae of most species will accept an unsuitable host, symptoms possibly indicative of a nutritional deficiency or a toxic reaction, will develop in varying degrees depending on the species involved. Some species are quickly killed, while in others dwarfed adults have been obtained after an abnormally long development period. Viola papilionacea Pursh, and the partial albino form V. priceana Pol- lard have proven to be very successful hosts for all North American Spey- eria. These large leafed deciduous plants are excellent seed and foliage producers which withstand repeated defoliation, and can be grown con- tinuously in greenhouses with only a short winter dormancy. Rearing Procedures Larval losses are minimized by allowing completion of the approximate 9-day first instar period in the humidity chamber. They are then trans- ferred to host plants where second and third instar development continues on young tender violet leaves in the confinement of a leaf sleeve. Figure 4 shows a nylon chiffon leaf sleeve securely closed by a drawstring which crimps cotton around the leaf petiole. Violets for sleeving are container grown for handling convenience. Leaf-sleeving becomes impractical by late third instar due to increased larval size and food consumption. As shown in figure 5 the remaining larval development takes place in 254 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY a ye a fe d | ; y / Lo wy Figs. 5, 6. 5, Nylon chiffon can-sleeve installed on container-grown Viola; 6, cabinet providing partial temperature and humidity control for storing pupation and emergence jars in dark. a nylon chiffon can-sleeve. The wire legs of the sleeve support ring when pushed into the soil hold the sleeve in position. An elastic band in the bottom of the sleeve grips the can snugly while access is gained through the top by means of a draw string. Violet plants can become infested with several common pest or disease organisms in addition to harboring hard to detect spiders which can kill early instar larvae. When pest control becomes necessary, washing the foliage or hand removal is recommended. Speyeria larvae exhibit a pro- nounced sensitivity to many commonly used home and garden pesticides, and any treatment should also include precautionary foliage feeding tests before plant reuse. Residual or systemic insecticides and those releasing fumes including household pest strips should be strickly avoided. Soil in the container may still be contaminated after the plant has proven safe. A layer of sawdust will prevent soil contact and will collect and help desic- cate larval droppings for easy disposal. The feasibility of conducting large scale rearing studies was greatly en- hanced by learning that the normal more than 3 month larval-pupal devel- opment period could be significantly reduced. As with most insect devel- opment, heat is a major factor in shortening the maturation period. In nature, feeding is slowed or interrupted by the intensity of direct sun- nine or nighttime cold. Where sleeved cans of larvae are placed under VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 2D continuous incandescent light at a temperature from 26° to 32° C with moderate humidity, the subdued light within the sleeve seems optimum for a rapid development of the normally nocturnal larvae. An extreme example of accelerated development was achieved where normal males of Speyeria callippe marcaria were obtained in 20 days from first feeding to adult emergence, but the higher temperature levels needed are highly favorable for disease development. Pupal Storage and Adult Emergence Chrysalids should be stored in separate emergence jars during their development period. If full-grown larvae are transferred to jars for final development, the usual indications of oncoming pupation are discontinued feeding, rapid and continuous wandering, and finally a reddish discolora- tion to the larval droppings. If pupation occurs in the can-sleeve, masking tape can be used to easily detach and resuspend chrysalids in the jars without removing them from their silken attachment. Newly emerged adults normally undergo nervous body movements which are apparently a functional part of the wing expansion process. Three-fourths of the inside circumference of the approximately 2 quart capacity wide mouth jars, are lined with moisture resistant Dacron curtain material held in place with “freezer type” masking tape. The lining pro- vides an adequate foothold surface which reduces wing damage that re- sults when adults accidently fall during emergence and cannot retain a hanging position. A gap is left in the lining large enough to lay a res- taurant dispenser type paper napkin when the jar is on its side. The napkin, which is kept slightly damp to provide humidity for normal pupal development, also helps collect larval droppings before pupation and absorbs the reddish waste material released by the emerging adult. Addition of water and finally the killing agent can be easily applied to the napkin with a plastic squeeze bottle through a hole drilled in the jar lid. Figure 6 shows a jar cabinet designed for large scale rearing. The storage drawers have removable fronts for easy access to the jars, while the cabinet provides temperature control and a darkened interior for emergence. Acknowledgments The authors wish to thank research horticulturist Robert L. Smith of the U. S. Plant Introduction Station, Chico for his continued help and en- couragement during preparation of the manuscript as well as the use of his private darkroom facilities. We are especially indebted to Dr. J. A. Powell, University of California, Berkeley, for reading and suggesting numerous improvements to the manuscript. T. W. Davies, San Leandro, 956 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY California; D. V. McCorkle, Monmouth, Oregon; Kenneth Tidwell, Salt Lake City, Utah; J. S. Nordin, Webster, South Dakota and others are thanked for supplying much of the live material used in our research. Literature Cited DurDEN, CHRISTOPHER J. 1965. Speyeria callippe and Artemisia a possible food plant. Journ. Lepid. Soc. 19: 186-187. Epwarps, W. H. 1887. The Butterflies of North America. Vol. III. American Entomological Society, Philadelphia. Forp, E. B. 1945. Butterflies. The New Naturalist series, Collins Press, London. Grey, L. P., A. H. Morck anp W. H. Evans. 1963. Notes on overlapping subspecies. II Segregation in the Speyeria atlantis of the Black Hills. Journ. Lepid. Soc. 17: 129-147. Macy, R. W., ano H. H. SHeparp. 1941. Butterflies. Univ. Minnesota Press, Min- neapolis. McFarianp, N. 1964. Notes on collecting, rearing, and preserving larvae of Mac- rolepidoptera. Journ. Lepid. Soc. 18: 201-210. Oxproyp, H. 1958. Collecting, preserving, and studying insects. The MacMillan Comm Nae A NOTE ON LETHE ANTHEDON BOREALIS (SATYRIDAE) Joun H. Masters Lemon Street North, North Hudson, Wisconsin In recent years the genus Lethe Hubner has inspired a good deal of new interest by North American Lepidopterists; Irwin (1970) has treated Lethe creola (Skinner ); dosPassos (1969), Shapiro and Carde (1970) and Carde, Shapiro and Clench (1970) have treated the Lethe eurydice (Jo- hansson )—Lethe appalachia Chermock complex while Heitzman and dosPassos (in preparation) are treating the Lethe anthedon Clark—Lethe portlandia (Fabricius ) complex. As a result of these studies, the number of recognized species of Lethe in North America is increased from three (as given by dosPassos 1964) to five. Included are two sets of sibling species, eurydice-appalachia and creola-portlandia-anthedon, which show very little morphological divergence but exhibit strong physiological dis- tinctions which warrant their current designations as separate species. In view of this, the physiological differences between Lethe anthedon bore- alis Clark, per my observations in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Ontario and Manitoba, and nominate L. a. anthedon seem quite pertinent. They should shed some light on the proper relationship of the two subspecific popu- VOLUME 25, NUMBER 4 Di lations and indicate the value in retaining borealis as a subjectively valid name. Lethe anthedon borealis was described from Hymers, Ontario by Clark (1936) as Lethe portlandia borealis in the same paper in which Lethe portlandia anthedon was described. Borealis has received but little in- terest, usually having been regarded as a “very weak” subspecies of port- landia (= anthedon sensu stricto) or as a subjective synonym for anthedon. The morphological differences, cited by Clark to separate the two sub- species, are indeed slight; they are as follows: Dark border on hind wings above narrow and tapering anteriorly; on the hind wings below the dark band, between the light line bordering the fourth and fifth spots and the submarginal light line, is little, if at all, broader than the distance between the submarginal light line and Pe mMMeMOLt Me WING 2 2 i anthedon Clark Dark border on hind wings above broader and more uniform, not nar- rowing appreciably anteriorly; on the hind wings below the dark band between the light line bordering the fourth and fifth and the submar- ginal light line is broader, usually much broader, than the distance be- tween the submarginal light line and the edge of the wing; ground color below browner and usually more uniform —— borealis Clark These distinctions are minor and difficult to use in keying out speci- mens and it is almost necessary to have both populations available for comparison; however, borealis is not often represented in collections. The character that I have found most useful in separating populations is the ground color of the hind wings below; in borealis it is a dull and uniform brown while in anthedon the background seems to be composed of several shades of brown and is much brighter. This distinction is especially evi- dent in looking at the butterflies in series, which avoids comparing in- dividual differences. I have also found that the morphological distinctions between the two populations occur on a sharp line between the Transition and Canadian Life Zones. Munroe (1969) stated that a number of butter- flies exhibit sharply distinct subspecies on the two sides of a boundary between two major ecological formations. As examples he cited, among others, Papilio glaucus canadensis Rothschild & Jordan and Limenitis arthemis arthemis (Drury) for the Canadian Zone versus Papilio glaucus glaucus Linnaeus and Limenitis arthemis astyanax (Fabricius) for the Transition Zone. After carefully examining the specimens of Lethe anthedon in my own collection and in the University of Minnesota collection, I placed them, subjectively, into subspecies borealis or anthedon and plotted their distri- bution (Fig. 1). The correlation between subspecies and life zones is 258 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY PA Fig. 1. Distribution of examined specimens of Lethe anthedon in Minnesota and neighboring areas. Circles: Letha a. borealis (Clark). Squares: Lethe a. anthedon (Clark). Dotted Line: approximate boundary between Canadian (Boreal Region ) and Transition (Austral Region) life zones. very good; as indicated by the dotted line on the map which traces the approximate boundary between the Canadian and Transition Zones (per Roberts, 1936). Nearly every specimen examined could be placed reliably into one subspecies or the other. Some degree of intergradation was noted in the character of the dark border on the dorsal hind wing, and to a lesser extent in the other characters, but in no case was more than one character involved in intergradation. The differences in habitat and habits are much more conspicuous. My observations on Lethe anthedon anthedon have been principally in southern Minnesota, central Wisconsin, Missouri and Arkansas, but are in complete accord with Shapiro and Carde (1970) for New York and New Jersey, Klots (1951) and Edwards (1897). Nominate anthedon is a shade loving butterfly of deciduous forests. It's foodplants are grasses, Brachy- elytrum erectum Schreb. (Shapiro & Carde, 1970), Uniola latifolia Michx. (Heitzman, 1970) and possibly others. The butterflies frequent small glades in the forest and exhibit strong preferences for flight in the late afternoon, often flying until dusk. They are infrequently taken at lights which may VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 259 indicate that they, like Lethe creola, are subject to occasional nocturnal flight. The males are very territorial in habit and each male will occupy a favorite perch at some distance from the perches of his nearest neighbor. The distance between perches is inversely proportional to the population density in the particular locality and, if the population density is extremely high, they may be very close together and, in some cases, even on the same tree. The perches are almost invariably on a tree trunk, two to four feet off of the ground, which allows a view of a small glade or opening in the forest. Territoriality very similar to this has been recorded for a number of other satyrid butterflies, e.g. Oeneis macounii (Edwards) and Oeneis jutta (Hubner) (Masters & Sorensen, 1969), and apparently serves the mating requirements of the butterflies. Based on my observations, primarily in Rusk County, Wisconsin, Aitkin and Saint Louis Counties, Minnesota and Riding Mountain, Manitoba, Lethe anthedon borealis has distinctly different habits and habitats. It does not occupy the fully wooded environment but prefers a very “open” wooded environment with lush undergrowth, the mosaic habitat of Shapiro and Carde (1970). In some cases I have found colonies in localities where bogs or marshes are gradually giving way to forest and the plant associ- ations are quite mixed. In other cases I have found them in young seral forests, composed of birch, aspen and hazelnut growing sparsely with heavy undergrowths. The foodplant of Lethe anthedon borealis is not known. One of the recorded foodplants for nominate anthedon, Brachy- elytrum erectum, occurs at least in part of it’s geographic range (Lakela, 1965), however Uniola latifolia does not. The actual foodplant may prove to be B. erectum or another grass, but I would not be suprised to leam that it was a sedge instead since several species of sedge are common in the borealis habitats. Like the nominate subspecies, L. a. borealis exhibits a marked preference for late afternoon flight and may be taken until sunset on warm days. At Riding Mountain, Manitoba, it is always the last butterfly on the wing each day and can be taken on overcast days when few or no other butter- flies are flying. The greatest behavior difference between borealis and nominate anth- edon is that borealis exhibits none of the territorial characteristics that are so pronounced with anthedon and is, in fact, quite gregarious in habit. Large numbers of borealis are frequently seen congregating together about a single bush or group of bushes, usually at the edge of a road or a forest opening. They seem to be quite “amiable” together and the aerial en- counters of males, that are so common with nominate anthedon and terri- torial species never occur. Unlike nominate anthedon, they very seldom perch on tree trunks but prefer perches on low shrubbery, usually less than 260 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY a foot off the ground. When alarmed, their favorite tactic is to dodge deeper into the bush they are on, which makes pursuit by a larger predator very difficult. Dozens of borealis are sometimes encountered clumped together while feeding at carrion or excrement or at a shaded, damp spot in a road. Assemblies of nominate anthedon at damp spots or while feeding are not uncommon, but the tendencies are not as pronounced and the numbers involved are not as large. The range of Lethe anthedon borealis, as far as known, includes: south- ern Manitoba, west to Riding Mountain; northeastern Minnesota, south to Aitkin and Carleton Counties; northwest Wisconsin, southeast at least to Rusk County; and the part of Ontario that is immediately north of Min- nesota and Lake Superior. It probably occurs further east in Wisconsin and, quite likely, in the northern peninsula of Michigan. No attempt has been made to determine the eastern limit in Ontario. One of the major criticisms leveled at the trinominal and it’s usage in taxonomy is that the subspecies, as currently defined and used, fails to distinguish between weakly and strongly differentiated geographic sub- species and treats them all alike. Descriptions and identifications of populations are essentially based on visible morphological distinctions and consequently taxonomy has been strongly oriented in this direction and populations which show strong morphological divergence have attracted the most attention. However, we have in Lethe anthedon borealis, a very good example of very marked physiological (behavioral) differences along with very weakly developed morphological differences. Differences be- tween species, subspecies, or any taxonomic category, may be physio- logical, morphological, or both, and they may be phenotypic or genotypic in each case. Fortunately physiological differences, which are far more important in the long run, are usually accompanied by at least minor mor- phological changes which allows the taxonomist to distinguish and name the populations exhibiting them. On the other hand, so far as we know, morphological differences are usually accompanied by at least minor phys- iological differences; if they weren't, there would be little point in pinning aname on them. Unfortunately, however, there is not always a correlation. Remington (1968), for instance, stated that he had under study three species of butterflies in Connecticut and four in Colorado, each of which he felt was a pair of widely sympatric and fully speciated entities. He had, however, delayed formal naming of these species because he had not yet found [morphological] recognition characters useful for determining mu- seum specimens. The North American Lethe constitute a good example of the problems in relying exclusively on morphological characters for species distinctions. hrlich (1961) cited Lethe as one of only fourteen North American genera VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 261 of butterflies that represented no problem to the taxonomist because speciation is quite distinct. Since that time field work and behavioral studies have forced us to increase the number of recognized species from three to five and we have become aware of classification problems in the populations of borealis and fumosus Leussler, both of which are still treated as infraspecific, but with reservations. The physiological distinctions that I have observed between Lethe anthedon anthedon and Lethe anthedon borealis are of the same magni- tude as Shapiro and Carde (1970) found between Lethe eurydice and Lethe appalachia, and which they used as justification for separating them into two distinct species. Lethe eurydice and Lethe appalachia are sym- patric over a wide range, while, as far as is known, Lethe a. anthedon and Lethe a. borealis are allopatric or nearly so. Thus the retention of them as subspecific entities is justifiable. Literature Cited Carve, R. T., A. M. SHapiro Aanp H. K. Ciencu. 1970. Sibling species in the eurydice group of Lethe (Lepidoptera: Satyridae). Psyche 77: 70-103. Crark, A. H. 1936. Notes on the butterflies of the genus Enodia and description of a new fritillary from Peru. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 83: 251-259. posPassos, C. F. 1964. A synonymic list of the Nearctic Rhopalocera. Lepid. Soc. Mem. 1. 1969. Lethe eurydice (Johansson) and Lethe fumosus (Leussler): sibling species (Lepidoptera: Satyridae). Jour. New York Ent. Soc. 77: 117-122. Epwarps, W. H. 1897. The butterflies of North America. Vol. 3. Houghton Mif- flin Co., Boston. Enruicn, P. R. 1961. Has the biological species concept outlived its usefulness. Syst. Zoology 10: 167-176. Herrzman, J. R. 1970. The life history of Amblyscirtes linda (Hesperiidae). Jour. Research Lepid. 8: 99-104 [1969]. Irwin, R. R. 1970. Notes on Lethe creola (Satyridae), with designation of lecto- type. Jour. Lepid. Soc. 24: 143-151. Kors, A. B. 1951. A field guide to the butterflies. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. Laxeta, O. 1965. A flora of northeastern Minnesota. Univ. Minnesota Press, Min- neapolis. Masters, J. H. anv J. T. SorRENSEN. 1969. Field observations on forest Oeneis (Satyridae). Jour. Lepid. Soc. 23: 155-161. Munroz, E. 1969. Insects of Ontario: Geographical distribution and postglacial origin. Proc. Ent. Soc. Ont. 99: 43-50. Remincron, C. L. 1968. A new sibling Papilio from the Rocky Mountains, with genetic and biological notes (Insecta, Lepidoptera). Postilla No. 119. Roserts, T. S. 1936. The birds of Minnesota. Univ. Minnesota Press, Min- neapolis. Suaprro, A. M. AND R. T. Carve. 1970. Habitat selection and competition in sibling species of Satyrid butterflies. Evolution 24: 48-54. 262 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY DESCRIPTIONS OF LARVAE OF TWO EASTERN SPECIES OF LYGRIS (GEOMETRIDAE) W. C. McGurFFIN Forestry Branch, Department of the Environment, Ottawa, Ontario The larvae of seven Canadian species of Lygris were described by the writer (1958) in Larvae of the Nearctic Larentiinae. Since then two more species, L. explanata (Walker) and L. molliculata (Walker), have been reared. The descriptions of these appear here. One other, L. serrataria Barnes and McDunnough, remains to be studied. A key to known larvae of Lygris is presented. Lygris explanata Walker Cidaria explanata Walker (1862, pp. 1422-1423). Type locality unknown. Range: Southern Labrador, Newfoundland, and Nova Scotia, west to Lake of the Woods and south, according to Forbes (1948), to Massachusetts and New York. Host: Vaccinium. Life History: Hibernates as egg; larva free-living (four instars), late May to July 18; pupal period 14 to 18 days; adult late July to August. Description: I. Head brown; body light brown or yellow, with brown middorsal stripe; yellow line in upper, and brown line in lower, subdorsal region; wide brown midventral line. H.W., 0.38 mm; B.L., 3.6 mm; B.W., 0.4 mm. II. Head light brown with suggestion of brown streaks over lobes. Body light brown with dark brown mid- dorsal stripe; fine brown line in subdorsal region; brown adventral line; dark brown midventral line. H.W., 0.54—0.58 mm; B.L., 8-13: mm; B.W., 0.6-0.7 mm. III. Head light yellow with fine rust-coloured spots arranged in herring-bone pattern on sides of head, along epicranial stem and on sides of clypeus. Body light brown; middorsal line dark grey, in an irregular grey stripe; rust line in subdorsal region; adventral line chocolate; midventral line dark brown. H.W., 0.98-1.00 mm; B.L., 14 mm; B.W., 1.0-1.1 mm. IV. Head light brown with brown specks arranged in herring-bone pat- tern along epicranial stem and over parietal lobes. Body light brown; markings dark grey to reddish brown (Fig. 1). Seta L1 on low tubercle, circled in dark grey. Thoracic plate concolorous; anal plate concolorous, with dark median furrow. Thoracic legs light brown; prolegs reddish brown. H.W., 1.67 mm; B.L., 27-35 mm; B.W., 2.0—2.4 mm. Remarks: Description based on larvae reared from eggs and collected from Vaccinium in vicinity of Laniel, Quebec. Lygris molliculata Walker Cidaria molliculata Walker (1862, p. 1390). Type Locality: St. Martin’s Falls, Albany River, Ontario. Range: Ontario, north and west to the type locality; western Quebec, east to Ste. Foy; and in the United States, according to Forbes (1948): Minnesota, Pennsylvania and New York. Host: Physocarpus opulifolius (L.) Maxim. VOLUME 25, NUMBER 4 263 PI padded am eth Sel Tre are ey % ere laeP =o. 8 o oate ¢ 8 Seg Lemire, mai H. “Seater Cater Ler stig Or Sn A RR I ARTE nace om. sre ; 0 Ne ~ -eNee Le aia Be SINE a et A ate eee mg rite heme ett de WENN ETS Figs. 1 and 2. Lygris spp., mature larva, setal and colour patterns on third ab- dominal segment. 1. L. explanata (Walker); 2. L. molliculata (Walker). Life History: Larva free-living (five instars), in June; pupal period 14 to 19 days; adult July. Description: I. Head light brown; body light brown; middorsal, wide brown line; narrow brown line in subdorsal region; subventral line wide, brown. H.W., 0.34 mm; B.L., 5.5 mm; B.W., 0.4 mm. II. Head light brown with brown herring-bone pattern on lobes. Antenna brown. Body light brown; middorsal stripe grey-brown; brown line in subdorsal; lateral region greenish; fine grey line in each of subventral and adventral regions; midventral, very narrow grey line. Legs and plates concolorous. H.W., 0.48— 0.50 mm; B.L., 8 mm; B.W., 0.4 mm. III. Head light grey with much blackish over lobes; white line over each lobe in line with white line in upper subdorsal region on thorax. Body light brown; lines grey: middorsal fine, broken; addorsal, as arc on each anterior abdominal segment; subdorsal, grey, with white line above; subventral, obscure; adventral, conspicuous; midventral, fine. H.W., 0.70-0.73 mm; B.L., 9-14 mm; B.W., 0.7-0.9 mm. IV. Head whitish, with brown herring-bone pattern on lobes; whitish on front of head. Antenna light brown, with lines as in last instar. Anal plate with black middorsal line; prothoracic plate concolorous; legs concolorous, anal with light stripe along it. H.W., 1.04-1.11 mm; B.L., 18-20 mm; B.W., 1.5 mm. V. Head light brown, with brown herring-bone pattern over lobes; clypeus often with brown spot in upper corner, sometimes one in each lower corer as well. Antenna light brown. Body swollen on mesothorax; light yellow-green to brown, with markings darker (Fig. 2). Both plates brownish with dark median line. Legs brown, anal leg with light line along it. H.W., 1.67-1.84 mm; B.L., 25-40 mm; B.W., 1.8-3.0 mm. Remarks: Description based on larvae collected on west side of Bruce Peninsula, Ontario. Apparently some species of Lygris have four-instar larvae (L. explanata) and some have five-instar larvae (L. molliculata). L. testata L., and L. xylina Hulst may, apparently, have four or five instars. Key to Mature Larvae 1. Head horned (parietal lobes attenuate); on Vitis, Parthenocissus, and Epilobium 2 Lleadenonnaleslarvac withvother food: plants 2.2 aS DVL eae yee ae SxS a en eevee L. diversilineata Hiibner IPA ACM O LOC ee eae ee ee L. gracilineata Guenée 3. Middorsal line partially connected to addorsal line by transverse bar or dark patchninivaicimity of DB setae = etree StS aad eee Middorsal line not connected to addorsal line —.-.------------------ ene usee G 264 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY 4. Dark oblique posterior to seta D2... eee 5 Dark patch posteriom toi seta: D2) eee L. xylina Hulst 5. Dark transverse bar between D2 setae (Fig. 1) —---.-..- L. explanata Walker No dark transverse bar between D2 setae _________ L. flavibrunneata McDunnough 6. Setae DI and D2: 0n same dark line 0... 2 ee Z Setae D1 and D2. not on same dark line 8 f. Middorsalimencomitiraino sees eee L. testata Linnaeus Middorsal line not continuous (Fig. 2) L. molliculata Walker 8. Oblique dash anterior to seta D1; larvae on Salix and Populus __...---____ 9 No oblique dash anterior to seta D1; larvae on Ribes _____ L. propulsata Walker 9. A continuous dark line through seta SV3 _____.....__._____ L. destinata Moeschler Little or no dark line through seta SV3 ____.______ L. flavibrunneata McDunnough Literature Cited Forses, W. T. M. 1948. Lepidoptera of New York and neighboring states. Pt. 2. Cornell University Agric. Exp. Sta. Mem. 274. McGurrin, W. C. 1958. Larvae of the Nearctic Larentiinae (Lepidoptera: Geo- metridae). Can. Ent. Suppl. 8. Wacker, F. 1862. List of the specimens of lepidopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum. Part 25—Geometrites. London. ON THE GRAMMAR OF THE NAME HELIOTHIS OCHSENHEIMER (NOCTUIDAE) GrorRGE C. STEYSKAL Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Agricultural Research Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture? In recent works by Hardwick (1958, 1965, 1970), including extensive citation of literature, the subfamily name Heliothidinae is used. Investi- gation into the classical origin of the genus name Heliothis, upon which that subfamily name is based, reveals that it is an aorist passive participle of the Greek verb hélio6, meaning to lie in the sun, to bask. This derivation is given by Treitschke (1826, p. 215) and is confirmed by Ochsenheimer’s citation in parentheses after Heliothis of the plural nominative form “Heli- othentes Hiibn.” As a participle, one of the 2 kinds of verbal adjectives in Greek, there will be 3 gender forms. These forms and their form in the genitive case, ‘rom which family-group names are formed in the singular number and trom which names of parasites and other associated organisms may be tormed in the plural as well as the singular number, are as follows: ' Mailing address: c/o United States National Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560. ) VOLUME 25, NUMBER 4 265 Masculine Feminine Neuter Singular Nominative helidtheis heélidtheisa hélidthen Genitive hélidthentos hélidtheisés hélidthentos Plural Nominative héliothentes hélidtheisai helidthenta Genitive hélidthenton helidtheison hélidthenton In classical transcription into Latin, these forms are: Singular Nominative heliothis heliothisa heliothen Genitive heliothentis heliothises heliothentis Plural Nominative heliothentes heliothisae heliothenta Genitive heliothenton heliothison heliothenton Strict application of Article 30.a.i of the International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature requires treatment of Heliothis as masculine (column 1, above) and strict application of Article 29 requires use of the stem Heli- othent- in forming family-group names. This would result in the subfamily name Heliothentinae. This procedure, according to Hardwick’s citations, has never been followed. However, if Article 11.b of the Rules, which states that zoological names “must be either Latin or Latinized,” be interpreted strictly, we may con- sider that the complex Greek participial system was not a part of Latin, except in the case of a few words used as nouns and to be found in Latin dictionaries. We may then consider Heliothis as declinable in the way the great majority of Latin nouns in -is are declined, viz.: Singular Nominative Heliothis Genitive Heliothis Plural Nominative Heliothes Genitive Heliothium If this be done, the stem used in forming family-group names will be Helioth- and the subfamily name consequently Heliothinae. At any rate, there can be no basis for the insertion of -id-. The matter of gender, however, is something else. Article 30.a.i of the Rules requires a ruling by the Commission to establish the name as fem- inine, because it is grammatically clearly masculine and only masculine, even though ever since Ochsenheimer its usage has been generally as feminine, probably because the species with adjectival names were origi- nally described in the genus Noctua. Meigen (1832, p. 224) even changed the generic name into the feminine from Heliothisa. Literature Cited Harpwicx, D. F. 1958. Taxonomy, life history, and habits of the elliptoid-eyed species of Schinia (Lepidoptera, Noctuidae), with notes on the Heliothidinae. Canad. Entomol. Suppl. 6. 1965. The com earworm complex. Mem. Entomol. Soc. Canada 40. 1970. A generic revision of the North American Heliothidinae (Lepidop- tera: Noctuidae). Mem. Entomol. Soc. Canada 73. 966 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY MEIGEN, J. W. 1832. Systematische Beschreibung der europdischen Schmetterlinge. Aachen, vol. 3. TREITSCHKE, F. 1826. Die Schmetterlinge von Europa (Fortsetzung des Ochsen- heimer’schen Werks). Leipzig, vol. 5 (pt. 3). Editor’s Note: Mr. Steyskal’s paper is an illuminating one and we are happy to have it for the Journal. I cannot see, however, how Article 11(b) would override Article 29(a) which states: “—if the name of a type-genus—is a Greek or Latin word—the stem is found by deleting the case-ending of the appropriate genitive singular.” From a puristic stand- point, the subfamily name should be the Heliothentinae. This, as well as the matter of the gender of Heliothis as suggested by Mr. Steyskal, should be submitted to the Commission for a ruling. VARIATION IN LARVAL COLOUR PATTERNS OF ITAME RIBEARIA (GEOMETRIDAE) W. C. McGuFFIn AND K. BOLTE Forestry Branch, Canada Department of the Environment, Ottawa, Ontario Some geometrid larvae have distinctive colour patterns, others do not; some species of Itame are good examples of the former (McGuffin 1956). Dugdale (1961) has shown the importance of infraspecific variation in colour patterns and has suggested that such variation could offset the value of coloration for the separation of species. An opportunity to ex- amine infraspecific variation came in 1968 when a colony of Itame ribearia (Fitch) was located on an ornamental species of Ribes at Bells Comers, Ontario. Of the larvae collected the following were preserved in 70% ethyl al- cohol: 1 in third instar, 33 in fourth instar and 17 in fifth instar. A small number was reared; these provided head capsules in second, third, and fourth instars and information on changes in colour pattern as the larvae matured. In the first instar, the head capsule is black; the body is light grey with a black area surrounding the base of each D seta, a subdorsal grey stripe of irregular width, and setae L, SV, and V each with a patch of grey at the base. In the second instar, the head (3 examined) is light brown with five black patches, one as a bar at base of clypeus and two on each parietal VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 267 lobe, one in ocellar area and one on the upper part of the lobe bearing setae P and L (Fig. 1); the third abdominal segment (A3), which is typical of the anterior abdominal segments in this species, is light grey, suffused with yellow and with black or dark grey patch at base of each seta, sometimes with grey line connecting patches at base of SD1. In the third instar, the head (3 examined) is much the same as that in second instar ( Fig. 2.); A3 is much the same as in second instar with a large spot bearing setae SD1 and a small spot posterior to former (Fig. 3). In the fourth instar, five different colour patterns of the head were noted in an examination of 33 larvae and five head capsules. The basic pattern of five spots is present with variation in size of the spots on the parietal lobe. In 17 specimens the patch on the upper part of the lobe included the base of seta A3; in 3 of the 17 the ocellar patch did not in- clude seta Al (Fig. 4) but in the remainder it did (Fig. 5). In 16 speci- mens seta A3 was not included in the patch on the upper parietal lobe (Fig. 7) and in 7 of these the ocellar patch included seta Al (Fig. 6). In one specimen the ocellar patch included seta A2 as well as seta Al (Fig. 8). On A3 only two distinctly different patterns were noted. The patches bearing setae SV1 and SV3 were separate (Fig. 9) in 16 larvae and con- nected in 9 larvae (Fig. 10). In the head capsule of the fifth instar the upper parietal patch was similar in all 17 specimens (Fig. 19) but the ocellar patch in one specimen (Fig. 20) extended out to include seta Al. Eight variations in the colour pattern of A3 have been illustrated (Figs. 11-18) and others have been seen. In all, the subventral stripe is of uneven width and broken or almost broken between setae L3 and SV4 on the one hand and setae SV1 and SV3 on the other. Discussion This study suggests that the colour pattern of A3 will distinguish ma- ture (fifth-instar) larvae of I. ribearia from those of I. occiduaria (Pack- ard), I. evagaria (Hulst) and I. andersoni Swett: the subventral stripe is broken in I. ribearia but apparently continuous in the other species (Mc- Guffin 1956). The colour pattern of the head aids in this separation but by itself is too variable to define the species. In Deilinia and Drepanu- latrix (McGuffin 1969) the colour patterns of the head were of more value in separating species than were the colour patterns of the anterior abdominal segments. The colour pattern of the head develops from a unicolorous black in the first instar to a five-spotted one in the second and later instars. On the other hand the pattern on A3 changes gradually from the first to the last instar. 968 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY igs. 1-10. Colour patterns of head and third abdominal segment (A3) of Itame ribearia (Fitch). 1, Second-instar head; 2, third-instar head; 3, third-instar A3; 4-8, tourth-instar head; 9-10, fourth-instar A3. VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 Figs. 11-18. Colour patterns of fifth-instar A3 of Itame ribearia (Fitch). 270 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY TERS Seon De RTE fod) oP reres aR Figs. 19-20. Colour patterns of fifth-instar head of Itame ribearia (Fitch). Most of the dark patches on the body of Itame ribearia larvae surround setae. However, there is one patch with no seta; this patch lies between setae L1 and D2 on the anterior abdominal segments. It is near the po- sition of seta SDX2 of Galenara lallata (Hulst) (McGuffin 1967) and other genera of the Melanolophiini. The dark patch on I. ribearia may have no relation to the extra seta in the Melanolophiini but its presence provokes speculations. Literature Cited Ducpa.e, J. S. 1961. Larval characters of taxonomic significance of New Zealand FEnnomines (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). Trans. R. Soc. N. Z. Zool. 1: 215-233. McGurFin, W. C. 1956. Some larvae of the genus Itame Hibner (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). Can. Ent. 88: 6-16. McGurrin, W. C. 1967. Immature stages of some Lepidoptera of Durango, Mexico. Can. Ent. 99: 1215-1229. McGurrin, W. C. 1969. Larval head capsule characters for specific identification in Deilinia and Drepanulatrix (Lepidoptera: Geometridae). Can. Ent. 101: 1228— IPs VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 DLy PUPAL COLOR IN PAPILIO DEMODOCUS (PAPILIONIDAE) IN RELATION TO THE SEASON OF THE YEAR D. F. OWEN Department of Animal Ecology, University of Lund, Sweden The pupae of some species of Papilionidae may be either green or brown. Green pupae match a green leafy background extremely well, indeed their pattern is suggestive of a curled green leaf, while brown pupae match a dead brown leaf. Brown pupae are rather more variable (some are light and others dark brown) than green, which suggests that ~ the color is cryptic as brown vegetation is more variable in color than green. The existence of two distinct phenotypes in a population is suggestive of genetic polymorphism under the control of one pair of alleles with dominance. But this is evidently not so in the pupae of Papilionidae as the number of green and brown pupae resulting from a given cross does not fit any known segregation ratio. A typical result is for almost all the pupae to be one color and one or two the other color. In Papilio demo- docus green X green crosses have given some brown pupae and brown X brown crosses some green pupae. These results cannot be explained by the existence of a pair of alleles with dominance as either green or brown would have to be homozygous recessives and would give only one pupal color among the offspring. It therefore appears that pupal color is en- vironmentally determined, although there may be a genetic component to the capacity to produce a pupa of a particular color. One possibility is that green pupae tend to be produced when the larvae pupate on a green background and brown pupae when on a brown back- ground. There is some evidence of this which will be discussed later, but in addition there is evidence of a seasonal cycle in the production of green and brown pupae. On the assumption that green and brown pupae are environmentally determined an experiment was planned to determine if the season of the year affected the frequency of the two pupal colors. There are a priori reasons for supposing that green pupae would be advantageous in a tropical wet season and brown pupae in a dry season. It was possible to perform the experiment in both West Africa and East Africa at localities that are quite different in climate. The species chosen for investigation, Papilio demodocus, is a common African butterfly. The larvae now feed on Citrus, which is an introduced plant in Africa, but some larvae may still be found on the presumed original foodplants, various wild species of Rutaceae. 272, JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY TABLE 1. Mean monthly rainfall (in mm) at Kampala, Uganda, and Freetown, Sierra Leone. J BY M A M J J A S O N D Kampala 64 53 139 174 95 61 ol ie 98° Wiser 96 Freetown 6 1 iM 60 180 382 3803 849 600) 250 aig, 25 Methods First and second instar larvae were collected in the wild on Citrus and reared in small glass jars, one or two larvae to each jar. When full grown they were allowed to pupate on the side of the jar, but not on the food- plant. The jars were placed indoors and the larvae were reared under normal conditions of temperature, but a very high humidity (near 100% ) was generated and maintained inside the closed jars by the larvae and the plants. Larvae were collected and reared in all months of the year. The experiment was conducted in two parts, the first at Kampala, Uganda, in 1964-65, and the second at Freetown, Sierra Leone, in 1968-69. Both these localities have an equatorial climate, but differ in that in Uganda there is some rain in all months of the year with two seasonal peaks, while at Freetown there is a very large single peak of rainfall and a rather severe dry season. The mean monthly rainfall figures (ten-year averages) are shown in Table 1. The most important ecological difference between the two localities which results from the seasonal distribution of rainfall is that Kampala is relatively green all the year round while at Freetown the dry season causes a considerable dying back of the vegetation and the environment is for several months quite brown. In addition to the main experiment some larvae were reared in the dark in blackened jars and some were reared at high densities, but the results are ambiguous and are not discussed further. Pupal Color and the Season of the Year In Table 2 the pupae obtained during the experiments are divided into two groups corresponding to the six wettest and six driest months at Kam- pala and to the wet and dry season at Freetown. Just over 66 per cent of the pupae at Kampala were green and there is no seasonal difference. But at Freetown green pupae were significantly more frequent in the wet season and brown in the dry season (,? = 32.4, P< 0.001). In the dry season just over 39 per cent were green while in the wet season nearly twice as many were green. Since the larvae were forced to pupate on the sides of the glass jars there is no question of matching the background and ‘ appears that there is a built-in seasonal cycle in the frequency of green VOLUME 25, NUMBER 4 Da TaBLE 2. Relative frequency of green and brown pupae in Papilio demodocus reared under controlled conditions at Kampala, Uganda, and Freetown, Sierra Leone. green brown % green Kampala Six driest months (Dec.-Feb., May-Jul. ) 28 14 66.7 Six wettest months (Mar.-Apr., Aug.-Nov. ) 43 WO) 66.2 Freetown Dry season (Nov.-Apr. ) 48 74 39.3 Wet season (May-Oct. ) 89 28 Gell and brown pupae at Freetown, which, however, does not occur at Kampala. In November 1970 at Freetown 16 larvae were reared in a cage con- taining a pot of growing Citrus. Six pupated on the plant and all formed green pupae, while the remainder pupated on the wooden lid of the cage and produced brown pupae. The sample is rather small but the result is suggestive that pupal color is correlated with the background on which the larvae pupate. Discussion The results obtained suggest that the color of Papilio demodocus pupae is adapted to the background color on which pupation takes place, and that in an area where there is a conspicuous seasonal change in the back- ground color there is a corresponding cycle in the frequency of green and brown pupae. Exactly how the cycle is generated is obscure. The di- morphism appears to be largely environmentally controlled but this of course does not exclude the possibility that there are genes that affect larval behavior. It is possible to postulate a switch mechanism which acts on the larva in response to the background on which it is pupating, but in addition there may at Freetown be a seasonal cycle in larval behavior such that more seek out green backgrounds in the wet season than in the dry. On the other hand there are more green backgrounds available in the wet season and thus the probability of a larva pupating on green is increased. Further investigation is required, especially as other species of Papil- ionidae also produce green and brown pupae (at Freetown, Papilio nireus and Graphium policenes), while there are evidently species in which the dimorphism is absent; thus all the pupae of Papilio dardanus at Freetown seem to be green. 274 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Summary The green and brown alternative pupal colors in the butterfly, Papilio demodocus, appear to be environmentally determined. Larvae reared under controlled conditions in Uganda produced about two-thirds green and one third brown throughout the year, but in Sierra Leone green pupae were more frequent in the wet season and brown in the dry. The dif- ference between the two localities is correlated with differences in the seasonal distribution of rainfall and its effect on green and brown back- ground colors. There is some evidence that green pupae are formed on green backgrounds and brown pupae on non-green backgrounds. THE LIFE HISTORY OF SCHINIA LIGEAE (NOCTUIDAE) D. F. Harpwick Entomology Research Institute, Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario Schinia ligeae (Smith, 1893, p. 331) feeds in the larval stage on the blossoms of the Mojave Aster, Machaeranthera tortifolius (Gray) (Figs. 2, 4). According to Munz (1963), tortifolius occurs on the Mojave and northern Colorado deserts of southern California and is distributed from there eastward to southwestern Utah and western Arizona. Specimens of Schinia ligeae in the Canadian National Collection were taken in various localities on the northern Colorado Desert and the Mojave Desert except for one specimen taken in the Valley of Fire in southern Nevada and another at Ehrenberg, Arizona. The distribution of the moth, therefore, may well correspond with the distribution of its host plant. Schinia ligeae is a spring-flying species and its flight is co-ordinated with the early blossom period of its host plant. Specimens examined were taken between the middle of March and the end of April. Behaviour Schinia ligeae is a predominantly nocturnal species and the eggs are deposited at night in the heads of the Mojave Aster. The eggs are inserted among the florets from the upper surface of the head, usually at a stage when the individual florets of the blossom have not as yet opened. On the basis of the few eggs observed throughout the incubation period, eclosion usually occurs on the fifth day after deposition. The newly hatched larva bores into an adjacent floret and feeds within it for the duration of the first stadium. The second-stadium larva feeds in the head VoLUME 25, NuMBER 4 215 Figs. 1-6. Schinia ligeae (Smith), its habitat and food plant. 1, Adult, Desert Hot Springs, Calif.; 2, Fan Hill Wash near Desert Hot Springs where eggs and larvae were found abundantly in the heads of Mojave Aster; 3, ventral aspect of pupae; 4, food plant, Machaeranthera tortifolius (Gray); 5, 6, fourth-stadium larvae. from a position between the florets. Early in the fourth stadium the larva may leave the first head and bore into a second, which it attacks from the top. The larva remains concealed within the aster heads through- out its period of feeding. The fully fed larva makes its way to the ground and tunnels into the soil to pupate. All individually reared larvae matured in four stadia. Description of Stages The few gravid females taken in southem California did not oviposit readily in captivity and the developmental data recorded here were based 276 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Figs. 7, 8. Apical abdominal segments of pupa. 7, Ventral; 8, right lateral. largely on individuals dissected as eggs from the heads of Mojave Aster at Fan Hill Wash near Desert Hot Springs, California. Larvae were reared individually at room temperature using the techniques outlined by Hard- wick (1958). The estimate of variability following the mean for various values is the standard deviation. Adult (Fig. 1). Head and thorax pale fawn-grey. Abdomen fawn-grey or oc- casionally smoky-grey. Forewing pale grey marked with light fawn. Transverse an- terior line white, usually smooth, acutely excurved. Basal space light fawn, usually becoming paler toward base of wing. Transverse posterior line white, inconspicuously scalloped between veins, shallowly excurved around cell, then straight to inner margin. Median space whitish-grey. Orbicular and reniform spots absent. Sub- terminal space narrow, concolorous with basal space. Terminal space cream. Often a series of indistinct intervenal dashes at margin of wing. Fringe concolorous with terminal space. Hind wing light to dark smoky-brown. An indistinct discal lunule and outer-marginal band sometimes evident. Fringe white with a yellowish basal line. Underside of forewing with basal and median areas uniform chocolate-brown; outer and. apical areas of wing dull cream. Hind wing dull cream, usually with an evanescent discal lunule. Expanse: 26.9 + 1.6 mm (62 specimens ). Egg. Pale cream when deposited, becoming suffused with pink on day after deposition. Pink darkening to an orange-brown during next few days; anterior half of egg darker than posterior half. Egg becoming grey, then head capsule becoming visible through chorion a few hours before hatching. Dimensions of egg: length, 1.55 + 0.08 mm; diameter, 0.87 + 0.06 mm (25 eggs). First-Stadium Larva. Head varying from medium orange-brown through smoky- brown to blackish-brown. Prothoracic shield smoky-fawn to dark smoky-brown. Suranal shield similar in colour but usually paler. Trunk translucent yellowish-grey in newly hatched larva with purplish gut showing through; older larvae cream to light yellow. Spiracles with dark-brown rims. Head width: 0.518 + 0.017 mm (25 larvae). Duration of stadium: 4.5 + 0.6 days (39 larvae). Second-Stadium Larva. Head light to medium orange-brown, often mottled VoLuME 25, NuMBER 4 207 dorsally with smoky-brown. Prothoracic shield varying from light orange-brown to fawn; variably suffused with dark smoky-brown, often heavily so; a pale median line often evident on shield. Suranal shield paler than prothoracic shield. Trunk varying from cream to light yellow. Spiracles with medium- or dark-brown rims. Thoracic legs fawn, variably suffused with smoky-brown. Head width: 0.864 + 0.031 mm (25 larvae). Duration of stadium: 3.4 + 0.7 days (39 larvae). Third-Stadium Larva. Head bright orange-brown, suffused and mottled with smoky-brown. Prothoracic shield black, margined with fawn or smoky-brown, and with a narrow median line of pale grey or light cream. Suranal shield varying from fawn-grey to orange-brown. Trunk greyish-cream, without maculation except for in- creased transparency over heart. Spiracles with black rims. Thoracic legs varying from light fawn to pale orange-brown and suffused with smoky-brown. Head width: 1.41 + 0.07 mm (25 larvae). Duration of stadium: 3.7 + 0.7 days (39 larvae). Fourth-Stadium Larva (Figs. 5, 6). Head bright orange, almost indiscernibly mottled with light orange-brown. Prothoracic shield varying from fawn to light orange-brown, with a black or smoky-brown submarginal patch on either side and with a narrow, pale yellow, median line. Suranal shield light orange-brown, weakly mottled with smoky-brown. Trunk various shades of grey, usually slate-grey on entering stadium but becoming paler with increasing size; trunk assuming a dull red- dish tone on dorsum as larva approaches the prepupal phase. Spiracles with black rims. Thoracic legs varying from dull yellow to light orange-brown. Head width: 2.09 + 0.12 mm (8 larvae). Duration of stadium: 6.3 + 1.4 days (39 larvae). Pupa (Figs. 3, 7, 8). Mahogany-brown, suffused with olive on proboscis and thoracic appendages. Spiracles on segments 2, 3 and 4 borne in shallow oval depres- sions; spiracles on segments 5, 6 and 7 borne in noticeably deeper pits. Spiracular sclerites moderately broad. Anterior marginal area on each of abdominal segments 5, 6 and 7 strongly sclerotized and raised into a rounded, prominently pitted ridge. Proboscis terminating a short distance anterior to apexes of wings. Cremaster usually consisting of two rather short setae borne at the narrowly rounded apex of the tenth abdominal segment; a few pupae with a short slender seta lateral to each of the median pair. Length from anterior end to posterior margin of fourth abdominal segment: 8.9 + 0.4 mm (24 pupae). Acknowledgments I appreciate the assistance of Mr. John E. H. Martin, Entomology Re- search Institute, in providing the photographs for this paper, and of my associate Mr. Eric Rockburne in measuring larval structures and in draw- ing the cremaster area of the pupa. Literature Cited Harpwickx, D. F. 1958. Taxonomy, life history, and habits of the elliptoid-eyed species of Schinia (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae), with notes on the Heliothidinae. Can. Ent. Suppl. 6. Munz, P. A. 1963. A California flora. University of California Press, Berkeley. SmirH, J. B. 1893. Descriptions of Noctuidae from the Death Valley. Insect Life 5: 328-334. 278 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY INTER-SPECIFIC HYBRIDIZATION BETWEEN LIMENITIS ARTHEMIS ASTYANAX AND L. ARCHIPPUS (NYMPHALIDAE) AUSTIN bl by Amen University of Maryland Baltimore County, Catonsville, Maryland and. JosepH C. GREENFIELD, JR. Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina The Nearctic genus Limenitis (Nymphalidae) contains five common, geographically widespread forms, all of which are polytypic, and exhibit tendencies toward hybridization (Edwards, 1879; Scudder, 1889; Field, 1904; Gunder, 1934; Remington, 1958, 1968; Gage, 1970). Four of the forms are mainly allopatric in their distributions, occupying adjacent re- gions, and coming in contact only along certain margins of their ranges (Hovanitz, 1949). Included among these are two conspecific eastern forms: the banded purple (L. arthemis arthemis Drury) and the red- spotted purple (L. arthemis astyanax Fabricius ), an unbanded mimic of the blue swallowtail (Battus philenor L.). In addition, there are two western disruptively banded species: Weidemeyer’s admiral (L. weide- meyeriti Edwards) and Lorquin’s admiral (L. lorquini Boisduval). These four forms are closely allied, and conform well to Mayr’s (1963) definition of a “super-species.” The two subspecific eastern butterflies exhibit “free-interbreeding” and complete intergradation within the north- eastern United States and southern Ontario (Edwards, 1877; Field, 1910; Hovanitz, 1949; Platt and Brower, 1968; Remington, 1968; Platt, Frearson, and Graves, 1970), whereas, the two western species exhibit “suturing” and “intense” interbreeding in certain restricted localities, often associated with mountain passes (Brown, 1934; Perkins and Perkins, 1966; Perkins and Perkins, 1967; Remington, 1968). The fifth form is the predominantly orange-colored Viceroy (L. arch- ippus Cramer). It is broadly sympatric with all four of the others and represents a distinct species having: a) evolved a mimetic color-pattern closely resembling the unpalatable monarch (Danaus plexippus L.), b) possessing highly modified male claspers (Scudder, 1889; Nakahara, 1924; Chermock, 1950; Platt, Frearson, and Graves, 1970), and c) being, in part, at least, ecologically isolated from the others, preferring open marshy meadows to woods-meadow ecotones and woodland glades. The purposes of this report are: first, to document the occurrence of a recently collected wild hybrid between the two mimetic species, L. a. astyanax and L. archippus; second, to review previously known records of such inter-specific wild hybrids in order to verify the scarcity and wide geographic distribution of such specimens; and, third, to present a pre- VOLUME 25, NUMBER 4 279 lem Fig. 1. Wild-caught hybrid male (form rubidus Strecker) from Durham, N. C. with parental species; top row dorsal, bottom row ventral. Left, Limenitis archippus; middle, hybrid form rubidus; right, Limenitis arthemis astyanax. liminary report of recent laboratory crosses which confirm the hybrid nature of these intermediate “suspected” wild hybrids. The new hybrid specimen (Figure 1) is a male, collected on Highway 751, eight miles south of Durham, Durham County, North Carolina, on October 10, 1970 by J. C. Greenfield, Jr.1 It can be referred to hybrid form rubidus Strecker, in that its basic ground color is orange like that of archippus but the dorsal surfaces of the forewings are darkly pigmented, whereas, the hind wings possess large red-orange marginal spots. Ven- trally, both the proximal and marginal red-orange spotting and remnants of the double row of marginal iridescent lunules characteristic of astyanax are present. Both parental species fly commonly in the fields and woods surrounding the vicinity where the specimen was secured. Other known records of wild hybrids between butterflies of the L. a. arthemis-astyanax complex and L. archippus are given in Table 1. By reviewing the literature, and corresponding with museum curators and Society members, a total of eight records of wild arthemis x archippus hybrids (form arthechippus Scudder), and 12 previous reports of wild- caught rubidus have been found. The wild specimens are widely distrib- uted, but exceedingly rare, those reported in Table 1 having been collected from 1872-1970. Insofar as is known, all wild specimens collected to date have been males. 1 This specimen has been donated to the collection of the American Museum of Natural History in New York. JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY 280 ‘susuByIY “OD UoIUA ‘opeI0g [A 3 euUuR_ “| “ET ‘say Aq pavAuieq & UL JCB ‘9g ‘I *(“uauroo *sied espuly “HY Id) HNWY 24} Ul ore sueuttoeds om} euL IIA YNdood Ww peyoa][oo a19M snddiyouww “7 9 X xpupfiysp “pv ‘T4 VWe ‘He[q Aq Apjues “et opvul UWeeq VARY SeSsOID [BCOIdIOaI IaYyIQ ‘ssOID P srwayziw ‘v “TX & snddiyoip "JT ue worlz (FIGL) Pletq Aq porvor or9oM snddiyoay.w aye ISIy ; ‘SoTBUL Used SALT 9}¥P 0} popo9][09 suoutoads |[e ‘UMOUY SI se IeFOSUT |, ——— SS ee ee ee eee Ill 940d “A ‘f uosuyo[ y espuly “HA (SG6I) s01u0;Y (PO6T ) PIPt (OL6T ) sosig pue o1deys ii mt) (PE6T) Tepuny ospuly *H “A (OL6T ) soslg pue omdeys (PE6T) tepuny (PO6T ) PPM (S96T ) Aetg (Z88T ) Spreapy 90InO0s Iexog one|d PEE dd. uosioFze [ ( dSTIP1S3€D ) _(§UIoysey XOSO[PPIN SPIN pue]e10ulyse AA syleg Aueqiy sulyduio J, aITyseyD Joosqoueg AVUNOD GL Ill 940d “a ‘f PT OLEL'GS' XI oro} ues pO ys al LLG S967 XI SUG EET (OD) Tl! “HN WY PT ce6l T XI AWD) OSOY yuurs «f 5) ELEN SS at I SP6L'XI o[[Asinoy Tod qoorf PT —— pueysy 8u0'T I —EE TOD seureg r C161 6X1 udp ooig SOs aL Vi val 968T IITA TES TO “HN WV eT = AQ[S2T[P AA [OD seureg Il a}youva[ peo Neal. v1 GZS OF 10M e( TeyoeNs snpiqns) snddiyoiw “Ty X xpuvhjysn ‘pT 8 T9BUIS}ES “ PT St6T'S TIA Sl Ul oudeys WW “V val LOGI'9 IITA uepAiq stuueq| “[ “V val VO6I 6G IA URL PIP “AA "TI “AA PPE (11998 ) GOGT “96ST “S68T JPESUSNY/ £SND) Sal i (BOE) Pure) 088 ‘SIA AUBUL svoyuInpesseg yel Df val 6L8T [ESPEOvNT OLA ulseg Aensnee}eyy ;(teppnos snddiysayjuv ) snddiyoip "T X sway. “DT U01}09/[0F 1X9S 31eq drysumoy, IO 10}D9][OD pure ‘ON [F701 SCXO J, ByseIqoN SesueyIY Ayonjzue yy YIOX MON YOK MON yIOX MON sHosnyoesse yyy sposnyorsse sy eluevAlAsuuog erueayAsuueg RAE YIOX MIN YIOK MON eqo url oiysduep, MON OUIv IY oveqengd SOUTAOI IO 21¥1¢ ALIIVOOT ~BULIOFUT 3LY} O}BOIpUT Sayseq] “spliqdy snddiyoiw “] X xvuvhjsy siway.w syiuawmyy WSnNed-pfIM snotaaid QZ Jo sp10oay “OT QeIIEAL }OU SBM UON |] Tia, VoLUME 25, NuMBER 4 281 bien Fig. 2. Lab-bred Fi L. arthemis astyanax x L. archippus hybrids; top row dorsal, bottom row ventral. Left, light (archippus-like) form; right, dark (astyanax-like) form. Specimens bred from Maryland stocks in January, 1970. Proof of the hybrid nature of rubidus requires experimental crosses between the two parental species. As noted in Table 1, there is at least one record of astyanax and archippus having been collected in copula in the natural environment. Such hybrid crosses recently have been made by Platt (Figure 2) by hand-pairing the insects (Platt, 1969), and earlier ones are known to have been done at Yale University (C. L. Remington and R. W. Pease Jr. personal communication). To date, seven fertile crosses have been obtained by Platt. Since these data will be reported in greater detail later, only a brief report of the findings will be included here. Five crosses between astyanax females and archippus males have pro- duced a total of 52 F,; male progeny. Two crosses between archippus females and astyanax males have yielded 78 F; males, for a combined total of 130 F, males. As shown in Figure 2, the inter-specific hybrids occur in both light (more archippus-like ) and dark (more astyanax-like) morphs, 282 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY the wild-caught specimen described above being of the darker variety (Figure 1). In contrast to arthechippus hybrids, all rubidus entirely lack the partial white band markings on their dorsal surfaces. However, some, but not all, have traces of the white band persisting in the costal regions of the forewing, as does the recent wild-caught specimen. Such white markings are more fully expressed in archippus, but similar markings also are found in certain individuals of astyanax (Clark and Clark, 1951; Platt and Brower, 1968). The complete documentation of rubidus as an interspecific hybrid is shown by the fact that all bred F, specimens obtained to date are males. Complete heterogametic (female) inviability is encountered when the two full species are hybridized, in accordance with Haldane’s Rule (Steb- bins, 1958; Bowden, 1966). However, recently the rubidus hybrids have been backcrossed success- fully to both astyanax and arthemis females, and to archippus females, as well, yielding four viable broods having a total of 34 male and 12 female progeny (46 in all). Recovery of some of the females is noteworthy, although the sex ratios are still biased in favor of males (X?, = 10.52, P <0.1). Only three males have been obtained so far in two backcrosses to archippus females, and breeding experiments are continuing. Nevertheless, these preliminary broods demonstrate that the F; male hybrids are fertile in backcrosses to the parent females. Genetic and phenotypic segregation also is apparent in these crosses, all combinations of which have yielded “parent-like” and “hybrid-like” individuals. Environmental selection probably is operating against the rare natu- rally occurring hybrids. Since the two parental species are considered to be Batesian mimics of two totally different unpalatable models, such intermediate morphs become exceedingly poor mimics of either one. The total female inviability encountered in F, crosses means that the wild males must have to breed with parental females, if at all. Platt, Frearson, and Graves (1970) have shown that arthechippus males possess valvae intermediate in shape between those of the two parent species; the same also undoubtedly is true of rubidus males. Consequently, sexual selection and mate choice, in which coloration and courtship behavior likewise are important, would not seem to be favoring the male hybrids. In conclusion, the rare wild hybrid form rubidus Strecker represents a true inter-specific F,; hybrid arising from “stray” matings between two closely related, but distinct mimetic species, L. a. astyanax and L. arch- ippus. As such, it illustrates well the breakdown of Batesian mimicry in the iatural environment, and the selective elimination of an unfit phenotype. VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 283 Acknowledgments We are indebted to Dr. A. B. Klots and Dr. F. H. Rindge of the Amer- ican Museum of Natural History for confirmation of the identity of the wild hybrid specimen, and for providing certain information given in Table 1. The assistance of Society members who have corresponded with Dr. Platt about hybridization in Limenitis also is gratefully acknowledged. Literature Cited BowveNn, S. R. 1966. “Sex-ratio” in Pieris hybrids. J. Lepid. Soc. 20: 189-196. Brown, C. 1934. Notes on Basilarchia lorquini Bdy., form fridayi Gun. (Lepid.: Nymphalidae). Entomol. News 45: 205-206. CuHerMock, R. L. 1950. A generic revision of the Limenitini of the world. Amer. Midl. Nat. 43: 513-569. Criark, A. H., anp L. H. Crarx. 1951. The butterflies of Virginia. Smiths. Misc. Coll. 116: 1-239. Epwarps, W. H. 1877. Notes on Limenitis proserpina and arthemis. Canad. Ent. 9: 114. Epwarops, W. H. 1879. Butterflies of North America. Vol. 1: 111-147. (Privately printed ). Epwarps, W. H. 1882. Description of new species of butterflies found in the United States. Papilio 2: 45—49. Fretp, W. L. W. 1904. Problems in the genus Basilarchia. Psyche 11: 1-6. Fretp, W. L. W. 1910. The offspring of a captured female Basilarchia. Psyche Ae VS —117. Frep, W. L. W. 1914. Hybrid butterflies of the genus Basilarchia. Psyche 21: 115-117. Gacr, E. V. 1970. A record of a naturally occurring Liminetis hybrid. J. Lepid. Soc. 24: 270-271. Grey, L. P. 1968. (No title) In North American Annual Summary. News Lepid. Soe. No. 3, p. 19. Gunver, J.D. 1934. A check list revision of the Genus Basilarchia Scud. ( Lepid.: Rhopalocera). Canad. Ent. 66: 39-48. Hovanitz, W. 1949. Increased variability in populations following natural hy- bridization. In Jepsen, G. L., E. Mayr, and G. G. Simpson (Eds.). Genetics, paleontology, and evolution. Princeton Univ. Press, pp. 339-355. Kuiots, A.B. 1951. A field guide to the butterflies. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, pp. 115-116. Mayr, E. 1963. Animal species and evolution. Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press, Cambridge, Mass. Monroe, B. L. 1953. A hybrid Limenitis. Lepid. News 7: 53. Naxanara, W. 1924. A revision of the genus Basilarchia (Rhopalocera: Nymphal- idae). Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc. 19: 166-180. Newcoms, H. H. 1907. Description of a new variety of Limenitis ursula. Psyche 14: 89-91. Perkins, E. M. ann S. F. Perkins. 1966. A review of the Limenitis lorquini com- plex (Nymphalidae). J. Lepid. Soc. 20: 172-176. Perkins, S. F. anp E. M. Perkins, Jr. 1967. Revision of the Limenitis weide- meyerii complex, with description of a new subspecies (Nymphalidae). J. Lepid. Soc. 21: 213-234. Puatr, A. P. 1969. A simple technique for hand-pairing Limenitis butterflies (Nymphalidae). J. Lepid. Soc. 23: 109-112. Piatt, A. P. anp L. P. Brower. 1968. Mimetic versus disruptive coloration in 284 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY intergrading populations of Limenitis arthemis and astyanax butterflies. Evolution 22: 699-718. Puatt, A. P., S. D. FREARSON, AND P. N. Graves. 1970. Statistical comparisons of valval structure within and between populations of North American Limenitis (Nymphalidae). Canad. Ent. 102: 513-5383. RemMinctTon, C. L. 1958. Genetics of populations of Lepidoptera. Proc. Tenth Int. Congr. Ent. 2: 787-805. REMINGTON, C. L. 1968. Suture-zones of hybrid interaction between recently joined biotas. Evol. Biol. 2: 321-428. ScuppER, S. H. 1889. The butterflies of the eastern United States and Canada, with special reference to New England. Vol. 1. Published by the author, Cam- bridge, Mass., pp. 250-305. Suaprro, A. M. anv J. D. Biccs. 1970. A hybrid Limenitis from New York. J. Res. Lepid. 7: 149-152. SreBBINS, G. L. 1958. The inviability, weakness and sterility of interspecific hy- birds. Adv. Genet. 9: 147-215. IDENTITY OF PHANETA REFUSANA (WALKER) WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES (TORTRICIDAE) WILLIAM FE. MILLER North Central Forest Experiment Station, USDA Forest Service, St. Paul, Minnesota The name Phaneta refusana (Walker) is currently used for moths matching Heinrich’s (1923) idea of Walker's species. Although Heinrich’s interpretation is the most explicit available, Heinrich never saw the Walker type. He perpetuated Kearfott’s (1905a) identification which was based mainly on Walsingham’s (1879) description and lithograph figure. Photo- graphs of the holotype taken by N. S. Obraztsov at the British Museum (Natural History), and made available by the American Museum of Natural History, show that true refusana is actually different from the refusana of Heinrich. I confirmed this finding by examining the type itself at the British Museum. The misidentified moths have no valid name and I here propose a new one for them. The letter n in this paper signifies the number of specimens observed for a particular statement. Values of n differ from the total number studied because all specimens were not satisfactory for all purposes. Forewing lengths (one wing) are given to the nearest 0.5 mm including fringe and excluding patagium. The generic name Phaneta is used as suggested by Obraztsov (1952). Phaneta refusana (Walker), new combination Grapholita refusana Walker, 1863. Semasia refusana; Walsingham, 1879. , a i ee TI er I a rs VoLUME 25, NuMBER 4 285 Figs. 1-3. Phaneta spp. 1, Phaneta refusana, wings of holotype male as photo- graphed by Obraztsov (a) and Valva of holotype (b); 2, Phaneta verna, wings of holotype male (a) and Valva (b); 3, Phaneta autumnana, wings of an example from St. Clair Co., Mich (a) and Valva (b). Walker and Walsingham mentioned one specimen (Fig. 1) which is a holotype by reason of monotypy. The holotype, which is in the British Museum, is labeled “Type H. T.; Hudson’s Bay St. Martin’s Falls G. Barnston 1844-17; 44 17 St. Martins Falls; Grapholita refusana Wky. neeebYPi ¢ deser,; 138. G...7....; B. M. ¢ Genitalia slide No. 4891.” Its forewing measures 7.5 mm. True refusana is distinguished primarily by its wide forewing and male valva which has only slight constriction in width (Fig. 1). The species is known only from the type. I have located 286 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY no examples in major North American collections nor in the British Mu- seum. It may be a rare boreal species. Phaneta verna Miller, new species Thiodia refusana; Heinrich, 1923; Kearfott, 1905a; Kearfott, 1950b; McDunnough, 1939, no. 6782; McDunnough, 1942. Head sordid white. Palpus white except for brown terminus and faint tinge of orange on outer side. Antennal base, collar, and patagium sordid white, partly tinged with yellowish orange. Thorax sordid white except first and second segments which dorsally are light yellow. Legs sordid white, except fore and middle legs which are tinged on outside with brownish yellow and have brown and white banded tarsi. Forewing (Fig. 2a) 8.0 mm, predominantly light yellowish brown, the hue darkening slightly on inner half and at base of fringe. Costa white except for about six faint brown geminations. Outer half of forewing marked with thin silvery gray lines, one of which partly encircles ocelloid area. Dorsal half of ocellus with 10 or 11 regularly arranged black spots, ventral half sordid white due to white-tipped brown scales, and surrounded by light yellow. Fringe speckled due to brown banded white scales. Hind wing mostly white, grading to light brown at outer margin. Fringe mostly white with base light brown and tip edged slightly with gray. Abdomen sordid white. Narrowest width of valva about one-third the greatest width of cucullus. The description is based on the holotype male which is in the American Museum of Natural History. The holotype is labelled “Criddle Aweme Man. 21V04; Kearfott Col. Ac. 4667; ¢ genitalia V.26.69 Slide 85 C. W. Taylor.” The type locality is Aweme, Manitoba, Canada. Besides the holotype, I studied 17 specimens from localities as follows: MICHIGAN, Oakland, Allegan, and Ingham Counties; coLorapo, El Paso Co.; NEw JERSEY, Middlesex Co.; CONNECTICUT, Windham Co.; ONTARIO, Cochrane Co.; PENNSYLVANIA, Allegheny Co.; Nova scotia, Kings Co. Forewings ranged from 7.0 to 8.5 mm (13 n). Phaneta verna most resembles and is sympatric with P. autumnana (McDunnough). It is tempting at first to think they are spring and fall broods of the same species. This possibility must be ruled out by the color and structural differences summarized below: Item verna (7) autumnana (n) Forewing Basal half light ( 8) Basal half dark ea) Hind wing Light ( 8) Dark (@laiy) Male genitalia Valva moderately con- Valva extremely con- stricted in width stricted in width (Fig. 2b) (il) (tie, So) (18) Female genitalia Sternite laterally lobed Sternite not lobed near near fusion with lamella fusion with lamella antevaginalis ( 5) antevaginalis ( 3) Flight period May 15-29 ( 7) Sept. 3-Oct. 13 (21) (aN ie alas (Michigan examples only ) eaen yy] VoLUME 25, NuMBER 4 287 Phaneta autumnana (McDunnough), n. comb. Thiodia autumnana McDunnough, 1942. This species is illustrated here for the first time (Fig. 3). I studied a total of 25 examples from localities as follows: micHican, Osceola, Ma- comb, Livingston, St. Clair, Otsego, Midland, and Shiawassee Counties; WISCONSIN, Oneida Co.; CoNNEcTicuT, Windham Co. Forewings ranged from 7.0 to 8.5 mm (24 n). Acknowledgment I thank the following for help with this study: Frederick H. Rindge, American Museum of Natural History; Thomas N. Freeman, Entomology Research Institute (Canada); Jerry A. Powell, University of California; and Paul E. S. Whalley, British Museum (Natural History). Literature Cited HernricuH, C. 1923. Revision of the North American moths of the subfamily Eucosminae of the family Olethreutidae. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 123. KearFotr, W. D. 1905a. Assiniboia Micro-Lepidoptera, collected by Mr. T. N. Willing. Can. Ent. 37: 41-48, 89-93. 1905b. Manitoba Micro-Lepidoptera. Can. Ent. 37: 205-209, 253-256, 293-296. McDunnoucu, J. 1939. Check list of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of America. Part II. Microlepidoptera. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. Mem. 2. 1942. Tortricid notes and descriptions. Can. Ent. 74: 63-71. Osraztsov, N. 1952. Thiodia Hb. as not a North American genus (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae). Ent. News 63: 145-149. WALKER, F. 1863. List of the specimens of lepidopterous insects in the collection of the British Museum. Part 28. Tortricites and Tineites. WALSINGHAM, T. DE GREY, SIXTH LORD. 1879. Illustrations of typical specimens of Lepidoptera Heterocera in the collection of the British Museum. Part 4. North- American Tortricidae. THE LIFE HISTORY OF HELIOLONCHE PICTIPENNIS (NOCTUIDAE) D. F. Harpwick Entomology Research Institute, Canada Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Ontario Heliolonche pictipennis (Grote, 1875, p. 220) feeds in the larval stage on the Desert Dandelion, Malacothrix glabrata (A. Gray) (Fig. 2). In the spring of the year when its food plant is in blossom, the moth often 288 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY becomes locally very abundant in some areas of the dry interior of southern California. All the specimens in the Canadian National Collection were taken on the southern California deserts between the middle of March and the middle of May, except for a single specimen taken at Tucson, Arizona, on August 10. Malacothrix glabrata is an annual composite with yellow blossoms which is recorded (Munz, 1963) as being distributed from southern California northward to Idaho and eastward to Arizona. Whether the Desert Dan- delion extends eastward to the Tucson area and if so whether it germinates in response to summer rains in that area is not known. In the spring of 1955 near Victorville, California, a pair of Heliolonche pictipennis was found in copula in the blossom of another annual yellow composite, Glyptopleura setosula Gray. It was not determined whether this species constitutes an alternative host plant or whether the association of the moth and the blossom was purely a fortuitous one. Behaviour Heliolonche pictipennis is an exclusively diurnal species and in desert areas in which its food plant is abundant and in early blossom, the little moth may usually be found without difficulty flying swiftly from blossom to blossom or resting in the flowering head. When resting or copulating on the head, the moth is usually difficult to discern because it closely resembles the red “button” in the centre of the Malacothrix blossom. In the late afternoon the ray petals of Malacothrix close upward and inward over the middle of the head and moths that have come to rest on the blossom are thus enclosed until the following day. The oviposition pattern of pictipennis is similar to that of Heliolonche carolus described by Hardwick (1969), and the eggs are inserted between the florets from the upper surface of the head. The ovipositing female does not achieve the depth of penetration of the female carolus, however, and usually the eggs come to rest among the bristles of the pappus well above the developing seeds. Four wild-caught females of pictipennis deposited a mean of 28.5 eggs, and the maximum laid by a single female was 41. The majority of eggs observed hatched on the fifth day after deposition. The larva feeds at first on the contents of the florets and subsequently attacks the seeds. During one of the median stadia, the larva usually quits the first head and enters a second in which it completes its develop- ment. As with other species of Heliothidinae, the mature larva enters the ground to pupate and it is in the pupal stage that the species spends the greater part of the year. VoLUME 25, NuMBER 4 289 : — . “J re aS = Figs. 1-4. Heliolonche pictipennis (Grote) and plants with which it is associated. 1, Adult, Adelanto, Calif.; 2, its food plant, Malacothrix glabrata (A. Gray); 3, pupae; A, Glyptopleura setosula Gray in which a copulating pair of pictipennis was found. Descriptions of Stages The following descriptions of immature stages were based on the prog- eny of four females taken in the White Water Pass area north of Palm Springs, California. The larvae were reared individually at room tem- perature on the flowers and seeds of Malacothrix glabrata. Rearing tech- niques employed were those outlined by Hardwick (1958). The estimate of variability following the means for various values is the standard deviation. Adult (Fig. 1). Vestiture of head and thorax olivaceous fawn or fawn-grey. Abdomen dark brown with a fawn anal tuft and often with fawn segmental rings. Underside of thorax and abdomen dark brown with varying amounts of fawn over- 290 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY scaling. Forewing dull yellow and light fawn marked with pink. Transverse anterior line smooth, weakly excurved. Basal space fawn, variably suffused with pink, most strongly so along inner margin of t.a. line. Transverse posterior line shallowly sinuate, weakly excurved around cell, then usually weakly incurved to trailing margin. Median space dull yellow with a narrow, fawn or pink, costal band. Orbicular spot absent. Reniform spot usually evident as a narrow dark shade. Subterminal space narrow, usually suffused with pink. Terminal space pale olivaceous fawn. Fringe light brown, variably suffused with pink. Hind wing black, variably marked with white; white occupying entire central area of wing or reduced to a narrow evanescent median band. Fringe white with a brown basal line. Underside of both wings pale grey marked with brown. Forewing with a brown basal dash, narrow reniform spot, and incom- plete subterminal band. Hind wing with a brown basal patch, anal patch, and inner marginal band. A very pale form of pictipennis also moderately common in which pink absent, fawn coloring replaced by silvery-grey, and yellow replaced by white. Expanse: 15.3 + 1.2 mm (78 specimens ). Egg. Very pale yellow when deposited. Turning somewhat darker yellow on day after deposition, then remaining essentially unchanged until a few hours before hatching when mandibles and then ocelli becoming visible through chorion. Dimensions of egg: length, 0.919+ 0.034 mm; diameter, 0.519 + 0.040 mm (10 eggs). Incubation period: 4.8 + 0.4 days (60 eggs). First-Stadium Larva. Head orange-brown, variably suffused with chocolate- brown. Prothoracic shield fawn, usually heavily suffused with smoky-brown. Suranal shield dark smoky-brown. Trunk pale cream. Thoracic legs smoky-brown. Spiracles with dark-brown rims. Head width: 0.262 + 0.012 mm (20 larvae). Duration of stadium: 3.3 + 0.7 days (29 larvae). Second-Stadium Larva. Head smoky-brown. Prothoracic and suranal shields concolorous with head. Trunk greyish-cream, becoming toned with yellow after larva resumes feeding. A dark mid-dorsal band and paler subdorsal areas usually evident. Spiracles with dark-brown rims. Thoracic legs smoky-brown. Head width: 0.443 + 0.022 mm (22 larvae). Duration of stadium: 2.4 + 0.7 days (29 larvae). Third-Stadium Larva. Head orange-brown, heavily suffused and mottled with dark brown; mottling often so heavy as to almost obscure lighter colouring. Pro- thoracic shield dark brown with a cream median line, and usually with broader, cream submarginal lines. Suranal shield light orange-brown, variably suffused and mottled with dark brown; usually a pair of cream submarginal lines evident. Mid-dorsal band of trunk varying from light chocolate-brown to orange-brown, and usually with a dis- continuous, cream median line. Subdorsal area white or cream with a median orange- brown band; median band paler than mid-dorsal band. Supraspiracular area con- colorous with mid-dorsal band, and with a discontinuous, white or cream, median line. Spiracular band white or pale cream with a discontinuous, orange-brown median line. Suprapodal area greyish-fawn, irregularly marked with light orange-brown. Mid- ventral area fawn-grey. Spiracles with dark-brown rims. Thoracic legs dark greyish- brown. Head width: 0.715 + 0.024 mm (25 larvae). Duration of stadium: 2.4+0.5 days (29 larvae). Fourth-Stadium Larva. Head cream or pale fawn, mottled with orange-brown, and with a few black spots. Prothoracic and suranal shields light orange-brown, ariably marked with black; prothoracic shield with three longitudinal white lines, and suranal shield with two longitudinal white lines. Mid-dorsal band of fk medium chocolate-brown with a pale median shade. Subdorsal area white or cream ha a of longitudinal lines of orange or light orange-brown. Supraspiracular area to dark brown, often darker than mid-dorsal band; with an irregular and VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 291 Figs. 5-8. Heliolonche pictipennis (Grote), fifth-stadium larvae. 5, 6, Dorsal: 7, 8, left lateral. discontinuous, pale median line. Spiracular band white with an irregular and dis- continuous, orange-brown median line. Suprapodal area varying from orange-brown to medium chocolate-brown, with white arcuate markings. Mid-ventral area yellowish- grey or brownish-grey. Spiracles with dark-brown rims. Thoracic legs pale fawn or pale grey, variably suffused with dark brown. Head width: 1.14 + 0.03 mm (25 larvae). Duration of stadium: 3.8 + 0.9 days (29 larvae). Fifth-Stadium Larva (Figs. 5-8). Head pale fawn or cream, mottled dorsally with chocolate-brown and with several black spots on face. Prothoracic shield fawn suffused with black; in some specimens black suffusion so heavy as to obscure fawn colouring; shield with two or three white longitudinal lines. Suranal shield poorly distinguished from remainder of trunk. Maculation of trunk complex. Mid-dorsal band pale pink, emarginated laterally by irregular lines of brown or red. Subdorsal area white or pale cream with a pair of pale-red, median longitudinal lines. Supra- spiracular area brown with an irregular white median line or shade; spiracular band often becoming grey toward posterior margin of each segment and thus with a patchy appearance. Spiracular band broad, white, with a segmentally interrupted, pink or light-red, median line. Suprapodal area fawn-grey, demarked from spiracular band by a light-red line; suprapodal area with an irregular pattern of white and red arcuate marks. Mid-ventral area grey. Spiracles with dark-brown rims. Thoracic legs cream or fawn, lightly marked with chocolate-brown. Head width: 1.84 + 0.06 mm (7 larvae). Duration of feeding phase of fifth stadium: 4.8 + 1.1 days (29 larvae). Duration of prepupal phase of fifth stadium: 4.5 + 0.9 days (15 larvae). Pupa (Figs. 3, 9, 10). Light brown with a strong green suffusion on head and thoracic appendages. Spiracles on abdominal segments 5, 6 and 7 borne in shallow depressions of cuticle, remainder on a level with general surface of cuticle. Spiracular 292. JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Figs. 9, 10. Heliolonche pictipennis (Grote), apical abdominal segments of pupa. 9, Ventral; 10, right lateral. sclerites narrow. Anterior marginal areas of abdominal segments 5, 6 and 7 sparsely and shallowly pitted. Proboscis terminating a short distance anterior to apexes of wings. Cremaster consisting of four slender, elongate, well-spaced setae borne in a single row at narrowly rounded apex of tenth abdominal segment. Length from anterior end to posterior margin of fourth abdominal segment: 6.4 + 0.3 mm (19 pupae). Acknowledgments I am grateful to Mr. John E. H. Martin of this Institute for the photo- graphs accompanying this paper, and to my associate, Mr. Eric Rockburne, for measuring the immature stages and drawing pupal structures. Literature Cited Grote, A. R. 1875. Supplement to the list of North American Noctuidae. Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci. 2: 209-223. Harpwicx, D. F. 1958. Taxonomy, life history, and habits of the elliptoid-eyed species of Schinia (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae), with notes on the Heliothidinae. Can. Ent. Suppl. 6. 1969. The life history of Heliolonche carolus (Noctuidae). Jour. Lepid. Soc. 23: 26-30. Munz, P. A. 1963. A California flora. University of California Press, Berkeley. VoLuME 25, NuMBER 4 293 AGUNA CLAXON (HESPERIIDAE) NEW TO THE UNITED STATES On October 21, 1970, while collecting in the Santa Ana Wildlife Refuge, Hidalgo Co., Texas, I took a single specimen of Aguna claxon Evans, a large skipper with green gloss above and with a white band across the secondaries below. Evans (1952, Cat. Amer. Hesp. B. M.) separated A. claxon from A. coelus (Stoll). A. coelus has the hind wings short-tailed and is less vividly green above. A. claxon has the hind wings lobed rather than tailed, and is more brilliantly green above. There are also differences in the male genitalia. According to Evans, A. coelus does not occur in Mexico, but ranges from Central America far into South America. A. claxon occurs in Mexico and south into Central America, where both species occur. In Godman & Salvin (1893, Biol. Centr.-Amer. Lep.-Rhop. 2: 287), A. claxon ap- pears as Goniurus coelus (Cramer). In Hoffman’s List (1941, An. Inst. Biol. 12(1): 244) A. claxon is listed as A. coelus (Cramer). According to Evans, the figures in Seitz, Amer. Rhop., are mixed. Of the figures referred to as Goniurus caelus (sic!) Cramer, the underside is stated to be correct. The upper side is that of Aguna aurunce ( Hewitson ). The specimen of Aguna claxon was taken in shade, at the flowers of Eupatorium odoratum L.., in the heat of the day. On the same plant, a single specimen of Bolla brennus (Godman & Salvin) was also taken. J. W. TitpEn, 125 Cedar Lane, San Jose, Calif. REMARKS ON “THE USE OF NET-TRAPS AT PALAWAN, PHILIPPINES” Mr. Jumalon’s note under the above heading (1970, Journ. Lep. Soc. 24: 303-4) brings out some interesting contrasts between results there and in East Africa. In East Africa, carnivore dung, that of lion, leopard, civet, etc., is well known for its attraction to many male nymphalids, and man, after all, is mainly a carnivore. It is perhaps worth recording here that the droppings of the domestic dog, although fed largely on meat, do not seem to be attractive. The usual fruits used as bait in East Africa are banana, pineapple and mango; papaya is mentioned in literature, but I have never found it nearly as attractive as the first three. I have never heard of Custard Apple (Annona squamosa) being used as bait. The trapping of Papilionidae, Pieridae and Hesperiidae is entirely contrary to my experience in East Africa and I am inclined to think that these were cases of low-flying butterflies getting under the edge of the very large net and failing to get out again, a situation analogous, perhaps, to the trapping of birds in mist-nets, rather than attraction to bait. In East Africa the only species attracted to fruit baits belong to the Satyridae, Nymphalidae (mainly Charaxinae, Nymphalinae and Eurytelinae, with Neptidinae, Vanessinae and Argynnidinae to a lesser extent) and Libytheidae, and males of these species are attracted to faeces. Almost all families are attracted to damp mud, but again males only. I have very occasionally found female nymphalids on patches of mud but am of the opinion that there is a primary attraction in the form of fermented fruit juices in such cases. The late C. L. Collenette was of the opinion that the major attraction of damp mud was its salt content, and pointed out that the most attractive areas were the banks of streams where clothes were washed or where humans and animals forded streams. Certainly, in my experience, the attraction of damp mud increases with the distance from the sea, it is far more attractive in Uganda than it is on the Kenya coast. D. G. SEvAstorpuLo, Mombasa, Kenya. 294 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY NOTES ON UNUSUAL SPECIES OF LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOUTHERN FLORIDA Danaus eresimus Cramer. One worn virgin female was taken while feeding at flowers of Asclepias curassavica L. on June 6, 1970 in South Miami, Dade County. Another specimen, a male in nearly fresh condition, was taken at flowers of Eupatorium serotinum Michx. on October 6, 1970 near Homestead Air Base in southern Dade County. Both individuals apparently belong to populations of D. eresimus tethys Forbes which is common in the greater Antilles. A search of leaves and flowers of Asclepias curassavica, A. tuberosa rolfsii ( Britt.) Shiners, and Sarcostemma clausa Vail in the vicinity of the capture sites and elsewhere in Dade County yielded only larvae and eggs of resident Danaus gilippus berenice (Cramer) and D. plexippus L. If D. eresimus is established in Florida, it is rare. It is more likely that individuals stray in from the West Indies as suggested by Kimball (1965, Lepidoptera of Florida). Urbanus dorantes Stoll. This species has recently been reported from southern Florida (Clench, 1970, J. Lepid. Soc. 24: 240-244). U. dorantes is well established in Dade County and flies at least between July and April, encompassing three or more broods. From November to January of 1969 and 1970, U. dorantes and U. proteus L. could be taken with equal frequency in Coral Gables, South Miami, and in sawgrass marshes near Pinecrest, Monroe County. Females of U. dorantes oviposit on Des- modium tortuosum (Sw.) DC as do U. proteus females. Tuomas E. Puiske, Department of Biology, University of Miami, Coral Gables, Florida. DANAUS PLEXIPPUS (NYMPHALIDAE) ATTACKING RED-WINGED BLACKBIRD Last summer, Mr. James Erickson and I were collecting female monarchs, Danaus plexippus L., in order to establish a laboratory culture for our study of larval feeding efficiencies. On July 6 and 7, 1970, we were collecting in a large (approximately 10 acres ), rather pure stand of milkweed, Asclepias syriaca L., at the Ithaca, New York old airport (Tompkins Co.). In one corner of the stand we were constanly harassed by a male red-winged blackbird, Agelaius phoeniceus L., on whose nesting territory we were apparently trespassing. In three separate instances we saw a male monarch “attack” the red-winged blackbird as it hovered over us at a height of some 20-30 feet. Flying and diving at the bird for less than a minute each time, the monarch appeared to “frighten” the bird, but although backing off slightly, the bird never left the area. The monarch would break off the encounter and come swooping down to the milkweed patch, flying rather rapidly. Clark (1931, Butterflies of the District of Columbia) mentioned that male monarchs have been seen to attack smaller butterflies and small birds (i.e., hummingbirds and warblers). The red-winged blackbird eats both seeds and insects, especially beetles, grasshoppers, and caterpillars. The monarchs may have been “flaunting” their warning coloration, although if one assumes that they had fed as larvae on these milk- weed plants, they would be palatable to predators because A. syriaca lacks cardiac glycosides (Brower, 1969, Scientific American 220: 22-30). FRANK SLANSKy JR., Department of Entomology and Limnology, Cornell Univer- sity, Ithaca, New York. VoLuME 25, NuMBER 4 295 A SIMPLE METHOD FOR PREPARING MALE HESPERIID GENITALIA FOR EXAMINATION WITHOUT DISSECTION Examination of the genitalia of Lepidoptera usually involves dissection, a rather unesthetic treatment for a mounted specimen. Evans, in preparing his catalogues of the Hesperiidae, frequently used a dry dissection method, but this is not always totally satisfactory. For the past year I have been extruding the male genital armature while specimens are still fresh by gently pulling on the clasps until the entire armature “pops out.” This has not always proved satisfactory because as the specimen dries, the genitalia frequently retract slowly, and in any event, the clasps remain at least partially closed necessitating some tissue rupture to open them for examination of the inner faces and the penis, uncus and gnathos. Further experimentation has indicated that the clasps can be held in a wide open position during drying by applying a bit of Duco or similar cement, which can be re- moved later. The technique is as follows: Holding the fresh insect by the thorax with forceps in normal pinching position, the genital armature can be extruded by gently pulling out the clasps with fine for- ceps. Sometimes the uncus will be bent down covering and distorting the gnathos; this usually can be teased into a normal position with a dissecting needle. Once the genitalia are fully exposed, grasp the abdomen with fine curved forceps immediately forward of the vinculum which further spreads the clasps. A small quantity of cement is then smeared over the area of the junction of the clasps which are held spread wide with a second pair of fine forceps until the cement dries, 5 minutes or less. I prefer to spread the clasps to a position normal to the abdomen as it simplifies photography. When the specimen is thoroughly dried, either spread or in papers, the cement is easily removed; usually it can simply be peeled away. However, if stuck too firmly, it can be dissolved away by washing in acetone, leaving the genitalia well exposed for study. The same process also can be applied to relaxed specimens provided the genitalia have been previously extruded, but is not as successful as with fresh specimens. Because of the general structure of the male genitalia of the Hesperiidae, the method is especially applicable to this family though of limited use in others, where for example, details of the anterior portions of the tegumen, the base of the penis or the structure of the saccus are important features. In addition, in several families of butter- flies, the genitalia are either too lightly sclerotized or too difficult to extrude to lend themselves to this process. I sincerely hope that others may find this method as useful as it has been to me. STEPHEN R. STEINHAUSER, Apartado 109, San Salvador, El Salvador CAPTURES OF ERORA LAETA IN NORTH CAROLINA (LYCAENIDAE) Roever (1962, J. Lepid. Soc. 16: 1-4) described several records for Erora laeta (Edwards) from the southern states. These included a single capture in Tennessee (April 15) and a single capture in North Carolina (July 17). Clark and Clark (1951, Butterflies of Virginia) list a single capture in Virginia (June 23) and since that pub- lication at least two additional spring specimens have been taken. There are no re- corded specimens from Georgia or northeastern Alabama. All Erora laeta taken in the southern states were found in the mountain regions. On July 1, 1970, I drove from Durham, North Carolina, to Alleghany County in the northwestern corner of the state. I had been in the area a week earlier but rain had cut short my collecting. At that time the Speyeria were in good flight and I had made the trip in hopes of getting a nice series of cybele, aphrodite and especially idalia. I 296 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY arrived at my favorite collecting spot (elevation 2700 feet, County Road 1345) about noon but soon discovered that the clover field which had been alive with Speyeria the previous week was now very dead. So, I continued down the road in order to check several other spots that had been productive in the past. One such place was a small patch of Ceanothus americanus bordering the road. This time I decided to follow the Ceanothus over a barbed wire fence and up a steep slope. A few specimens of Strymon falacer and S. titus mopsus were taken and Speyeria females were scattered through the area. Much to my surprise the Ceanothus actually covered an acre or more but only a small patch was visible from the road. I worked my way up and down the slope adding a few Strymon and Speyeria each trip. In addition, two Strymon liparops were taken. On one of these trips my vision happened to fall right on an Erora laeta sipping nectar in the middle of a large patch of Ceanothus! The slope had scattered trees and shrubs on it, but this was the most open part. After staring in disbelief for several seconds (knowing of course that it would disappear forever), I came to my senses and netted the specimen. It was a fresh female! I searched the area thoroughly for the next hour but found no additional specimens. Beech, the supposed foodplant (but why? ), was not located near the Ceanothus nor in the immediate area. I decided to drive to a location in Ashe County where S. idalia was often common. This location (on U. S. 221 near the junction with County Road 1570) is also on a hillside at 2700 feet elevation, but Ceanothus is scarce. Instead there is a good colony of Asclepias tuberosa and the Speyeria were busily flying from one plant to the next. I joined the merriment taking idalia and a number of somewhat worn aphrodite and cybele. Actually S. aphrodite was the most common fritillary and a half dozen could be taken off a single flowerhead. At one such clump of orange milkweed I patiently waited for a number of aphrodite to settle so that I could maximize my effort. Just when 5 or 6 would settle down, an idalia would charge the group and mayhem would result. Finally, in frustration I swung just as an idalia was approaching. I quietly cursed at seeing only three aphrodite in the net. But, unbelievably there was an Erora laeta in with them! Apparently it had been nestled among the aphrodite on the flowerhead, and I had taken it unknowingly! This one was a fresh male. Additional searching of the area produced no additional Erora nor were beech trees located. Both specimens had been taken on flowers in open areas with scattered trees and shrubs, but in full sunlight. The species is reported to be a denizen of beech forests. These captures, some 13 air miles apart, may only reflect an extraordinary amount of luck. Smith (1960, J. Lepid. Soc. 14: 239-240) took 7 laeta in New Hampshire in an area where they had not been found previously. Perhaps both encounters rep- resent local population “pops” (with laeta you can’t call it an explosion! ). Clark and Clark (1951) suggested there might be three broods in Virginia. This seems like a good possibility, but I do not know of any August or September records. Until we know more about the life-history and habits of Erora laeta, it will remain a rare species. However, it must be sufficiently common to maintain a breeding population, and I suspect that finding it is only a matter of knowing where to look. Of course having captured two in one day, 13 miles apart, and one by accident, I have given up hope of ever finding another! J. Botxinc Sutuivan, Duke Marine Laboratory, Beaufort, North Carolina. in i ~ i ee VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 2 3)7f BOOK REVIEW BUTTERFLIES OF TRINIDAD AND Tosaco. Malcolm Barcant. Collins Publ., London. 1970. 314 pp. + 28 plates. Approximately $6.00. In the preface, Mr. Barcant states that his book “is prepared in a somewhat new ... style’ that he believes will become popular. I heartily agree that it is a new style, for what other book has divided its subjects by such ambiguous categories as “butterflies of the home garden,” “fruit and sap suckers,” “migrants,” “locals and brooders,” “semi-rare species,” “species becoming rarer,” or “the remaining Lycaenids”? Add to this the fact that there are no keys or alphabetical indexes, and you can imagine the problems of using the text as a field guide. A particular butterfly may be si- multaneously a “butterfly of sunshine and flowers” (chapter 6F ), “mud-puddle butter- fly” (chapter 6D), “migrant” (chapter 6F), “southern resident” (chapter 61), “well known species” (chapter 9A), “highly prized species” (chapter 9D), “species becoming more common” (chapter 9E), “species with special interests” (chapter 9G), and a “remaining Lycaenid” (chapter 10), but will be discussed under but one of these categories. For Trinidad butterflies, the situation is complicated even further by nu- merous groups of very similarly marked species. Papilio thoas, for instance, is treated as a home garden butterfly” (page 74) with no cross reference to the almost identical Papilio homothoas (a species “becoming rarer” on page 188) or to the similarly marked Papilios androgeus and lycophron (“water drinkers” on page 92). For somebody un- familiar with Neotropic butterflies, the only way to identify a specimen with complete assurance would be to read the entire book. I do not share Mr. Barcant’s hope that this style of book will become more popular. There is, however, quite a bit of excellent information in the book. Mr. Barcant has collected on Trinidad for many years and his comments on the habitat and habits of each species should be of considerable value to the student of Neotropical Lepidoptera, as should the citations of larval foodplants. One chapter deals with “flowers popular among adult nectar-sucking butterflies,” which, aside from the practical collecting aspects, is valuable information to have recorded. Another section deals with collecting localities and seasons on Trinidad and would be of considerable value to somebody planning a collecting expedition to the island. Nearly all of the Trinidad species, excluding Hesperiidae, are satisfactorily reproduced in color plates, with however, a reduction in size and no scale or other indication of actual size cited. Aside from its general deficiency as a field guide, the book has a number of other weaknesses. Typographic errors, especially in the latin names of species, are frequent, e.g. Anteos clorinde is consistently cited as “chlorinde’, Papilio lycophron as “ly- crophon,” Heliconius hecale as “hecali,’ etc., and it would be impractical to list all of these. There are also a number of erroneous statements such as “each species of butterfly is constant and its sex organs differ in shape from any other species so that mating outside its own female is not possible” or “it is necessary to add brackets to the name of the man who first described the butterfly.” I also believe that Mr. Barcant exercised poor judgement in introducing several spe- cies as new. Pachthone barcanti, which was described by G. E. Tite in 1968, is in- troduced as Sp. Nov. with no author cited. Adelpha cytherea insularis and Sostrata pusilla manzanilla are also introduced as Sp. Nov. with no author citation. Unless quite recently, these have not yet been published elsewhere and, if this is so, the descriptions in the text constitute original description. I am sure that this was not intended to be the case and I doubt if Barcant was designed to be their author. A check-list of Trinidad butterflies (chapter 14) is arranged along no phylogenetic order in current use as follows: Satyridae, Danaidae (including Acraea), Ithomiidae, Heliconidae, Nymphalidae, Morphidae, Brassolidae, Libytheidae, Papilionidae, Pier- idae, Riodinidae, Lycaenidae and Hesperiidae. The generic names used are sadly dated for the Lycaenidae and Hesperiidae, but pretty much in current usage for other families. In the Nymphaloid groups the only readily apparent errors, in this respect, 298 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY are the use of Callicore for Diaethria and, in turn, the retention of Catagramma for Callicore. English vernacular names, such as Flambeaus, Pages, Shoemakers, Crackers, Cattle- Hearts and others, that are in actual use in Trinidad are recorded, perhaps for the first time. In spite of their lack of scientific value, I find them quite interesting and am glad to see them preserved by publication. There is much of interest and value in the book; the serious student of Neotropic Lepidoptera may find it a valuable reference. However, it was intended primarily as a field guide and aid for the young collector on Trinidad; a usage for which it has some very serious limitations. Joun H. Masters, Lemon Street North, North Hudson, Wisconsin. The most serious fault with the book is one that cast a question over all the book contains. There are three names used in the book that are labeled “Sp. Nov.” One of these is Pachythone barcanti which was described by G. E. Tite of the British Museum in 1968 and certainly Barcant knew that this was not a nameless species to which he was giving a name in this publication. The other two “Sp. Nov.” are equally senseless. Adelpha cytherea insularis was described by Fruhstorfer in “1915” 1916 in Seitz’ Macrolepidoptera, 5: 521. Barcant was familiar with this book and used it. Sostrata pusilla manzanilla was described by Kaye in 1940 and certainly anyone writing on Trinidadian butterflies must have examined all of Kaye’s writings about them. I don't know whether these actions of declaring named species “Sp. Nov.” was done in ig- norance or with the supposition that no one would bother to investigate. F. M. Brown, Fountain Valley School, Colorado Springs, Colo. BOOK REVIEW THE Motus or AMERICA NortH OF MExico, FAscICLE 21, SPHINGOIDEA, by Ronald W. Hodges. 1971; 158 pp. + i-xii, 14 coloured plates; paper-bound. E. W. Classey Limited and R.B.D. Publications Inc. Distributed in North America by Entomological Reprint Specialists, P.O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Los Angeles, California. Price $24.00 U.S. (Subscription Price $19.60). This is the first published fascicle of the eagerly awaited series of the North Amer- ican Heterocera. Dr. Hodges is to be congratulated on his very fine treatment of the 115 species of hawk moths in the boreal American fauna. Under each species heading is given a brief synonymical bibliography, a description of diagnostic structural and macular features, a listing of larval food plants and a discussion of the distribution. Keys to genera and species are presented, and these in most cases seem easy to use. Old keys to genera based on pupae (Mosher, 1918) and larvae (Forbes, 1911) are reproduced in an introductory section. The nomenclature of the various structural characters employed in classification is well explained both in the text and by line cut illustrations. The most outstandingly laudable feature of the volume, however, are the magnificent coloured plates; the specimens are all ready to fly right out of the pages. This is a book that should be readily available to both the professional and the serious amateur. Pan) D. F. Harpwicx, Editor. VoLUME 25, NUMBER 4 299 A FreELD GUIDE TO THE BUTTERFLIES AND BURNETs OF SPAIN, by W. B. L. Manley and H. G. Alleard. 1970. 182 pp., 41 colour plates including frontispiece. Pub- lishers: E. W. Classey Ltd., Middlesex, England. (Available in U. S. from Entomo- logical Reprint Specialists, P. O. Box 77971, Dockweiler Station, Les Angeles, Cali- fornia 90007; price $37.50. ) This book includes all 229 species of butterflies known to occur in Spain, and in addition to these, the 26 species of bumets (Zygaenidae). The colourful burnets being diurnal are as popular with collectors as many of the butterflies and their in- clusion enhances the usefulness of the book. The term “field guide” usually carries with it the connotation of a compact volume with detailed and comparative descriptions of the various species but neither of these qualities is found in the “Butterflies and Burnets of Spain.” All species are illustrated in beautifully prepared colour plates. In many cases, males, females, undersides, and pattern variations are all reproduced at life size. Unfortunately the page number for the text of the species is not included in the plates and it is necessary to refer to the index to find the text reference for the butterfly. The plates do however include the complete data for each specimen illustrated. The text for each species is short and usually covers three subjects. These are: the localities where the species may be most easily located, complete with elevation and time of year, secondly, a discussion of the various subspecies and forms described, and thirdly, the larval host plants. In addition to the butterflies and burnets of Spain, sections at the end of the text deal with the Balearic Islands, the Canary Islands, and Madeira with a similar text and plates. At the end of the text there is a complete systematic check list of species, subspecies, and forms in the Iberian Peninsula, the Balearic Islands, the Canary Islands and Madeira. The list includes references to original descriptions for a more detailed study of the species. “The Butterflies and Burnets of Spain” will be an invaluable field guide to collecting as well as identification for the lepidopterist interested in collecting in any of the areas treated in the book. J. DonaLp LAFONTAINE, 916 Innswood Drive, Ottawa, Ontario. 300 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY INDEX TO VOLUME 25 Subject Index behaviour, 2, 6, 20, 53, 80, 84, 109, 126, AA NAG lS ORmiM pmol oan ae one 294. book reviews, 86, 148, 152, 176, 221, 297, 298, 299 collections, 82, 83, 143, 168 Comstock, J. A., 25 distribution, 19, 29, 80, 84, 87, 114, 139, 143) TA. 149) a0 AS52220) 2465256" 293, 294, 295 habitats, 216 host plants, 6, 64, 146 hybridization, 68, 278 Janse; vA sa ie el larvae, 262, 266 life histories, 1, 53, 58, 109, 126, 177, 181, 262, 274, 287 light trapping, 150 migration, 124 neutron irradiation, 238 new record, 293 nomenclature, 142, 264 obituaries, 211, 215 population structure, 22 presidential address, 155 rearing, 6, 68, 143, 247 regional lists, 29, 73, 137, 139, 150, 213, 222, techniques, 22, 65, 83, 239, 293, 295 variation, 108, 143, 185, 234, 266, 271 Name Index (New names in boldface ) Acrocercops, 198 agrifoliella, 201 Aguna, 293 alexandrae, 58 amanda, 53 Amatidae, 42 anicia, 246 Anisota, 84 anthedon, 256 Antheraea, 238 antiochella, 204 Apaturinae, 140 aphrodite, 150 Arcas, 87 Archichlora, 171 archippus, 278 Argynninae, 141 Arctiidae, 42 aristodemus, 126 arthemis, 278 astyanax, 278 Automeris, 234 bahamensis, 188 bohartiella, 200 Boloria, 84, 149 borealis, 256 Caloptilia, 201 Cameraria, 209 cardui, 147 castalia, 124 Cercyeuptychia, 13 Cercyonis, 12 Charaxinae, 140 Citheroniidae, 84 claxon, 293 Colias, 108 Coptodisca, 194 creola, 145 cupes, 109 Danaidae, 41, 214 Danaus, 294 delphia, 101 demodocus, 271 demylus, 149 deserticola, 109 dorantes, 294 dospassosi, 190 eleuchea, 185 emarginana, 115 Epinotia, 115 eresimus, 294 Erora, 295 eucalypti, 238 Euchloe, 64 eunomia, 84, 149 Euphydryas, 246 Euristrymon, 80 gemellus, 149 Geometridae, 169, 262, 266 Geometrinae, 169 VOLUME 25, NUMBER 4 Glaucopsyche, 240 Gracilariidae, 194 Heliconiinae, 141 Heliolonche, 287 Heliothis, 1, 264 Heliozelidae, 194 Hesperiidae, 20, 34, 213, 293, 295 Hyalophora, 68 insulariella, 198 io, 234 Itame, 266 Ithomiidae, 149 jacksoni, 171 jivaro, 105 jutta, 150 kershawi, 114 Kricogonia, 124 laddi, 84 laeta, 295 Lasiocampidae, 43 Lethe, 145, 256 Libytheidae, 38, 214 ligeae, 274 Limenitidinae, 140 Limenitis, 146, 278 Lithocolletis, 204 Lycaenidae, 37, 80, 87, 214, 240, 295 Lygris, 262 Lymantriidae, 53 Marpesia, 185 Megalopygidae, 43 Megathymidae, 34 Melitaeinae, 141 Mestra, 146 Morpho, 223 Neurobathra, 200 Noctuidae, 42, 109, 177, 181, 264, 274, 286 nokomis, 44 Notodontidae, 43 Nymphalidae, 19, 39, 44, 84, 114, 139, 143, 146, 149, 185, 214, 246, 247, 278, 294 Nymphalinae, 140 Ocnerogyia, 53 Oeneis, 150) 301 olympia, 64 ontario, 80 Ornithoptera, 58 Papilio, 1265 1427 271 Papilionidae, 36, 73, 126, 142, 214, 271 Patricia, 149 Phaneta, 284 philodice, 108 Phyciodes, 143 piasus, 240 pictipennis, 287 Pieridae, 6, 36, 64, 108, 124, 144, 214 Pieris, 144 Plebejinae, 240 plexippus, 294 ponceanus, 126 portlandia, 145 powellella, 194 Pseudocercyonis, 16 rapae, 144 rectilineata, 174 refusana, 284 ribearia, 266 Riodinidae, 37 sandraella, 205 sangoana, 172 Saturniidae, 42, 234, 238 Satyridae, 12, 41, 145, 150, 256 Schinia, 109, 177, 181, 274 separata, 177 Speyeria, 44, 150, 247 Sphingidae, 41 Strymonini, 87 tharos, 143 Tortricidae, 115, 284 toxeuma, 245 Urbanus, 294 Vanessa, 114, 147 Vanessinae, 140 verna, 286 Victoria, 169 virginiensis, 84 walsinghami, 181 watsonae, 169 wislizeniella, 209 Zetes, 142 Author Index Bolte, 266 Bowden, 6 Brown, 152, 176, 240, 298 Brussard, 22 Byers, 124 Cannon, 150 Carcasson, 169 Clench, 80 Davis, 168, 247 Dominick, 84 302 Ebner, 73 Edwards, 84 Emmel, 12, 20 Ferris, 44 Fisher, 44 Ford, 155 Gatrelle, 143, 145 Gray, 65, 108 Greenfield, 278 Hardwick, 1, 109, 177, 181, 274, 287 Irwin, 83 Johnson, 216 Kaddow, 53 Kendall, C. A., 29 Kendall, Roy O., 29 Lafontaine, 299 Lehman, 150 Lighty, 239 Lindsay, 64 Manley, 146, 234 Martin, 215 Masters, 19, 84, 86, 149, 150, 256, 297 Mather, 147 Mattoon, 247 McFarland, 144 McGuffin, 262, 266 Miller, L. D., 12 Miller, W. E., 284 JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS SOCIETY Munroe, 142, 185 Nicolay, 87 Oliver, 143 Opler, 115, 194 Owen, 271 Palkuti, 150 Patterson, 222 Pechuman, 82 Peters, 114 Platt, 278 Pliske, 294 Rindge, 143 Rutkowski, 126, 137 Schwehr, 139 Sevastopulo, 80, 146, 293 Slansky, 294 Spencer, 247 Stary, 53 Steinhauser, 295 Steyskal, 264 Straatman, 58 Sullivan, 295 Tilden, 293 Toliver, 213, 246 Weave, All Wood, 83 Wright, 68 Young, 223 NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. D. F. Hardwick, K. W. Neatby Bldg., Central Experimental Farm, Carling Ave., Ottawa, Canad. Contributors should prepare manuscripts according to the following instructions; failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide margins, on one side only of white, 814 x 11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (never in headings). References to footnotes should be _ numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) or (Comstock 1933, 1940a, 1940b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading LireratureE Crrep, in the following format: Comstock, J. A. 1927. Butterflies of California. Los Angeles, Calif. 334 pp. 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 39: 198-199. Illustrations: All photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (4% x 7 inches), including space for legends. The author's name, figure numbers as cited in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic) figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction without touch-up work. Figures, both line drawings and halftones, should be num- bered consecutively in Arabic numerals. The term “plate” should not be employed. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations), headed ExPLANATION OF FicuREs, with a separate paragraph de- voted to each page of illustrations. Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for correction of printer's errors. Excessive author’s changes at this time will be charged to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. Tables: Tables should be numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals. Headings for tables should not be capitalized. Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and notices, should be sent to the editor of the News: Dr. C. V. Covell, Dept. of Biology, Univer- sity of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyrm F. pos Passos Price, postpaid: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, add $1.50. Revised lists of the Melitaeinae and Lycaenidae will be distributed to purchasers free. ALLEN PRESS, INC. ap LAWRENCE, KANSAS usr CONTENTS Brown, F. M. The “Arrowhead Blue,” Glaucopsyche piasus Boisduval (Lycaenidae: Plebejinae) 2.0) ee 240-246 Hardwick, D. F. The life history of Schinia ligeae (Noctuidae) 274-277 Hardwick, D. F. The life history of Heliolonche pictipennis (Noctuidae) _. 287-292 Lighty, P. M. Neutron irradiation in Antheraea eucalypti Scott (Saturnii- are) eal Na ee 239-240 Manley, T. R. Two mosaic gynandromorphs of Automeris io (Saturniidae) 234-238 Masters, John H. A note of Lethe anthedon borealis (Satyridae) —.___. 956-261 Mattoon, S. D., R. D. Davis and O. D. Spencer. Rearing techniques for species of Speyeria (Nymphalidae) 247-256 McGuffin, W. C. Descriptions of larvae of two eastern species of Lygris (Geometridae) | 22200 ee 262-264 McGuffin, W. C. and K. Bolte. Variation in larval colour patterns of Itame ribearia (Geometridae) Eee 266-270 Miller, William E. Identity of Phaneta refusana (Walker) with description of a new species (Tortricidae) __...._.__._..__..__.._ ee 284-287 Owen, D. F. Pupal color in Papilio demodocus (Papilionidae ) in relation to the season the year 00 271-274 Platt, A. P. and J. C. Greenfield, Jr. Inter-specific hybridization between Limenitis arthemis astyanax and L. archippus (Nymphalidae) —_. 278-284 Pliske, T. E. Notes on unusual species of Lepidoptera from southern Florida 294 Slansky, F. Jr. Danaus plexippus (Nymphalidae) attacking red-winged black Dosa ipo 000 ac I al Sn 294 Sevastopulo, D. G. Remarks on “The use of net traps at Palawan, Philip- Pines” °c yh ON pase NE er 293 Steinhauser, S. R. A simple method for preparing male hesperiid genitalia for examination without dissection ... 295 Steyskal, G. C. On the grammar of the name Heliothis Ochsenheimer (Noctuidae): 00 ho. SS 264-266 Sullivan, J. B. Captures of Erora laeta in North Carolina (Lycaenidae) __ 295-296 Tilden, J. W. Aguna claxon (Hesperiidae ) new to the United States ____ 293 Toliver, M. A record of Euphydryas anicia (Nymphalidae) in Oklahoma — 246 Young, A. M. Notes on gregarious roosting in tropical butterflies of the genus Morpho 2.0). 00 ee 223-234 Book Reviews: Te) ce 297-299 J f, © es oe * ae Fi Wes é A , pf ‘ a] . < * 4 * ¥ 4 me “ { 4 ix 1, de ; x ) a “ i ' ' 1 . - : id*ig ; . » ’ - ’ + “a te 4 Poe ee. Se Volume 25 JOURNAL of the _ LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY - Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN VOLUME 25 SUPPLEMENT l A NEW GENUS OF HAIRSTREAK FROM CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA (Lycaenidae, Theclinae) BY S so, Nieolay 10 May 1971 THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE D.F. Hardwick, Editor of the Journal C.V. Covell, Editor of the News S.A. Hessel, Manager of the Memotrs Executive CouncIL (1971) C.L. Remington (New Haven, Conn.), President L. M. Martin (Prescott, Ariz.), President-elect H.A. Freeman (Garland, Texas), Ist Vice-President Julian Jumalon (Cebu City, Philippines), Vice-President K.W. Philip (Fairbanks, Alaska), Vice-President $.S. Nicolay (Virginia Beach, Va.), Treasurer J.C. Downey (Cedar Falls, la.), Secretary L. D. Miller (Sarasota, Fla.), Secretary-elect Members at large (three year term): M. Ogata 1972 A.E. Brower 1971 E.C. Welling 1972 W.C. McGuffin 1971 Andre Blanchard 1973 Y. Nekrutenko 1971 R.B. Dominick 1973 B. Mather 1972 J.P. Donahue 1973 Be) Fe) Fert rel | ale The object of The Lepidopterists' Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December 1950, is ''to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, .. . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures" directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All.members receive the Journal and the News of the Leptdopterists' Soctety. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the Wews each year. Active members - annual dues $10.00 Student members - annual dues $5.00 Sustaining members - annual dues $20.00 Life members - single sum $150.00 Institutional subscriptions - annual $15.00 Send remittances, payable to The Leptdopterists' Soctety, and address changes to: S. S$. Nicolay, 1500 Wakefield Dr., Virginia Beach, Virginia, 23455. ee a ae JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Votume 25 SUPPLEMENT 1 A NEW GENUS OF HAIRSTREAK FROM CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA (Lycaenidae, Theclinae) Cole S& Se Nitcolays-USMCG (Ret...) 1500 Wakefield Drive, Virginia Beach, Virginia ey: Lia \ \ ae: ws INTRODUCTION In a recent issue of the Journal of the Lepidopterists' Society appeared a statement that the taxonomic status of the South American ''Theclas'' is chaotic (Brown and Mielke, 1967). For those familiar with the tropical Theclinae, this statement comes as no Surprise. Indeed, it may be expanded to include most of the tropical hairstreaks of the New World. The purpose of this work is to attempt to clarify the tax- onomy of one small segment of the Theclinae (Strymonini) of the American tropics. At infrequent intervals, | have received small shipments of hairstreaks from a few collectors in South and Central America. Among these, three species were of particular in- terest; each was represented by relatively good series and included both sexes; each bore an unusual resemblance to the other in size and wing shape, if not in color and pattern. The three species were tentatively identified and placed to- gether as a single group, although they were from two diff- erent groups in Seitz (1920). A study of the male genitalia confirmed the validity of the single group concept. During the past six years | have collected four addi- tional species of this new genus in the Republic of Panama, the? Ganal Zone and in Colombia and Brazil. Recently, repre- sentatives were found in the collections of the Smithsonian Institution, the American Museum of Natural History, and the Carnegie Museum. A single female of a new species was found In a series of miscellaneous accessions in the British Museum (Natural History). Analysis of these 10 species indicates they belong to a distinct and narrowly defined genus, char- acteristic in size, wing shape and general pattern. The male and female genitalia are very distinctive. These, plus other morphological characters, should make recognition of any additional species relatively easy. The original descriptions of many of the species treat- ed herein are sketchy. Indeed, the descriptions may be applied to any number of species outside this new genus. Therefore, each is here redescribed and figured. The illus- trations were made by the author; the photographs, with the very able technical assistance of SSgt. Robert Prisler, U.S. Marine Corps. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS My special thanks and appreciation go to Dr. John Downey, University of Northern lowa, Cedar Falls, for his encoura- ging critical analysis, many fine suggestions and excellent technical guidance. To Gordon B. Small, Jr., Balboa, Canal Zone, | am particularly indebted for his invaluable assist- ance in all aspects of the field work, much of which made this study possible. | am especially grateful to Mr. 1.G. Howarth and Mr. G.E. Tite, British Museum (Natural History) for their assistance and generosity in allowing me to exam- 4 Symbtopsts ine and study the Druce and Hewitson type material. To Dr. F.LH. Rindge, American Museum of Natural History, New York, Dr. J.F.G.. Clarke, Dr. W.D,. Duckworth and Wi. D.. FiseiGiieeern— sonian Institution, and Harry Clench, Carnegie Museum, my thanks for their interest, helpful suggestions and complete cooperation. In Brazil, Dr. Keith S. Brown, Rio. de Janeigo sang ar. Heinz Ebert, Rio Claro provided me with the opportunity to study their large and interesting collections of Brazilian Lepidoptera. To them go my thanks for their hospitality, their many helpful suggestions and enthusiastic encourage- ment. With Keith Brown | made an incredibly productive and interesting collecting trip into the Mato Grosso. This unique Opportunity to collect and work in such a remote area is gratefully acknowledged. SYMBIOPSIS Nicolay, new genus Type species: Thecla strenua Hewitson, 1877 Hindwing with two tails, the shorter at end of Cuj, the longer at end of Clu5. Postmedian line on underside Gitore— wing ending abruptly at vein Cuy; without cell-end streaks or bars on underside of fore- or hindwing. Postmedian Tine of hindwing, bipartite, uneven, forming posteriorly a broad angular "W" which terminates at 3A very close to inner mar- gin; middle angle of "W" rounded, extending basad in inter- space Cuo more noticeably than in other interspaces. Male with no scent spot or other secondary sexual characteristics. Frons with appressed scales and many intermixed erect bristle-— like scales; eyes densly covered by short erect hairs; an- tennae with a 15-segmented stalk, 12 segments on the club. Male genitalia without a saccus; tegumen extended in a horizontal, dorso-lateral plane, vinculum then curved sharp- ly 90° toward ventral surface; falces viewed from ventral surface, large, sharply angular, with terminal arms tapered to a sharp point; viewed laterally, flattened dorsoventrally, appressed rather close to uncus. Valvae long, 4/5 length of vineulum, relatively narrow, completely separate, with in- terior surfaces clearly grooved to retain aedeagus; aedeagus Stout, evenly tapered to tip, posterior end curved dorsally through approximately 60° in an even sweeping arc, with or without a ventral keel, without cornuti or terminal teeth. A new genus of Hairstreak 5 Female genitalia with ductus bursae a complex, stout organ; dorsally composed of two lateral free-moving sclero- tized elements, separated almost their entire length, fused impo wa hollow, Sclerotized tube prior to entry into corpus bursae ; ventrally composed of a semi-membranous pouch which appears to hold the two dorso-lateral elements together. Ostium guarded dorsally by the two rather heavily spined @Geomsal plates of ductus bursae; ventrally formed by mem- Branous juncture of seventh and eighth abdominal tergites. Anterior @€nd of ductus bursae rather sharply recurved dor- coilyaparoueh an arc of almost 180° just prior to entry into mic corpus bursae; latter a simple, oblong, completely una- Gerned sac, at least as long as or longer than the ductus bursae. The name Symbtopsts is an arbitrary combination of Latin terms, but without special meaning. | consider it to be of the feminine gender. Symbtopsis Species bear a superficial similarity to many new world tropical hairstreaks. The lack of scent spots and other secondary sexual characteristics, the size, gro%nd color and trace of the postmedian line on the underside of the wings are features common to both Symbtopsts and the genus Calystryma Field, 1967. Yet there are definite and obvious generic differences between the two. Symbtopsts spe- cies have no cell-end streaks on the underside of either Wing; Calystryma species have the cell-end streaks on the underside of both wings. The wing shape of Symbtopsts is rounded and full; that of Calystryma, more angular, the apex Of the primaries more acute, particularly in the male. The male genitalia of Symbtopsis has no saccus, the falces are large, sharply angular, the aedeagus is stout with a sweep- ing dorsal curve, and without cornuti or terminal teeth; that of Calystryma always has a saccus, the falces are rather small, not sharply angular and the aedeagus is long, rather slender, Usually straight and always with at least a single, spine-like cornutus at or near the terminus. The female duc- tus bursae of Symbiopsts is heavily sclerotized, divided throughout most of its length into two lateral elements and anteriorly recurved dorsally through an arc of nearly 180°, prior to entry into the corpus bursae which is unadorned; that of Calystryma is a simple sclerotized tube, not recurved dorsally at the anterior end and with the corpus bursae orna-~ mented by two large, complex signa. Both male and female genitalia are generically very characteristic but do not offer a panacea for specific deter- mination. The genitalia of both sexes show considerable vari- dation within each species; e.g., the spines of the ostium bursae vary both in size and number in females of the same 6 Symbtopsts species. In this respect, most were found to be markedly asymetric in the number and shape of the spines on each lat- eral plate. The size and shape varies in much the same way in the male genitalia of a given species, but to a lesser degree. However, the combination of characters provided by the genitalia of both sexes together with those of wing shape, color and maculation make specific determination of both male and female specimens relatively easy and accurate. Most species of this genus are intensely local. Those we have taken fly very rapidly along chosen paths or narrow roadways skirting the sunny edge of usually heavily wooded areas. Their rarity in collections jis understandable for they are not readily attracted to flowers and rest only briefly on leaves. In many cases, they must be taken on the Figure 1. Symbtopsts hindwing; stylized sketch of underside maculation pattern A new genus of Hairstreak 7 wing. Their swift and erratic flight makes them difficult to see, follow and net. A stylized sketch of the undersurface pattern of the hindwing of Symbiopsis is illustrated in Figure 1. Not all species in the genus have all of the linear features shown, nor do all species follow the exact pattern as illustrated. However, the basie features of the genus are contained in Figure 1 and the nomenclature for the specific macular fea- tures is noted on the illustration and used throughout the text and in the key. Key to Symbtopsts species ] Underside of hindwing without red cubital spot........ 2 Underside of hindwing with red cubital S.BOib 2d brhvaven ce vats 3 2 Underside of hindwing without powder blue or grey-blue spot in Cuy; underside ground color, greyish-white.... Serre ee OE od Sh, welt co ah lenttas (Druce) Underside of hindwing with large grey-blue spots in ieeemepaces Cu; and) Cu9......2% tanaits (Godman & Salvin) 3 Underside ground color light greyish-white; cubital ~rreeange red, Smabl...i:...65 .eese00 see ntppta (Dyar) Underside ground color much darker, brown or brown- ie ee eses on mee. St. Ge BBS e Ree be RS SOR D Ew ALES. 4 us Upperside of male and female forewing blackish- ee ac ccla hs avr Mile ss he ee SNe e ER CORRS wee webu ee se 5 Upperside of male and female forewing with lustrous EE ENG reac ch tag, oan shee s. 2,i6kk seu as ay 8. hig Gaeetind 0g 4 Sys, MER ainnel ines 6 5 Upperside of forewing and hindwing black-brown with a faint blue-grey tint toward the wing bases; male pees AAT Ke 28 2 RSs he a oS So Se puptlla (Draudt) Upperside of male hindwing shining lustrous blue with Wieeodark margins; female brown.........s. pentas Nicolay 6 Upperside wing color lustrous indigo-blue with wide, Gavky margins...... Bc Ae re RHI wie le, at eck 1G A Ge i Wi Fz Upperside wing color greenish steel-blue with narrow ERICH I CEE FS Bocid ss & Geet w anim © wlel a) «(sap agfel SAS 20 wie Waele Se ie nee 9 7 Upperside of forewing mostly dark blackish-brown, the blue confined narrowly in the disc along vein 2A...... REN Re ct As 2 Oe cod SR uw ka etna, ONG pennatus (Druce) Upperside of forewing with the blue expanded and Bate nmenenbo. the CEU a. Gi. cake sc tel eee ee eee ee 8 8 Symbtopsts strenua 8 Cubital spot of Cu, large, red, spilling into Space M3, with a broad bar over the blue spot of Cug...... Sieltaa is lee et katte. otiakanabiey atanata “die va RaMoh a: he aan anaes lee smallt Nicolay Cubital spot, of interspace Cu, shall, sauitmrerm crescentics;> no red bar over the blue spot 228 i ae Pe ten ota og bite eel a celle bes oe Baise ole aaa eI ise ara va 9 Cubital spot orange-red confined primarily to Cug, the red bar: over the blue: spot; narrow... foie eee Ss eae tee Nee Mala are an ok wean, ais etn Leen aia ene emenene panamensts (Draudt) Cubital spot very large, deep red, spilling into interspace Mater yen M3; a broad red bar over the blue Spot Or’ Cura) 0. eee satatate ec ali ciate otal ora eee morpho Nicolay SYMBIOPSIS STRENUA (Hewitson), new combination Figure) 23 Plater! qFigie i andag) Theela strenua Hewitson, 1877, Illustr. Diurnal Lepid; Ly- caenidae, 1:207; 2, pl. 82, figs. 689, 69@ 0 Gmme ca: Seitz, 1920 Gross-Schmett. der Erde, 5:788, pl. 156, figs. i-9;)i-10.. Comstock and Huntington, 296gee0e0": YY. Entiat SOC whe ip lereoar. Type data: ''In the collection of W.C. Hewiltson,.agom BireeaZau liar. This species is very similar to many other tropical hairstreaks. The original description is extremely brief and overlooks many features that place strenua within this genus. The species is redescribed as follows. Male: Length of (forewings i2. 5 mm. Upperside: Margins of forewings wide and ill-defined, with indigo-blue color confined to discal third of wing, adjacent to inner margin. Margin of hindwings about 1 mm wide, expanded at apex, remainder of wing dull indigo-blue, faintly iridescent; anal lobe spot small, black, centered with orange-red; a marginal black line, inwardly edged in white, beginning at the small tail, tracing OUteremaeermurO anal lobe; fringes of same area tipped in white. Underside: Ground color olive grey-brown; submarginal line of forewing dark brown, lunular and broken at each vein; postmedian line dark brown, distally edged in white, begin- ning at costal margin and ending abruptly at vein Cuy. Post- median line of hindwing dark brown, becoming darker towards anal margin, distally edged in white, rather uneven, beginning at costal margin, then forming a broad angular "W" before terminating at inner margin; submarginal band composed of dark brown crescents between each vein, vaguely bordered on each side by light scaling; cubital spot between tails ydui A new genus of Hairstreak ) med, smlail, crescentic and centered at distal edge with a prominent black spot; the cubital red crescent as wide as ground color between it and the white line proximal to term- ie tene; the grey-blue spot adjacent in interspace Cuo large, quadrate, with a small red bar between it and the small black spot of anal lobe; no other red in interspace ~Cuy except as associated with anal lobe; a marginal black line, inwardly edged in white, beginning at vein Mj] becom- inespmuekesh at Cus, tracing outer margin to anak lobe. Female: Length of forewing 12 mm. Same as male except some variation in the amount of Dilue on upperside of forewing; usually the pale blue color Herkowmly cont ined to the area along inner margin, leaving forewing almost completely dark brown; in early "spring season” (October), Santa Catarina individuals, the blue of forewing not confined to. inner margin, extending as a pale wash far into. disc and cell, leaving a relatively narrow, waepuely defined dark margin. The dark margin of hindwing Seven byawider than in male. Underside as in male. Symbtopsts strenua has in the past been confused with Thecla ptstdula Druce, due probably to the Draudt (in Seitz, Pee ewiistration of ‘'ptstdula; it is a good reproduction of strenua. The series of two males and seven females from which the present diagnosis was made was collected by Mr. Fritz Plaumann in Nova Teutonia, Santa Catarina, Brazil, at an altitude of 300-500 meters. The dates of capture are predominantly January through March. Specimens from this series were compared with the Hewitson type material in the British Museum (Natural History). A study of series of this species in the Brown and Ebert collections provided material basis for a more accurate appraisal of the geographical distribution. This species is found in the forested mountain localities in the states of Minas Gerais, Sao Paulo, Parana, Santa Catarina and to the west in adjacent areas of Paraguay (Villa Rica). Most like- ly, strenua is basically a southwestern species which reach- es the northern limit of its range in Minas Gerais (Belo Horizonte) via the tributaries of the Plate River system. SYMBIOPSIS LENITAS (Druce), new combination Figure 3; Plate | (Fig. 3 and 4) Theela lenitas Druce, 1907, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, : 603, Diy oo, tie. 5.0) Draudty tm: Selita, 1920, Gross=Sehmett. der Erde, 5:788, pl. 156, fig. 1-8. Comstock and Hunt- ineton, 1961, J. N. Y. Ent Soc., 697109. Taspis vtolescens Spitz, 1931, Revista de Entomologia, Sao Paulo, 1:48 (new synonymy). 10 Symbiopsts lenitas Original description: "Male. Upper side: fore wing uniform’ dull Drown; paler towards centre of disc, inner margin very narrowly dusted with blue. ‘(Hind wing pale violaceous Dive lace costa, apex and outer margin rather broadly brown; abdom- inal fold paler: brown. Cilia of fore wing Drowntenoaee hind wing white. Underside ground colour uniform pale grey. Forewing: a linear dark ultra-median band, outwardly bor- dered with white, from the costa to the lower median ner- vule, followed by a faint submarginal lunular line. A very fine anteciliary dark line. Cilia yellowish grey, darker at the tips... Hind wing: amedian linear band as ton tare wing but more sinuous, commencing on the costa and reaching to the abdominal margin, followed by a submarginal faint lunular line which becomes more distinct towards the anal angle. A black anteciliary line from the apex to the auaLl angle. broadest at the base of the tails. Cilia patevarey. Tails blackish tipped with white. Female: Upperside uniform dull brown. Underside as Gy Mes er Expanse: 2 = 1/5 Aneh: Habitat: Chapada Campo, Brazil (H.H. Smith); Paraguay (Perrens). Type, Mus. Godman. A species with no brand or perceptible patch on the fore wing and not allied to: any with which I am acquainted but perhaps belonging to the group which contains 7. dindy- Mus (Ce. Mr. Smith's specimens were captured in January and February." The original description is excellent. This species is one of the most easily recognized and distinctive of the genus, made so by the lack of typical thecline markings on the underside of the hindwings. There is neither cubital red spot in interspace Cuy, nor blue spot adjacent thereto in interspace Cuy. Instead, these are replaced by vague patches of grey scales. The anal lobe spot is very smal} and black. Male: Length of forewing, 11'.5 ‘mm. Female: Length of forewing, 11.5 mm. These notes were made from a series of 12 males and 13 females collected by Mr. Fritz Plaumann in Nova Teutonia, Santa Catarina, Brazil, at an altitude of 300-500 meters. Most specimens were captured during the months of March through June. A single female taken at Caviuna, Parana, A new genus of Hairstreak 1] Brazil in April is in the American Museum of Natural His- tory. Specimens from this series have been compared with the type series in the British Museum (Natural History), and with the type of 7. violescens Spitz which is clearly a syn- onym of lenitas. [In the Brown and Ebert collections, | was able to ex- amine an extensive series of this species, taken in numerous localities in southern Brazil and Paraguay. Essentially, lenttas seems to be a species of the wooded watercourses of the Brazilian Planalto. Its currently known geographical range includes the states of Minas Gerais, Goias, Mato Grosso, Parana, Sao Paulo, Santa Catarina and adjacent lo- calities in Paraguay (Villa Rica). SYMBIOPSIS PUPILLA (Draudt), new combination Eigure: As) Plate: ly (Fig. Sand 6) Thecta pupttla Draudt, in: Seitz, 1920, Gross-Schmett. der Prbeeemool, pl.. 158, figs. i-4, i=5. -Comstock and nuseetarton., L963, 3. N. Y.s Ent. Soe. 71:46. Original description: ",.. is above black-brown, towards, the base with a Slight blue-grey tint, on the hindwing with a large red anal Spot being bordered at first by black, then by white; be- neath brown-grey, the lines like in the preceeding (Th. panamensis) but finer; the submarginal lunae almost extinct, from the upper median vein to the proximal margin distinct as an entirely straight black line being removed far inward and, Goeuching dents of the postdiscal band. The red spot of the tail and the anal-spot extremely large, connected by a bread red bridge, the black pupil of the spot of the tail very small, strigiform." There are no obvious differences between the male and female of this species. Even the size differential (the males average slightly larger) is more individual than sex- ual. The phrase, ''... above black-brown, towards the base with a slight blue-grey tint'' is an excellent capsule des- cription of the upper surfaces of both wings. Based on specimens examined during this study, puptlla can be further characterized as follows. Upperside: Anal lobe spot of hindwing small, rather than large, centered with a sprinkling of orange-red; a mar- ginal black line and an inwardly adjacent white line begin- ning in interspace above the short tail at M3, tracing outer margin to anal lobe. Male: Length of forewing, 12 mm. Female: Length of forewing, 11 mm. 2 Symbtopsts puptlla Underside: Ground coior of both wings a light, silky brown-grey, submarginal lunular line of forewings, faint and. indistinct; postmedian line narrow, black, distally edged in white, beginning just short of costal margin, end- imgrau vei, uly, Postmedian line of hindwing brown-black, distally edged in white, beginning at costal margin, uneven, then forming a sharply angular "W" before terminating at inner margin; center of "W" mark or semi-macule dark brown; cubital spot between tails large, deep red with a small, strigiform, black pupil at distal ‘center ) tired scalttaager cubital spot often spilling into interspace’ Mey Diveseror adjacent to: cubital spot, also: Warre> prosciitaniaie edged with a bridge of red scales, reaching black spot of ana tore, the. submarginal line of vague, indistinct lunae; marginal line black, inwardly edged in white, tracing outer margin from vein Mo to anal lobe, expanded slightly at €achivem terminus; spot onranaiy Tobe) pilaek. The expanded description and illustrations herein have been taken from a series of five males and ten females col- lected by Mr. and Mrs. Jorge Kesselring in Joao Pessoa, Paraiba, Brazil. The dates cover the period December through June; one female was collected on 31 October. In the Na- tional Museum, Rio do Janeiro, Brazil are a male and female of puptlla taken at Belem do Para and another male taken at Amapa. Dr. Ebert's collection contains a series of puperila taken in Paraiba. A female from the Oberthur collection in the British Museum carrying the label ''Amazonas'' is placed here. Major A. Bedford Russell, British Coldstream Guards, collected a single female at Apoteri, British Guiana in September 1963. Available information (Bailey, 1947) indicates that Draudt's types have been destroyed. It appears advisable that a neotype be designated. A neotype female, BRAZIL, Joao Pessoa, Paraiba, 6 June 1954, is therefore designated from the series described above and placed in the National Museum of Natural History (Smithsonian Institution), Wash- ington, D. C. (USNM Type No. 71451). Seitz' terse "Guiana to Colombia and Bolivia'' covers a very large area. The currently known geographical distri- bution for puptlla is rather restricted, being confined to the Guianas and the adjacent northeastern coastal area of Brazil as far south as the state of Paraiba. SYMBIOPSIS SMALLI Nicolay, new species Figure ' 53) Plater Tl) (Crige.) 42 63eccmen a) Male: Length of forewing, 13° 4 1 mm; ‘holotype. serum Upperside: Forewing margin broad, black-brown, reach- ing well into discal cell; the shining dark blue confined to lower one-third of wing along inner margin, extending A new genus of Hairstreak 13 past vein Cuy into cell. Hindwing margin narrow, black- brown, slightly expanded at apex; remainder of wing shining dark blue; anal lobe spot black, narrowly edged above and below with pure white; a narrow, vague,white marginal line feom smell tail at Cuz. to anal lobe. Underside: Forewing ground color dark brownish grey; Submarginal line vague, indistinct; postmedian line almost straight, black-brown, distally bordered with a few white scales, extending from near costal margin, terminating at Cu2. Hindwing ground color dark brownish grey; postmedian line uneven, black, distally edged in white, cleanly broken inward at vein M3, terminating at inner margin after trac- ing a broad deep "W"; submarginal line composed of vague, light grey crescent-shaped lunae; a black marginal line, edged basaly in white, beginning at vein M], becoming broad- er and more definitive at cubital red spot between tails; eubital spot orange-red, large, with a large strigiform Diack pupil at distal center, spilling unevenly into adja- cent interspace M3; a broad red band proximally borders the large grey-blue spot, the two colors almost of the same Weeaems anal lobe spot black, with proximal and,distal mar- gins white, and with a connecting red line running costad EG ered bar of Cu5; a-rudimentary black spot at basal margin Suetoreesblue spot in) Cuo, touching the red bar’. Female: Length of forewing, 12 mm. Upperside: Markings and ground color similar to male; the dark shining blue area less brilliant in forewing, re- stricted to a small discal and basal area adjacent to inner margin along vein 2A. Hindwing margins narrower, the dark blue thus more extensive in the discal and basal area. Underside: Ground color brownish grey with a slight ieseee- ail linear markings Similar, to male, heavier,* the red cubital spot expanded into interspace M2. Holotype male: PANAMA, Los Rios, Canal Zone, 10 Decem- ber 1967. Allotype female: same locality, 17 December 1964. Paratypes, 41 male (m) and 7 female (f), as follows. From Eeneoaneee smalls collection: Los Rios; €.Z., | m, 31 Oct., Seminowv. 66m e.b3 Nove, 1, myol4 Nov. 196531 nm, bec. , Mmmeaneeiec. lam, ..0,Decw, 1 m,.l2 dec, I amge13 Deetyylom, nompcica = G64. 3m, 20 Dec. 1967s. Kem, 12 Febusrl omy 23 )Maneh 1968; Ft. Sherman, C.Z., 1 m, 21 May 1966; Cerro Campana, Panama.Province, 1 m, 10 Jan. 1968; 1 f, 29 May 1964; Turri- wWoae Cartage Prov., Costa Rica, ) f, 14Julye1965...From Eernicolay collection: .Los Rios, C. Z2., 1m, bh Dee. 13 om; Pebec anes) the, Ib Dec, 2 my S Décinl 967 7 lem Dees! om; Pomece: slom, 24 Decw, 1964; 2 m, 3-f, 6 Jan. 1969; Colon SameacRita).Rep~.of Panama, | m;5 Jane, 1 f, 4 Jans, 07 Ff, LOjJdan. 1969: The holotypeand allotype will be deposited in the Nation- 14 Symbtopsts pentas al Museum of Natural History (Smithsonian Institution), Washington, D. C. (USNM Type No. 71452). Paratypes will be deposited in the American Museum of Natural History, New York, the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, and the British Mu- seum (Natural History), London. Symbtopsts smatlt closely resembles S. tanave oni the upper surface. The basic blue and dark marginal colors are alike in both; the size and shape of the adults of both sexes are similar. However, the maculation of the under surface of the wings is strikingly different. Here, smallt closely resembles puptlla in the clarity and color of the linear markings. Thus far, smallt has been found in the Republic of Panama, Costa Rica and Colombia, with a known altitude rang- ing from sea level to 2000 feet. Its primary flight period appears to be the winter months of November through February although it has been taken in almost all seasons. Examined, but not included in the type series, was a male collected in Jaque, Darien Province, Panama in April and a male in the British Museum, taken in Cundinimarca, Colombia. It is a distinct pleasure to name this beautiful insect after my good friend and collecting associate, Gordon B. Small, Jr. who collected most of the specimens. SYMBIOPSIS PENTAS Nicolay, new species Figure 6:° Plate {Itt (Fig: 915 °2,453° ands) Male: Length of forewing, 12 mm 2 1 mm; holotype wee ol. Upperside: Forewing dark brown with.no blue scaling. Hindwing opalescent violet-blue in the disc with wide (2-3 mn) dark brown margins, widest at apex; an inconspicuous white submarginal line, beginning just above the small tail at M3 tracing wing margin to anal lobe; latter small, black with intermixed bronze colored scales, proximally and dis- tally white fringed. Underside: Forewing ground color light brown-grey; Submarginal lunular line faint, dark brown, broken at each vein; postmedian line dark brown, faintly and distally out- lined with light scaling, ending’abruptly at vein Cus. itee— wing ground color. the same brown-grey; submarginal line faint, dark brown crescents, separated at each vein, distally and proximally edged in faint light scaling; postmedian line dark brown, distally edged in white, beginning at costal margin, rather uneven, becoming black, forming a broad angu-— lar "W" beginning at Cu, and ending at inner margin; cubital Spot at Cu, small, orange-red, the black pupil distally cen- vered ,; prominent; biue) spotwoL Cup proximally bordered by a narrow bridge of red scaling beginning at black anal lobe spot, not reaching vein Cus; semi-macule dark brown; a mar- A new genus of Hairstreak BS ginal black line, expanded at each vein and inwardly edged in white, beginning at vein My and ending at anal lobe. Female: Length of forewing, 11 mm + 1 mm; allotype, i 1° mm . Upperside: Forewing and hindwing dark brown with no trace of blue; anal lobe spot black; marginal white line from vein Mz very faint. Underside: Same as in male. Baborype mate: BOLIVIA, Cuatro Ojos, Nov. 1913. Allo- type female: Las Juntas, Bolivia, Dec. 1913. Paratypes, 3 male, 5 female, as follows. In the Carnegie Museum: 1 m, Paeatuneas, polivia, Nov. 1913; 1] m, Cuatro Ojos, Bolivia famedabe)- 3. f, Las Juntas, Bolivia, Dec..1913, 1 £, Cuatro Ores. Bolivia, Nov. 1913. In the Smithsonian Institution: Pao agdiny +t, Peru, no date. W.D. Field in his discussion of Calystryma malta Schaus, refers to a fourth specimen of the original Schaus series, a female, as not belonging to Calystryma. I|t is this female that is here designated a paratype. The holotype and allotype are deposited in the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. The complete lack of blue on the upperside of the fore- wings in the male makes this species relatively easy to dis- tinguish from other members of the genus. However, the female is almost indistinguishable from the female of penna- tus except by examination of the genitalia. Both are dark brown on the upper wing surfaces and very similar beneath. The most consistent difference between this species and Ngereecus, 1s in; the black pupil of the cubital spot;3,.in pen- Po2ofhis Spot 1S round and prominent, in pennatus) it. ts) stri- giform, ill-defined and almost obsolete in some specimens. In the genitalia, particularly that of the male, there are consistent and easily recognized differences as noted -in the appropriate figures. | have seen no specimens of pentas other than those in the type series. The known range of this species is Bolivia and Peru. SYMBIOPSIS PANAMENSIS (Draudt), new combination Eirgure 2 2 hate ht kh baa1> cand, G) Thecla panamensts Draudt, tn: Seitz, 1920, Gross-Schmett. der Erde, 5:801, pl. 158, figs i-l, i-2. Comstock and Hun- Penerc Ons, 1 62,4 disp diem Yoo HMtr, COC ce. 7 Ol: LOTS Original description: 16 Symbtopsts panamensts t.. Ls. the most similar’ to ptetdula; but 10 feeaneue of a light greenish steél—blue, with a strong Iustres eee. margins of the. same extent as in pisidula; the fematewiewo: a duller grey-blue. Beneath more purely grey, with a slight lustre, the linear marking stronger, particularly the white bordering more pronounced, the submarginal lunae more dis- tinet, the red spot of ‘the tail very ‘large, so> 2S” (iemieseae blue spot beside it.” The sexes are similar in appearance, and the descrip- tion may be elaborated as follows. Upperside: ~ Greenish steel-blue Justre accentuaveamay the narrow black margins, more so than in any other species except morpho; margin rather sharply defined in forewing of male, rather vaguely defined and slightly broaderiane tease. black. marginal color almost filling primary wing Gell aan female. Dark margin of hindwing consisting of thin line, slightly expanded at apex, the same greenish steel-blue filling entire hindwing in both sexes; anal lobe spotypdack set within a sprinkling of white scales. Underside: Submarginal line of forewing of the same lustrous grey as basic ground color of both wings but Garker and distinct, running from subapical area to tornus; post— median line very dark grey, narrow, distally edged in white, following the same curve as the submarginal but ends abrupt- ly at vein Cuo’”. ‘Postmeditan of Nindwing a cConsprlceveus is black line, distally edged in white, sliphtly broken? @e270— ning at costal margin, then forming a broad "W" prices termination at inner margin; semi-macule black; submarginal lunae proximally shaded in light grey; marginal line from M, to anal. lobe;black, inwardly edged in pure white; cubital Spot between tails orange-red, large, with a Strigiform black pupil at distal center; a very narrow red bar proxim-— ally bridging. a large light blue spot adjacent in @snvereaoee Cua, almost reaching the small black spot of anal lobe; fringes white-tipped between the short tail at Cuj and anal lobe. The underside pattern of panamenstis closely resembles strenua. All markings are similar but in panamensts are more definitive, the spots larger and the ground color grey- ish with a slight lustre. Males and females are alike, with the ground color of the females generally lighter, almost brownish rather than grey. The above observations were made from specimens which Gordon small and | collected at Potrerillos, Chi rrqauieerer- ince, in-western Panama; dates of capture were in the months of December, January, February and July. In addition, Gor- don Small has taken a single specimen at Villa Neily in the adjacent province of Puntarenas, Costa Rica in July. Available information (Bailey, 1947) indicates that Draudt's types have been destroyed. It appears adviseable A new genus of Hairstreak Wy that a neotype be designated. A neotype, male, PANAMA, Po- trerillos, Chiriqui Province, 11 Feb. 1966, is therefore designated from the series described above and placed in the Nattonal Museum of Natural History (Smithsonian Institution), Washington, D. CC. (USNM Type No. 71453). SYMBIOPSIS MORPHO Nicolay, new species Figure ©, Plate 111 (Fige 5S ands&Y Male: Unknown. Hemale: Length of forewing, 15 mm. Upperside: Forewing costal and outer margins black, narrow with a wide expanse of brilliant greenish steel-blue Corocertiiane cell, disc, basal and most of inner marginal area. Hindwing the same shining morpho-like blue; outer margin a thin, black line expanded at apex; abdominal fold Gdamemetey: anal lope spot large, biack, narrowly fringed in white. imG@ercisnde- Horewane eround color silky Might brown; supmareinal line darker brown, faint but distinet; postme— Gian line narrow, blackish-brown, distally edged in white, ends at vein Cu2. Hindwing ground color light brown; post- medtanetane Sharply black, distally edged in pure white, dis— placed outward at interspace. Sc + R1, broken inward at vein eee eeritnaLing at inner margin after tracing a broad "W"; Submarginal line dark brown, consisting of crescent-shaped imap suadty and proximally edged in light scaling; cubi- Vm pOrmeii Cun very large, deep red, proximally spilding in- Demaeniiacemtu space, reaching vein Mas the black pupil centered gueisval cdpe dargce, strigiform; blwe spot of Cua capped by a rudimentary black spot, completely bridged proximally by a “wea bar Extending from cubital spot to the large black spot of enciehobie Lavver proximally and distally framed in white. -Holotype femate: EQUADOR, Paramba, 3500 ft., March 1897, dry season (Rosenberg); in the British Museum (Natural History), London. This is the largest and most lavishly colored Symbtop- sts. The upper surface is of the same shining steel-blue lustre of panamensts, the dark margins similarly narrow. Beneath, morpho is a rich brown color, rather than greyish. [t is more heavily marked than any other species of this genus, | suspect that the male, when found, will be larger than the female, with narrower dark margins on both winas and a larger expanse of brilliant blue color on the upper surfaces. In response to my request for specific information on tne locality Paramba, Mr. Tite of the British Museum very kindly provided the following quote from a paper by Dr. Hartert dealing with the birds collected by W.F.H. Rosenberg: 18 Symbtopsts pennatus 'Paramba is a farm on the western bank of the river Mira. Its elevation is 3500 feet, and itis still in’ the» forese region, but the open country commences two or three miles higher up the Mira...The city of Ibarra two days ride from Paramba, and about the same distance from Quito..." SYMBIOPSIS PENNATUS (Druce) new combination Figure 9; Plate IV (Fig. 1 and 2) Theela pennatus Druce, 1907, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 7617-18. Draudt in: Seitz, 1920, Gross-Schmett. der Erde, 5:800. Comstock and Huntington, 1962, J. N. Y. Ent. Soe.) fOrtoer Original description: “Male. Allied to Tf. anthora Hew. Upper side uniform dark brown, with inner margin of fore wing narrowly, and discal and basal areas of hind wing shining opalescent indi- go-bDlue.. Under side; ground colour duller; the linear bands narrower, placed further in from the margin and in the hind wing not inwardly bordered with red. The upper red marginal spot with the black pupil of Tf. anthora is absent, and the large red spot contained in the angle of the ultramedian band is replaced by a black, smaller spot. Female. Upper side uniform dull brown; underside as in male. Expanse, 1 .1/5,,.1 1/10 ineh.. Hab. Amazonas: Tapajos, Ega, Para (Bates). Types, Mus. Godman." The brevity and accuracy of Druce's original descrip- tion needs little elaboration. The anal lobe spot on the upper hind wing is black, centered with sparse orange-red; the marginal black line from vein M3 to the anal lobe is inwardly edged in white. On the underside the cubital spot of the hindwing is relatively small, orange-red and pupiled by a vague, ill- formed almost obsolete black spot. The red bar, beginning at the black anal lobe spot is narrow and, although arched over the proximal edge of the blue spot of Cuyg, is incom- plete and does not reach vein Cu9. The male genitalia of pennatus has a ventral keel on the aedeagus. lt is not obvious and is confined to the pos- terior end. The genitalia of tanats and ntppta are similarly equipped. Male: Length of forewing, 12-13 mm. A new genus of Hairstreak 19 Female: Length of forewing, 11-12 mm. As stated by Druce, pennatus is certainly a distinct species, but it is not related closely to 7. anthora Hew. tieedectern Of lines and color it ts ‘most similar to pentae, the females being almost identical. However, the genitalia Feved! a close relationship to tanate and nippta, both of which possess macular patterns beneath which are distinctly different from pennatus. The most consistent difference between pennatus and other species of similar appearance is Mee Didcek pupil of the cubital: spot. In! pennatus, itis small, ill-formed, almost obsolete, while in pentas and others, it is prominent. The narrow blue scaling along vein 2A in the forewing will readily separate the males from pencade, its closest mimic. The geographical range of this species is large, taking in much of the vast expanse of the Amazon basin. The pres- ent data adds Colombia, Peru and Bolivia to the political regions given by Druce. Recorded altitudes are from near sea level to 450 meters. In addition to examination of the type series in the British Museum, | have studied a male collected in Ega (Bra- Ziv a series of four males and three females. from the Rio Surutu and Portachuelo in eastern Bolivia, and a male from Manacapuru, Amazon River, in the Carnegie Museum, and a male and two females which |! collected on the Rio Bodoquero, Caqueta, Colombia, in January. SYMBIOPSIS TANAIS (Godman & Salvin), new combination Figure 0; Plate IV (Fig. 3 and 4) Theela tanais Godman and Salvin, 1887, Biologia Centrali- imectieana., Lepid.—-Rhop. , 2:623)3:pl.,.. 55, figs 27,20. Draudt tn: Seitz, 1920, Gross-Schmett. der Erde, 5:800, peso, fie, 2-5. “Comstock and Huntington, 1964 Woes nes OCs sg Te riiede, This is one of the most distinctive and easily recog- nized species in the genus. The original description was given in Latin, and the species may be characterized as follows. Male: Length of forewing, 13-14 mm. Female: Length of forewing, 11-13 mm. Upperside: Similar to smalit, differing as follows: center of the anal lobe spot in tanazs orange-red, in smallt black; blue scaling of forewing more restricted to inner margin (never reaching vein Cu2) in tanatis, extending Daeo vein Cud into the cell in emaliz. 20 Symbtopsts tanats Underside: Ground color light grey-brown. The submar- ginal and postmedian lines of forewing both faintly marked; dark brown scaling filling semi-macule and distal to post- median line in Cu, 3 the large powder-blue spot between tails in interspace Cu, and an adjacent spot of the same (to sligntly larger) size and color in interspace Cup provide the most distinctive identification feature of this species, anal lobe spot black, with a narrow red bar (the only red color on the underside) between it and the blue spot adja- cent; an obvious black marginal line, inwardly edged in white and expanded at each vein terminus, beginning at vein Mo, ending at anal lobe. Male and female genitalia following basic pattern for genus except aedeagus with a ventral keel. Many of the specimens from which these observations were made were collected in the Republic of Panama and the Canal Zone by Gordon Small and I. Altitudes from which the Panama specimens were taken range from sea level to 2500 feet. Specimens in Gordon Small's collection were taken as follows: Cerro Campana, Panam Prov., December; Cocolij7e e., November; Madden Dam, €.Z., Aprils Summit, €.Z., Aprimteed rather worn female, from Victoria, Caldas, Colombia, in August. In the Nicolay collection: Cerro Campana, December, January and February; Summit in April; Madden Forest in May aNiGoPa nia, C Zc ced ieeniane. There are four males in the collection of the Smithson- ian Institution, all from various localities in Costa Rica. One altitude notation reads 2500-3500 feet. The dates are Nov. '06, Feb. and March. In the American Museum of Natural History are three males and six females all collected by H.H. and F.M. Brown at Turrialba, Costa, Rica on 24 amduem June. All specimens noted above agree with the types loca- ted in the British Museum (Natural History), London. Godman and Salvin restricted the range of tanats to the state of Panama; Seitz added the Rio Dagua in Colombia. Symbtopsts tanats has thus far been taken in Costa Rica, Panama and Colombia. SYMBIOPSIS NIPPIA (Dyar), new combination Figure lle Plate IVe(Fige 5 and 6) Theela nitppta Dyar, 1918, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus .5°55eeeee Draudt in: Seitz, 1920, Gross-Schmett. der Erde, 5:824. Hoffmann,1940, An. Inst. Biol., 11:774. Constoek uae Huntington, 1964. /5)' NewYio ene Ssoes.h6Scavo. Original description: "Fore wing blackish, shaded with light blue on the ba- Sal third below cell and in cell to its end. Hind wing blue A new genus of Hairstreak 21 hoevern oO: fringe white:*a black terminal line; tail at vein 2 long, white margined and tipped; tail on vein 3 short, white; fore wing with faint whiter outer line, dislocated aeeene veins. Hind wing with the outer line slender, black- ish, edged without by white, forming a shallow W from vein BeeeO Marein;s a faint submarginal lines; a red spot in the interspace 2-3 with outer black center; a black and red speck at tornus. Expanse, 25 mm. Type. —— Female, Cat. No. 21201, U.S.N.M.: Siterra de Guerr- ero, Mexico, January, 1911 (R. Muller)." The male, which Dyar did not describe, is similar to the female on the upper surface and identical on the under- surface of the wings. On the upperside the blue of the forewing is not as extensive as in the female, being con- fined to the discal and basal area of the inner margin; the hindwing has a wider dark margin (3mm at the apex) and the blue of the discal and basal area is darker and more intense. The anal lobe spot is red and a marginal black line with an Hnnerewhite Line begins at vein M3 and ends at the anal lobe spot. lt is worthy of note that the two species with the lightest ground color on the underside of the wings occur at the southern and northern extremes of the known geographical distribution of the genus, lenttas from southern Brazil and Paraguay and ntppta from the state of Jalisco, Mexico. Both are easily recognized by the greyish-white ground color upon which the linear markings are rather faintly contrasted and by the *'W'' mark of the postmedian line shallow rather than angular. Dyar's "black and red speck at the tornus" refers th the orange-red bar that lies between the small black Saetrar the anal .lobe and the blue spot of Cu,. tt is areh- ed partially over the proximal margin of the febeer. The cubital spot is small, orange-red with a yellowish proximal margin and centered at the distal edge with a prominent black pupil. As in tanats and pennatus, the male aedeagus of nippia has a ventral keel. Otner small differences in the genitalia can be noted in the appropriate figures. I In the American Museum of Natural History are four males and five females from the C.C. Hoffmann collection taken in April at Colima, Colima, Mexico. In the Carnegie Museum is a male taken’ by R.G. Wind in May at Comala, Colima, Mexico. The recorded range of ntppta is the west coastal area of Mexico from the state of Jalisco south to Guerrero. 22 LITERATURE CITED Bailey, J.W., 1947. Report on the status of the entomologi- cal collections in certain European museums. Ann. Ent. Sods Amen, 405203 24/2 Brown, K.S. and 0.H.H. Mielka, 1967. Lepidoptera of the Central Brazil Plateau. I!. Preliminary list of Rhop- alocera (continued): Lycaenidae, Pieridae, Papilioni- dae, Hesperiidae. J. Lepid. Soc., 21:151-168. Comstock, W.P. and E.I. Huntington, 1958-1964. An annota- ted list of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera) of the Western Hemisphere. J. New York Ent. Soc., vols. 66-72. Draudt, M., 1916-1924, Lycaenidae. tn: Seitz, Die Gross- Schmetterlinge de Erde. Stuttgart., 5:739-831, pls. 144-159, 193 (pps 788,801, pls: 156, 158;01saam Druce, H.H., 1907. On Neotropical Lycaenidae, with des= criptions of new species. Proc. Zool Soc. London, 1907:566-632 (:603, 617-618). Dyar, H.G., 1918. Descriptions of New Lepidoptera from Mexico. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 54:335-372 (Lycaeni- dae: 336-338). Field, W.D., 1967. Butterflies of the new genus Calystryma. Proc. Us. S.)NatlooMusey 123. (ne. 361.1): =a ee Gee Godman, F.C. and 0. Salvin, 1887-1901. Biologia Centrali- Americana. Insecta. Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera. London, vol. 2: 1s782 bp. #62, Wea, < Hewitson, W.C., 1863-1878. Illustrations of Diurnal Lepid- optera. Lycaenidae... London, 121-228 (p. 0207) nnegeue 2. pls.) 1-92 (pls 8229 figs. 689 “and 690", (agai Hoffmann, C.C., 1940. Catalogo systematico y zoogeografico de los Lepidopteros Mexicanos. Primera Parte, Papili- onoidea. An. Inst., Biol «,.11 9639-739 (p17 eae Symbtopsts strenua 23 oH ae sere SZ Sian Figure 2. Symbtopsts strenua (Hewitson). a, ventral view of female genitalia with 4vipositor and tergites remov- ed; b, lateral view of female genitalia without ovipositor, with 8th tergite; c, ventral view of male genitalia with valvae and aedeagus removed; d, ventral view of valvae; e, lateral view of male genitalia with aedeagus removed; i Tat= eral view of aedeagus. > ° I 2h Symbtopsts lenitas Figure 3. Symbtopsts lenitas (Druce). a, ventral view of female genitalia with ovipositor and tergites removed; b, lateral and 8th vae and al view view of view of female genitalia without ovipositor, with 7th tergites; c, ventral view of male genitalia witha. aedeagus removed; d, ventral view of valvae; e, later- of male genitalia with aedeagus removed; f, lateral aedeagus. ic Symbtopsts puptilla 25 Figure 4. Symbtopsis pupilla (Draudt). a, ventral view of female genitalia with ovipositor and tergites removed; b, lateral view of female genitalia without ovipositor, with 8th tergite; c, ventral view of male genitalia with valvae and aedeagus removed; d, ventral view of valvae; e, lateral view of male genitalia with aedeagus removed; i, Tateral View of aedeagus. 26 Symbtopsts smallt Figure 5. .Symbtopsts smalli Nicolay. a, ventral view of female genitalia with ovipositor and tergites removed; b, lateral view of female genitalia without ovipositor, with 7th and 8th tergites; c, ventral view of male genitalia with valvae and aedeagus removed; d, ventral view of valvae; e, lateral view of male genitalia with aedeagus removed; f, hat- eral view of aedeagus. Symbtopsts pentas 24 Figure 6. Symbtiopsts pentas Nicolay. a, ventral view of female genitalia; b, lateral view of female genitalia without ovipositor, with 8th tergite; c, ventral view of male genitalia with valvae and aedeagus removed; d, ventral view of valvae; e, lateral view of male genitalia with aedeagus removed; f, lateral view of aedeagus. 28 Symbtopsts panamensts Figure 7. Symbtopsts panamensts (Draudt). a, ventral view of female genitalia with ovipositor and tergites removed; b, lateral view of female genitalia without ovipositor, with bth tergite; c, ventral view of male genitalia with valvae and aedeagus removed; d, ventral view of valvae; é Va tetral view of male genitalia with aedeagus removed; f, Tatermat view of aedeagus. Symbtopsts morpho 29 Figure 8. Symbtopsts morpho Nicolay. a, lateral view of female genitalia without ovipositor, with 7th and 8th tergites; b, ventral view of female genitalia without ovi- posi or, with part of 8th tergite. 30 Symbtopsts pennatus Figure *9.) Syumbtopersipenmar ver (DrMeell. are of female genitalia with ovipositor removied, w 8th tergite; b, lateral view of female genitali ovipositor, with 8th tergite; c, ventral view of make gent= talia with valvae and aedeagus removed; d, ventral view of valvae; e, lateral view of male genitalia with aedeagus in BOeLU. > ith part of a without ventral view Symbtopsts tanats 31 Figure 10. Symbtopsts tanaits (G & S$). a, ventral view of female genitalia with ovipositor and tergites removed; b, lateral view of female genitalia without ovipositor, with 8th Leng tes ¢j.. variation, in spines of esStium;, d, wenthal view of male genitalia with valvae and aedeagus removed; e, Ventral view of valvae; f, lateral view.of male genitalia with aedeagus removed; g, lateral view of aedeagus. 32 Symbtopsts ntppta of female genitalia with ovipositor and tergites removed; b, lateral view of female genitalia without ovipositor, with Bth tergite; c, ventral view of male genitalia with valvae and aedeagus removed; d, ventral view of valvae; e, lateral view of male genitalia with aedeagus removed; *, Vatepaa vier of aedeagus. Figure ll. Symbtopsts nippta (Dyar). a, ventralewienm i Peat eo 33 Figures 1, 2, Symbtosts strenua Teutonia, Santa Catarina, Brazil; 3 male, Nova Teuton ae (Draudt) (neotype) male, Joao Pessoa, (Hewitson) male el Posh Santa Catarnia, Brazil . > Paraiba » Nova Lenttas (Druce) 5, 6, S. pupilla > Shake = a | ‘ # J % ‘e RY Ua) i Je Maes i a ' t ‘ \ iy ahs ia is ¥ is * Ny, * Ne 7) ’ ; ¢ r iat eh Sete AN ea RORY ~*~ 74 nd { ; . ave Ae Nr a meth p ‘ 4 , * ‘ 4 rat nt acs at ey heed ~ ‘ 4 (een , Na"s ‘ 4 ‘ Pt Eye, 35 PLaTe I] Figures 1, 2, Symbtopsts smalli Nicolay (holotype) male, Los Rios, Canal Zone, Panama; 3, 4, S. smalli (allotype) female, Los Rios, Canal Zone, Panama; 5, 6, S. panamensis (Draudt) (neotype) male, Potrerillos, Chiriqui Prov., Panama. a7 Pioame l Figures 1, 2, Symbtopsts pentas Nicolay (holotype) male, Cuatro Ojos,. Bolivia; 3, 4, S. pentas (allotype) female, Las Juntas, Bolivia; 5, 6, S. morpho Nicolay (holotype) female, Paramba, Equador. ’ AOL aaa NS Plate IV a ymbiopsis pennatus (Druce) male, Ega, ae hes 6. tanate MG. & So diomahe, Cerne 6, S. nippia (Dyar) male, Comala, Colima Figures I, 25 6 "Amazonas", Brazi Campana, Panama; Mexico. ws ww NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS Contributions to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles are favored, and authors will be requested to pay for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per page. Address all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. D. F. Hardwick, K. W. Neatby Bldg., Central Experimental Farm, Carling Ave., Ottawa, Canada. Contributors should prepare manuscripts according to the following instructions; failure to do so will result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide margins, on one side only of white, 814 x 11 inch paper. Authors should keep a carbon copy of the MS. Titles should be explicit and descriptive of the article’s content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as possible. The first mention of a plant or animal in the text should include the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics are intended in the text (never in headings). References to footnotes should be numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet. Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1927) or (Comstock 1933, 1940a, 1940b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading LireratTurE CitTep, in the following format: Comstock, J. A. 1927. Butterflies of California. Los Angeles, Calif. 334 pp. 1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 39: 198-199. Illustrations: All photographs and drawings should be mounted on stiff, white backing, arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (4% x7 inches), including space for legends. The authors name, figure numbers as cited in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s title should be printed on the back of each mounted plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic) figures, provided these are submitted in satisfactory condition for reproduction without touch-up work. Figures, both line drawings and halftones, should be num- bered consecutively in Arabic numerals. The term “plate” should not be employed. Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations ), headed ExPpLANATION OF FicuRES, with a separate paragraph de- voted to each page of illustrations. Proofs: The edited MS and galley proofs will be mailed to the author for correction of printer’s errors. Excessive author’s changes at this time will be charged to authors at the rate of 75¢ per line. A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. Tables: Tables should be numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals. Headings for tables should not be capitalized. Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be typed on separate sheets, and placed following the main text, with the approximate desired position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events and notices, should be sent to the editor of the News: Dr. C. V. Covell, Dept. of Biology, Univer- sity of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA by Cyn F. pos Passos Price, postpaid: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound signatures available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard cover bound, add $1.50. Revised lists of the Melitaeinae and Lycaenidae will be distributed to purchasers free. SUPPLEMENTS of the JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS' SOCIETY The SUPPLEMENT series is intended for papers of intermediate length, those which are longer than is normally acceptable in the JOURNAL, yet shorter or of narrower interest span than a monographic treatment which might comprise a MEMOIR. The SUPPLEMENTS are issued at irregular intervals and will be numbered consecutively, with a separate numerical series to accompany each concurrent year's volume. Manuscripts intended for consideration for publication in the SUPPLEMENT series should be prepared in accordance with the instructions given in the Notice to Contributors which is published on the inside back cover of the JOURNAL. Address all correspondence relating to manuscripts for the SUPPLEMENT series to the Editor of the JOURNAL: Dr. D. F. Hardwick, Entomology Research Institute, Central Experimental Farm, Carling Ave., Ottawa, Canada. Copies of the SUPPLEMENTS are mailed to all members and subscribers of The Lepidopterists' Society. Copies of back issues will be available through the Office of Publication: c/o S. A. Hessel, Peabody Museum, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut, 06520. This issue edited by J. A. Powell. Supplements to Volume 23 (mailed May 6, 1970): 1. A review of the Megathymidae; by H. A. Freeman; 59 pp. 2. Records, new species, and a new genus of Hesperiidae from Mexico; by H. A. Freeman; 62 pp. 3. On the frequency of butterflies in eastern Brazil, with a list of the butterfly fauna of Pocos de Caldas, Minas Gerais; by Hans Ebert; 48 pp. inane 75 ee Ai Rae a i a ll OP PED Bo, Volume 25 JOURNAL of the LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Published quarterly by THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY Publié par LA SOCIETE DES LEPIDOPTERISTES Herausgegeben von DER GESELLSCHAFT DER LEPIDOPTEROLOGEN VOLUME 25 SUPPLEMENT 2 Met OSYSTEMATIC STUDY OF TWO SPECIES OF CALLOPHRYS (CALLOPHRYS) IN CALIFORNIA (Lycaenidae) by Glenn Alan Gorelick 10 May 1971 ‘ THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY EDITORIAL COMMITTEE D.F. Hardwick, Editor of the Journal C.V. Covell, Editor of the News S.A. Hessel, Manager of the Memotrs ExecuTIve CounciL (1971) C.L. Remington (New Haven, Conn.), President L. M. Martin (Prescott, Ariz.), President-elect H.A. Freeman (Garland, Texas), Ist Vice-President Julian Jumalon (Cebu City, Philippines), Vice-President K.W. Philip (Fairbanks, Alaska), Vice-President S.S. Nicolay (Virginia Beach, Va.), Treasurer J.C. Downey (Cedar Falls, lta.), Secretary L. D. Miller (Sarasota, Fla.), Secretary-eneme Members at large (three year term): M. Ogata 1972 A. Ei Brower sls 7 E.C. Welling 1972 W.C. McGuffin 1971 Andre Blanchard 1973 Y. Nekrutenko 1971 R.B. Dominick T3e3 B. Mather 1972 J.P. Donahue 1973 a a J J a ray “ “ ras ”“ 7 The object of The Lepidopterists' Society, which was formed in May, 1947 and formally constituted in December 1950, is ''to promote the science of lepidopterology in all its branches, . . . to issue a periodical and other publications on Lepidoptera, to facilitate the exchange of specimens and ideas by both the professional worker and the amateur in the field; to secure cooperation in all measures'' directed towards these aims. Membership in the Society is open to all persons interested in the study of Lepidoptera. All members receive the Journal and the News of the Leptdopterists' Soctety. Institutions may subscribe to the Journal but may not become members. Prospective members should send to the Treasurer full dues for the current year, together with their full name, address, and special lepidopterological interests. In alternate years a list of members of the Society is issued, with addresses and special interests. There are four numbers in each volume of the Journal, scheduled for February, May, August and November, and eight numbers of the Wews each year. Active members - annual dues $10.00 Student members - annual dues $5.00 Sustaining members - annual dues $20.00 Life members - single sum $150.00 Institutional subscriptions - annual $15.00 Send remittances, payable to The Leptdoptertists' Soctety, and address changes to: S. S$. Nicolay, 1500 Wakefield Dr., Virginia Beach, Virginia, 23455. JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIEiY VoLume 25 SUPPLEMENT 2 A BIOSYSTEMATIC STUDY OF TWO SPECIES OF CALLOPHRYS (CALLOPHRYS) IN CALIFORNIA (LYCAENI DAE) Glenn Alan Gorelick Citrus College, Azusa, California TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction Acknowledgements Historical Review Methods and Materials Geographic and Ecological Distribution Comparative Morphology Evaluation of Characters: Callophrys dumetorum and Callophrys viridis Evaluation of Characters: Callophrys dumetorum perplexa General Biology Biology of Callophruemaumetoenum ii. “425g ae Adult Behtavi ons « cae. Life History Biology of Catlophrys virtdts Adult Behavior Life History Results and Conclusions Literature Cited Nepenai (Materials Studied) Figures and photographs INTRODUCTION The genus Callophrys Billberg is represented in North America by six subgenera separable on the basis of male gen- italia (Clench, 1961). These subgenera are Xamia (one spe- cies), Sandia (one species), Inetsalia (eight species), - Mitoura (seven species), Cyanophrys (one SP euee! and the nominal subgenus Callophrys (six species). The six species included in the nominal subgenus are characterized by green on the undersides of the wings, with or without presence of white maculations. Callophrys (C.) afftnis (Edwards) has a light green color usually without any maculations. This species ranges from northern Utah and Wyoming to Washington and British Columbia, and according to Clench the life history is still unknown. Two subspecies C. a. affints (Edw.) and C. a. washingtonta Clench currently are recognized, separable on the basis of scale color dorsally and ventrally (Tilden, 1963). A related species, C. sheridani (Carpenter), is charac- terized by a solid line of white on the ventral surface of the hindwings. There are three subspecies, C. s. sheridani (Carpenter), C. s. neoperplexa (Barnes & Benjamin), and C. Ss. newcomert Clench, separable by the pattern and degree of development of the macular band (Tilden, 1963). The latter two are confined mostly to Washington and Oregon away from the immediate coast, whereas the nominal subspecies occurs in the Rocky Mountain states. A third species, C. apama (Edw.) has two subspecies, C. a. apama (Edw.) and C. a. homoperplexa Barnes & Benjamin, the latter characterized by the absence of a macular band. The nominal subspecies is characterized by the maculations on the undersides of the hindwings tinged with black rather than the dominant white seen in other species in the subgenus. Callophrys comstockt Henne, a recently described species, occurs in semi-arid to arid habitats from northern Inyo County in California south to the Providence Mountains of San Bernardino County. C. comstockt appears to be closely hewated to C. agpama, but lacks the tricolored fulvous band found on the undersides of C. apama (Henne, 1940). The present study concerns two species found in Cali- fornia, C. dumetorum (Boisduval) and C. viridis (Edwards). The former was previously considered to include two subspe- cies, C. d. dumetorum (Bdv.) and C. d. perplexa Barnes & 1 A recently described population from the higher eleva- tions of the Sierra Nevada has been named C. lembertt by Tilden (1963), but not enough evidence concerning life history and distribution is known to confirm its specific status and relationships. h Introduction Benjamin, occurring from British Columbia to Baja California Norte, with perplexa said to be confined to San Diego and Los Angeles counties, and adjacent portions of Baja Califor- nia. The ventral sides of the hindwings of this species are a light green with a variable number of white maculations. A third entity was recently described from the Pacific Northwest. as C. d. oregonensis, based on restriction of the gray scales to the Cuz vein on. the undersides ,of the ypene- wings as well as on comparative notes on this entity's bi- ology (Gorell tek), 19700) The last species, C. viridis (Edw.) which also has a variable number of white maculations, is known only from San Mateo County to Mendocino County, California, along the im- medtate coast. The deep yellow to blue-green tinge separ- ates C. ptridis superficially from C. shertdani and C. dumetorum. Barnes & Benjamin (1923), Clench (1944) and Tilden (1963) in characterizing differences between species in the subgen- us Callophrys, included morphological features such as scale color (wing fringes, forewing costa below, shade of green below, labial palpi, facial hairs, and dorsal ground color) and shape or angle of forewing and hindwing margins. After examining a large series of specimens of the two so-called species, Callophrys dumetorum (Bdv.) and Callophrys viridis (Edw.), the present author found no evidence which seemed conclusive or sufficient to warrant separation of the two as species. These characters vary considerably even within a single population. Populations, of, the two were found to be al lopatmmc yin] dicating that interbreeding probably does not occur. In the absence of evidence of interbreeding, biological charac- teristics such as differences in female ovipositional sub- strate and differences in courtship and mating are charac- teristics which were examined in an attempt to confirm or refute a specific level of differentiation between the two. Comparisons of larval morphology, host specificity, and de- velopment time were also used to help determine whether the two are to be considered subspecies or species. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Thanks are due to Dr. Jerry A. Powell, University of California, Berkeley, for assistance in the preparation and format of this study, as well as in the reading of the manu- script. Also helpful were Drs. Robert Ornduff and Howell Daly both of the University of California, Berkeley, in read- ing and criticizing the manuscript. | also wish to thank Paul A. Opler, University of California, Berkeley, for his advice concerning research techniques and choice of study Sites. Special thanks also go to Oakley A. Shields j3tenmenty of La Mesa, California, for data and observations concerning Two species of California Callophrys 5 the bionomics and behavior of a southern California popula- tion of Callophrys dumetorum; John Emmel, San Francisco, California, for observations on a population of Callophrys vtrtdis in San Francisco, and David McCorkle of Monmouth, Oregon, for life history data of C. dumetorum in Oregon and Washington. Grateful thanks are also due to the following individu- als who allowed the examination of specimens from institu- Piemalian private collections in theitr-care: Dr? Paul «H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; Dantes. Bauer, Bijou, California; Dr. Ernst S. Dornfeld, termvaiiis, Oregon; Dr. Stanley G. Jewett, Jr., Portland, Oregon; Lloyd Martin, Los Angeles County Museum, California; David L. Mays, University of Florida, Gainesville; David V. McCorkle, Monmouth, Oregon; Dr. E.J. Newcomer, Yakima, Wash- ington; Paul A. Opler, and J. A. Powell, University of Cal- mromnta, Berkeley; R.0. Schuster, University’ of California, Bayes: si. OO: E. Sette, Los Altos, California; Oakley Shields, oumemhy. OF La’Mesa, California; Fred T.:Thornme, El Cajon, California; Ronald S. Wielgus, Phoenix, Arizona. iyesimcene- Ehanks go to Perry E. Turner, Jr., Paul A. Opler and Alfred Blaker, all of the University of California, Berkeley, for photographing the adults and young stages used in the study, and to Dr. Kenneth Hagen, Division of Biologi- cal Control, Albany, California, for identification of the hymenopterous parasite reared on Callophrys virtdis. John Emmel kindly contributed 28 pupae (20 C. dumetorum, 8 C. viridis) and Dr. John Downey, University of Northern lowa, Cedaimebatls, toaned several Callophrys pupal shells. Dr. R. Bacigalupi, Jepson Herbarium, University of California, Ber- keley, determined several plant species mentioned in the TEX. HISTORICAL REVIEW Linnaeus, in 1758, proposed the genus Papilto which in- cluded a diversity of butterflies. A single hairstreak characterized by the complete green undersides of the wings was named Papilio rubt. The name Callophrys was originally propounded by Billberg (1820) to include three groups of ly- caenids based on possession of three tails, two tails and ene tail. ln the group characterized by one tail only P. rubt was recorded. P. rubt was selected as the type of the genus Callophrys by Scudder in 1875 although the more encom- passing generic name Thecla remained in general usage until 1914. Boisduval (1852) described Thecla dumetorum which he be- lbreved to be a local race of the European species. W. H. Edwards (1862) described Theela virtdts, charac- terized by the uniform deep green wing undersides and by white antennae. 6 Methods and Materials Barnes & Benjamin (1923), after examining a small ser- ies of Callophrys dumetorum from the San Diego area, named the southern California race perplexa on the basis of com- plete or almost complete absence of white maculations on the undersides. They also believed Callophrys viridts to be conspecific with the typical northern California race of Callophrys dumetorum, rendering C. virtdts a synonym of C, dumetorum. Comstock (1927: plate 50) pictured a male and female of C. viridis from San Francisco which he labeled '"'C, dumetor- um, but C. dumetorum, in reality, does not occur in San Francisco, Clench (1944) revised the genus Callophrys and cited C. vtrtdits as a species. San Francisco was named as the type locality and a neotype was designated. Ziegler (1960), in his revision of the Lycaenidae based on male and female genitalia, combined Mttoura Scudder, Sandta Clench and Ehrlich, and Callophrys Billberg under the latter, making each a subgenus. Tilden (1963) discussed many diagnostic characters use- ful in separating the members of the subgenus Callophrys, emphasizing scale patterns and wing shapes. Gorelick (1970) described Callophrys dumetorum oregon- ensts from the Pacific Northwest based on scale patterns and biological data. METHODS AND MATERIALS The study was divided into four stages, the first being the examination of 782 museum specimens (both species). Di- agnostic characters were sought other than those having to do with scale patterns in order to separate not only C. du- metorum from C. viridis but also’C. d. dumetorum trom Guede. perplexa. Dissections of male and female genitalia from both species were done using the technique outlined in Ehrlich and Ehrlich (1961), these specimens being chosen from many different localities for possible variation between populations. The second stage dealt with obtaining specimens (inclu- ded in the study) from many lepidopterists to clarify the geographic range of these species. Weekend trips were taken during the late spring months of 1967 to extend the range of Lt vVErvadst, The third dealt with the selection of several locali- ties in the San Francisco Bay area where ecological and be- havioral data for the two species could be obtained and com- pared during the spring of 1967. Study sites were the following: Two species of California Callophrys 7 Callophrys vtridis: 1. San Bruno Mountains, near Daly City, San Mateo Co. 2. 9 mi. NE of Pt. Reyes lighthouse, Marin Co. 3. Bele Puerto Canyon, 22 mi. W. Patterson, Stanislaus Co. Callophrys dumetorum: 1. San Gabriel Canyon, near Azusa, Los Angeles Co. foeasane dunes, 1/2 mt. E. of Antioch, Contra €osta Co. 3. Brannan Id. State Park, Sacramento Co. Observations of C. dumetorum were also made at Diction- ary Hill (San Diego Co.) by Oakley Shields (via correspon- dence). Specific localities within each study site were chosen for capturing, marking and releasing adults in order to study individual behavior. The San Bruno Mountains population was observed from February 10 to May 20, whereas Antioch and Brannan Island were visited from April 4 to May 30. Observations were made at the Pt. Reyes study site between April 30 and June 3, and Del Puerto Canyon was only visited twice, in late March and in mid-May. Field observations were made two or three times each week at all but the latter two localities. Adults of both species occurred at specific hilitop lo- calities in the San Bruno Mountains (C. viridis) and Brannan Island (C. dumetorum). Marks were made with a black felt pen on the green scales on the wing undersides while the Specimen was held within the net. The marks were made so that the specimen could be determined as to date of marking. To avoid loss of individuals immediately after marking, they were held in the net until docile and then released. Mark- ing was done all day for one day at each of the above local- ities and all recaptured specimens taken throughout the study were recorded as to date and time of day taken. No secondary marking or re-releasing of the recaptured speci- mens was conducted. Adults were observed in the lab on several plants in- cluding the natural host plants but no courtship, mating or oviposition occurred in the lab. The fourth stage included the lab rearing of larvae of both species on a series of related and unrelated plants to determine relative specificities and also to note the rate of development on each. The experimental host plants used were: 1. Lupinus arboreus Sims. (Leguminosae) 2. Vicia sp. (Leguminosae) 3. Lotus scoparius Ottley (Leguminosae) 4. Trifolium obtusiflorum Hook. (Leguminosae) 5. Cytisus monpessulanus L. (Leguminosae) 6. Eriophyllum staechadifolium Lag. (Composi tae) 8 Geographic and Ecological Distribution 7. Gnaphaltium sp. (Composi tae) 8. Achillea lanulosa Nutt. (Compositae) 9. Amsinekta tntermedia F.& M. (Boraginaceae) 0. Ertogonum fasciculatum Benth. (Polygonaceae) 1. Ertogonum lattfoltum lattfolium Sm. (Polygonaceae) Eggs of C. dumetorum were obtained at the Antioch and Brannan Island study sites by taking large numbers of Lotus scoparius buds from the field to the lab for microscopic ex- amination. C. vtridts eggs were taken from the leaves of Ertogonum ltattfottum Latitfotzum at Pt... Reyes. Glass vials were used, one individual per vial, to rear larvae of both species. Each vial was labeled according to date of egg hatching and arranged by locality in a rack for daily observations. Larval development during the 1967 season was not recorded in detail, but successive instars were accurately recorded in the 1968 lab data using head capsules as an instar number indicator. One or two leaves and several flowers, were placed in each vial with the egg or larvaand replaced every other day when desiccation or wilting occurred. Records were kept of the larval accept- ance of each plant, especially the time taken to feed, the manner and/or duration of feeding, and of larval refusal to feed. The rate of development on each plant was used as an index for feeding success as well as host acceptance. Lab temperatures during the rearings (1967 and 1968) ranged from AZe stom Pore ke Developing larvae were examined under 45x for distin- guishing characteristics and an ocular micrometer was util- ized at 32x for larval head capsule measurements. Life his- tory photographs were taken (Figures 1-14) and comparative morphology of the immatures were diagrammed (Figures 15-21B). Larvae were fixed in KAAD for 20 minutes and preserved in 95% ethyl alcohol. Many of these larvae, along with all marked and recaptured specimens have been deposited in the California Insect Survey collection at the University of California, Berkeley. GEOGRAPHIC AND ECOLOGICAL DISTRIBUTION Callophrys dumetorum (Bdv.) occupies a wide distribu- tion extending from British Columbia to Baja California Nor- te, eastward to the eastern edge of the Sierra Nevada in California. Sierra Nevada populations show broad ecological tolerance, occurring as high as 5000'. Callophrys viridis (Edw.) is found along the immediate coast in California from the San Bruno Mountains in San Mateo County to Juan Creek, near Westport, Mendocino County (see map 1). Efforts to find this species along the coast in Oregon and the northern- most boundaries of Humboldt County failed. Neither C. dume- torum nor C. vtridts occur in Lower Sonoran areas. OO —————— Two species of California Callophrys 9 42) DISTRIBUTION OF CALLOPHRYS DUMETORUM (Bdy.) IN NO. AMERICA 38 37 37) 4) CALLOPHRYS VIRIDIS (Edw.) ) CALLOPHRYS DUMETORUM (Bdy.) HB VARIANT CALLOPHRYS POPULATION, CALIFORNIA INSECT SURVEY Department of Entomology and Parasitology UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA ° BW 25 50 : > = : 2 Rak ORAFT 1955 Waser 15 i“ istribution of Callophrys dumetorum and C. viridis n California. PAPEL. ivy D 10 Comparative Morphology FLIGHT PERIODS Populations of C. dumetorum fly early in February in southern California whereas adults in San Francisco Bay area populations are not seen until mid-March. At Kusshi Creek, Yakima County, Washington, flight does not occur until May (Newcomer, 1965). The C. viridis population studied in the San Bruno Mountains reached a peak flight period on March 7, 1967 whereas the C. vitrtdts population found along the sand dunes at Pt. Reyes on the coast in Marin County did not reach a peak flight period until May 14, 1967. Host ASSOCIATIONS Ertogonum lattfoltum latifolium Sm., the observed food- plant of C. viridis (Brown and Opler, 1967) is only known from the coast of California and Oregon, whereas C, dume- torum females have been observed ovipositing on species of Syrmattum, Hosackia, Lotus and Eriogonum in southern Califor- nia (Coolidge, 1924). Newcomer (1965) lists ©. dumetorum foodplants in Washington as Eritogonum heracleotdes, E. com- posttum and £. elatum. The hostplant of a Varteanhtepepeia] | tion found at China Flat Campground in the Sierra Nevada is probably Eritogonum wrtghttt Torr. ssp. traechygonum (heres) Stokes whereas the foodplant of the Del Puerto Canyon popu- lation, on the basis of three Callophrys eggs found on a single stand in March, 1968, is Eriogonum Latifoltum Sm. ssp. aurtculatum (Benth.) Stokes. COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY EVALUATION OF CHARACTERS: CALLOPHRYS DUMETORUM AND C, VIRIDIS Genital dissections were carried out using specimens ta- ken in two localities for each species. No differences were discovered between the males of C. viridts and those of C. dumetorum. The male gnathos and valvae appeared to have the same length and the same degree of sclerotization. The fe- males of both species, too, had no structural differences. Careful examinations of sternites VIII, IX and X yielded no : differences in size or shape. The signum was examined for possible differences but the amount of sclerotization was great in worn specimens while barely present in fresh ones, evidently a function of age. Male and female genitalia of | C. lembertt Tilden and CC. comstockt Henne were also examined : but showed no apparent structural differences from one ano- : ther. Therefore these structures do not provide the answer in determining the validity of species. Androconial scales from the scent pouches of the males of both species were removed with a minute probe and placed on a slide for examination under 100x. No apparent differ- ences were seen. Labial palpi from both males and females of both species also manifested no structural or scale differ- ences. Of the fourteen characters mentioned by Tilden (1963) Two species of California Callophrys 1] for separating the members of the subgenus, ten were insuf- Ficient after examination of 150 specimens of both species. Such a character, for example, is the number of white macu- lations present on the undersides of the wings mentioned by Barnes & Benjamin (1923), Clench (1944), and Tilden (1963) as a good diagnostic character. But according to Ford (1945), individuals within a single population vary in the number of maculations present and do so even in the Euro- pean species. Examination of 596 specimens of C. dumetorum and 186 of C. viridis (total of 782 specimens) yielded the following characters useful in separating the two species: 1. Females of C. viridis are a uniform olive-gray on the damsal surface, as are the males (fig. 7), varying to a mild olive-brown suffusion in some specimens. C, dumetorum females are dark gray-brown with a variable amount of yellow-brown suffusion within a single popu- lation as well as throughout the entire flight range fhegs. 0, 9). 2. The color of the ventral surface of the wings appears to be a soft or dull yellow-green, varying to olive- green in almost all California populations of C., du- metorum (figs. 10-12). C. viridis, on the other hand, has deep yellow to blue-green undersides varying only with occasional mild yellow-green individuals within a single population as well as throughout the entire range (figs. 13, 14) 3. The antennae, when viewed dorsally, are black and white in C. dumetorum whereas fresh C. viridis speci- mens have all white-scaled antennae. 4h, In most California populations of C. dumetorum, the green scales on the ventral surfaces of the forewings medially never exceed the Cu] vein whereas C. viridis populations examined almost always have green scales reaching the Cuj or Cug vein of the forewings. Gharacters |] and 2 are evidently the most efficient way to separate C. viridis from C. dumetorum. The third charac- teristic is useful only when the specimens being compared are fresh. C. virtdts antennae tend to lose the white annu- lar scales after a few days of flight, making them appear similar to those of C. dumetorum. Of 68 randomly selected C. dumetorum specimens (both male and female) examined from all over California, 4 (5.8%) had the medial green scales on the forewing undersides be- tween the costal and radial veins, 17 (25.0%) had green scales extension restricted to the M; vein, 32 (47.1%) had green scales reaching the M9, 12 (17.6%) had green scales reaching the M3 and 3 (4 4%f showed green scales reaching Ee Cu |. 12 Comparative Morphology On the other hand, 75 examined C. vtrtdts specimens from Pt. Reyes and the San Bruno Mountains showed 5 (6.6%) with green scales restricted to the Mo, 68 (90.1%) with green scales reaching Cuz sand 2 (3.333 with green reaching Cu9. EVALUATION OF CHARACTERS: CALLOPHRYS DUMETORUM PERPLEXA Other questions raised concern the validity of Callo- phrys dumetorum perplexa, the atypical race found in south- ern California. Barnes & Benjamin (1923) recognized this race as a valid one occurring in Los Angeles and San Diego counties southward into Baja California Norte and distin- guishable from typical C. dumetorum by ''the complete or al- most complete absence of white markings on the undersides". Sixty two specimens .of Cend. perplexa were examined from the vicinity of the type locality (San Diego) yaemor which were males. These males included 6 individuals with no white maculations on the wing undersides (11.3%), 8 with 1 (15.1%), 36 with 2 (67.82) and. 3 specimens hain) Of the 9 females examined none lacked any maculations, 2 had only 4. (22.2%), 2 had 2(22.2%), and 3 showed mene) The remaining 2 females had more than 3 (22.2%) (see graph 1A). In comparison, a series of 51 males of C. dumetorum ex- amined from Brannan Island State Park, Sacramento County, varied from none without any maculations, 3 with 1 (5.9%), © Ae 2 (68.6%), 8 with 3 (15.7%), and 5 with: meme meiner 9.8%). Females of the above population also varied considerably. Of the 21 specimens examined, 2 had no maculati ons oaacee 2 had J (9.5%), 8 had 2 (38.1%), 6 had) 3 (28.6%) .:anideeeeeten ed more than 3 (14.3%) (see graph 1B). The resuits of the above comparisons suggest that north- ern California populations are characterized by more spots but not significantly enough to warrant subspecific recogni- tion. Because the males (and most females) of both popula- tions compared showed that the two-spot condition was most prevalent, clinal variation was not assumed to be the case. These maculations, although variable in number, never vary in scale pattern. All are white outwardly and black inwardly. | The invasion of the brown scales on the undersides of the forewings almost to the costa, thus restricting the green Scales to the costal margin area, is a character which is supposed, to. be; typically on. Gnd. perplexa. No differences could be found, however, concerning the restrictions of green scales in any of the C. dumetorum examined throughout its en- tire range in California. Two species of California Callophrys 2) GRAPH 1 - A comparison of maculation percentages between two California populations of Callophrys dumetorum: A,- Southern California population. B - Northern California population. 14 General Biology The color of the scales composing the fringes of the wings was used as a character by Barnes & Benjamin (1923) separating the perplexa form from the typical form of C. du- metorum. These fringes were dark and becoming white outward- ly, seen in typical C. dumetorum as well as in C. d. per- plexa. This, too, is a variable trait of no 'stqmit peamees Lastly, Clench (1944) asserted that C. d. perplexa is characterized by the "presence of fulvous edging (light brown or dull yellow) on the costa of the forewings ventral- ly". This ts.a characteristic also seen in the nortnermn California specimens of C. dumetorum. After review of 554 specimens relative to the above four characters attributed to Callophrys dumetorum perplexa, this writer concludes that they do not validate a distinct southern California subspecies because of their presence in the phenotypes of northern California populations as well. Because of the population variation factor present in Cali- fornia, no nomenclatorial distinction is required. The chief enigma encountered during this study was the discovery of two populations of Callophrys (s. str.) that were not clearly either C. dumetorum or C. viridis. A female Callophrys examined from China Flats Campground, El Dorado County, appears to be C. virtdts although populations repre- senting the C. viridis phenotype are not otherwise known to occur in the Sierra Nevada. A second interesting population was found in Del Puerto Canyon in western Stanislaus County. Here individuals match the original description of C. virti- dts with the exception of the black annular scales present on the antennae which fit C. dumetorum. In several specimens from Del Puerto Canyon, the green scales were restricted to the area above the subcostal veins as seen in C. dumetorum. Since these characters were seen even in fresh specimens, the question must be raised as to whether C., dumetorum and C. viridis interbreed. Field work throughout the Bay Area where the two come closest together while remaining allo- patric indicate that they do not. In summary, the failure of good evidence of interbreed- ing suggests the two are reproductively isolated species, and the failure of comparative morphology to reveal reliable criteria for separation of the two indicates other means of confirming their distinctness must be sought. Biological characteristics are therefore examined in this study. GENERAL BIOLOGY Most of the species in the subgenus Callophrys are sin- gle brooded, fly only during the spring and feed on a fairly wide range of hostplants. Females of the Palearctic species Callophrys rubt (L.) oviposit on rock-rose (Cistaceae), purging buckthorn (Rhamnaceae), gorse, broom, Dyer's green- weed (Leguminosae), bramble (Rosaceae, dogwood (Cornaceae) —<—— —— _—-—— + or i Two species of California Callophrys 15 and whortleberry (Ericaceae) (Ford, 1945). Most Nearctic species use members of the buckwheat genus Eriogonum, with C. dumetorum also using the leaves and buds of legumes such as Lotus (some genera recorded in older literature as food- plants for C. dumetorum, i.e., Lotus, Hosackia and Syrma- titum, recently have been included in the genus Lotus (Munz, 1963)). Larvae feed on the leaves and flowers and appear to derive protection from predators due to their cryptic color- ation. Pupation occurs in inconspicuous places at the base of the hostplant (Comstock, 1927). General adult activity is influenced by weather condi- tions. Clouds blocking the sun, temperatures below 55° F, wind and rain prevent flight activity. During cold weather, adults lean or flatten themselves against leaves, rocks and other flat surfaces. Presumably this is a thermoregulatory mechanism through increased area for insulation (Clench, 1966). On warmer, sunny days flight activity is seen all day. BIOLOGY OF CALLOPHRYS DUMETORUM The biology of C. dumetorum was studied at four locali- ties, the first being San Gabrie] Canyon (near Azusa), Los Angeles County, an area characterized by many chaparral spe- cies, including Ertogonum fasctculatum and Lotus scopartus. ftuerese cond locality was Dictionary Hill, San Diego County, where observations were made by Oakley Shields in early March for several weeks. The third locality, 1 1/2 miles Edsmean Anttoch in Contra Costa County, is characterized by a river delta sand dune flora. The last locality, Brannan Island State Park in Sacramento County is also typified by a sand dune flora. Observations were made on seven days be-~ tween April 8 and May 11 at the latter two localities. ApULT BEHAVIOR Callophrys dumetorum adults, flying not more than three or four feet above the ground, alighted repeatedly on both Lotus seoparius and Eriogonum fasciculatum in San Gabriel Canyon. At Antioch, however, females circled specific stands of Lotus and landed frequently, ignoring the numerous stands of Ertogonum latifolium ssp. present. This lack of interest in E. Latifolium by C. dumetorum females was seen throughout the 1967 flight season and indicates that this plant is prob- ably not used as a host. "Aggressive'' behavior was display- ed by many males, especially when another butterly species entered the area. The possibility, however, that these flights were merely an attempt to elicit female response should not be ruled out. Not infrequently two C,. dumetorum males perched within one or two inches of one another and numerous "scuffle flights'' or mutual response reactions (whereby males compete for a given territory while in flight) occurred, those individuals involved revolving around one an- other up to 20 feet in the air, returning to separate leaves i Callophrys dumetorum on the same plant or to different plants. Such behavior has been seen in many butterly species and is discussed in de- tail by Shields (1968). At Brannan Island 10 males and 9 females were marked and released at 10:00 A.M. on April 13, but of they tOage- males and 42 males taken between April 13 and May 2, only 1 marked male was recaptured. In March 1967, Oakley Shields marked individuals of ¢, dumetorum for 18 days to determine whether males attempt to occupy specific territories. The markings occurred @npic— tionary Hill in San Diego County, an area characterized by an abundance of Brassica nigra. Of 20 males marked, 7 (35%) were recaptured as follows: 2 after 1 day, 1 after 4 days, l after 5 days, 1 after 8 days, 1 after 9 days, and 1 after 18 days. The worn male taken after 18 days was not in ex- cellent condition when marked, giving some indication of the longevity of individuals of this species. Courtship behavior, observed several times at Brannan Island during the 1967 season, commenced as early as 10:15 A.M. (PST) when an individual male approached a female in flight for several seconds, ''forcing'' the female to alight. The female, facing the shrub, perched motionless while the male perched on a leaf behind the one occupied by the female and vigorously vibrated its wings. It then moved in a clock- wise direction 180° until facing outward in the opposite direction. The entire courtship process lasted no longer than 15 seconds. As a summary to both Shields' and the present author's observations, mating occurred on the summit in a given terri- tory assumed by a single male. The territories assumed by males of C. dumetorum during these observations (as shown by | the marking study results) seemed to shift around when many males were present. Mating behavior was witnessed at 12:30 P.M. (PST) at Brannan Island on April 18, 1967 when one pair was observed for 30 minutes. The female faced the interior of the shrub (Lupinus arboreus) with the antennae oriented upwards whereas the male faced the opposite direction, antennae pointing downward. Later, another pair was observed in copulo on Lu- pinus from 10:56 A.M. to 11:45 A.M... In-April, 1966anenmeiie mating pair was observed displaying the above posture as late as 3:00 P.M. on Lotus. scopartus. After several observed ma- tings, lab dissections of four females (two of which had been observed mating) were carried out. The two mated females yielded two concentrically-deposited spermataphores in the mouth of the bursa copulatrix indicating that many females mate at least twice. Oviposition was seen at 10:00 A.M. on May 5, 1967 when a female, perched on a Lotus bud, inserted its abdomen well Into the bud and deposited a single green egg 90 seconds after Two species of California Callophrys 17 insertion. After turning 180° to face the interior of the same bush, the butterfly flew to another apical bud and ovi- posited another egg after only 30 seconds. Rapid wing rub- bing ensued, followed by antennal vibration. Only when the antennae touched another bud or leaf surface did the female move onto another part of the plant. The female inspected many buds and leaves before attempting to oviposit and flew off if a satisfactory substrate was not found. At no time did a female C. dumetorum at Brannan Island attempt to ovi- posit on Ertogonum latifoltum ssp. No eggs or larvae were collected from Ertogonum fasetculatum in San Gabriel Canyon thus failing to support Coolidge's claim that females accept Ene Vatter as a suitable host. Since #. fasciculatum is often found in association with Lotus seoparius throughout the California coast ranges, Ertogonum should not be ruled out as a foodplant for some populations. LIFE HISTORY The eggs, approximately 0.4 mm in diameter, are ovoid, Finely reticulated, green, and are deposited singly on the host plant (figs 1, 15). Eggs were collected from apical buds of Lotus scopartus at Antioch and Brannan Island and kept at room temperature. Emerging larvae were placed on experimental foodplants, and the results of these rearings are presented in Tables 1 and 2. Morphological changes in each instar in the Brannan Island population corresponded closely to the descriptions given by Coolidge (1924). He showed Callophrys dumetorum to have four larval instars, verified by measurement of the head capsule widths of each larva examined. This technique has been found to be useful; there is apparently no overlap of head capsule width between instars in C. dumetorum and C. viridis larvae. This may be true of most lycaenids since it was also reported by Lawrence and Downey (1967) in lar- vae of a plebejine lycaenid, Everes comyntas Godart. The following measurements were made on a total of 23 C. dumetorum larvae reared and preserved during 1967 and 1968. Head Capsule Width (mm) Body Length (mm) l instar: (N=7) 0.15-0.25 0...92='1. 54 stave. 1.172 (avg. 0.20) I) instar: (N=1) 0.40 S20 Pel-instar: “(N=4) 0.70-0.92 4.80-9.10 (avg. 7.59) (avg. 0.80) IVoinstar: (N=11) 1.23 11.8-15.5 (avg. 14.8) Cave 1223) Gre 1 saa Te Ue -MOTJ wna "IJay sutequnoy, -07f27snzqG0 6c-A 9c-A UO YUTd fl-h Oi, C= = CeKi r= “e=AL oundg UBS wn170f1a] SOACST sniaivd eA Q-A uo yUTd Oc szeechio =) i-MMa S71 AL « SS An if -098 $n4i07 G-A 4 “Sd[TJF Unt? SOACST S -Of240] *@ sniapd 5 crt G-A UO YUTd 04 peAow é é GT-AI €T-AI i -098 8nq07 v = SOACST = sniitod . Tena. OT-A uo yUTd é ee = 06S at PIT =SLSNt u -O98 8N4O07T >) aS SOAROT a. sniiod fed OT-A uo yUTd é Secu > Ocala yt ial n -O9S 8N1OT 8 2 Gish. sanoy 2 UT UMOIq SOACST pue yep 04 "Md 99019 spnq sn2zanod useds 4USTI OT-A UO YUTd Q-A é é Siew it Q-AI “SI UsuUeTgG -0OD8 snz07 SeZsueyuo Ieyste = ACS G—eEQSuUT— Ledsur KAT TL eo0T edndg IOTOD U4dth pag pug ASE 33 queqTdysoH ZNVIdLSOH (Z96T) AVAYVT WNYOLAWNG SAYHdOT1IV) N3SLYNO4 40 LNAWdOTSASQ GNV SONVLdaDDY INV1d LSOH - [T J31aV] 18 Two species of California Callophrys Peet 04 4dueqqe ON x Jio-K (oie apt 8c~A UO AUTd te GI-A (9-A peTd) Oia # (TA PpeTd) SésAL OeaAr x (PETC) Ve INA x (PETC) Gc Aa MOS VAN TLE peTtd) GRIN x (OC-ATL peTd) IG INTL Gigs AD Bc-AL “I F9Y Oc-AI Lomi Ge-AL Gc=An cea Ni TE yun “AFI est Cie INat Trqyun “AJSY Oc-AI G2-AI TEqun *ITOY OZ-AI G2-AI TFqun "ITY OZ-AI il iT} suTeAUNOW ounlg ues yreg 2484S *sT ueuUUeIgG uohkuey) o4teng Teq suTequnopl oundg ues SOACST DsozNn “HPL PPTL I 4eY ‘DIpaudtazur DLYOULTSUY SSACOST unrz7oydnuy SOAPST snupvynssads -uouw sns1zhg SIOMOTI Ppue SOARST ‘ds p1014 SSACST pue spnq wni7zo0f -1pody2an4s un77 hydor1sgy SOACST snaxogdv snurdn SoAeeT wn4 -oynarasos unuobo2rag SALIMOTI un11o0f1407 wn of 1407 unuobordt yg 20 Callophrys dumetorum TABLE 2 - DEVELOPMENT OF CALLOPHRYS DUMETORUM LARVAE ON LoTUS SCOPARIUS LEAVES (1968)1 Egg 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Color Pipa Insrar “anstar 2nSstar yy. tisiade changes IV-7 IV-7 IV-11 IV-16 IV-21 Pink IV-30 IV-26 IV-7 Iv-8 IV-11 IV-16 IV-21 Pink IV-30 IV-26 IV-7 IV-8 IV-12 IV-19? IV-25 Pink V-3 IV-29 IV-7 IvV-8 IV-11 IV-21 IV-25 Pink V-3 IV-29 1 Eggs collected April 7, 1968, at Brannan Island State Park, Sacramento County, California on Lotus secopartus. Measurement of the molted head capsule widths at the end of each instar yielded the following ranges: | instar: 0.15-0.38 mm ll instar: 0.39-0.68 mm lll instar: 0.69-1.10 mm (Vo Dnisttiaws 14 1= 03237 mm The mature 4th instar larvae of C. dumetorum are uni- form light yellow-green with subdorsal and lateral white stripes, turning pink just before pupation (figs. 2asemeue Triordinal crotchets arranged in a mesoseries are present on the prolegs (figs. 18A, B) and the crotchets (fig. bones interrupted at the middle by a spatulate lobe, stated by Fracker (1915) to be typical of lycaenid larvae in general. The body, covered by numerous secondary setae, has uniformly rounded segmentation throughout the entire length. The head capsule is heavily sclerotized from the first to the third instars but only the ventral portion of the adfrontal sutures (above antennae) and the ocellar area remain heavily sclero- tized in the, fourth) ns tan Gnicemiy Upon hatching, first instar larvae began to skeletonize terminal leaves of Lotus scoparius; the second instars did the same. The larvae moved down the stem when the upper leaves died or became completely skeletonized. Mature larvae defoliated the lower branchlets rather than skeletonizing leaves. Larval feeding in general occurred throughout the morning hours in all instars, somewhat actively in the after- noon, tapering off to almost no feeding at all by early even- Ing. Resting larvae positioned themselves on the stem or on the tops of the leaves. Coolidge (1924) stated that the de- Two species of California Callophrys 2) velopment time from egg to pupa in a southern California pop- ulation was 32 days with larvae feeding on Hosackia (Lotus). Rearing results from the Brannan Island population indicated a 30 to 35 day span on Zotus. Although feeding occurred successfully on the flowers of Trt folium obtusiflorum and Ertogonum lattfoltum latifoltum, development from egg to pu- pa took as long as 39 days. Feeding on Ertogonum fascicula- tum leaves resulted in one ¢, gymetorum larva reaching the pupa stage in 36 days. Unfortunately, a search for field larvae failed and all life history work was carried out in the lab. Thus no para- sitism was encountered during the course of the larval rear- ings and only one mature larva was lost due to bacterial disease, The pupae (figs. 3, 20, 21B) are a uniform dark or brown-black with the surface texture of the wing pads ex- cessively sculptured, almost forming rows, in contrast to the dorsal surface. A total of 26 were measured, with the length ranging 8.6-10.0 mm (avg. = 9.27mm). BIOLOGY OF CALLOPHRYS VIRIDIS Observations on C, viridis (reported as "Theela dumetor- um'') were made in the western part of San Francisco by Will- iams (1910) who first determined the larval hostplant to be Ertogonum latifolium latifolium. In June, 1963 J. A. Powell tn litt.) collected ¢, viridis larvae in the San Bruno Mountains in flower heads of Ff, 12. latifoltum and noted that their pale color with pinkish markings blended quite well with the flowers. Adults emerged in February and March the following season. Further observations on C. viridis, em- phasizing oviposition behavior, were made by Brown and Opler (1967) iti the San Bruno Mountains. C. viridis was studied extensively during the present investigation at two localities in central California. The first is the San Bruno Mountains near Daly City, San Mateo County. This study site, located about 4 miles from the Pacific Ocean, is characterized by steep rocky slopes with dense, diverse coastal chaparral including an abundance of BE. Lt. tattfolium. No Lotus secopartus was seen here. Obser- vations were made on 14 days between March 2 and May 12, 1967. The second study site, nine miles northeast of the Point Reyes lighthouse, Marin County, consists of beach sand dunes and associated flora, including £. LZ. lattfoltum. Like the San Bruno Mountains, no Lotus seoparius was found. Cold weather with low clouds and fog was prevalent during the early morning hours (before 11:00 A.M. PST) but most days warmed up considerably by noon when most activity was obser- ved. Observations were made on five days between April 30 and May 28, 1967. 22 Callophrys viridis ADULT BEHAVIOR As in the case of most Callophrys species; Ci y7veaes activity is greatly influenced by weather. Flight habits and sunning behavior are similar to those seen in C, dume- torum. Observations during the 1967 season were made with difficulty at the San Bruno Mountains study site due to wind and long periods of rain. The courtship pattern exhibited by C. viridis is like that of C. dumetorum; a female entering a given male terri- tory was courted by one or more males while in flight. But unlike C. dumetorum, males of C. viridis in the San Bruno Mountains (due to their lesser numbers) were able to main- tain a specific territory with a minimum of shifting around. Two females and two males were marked in late March, 1967, and two males were recaptured on the same plants five days later. Courtship, mating and oviposition behavior of Callophrys vpirtdts was observed at Pt. Reyes. The first two behavioral mechanisms were found to be similar to that observed in C., dumetorum at Brannan Island State Park. Oviposition was witnessed on May 14, 1967, at Pt. Reyes at 10:00 A.M.; a single female landed on many stands of Ertogonum, tapping several leaves on each with the antennae. Finally, after twenty minutes of flying from plant to plant, the female alighted on an Ertogonum leaf; and, after touching the under- side of the leaf with the antennae, bent the abdomen under- neath and deposited a single green egg near the apical end of the leaf after an estimated 15 seconds. The pilose mat on the leaf underside made it almost impossible to perceive the egg (photo 4). Host selection by Callophrys virtdts females was limi- ted at both localities to Ertogonum lattfolium . This may be due in part to the absence of suitable leguminous plants such as Lotus secopartus. Vieta sp. occurs at the San erunoe Mountains site, but was found to be unacceptable to C. viri- dis larvae in the lab (see Table 3). John Emmel (in 1ttt.) observed a female C. viridis ovi- posit on Lotus secopartus- at 1V23507ALN. (PST) in the Sunset Heights district of San Franciseo, April’ 27, 1960. ."nneecee was laid within the apical bud as observed during my study of C. dumetorum females. The Sunset Heights locality is characterized by an abundance of £. Llatifolium latifoltum, and Emmel reared larvae taken from both plants between June 3 and June 10, 1968 at this site’ (west of the UsC: Medea Center). According to Emmel, the San Francisco Presidio dunes north of the Veteran's Administration Hospital support both Lotus and Ertogonum and both are accepted by C. viridis females. No Ertogonum in the Pt. Reyes vicinity was yet in bloom while the females were ovipositing. Oviposition on stands Two species of California Callophrys 23 of FE. Ll. lattfottum which have reached the bloom stage, how- ever, has been recorded by Brown and Opler (1967) in the San Bruno Mountains. In this case the female walked slowly up and down the inflorescence stalk of the hostplant before de- positing the eqg on a leaf underside. It appears that no matter where the egg is deposited the females of both species of Callophrys display numerous inspection flights before the hostplant is chosen. LiFe HIsToRY The eggs are identical in size, shape and color to those of Callophrys dumetorum but on Ertogonum are deposited singly on the undersides of leaves near the base of the plant (fig. 4). Both eggs and larvae were collected from the leaves of £. Ll. Latifolitum at Pt. Reyes in May of 1967 and 1968 and young larvae were offered the same series of plants used to test host specificity in C. dumetorum. The results are incomplete, however, due to disease and parasitism en- countered during the rearings. The larvae in many cases died before pupation. The results of the 1967 and 1968 rear- ings are given in Tables 3 and Body lengths and head capsule widths were measured in 38 C. viridis larvae as follows: Head Capsule Width (mm) Body Length (mm) ! instar: (N=10) 0.31-0.38 1.4-2.9 (Avg. 2.225) (Avg. 0.34) 1! instar: (N=11) 0.40-0.62 3.7-5.5 (Avg. 5.1) (Avg. 0.57) lil instar: (N=7) 0.69-0.99 4.9-9.5 (Avg. 7.0) (Avg. 0.83) IV instar: (N=10) 1.15-1.30 9.8-16.0 (Avg. 12.8) (Avg. 1.25) Measurements of the molted head capsule widths yielded the same ranges found for C. dumetorum larvae, with possible exception of the upper limit of the IV instar head capsule width. The first instar laryae examined were light green with setation much like that described by Coolidge (1924) for C. dumetorum. Red spots appeared along the subdorsal ridges during the late third instar and remained in the mature fourth instar, corresponding to the description given by Williams (1910). Mature larvae were variable in color; some were light yellow-green with a small amount of pink varying slightly to red, whereas others, even within a single popula- tion were whitish marked predominantly with red (figs. 5, 19). Unlike the uniformly rounded segmentation in C, dumetorum, larvae of C. viridis have pronounced dorsolateral and segment- al ridges. The setation, crotchet arrangement and head cap- Callophrys vtridts 24 (OT-IA :PeTtd) a” EX #(€-IA :PeTtd) ge A x(E-IA ?PeTd) uohuey oqjteng Ted SOACST WNnZD7 -norosof wnuoborig SIOMOTJ wnaio7zs -zsnzqo unr, 0f 14a], SIOMOTJ wnto zs Bc7A mM -zsn4qo wn170f14 J (peztTatsered peTtd) SOACST wn170f1407 L-A QZ-A . wntz7of1,07 wnuobo1raig (OIT-IA Petd) SuUTeqUNOW SoAeeT wn2170f[1401 G=TA Q2-A oundlg ueg wn17O0Of1707] wnuocbo1atg GI-IA *petd Qc-A "09 OUTOOPUSW SOACOT yoorg ueng snizofi~ssDpdo snz.0o7 peztatseized (Cedi SSG) SOARST EIUIN eX ii sniapdoas snq,o7q peztatsesred Cea = Pera) yYIeg o4e49 SOACST (GN Bc-A “ST ueuuedg sniapdoas snz,07 ICY4SUT ICS1SUT HEASOME I@YSUT KAREZOO TE edngd 44 pag pug AST 334 que, dq soy LNVIdLSOH (/96T) 3VAYV] SIGINIA SAYHdOT1V) N3ILYNO4 4O LNAWdOTSASg GNV JONVLd3IOW LNVIg LSOH - ¢ 37aV] 25 Two species of California Callophrys psss 04 4dweq4e ON, (foe aI -peTtd) oN (peztqtse -ied :petq) BLA OWN, EIS) rap) ha A, #(I-IA :petd) 8c-A #(OE-A :PeTd) Bc=A SABI Bc Se AEA gio =\ (ST-IA :petd) jE Sic~A SOAPAT snuD7q -nssadsuow sns21zfg ‘saaeetT ‘ds 02024 SeAeeT uni70f[1pD -yoan4s wn7z7zhydorwy SOARST snatoqipv snurdn 7 SIOMOTJ wn170f1407 unrqzof44y7 wnuoborg, wuny1 of 2404 ountg ueg wnrqzo0of1407 wnuoborag uokueg SOACST unyD7 O4teng [eq -norvospnf wnuoborary 26 Conclusions sule morphology are identical to those in C. dumetorum. The distance between the lateral adfrontal sutures proximal to the clypeus (widest point) were identical for mature larvae of both. species. {avg. 0). 70 mm)’. An undescribed species of Apanteles (Hymenoptera: Bra- conidae) was recovered from one second, two third and one fourth instar larvae during the 1967 rearings. Thompson (1944) recorded no parasite record for any species of Nearc- tic Callophrys, but several ichneumonid and tachinid species are known to parasitize C, rubt in Europe. Pupae were examined from Pt. Reyes and the San Bruno Mountains and their lengths are: (N=14) 8.2-9.7 mm (avg. 9.2 mm)? These pupae, unlike those of C. dumetorum described above, are brown with a mottled appearance owing to inter- spersed pale areas, particularly on the wing covers. Both species exhibited finely sculptured ridges, but these appear less pronounced on the lighter colored pupa of C. viridis (figs al 6. | alka RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS Laboratory and field study during the spring of 1967 and 1968 on Callophrys viridis and C. dumetorum produced interesting similarities between the two. Host selection (based on host availability) in the field proved to be of little use in separation of the two species, while larval characteristics provided the most valuable diagnostic infor- mation. The results of the study are summarized as follows: 1. Laboratory inspection of 63 San Diego County Callo- phrys dumetorum specimens showed that the four characters used most frequently to define the so-called subspecres me. d. perplexa were found to be present in northern California populations in varying proportions. The degree of ditftern- ence does not appear to warrant treatment of C. dG. perpvema as a valid subspecies. 2. The percent difference in green scaling on the wing undersides between C, viridis and C. dumetorum is consistent enough to distinguish between them; ground color on the fe- male uppersides and the quality of green color on the under- sides are also useful in separating the two entities. 3. At no place in the respective distributions of the two species has interbreeding been found to occur, although allopatric San Francisco Bay area populations of both species fly during the same months. 4, The number of individuals marked and released for each species was too small to be of statistical significance, but the number of recaptures along with observations of male zy Two species of California Callophrys ee- TA Cee iA (yutd) Gple A (murd) Ola aa\ SSACST sniiodoas 3n,07 SSAPOT snidpdooas snz07 SOABST uwn170f174D07 untzzof1407 wnuoborag SoAvST wn170f1407 unz70f$1407] wnuobo1dgy SOAPST uwntz0f1407 un?t.,of14z071 wnuoboragy SOACST wntz70f{1407 untz,0f[14071 wnuobo1aty SOAVOT wn170f1407 untzof414zp7] wnuobortg a 8 eS eh ee edng Ssosueyo HOLoD Asse OLA: SenA u YIeI 3484S Je 0) aU ees ‘SI ueuuearg (PeTd) Cea iff LN, OLA. u (peTd) GOESIN ff aN Oi ul (PezT4Tsedeg) (lean (OLIN Mu (PeZTITSe1ed) alee OE u (peta) ee=K GI-A EL ~ ON sefey "4d SEEMS UNE CNSal Sula T@VSUT TCYSUT IMOVIE EIKO ust pag pug aN 33H que, dqgsoy LNV Id LSOH (8961) AVAYVT SIGIYIA SAYHdOTIV) 40 LNaWd013A3( JHL NO SNOILVAYNSSE) - 4 JTEV] 28 Coneluatons concentration points indicate that courtship behavior for both species is identical. Territories, while sustained by individual males for short times, shift around from day to day when numerical density is high, but appear to be main- tained over several day periods in sparse colonies. 5. Aeriai courtship and reverse male-female orienta- tion on the host and non-hostplant substrates were seen to occur at least twice by individuals of both species. 6. Mating was observed twice during the morning hours in both species; courtship behavior and oviposition also were witnessed in morning and not commonly during afternoon. Undisturbed males and females of both species remain in ecop- wlo. for at Veas ti. 310" mi mies. 7. Females of C. dumetorum select Lotus secopartuyey for oviposition even when Ertogonum latifoltum is present; while C. vtrtdts females select Lotus and/or Ertogonum when both are present in the same locality. Females of both species spend much time examining and probing the substrate before egg deposition, evidently in relation to the structural quality of the hostplant. 8. In the laboratory, larvae of C. dumetorum fed suc- cessfully on Lotus scopartus, Ertogonum lattifoltum, EF. fas- etculatum and Trifoltum obtustflorum; C. vtrtdis larvae fed successfully on the first three but failed to accept J7rt- TOCeum. 9. Larvae of both C. dumetorum and C. vtrtdis matured more rapidly on Lotus scopartus than on any other host. 10. Immatures provided the best morphological charac- ters for the separation of these two species. Most note= worthy are the characters given in Table 5. As stated by Clench (1963), Callophrys is an inter- esting subgenus because of the difficulty in discriminating between the species comprising it. The results of the pres- ent study indicate that the morphology of the larvae lend strongest evidence for confirmation of species integrity in C. dumetorum and C. viridis. lt appears that Ca v¢redzomus not conspecific with C. dumetorum as believed by many earlier workers, but rather a species which is ecologically allopat- ric. Females' host acceptance, especially the preference for Lotus scopartus by both species, indicates that the jtwoware closely related... (It is possible that ¢€. virzdts iis a omeme Specialized offshoot of C. dumetorum as suggested by the more restricted distribution and acceptable host substrates mde seen in the laboratory)... But as iC lench (1963) -assimeccmemEs is also possible to think of C. virtdis as conspecific with Callophrys shertdant (Carpenter) and because relatively little has been recorded on the biology of the latter species, this hypothesis remains to be tested. Further work of a biological nature is needed to clarify confusing issues plaguing tnrs subgenus. Two species of California 29 TABLE 5 - CRITERIA USED TO SEPARATE THE IMMATURE STAGES OF CALLOPHRYS DUMETORUM AND CALLOPHRYS VIRIDIS STAGE CONDITION C. dumetorum C. vtridts MATURE LARVA: a. Subdorsal white stripes present absent b. Subdorsal ridges with absent present red spots e. Ground color green to yel- yellow-green Ow green to whitish d. Subdorsal and segmental absent present ridges PUPA Color dark brown- light brown, black mottled paler Wing pad sculpturing pronounced weak 30 LITERATURE CITED Barnes, Wm. and’ F. Hh.” Benjamin, 19235. "Callophrys dumetor- um", Contrib. Nat. Hist. Lepid. North America, 5:64-69. Billberg, C..J., 1820. Enumeratio insectorum in MaseomRaat- berg, p. 0). Boisduval, Jean, 1852. Lépidopterés de California. Ann. SocsawEnt. France, ako) 229k Brown, R. M. and P. A. Opler, 1967. Biological observations on Callophrys viridis (Lycaenidae). J. Lepid. Soc., 242 = ea, Clench, H., 1944. Notes on lycaenid butterflies: a. The genus Callophrys in North America. Bull. Mus. Conip. Zoeia 94(6):217-299. 1961. In Ehrlich &€ Ehrlich, How to nome butterfites. Wm. €. Brown Co., Dubuque, pp. Z200= ae 1963. Callophrys (Lycaenidae) from the Pacific Northwest... Jiu Res... Lep tidiis 9202) = 5 l- 160. 1966. Behavioral thermoregulation in butterflies. Ecology, 47(6):1022-1034. Comstock, J. A., 1927. Butterfiltes of Caltforntas) )heeauee Printing Co., Los Angeles. Plate 50, pp 16o——oen Coolidge, K. R., 1927. Life history studies of some Gatiger-— nia Rhopalocera (Lepidoptera). '‘''The life history of Callophrys dumetorum Boisduval''. Trans. Amer. Ent. SOc...) 50(4) 3295 33)5. Edwards, W. H.,1862. Descriptions of certain spectesmen diurnal lepidoptera found within the limits of the Uni- ted States and of British America. Proc. Acad. Wage Sits ¢Phityla.g gh Wee oer Ehrlich, P. R. and A. H. Ehrlteh, 1961... How to piers butterflies. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque. Ford, E. B., 1945. Butterflies. N.N., Collins, Cone ef Minny | 7215) NAS Il Fracker, S. B., 1915. The classification of lepidopterous larvae... (11. Biol. Monographs. 21): i201 22. Gorelick, Gs A., 1970.2 A new subspecies of Callophrys (Callophrys) dumetorum from Washington and Oregon (Ly- caenidae). J. Res. Lepid., 7(2):99-104 ["1968"]. Henne, C., 1940. . Two new ispecies ot Lepidoptera from Gavan fornia. Bull. So. Calif. Aead. iS mesa) 27 pee 31 Inter-Society Color Council, National Bureau of Standards, Color-name chart illustrated with centroid colors, sample #2106. Circular 553 (supplement). Lawrence, D. A. and J. C. Downey, 1967. Morphology of the immature stages of Everes comyntas Godart (Lycaenidae). meres Lepid., 5(2):64 (["1966"] McCorkle, D. V. (contributor), 1965. In: News of the Lepi- dopterists' Society, ‘Annual summary''. No. 3, p 5. Bene. , 1963. A California Flora. U. California Press p- 849. Newcomer, E. J., 1964. Butterflies of Yakima County, Wash- magton. J. Lepid Soc. ,. 18(4):225 1965. In: News of the Lepidopterists' Society (contributor), "Annual summary''. No 3, p 4. mcrae 0. ,' 1968. Hilltopping. J. Res. Lepid., 6(2) :69-178. Thompson, W. R., 1944. A catalogue of the parasites and predators of insect pests. Imperial Parasite Service, Bellevilte;- Ontario, Canada. Sec. 1, Pt. 5 (Lepidop- tera) . Tilden, J. W., 1963. An analysis of the North American spe- cies of the genus Callophrys. J. Res. Lepid., 1(4): 281-300. Wibtrams, FF. X., L910. Butterflies of San Francisco, Calhit. Ent. News, 21(1) 36587 - Ziegler, J. B., 1960. Preliminary redefinition of North American hairstreak genera. J. Lepid Soc., 14(1) 19-23. 3) 2 APPENDIX MATERIALS STUDIED Callophrys viridts Arranged alphabetically, 106 males and 80 females as follows: CALIFORNIA. Marin Co.: Point Reyes, 2M, 3F, IV-8-51 (C.D. MacNeill), 2M, IfI-30-56 (W.R. Bauer), 2F, V-16-58 (J. Powell:); Point Reyes, 9 mi. NE lighthouse, 4M) aaa 18-66 (R.S. Wielgus), 3F, IV-30-67, 2M, 8F, V-7-cny ef mee, V-14-67 (all G.A. Gorelick). Mendocino Co.: Fort Bragg, 18.6 mi. N, 2M, VI-12-67 (G.A. Gorelick); Juan Creek, betw. Rockport. and Westport on Hwy.1M, 4F, VI-9-67 (G.A. Gorelick) ; Point Arena, 2M, 1F, VI-12-67 (G.A. Gorelick). San Francisco Co.: Lone Mountain, San Francisco, 2M, 5F, III-6-17-1910 (F.X. Williams); Presidio, San Francisco 1M, 1F, IV-5-26 (no collector), 1M, 1F, IV-18-29 (no collector), 1M, IV-10-38 (L.I. Hewes); San Francisco, 1M, V-28-05 (F.X. Williams), 1M, IV-22-16 (K. Coolidge), 2M, IV=26-16 (K. Coolidge). 22-31. (A. Kusehe), 2M, JF, J¥-19-34, 3M, 1, Iv=27—9uee IF, V-8-34, 1M, 2F, V-13-34 (all W. Hovanitz); Twin Peaks, San Francisco, 1F, IV-4-60 (N. LaDue), 5M, 3F, IV-2-60 (R. Stanford), 2M, 1F, LV-13-61 (P.A. Opler). San Mateo Co.: San Bruno Mountains, 4M, 11-28-61, 4M, I1i1-10=60, 2usage- III-17-61 (J. Powell), 2M, IITI-28-61 (N. LaDue), 1F, V-5-61 (J. Powell), 1F, III-9-62 (J. Powell), 1M, 3F); it —gaeee (J.W. Tilden), 9M, 8F, Iv-6-7-62 (J..Powell) 3M, IV-10-62 (J. Chemsak, J. Powell), 2M, 2F, I1-26-28-63 (J. Powell), IM, IV-28-63 (R.L. Langston), 2F, VI-4-63, emerged II-24-64, TII-16-64 (reared from F. lattfolium latifolium) (J. Powell, #63F8), 1F, ITI-17-66 (A.J“ Slater), 4M, 1121-19-66 (eene Opler), 9M, 1F, III-25-66 (P.A. Opler, 1F, IV-13-66 (J. Pow- ell), 5M, 2F, IV-16-66 (P.A. Opler), 4M, 1F, 1V—24=6e.mgeee Wielpus), 2M, IlIl-2-67 (G.A. Gorelick), 2M, 11i—-7-og ee TIT-22-67 (G.A. Gorelick). Variant populations: El Dorado Co.: China Flat Camp- grounds, 5 mi. S of Kyburz, 1F,VI-5-61 (N. LaDue). Seams laus Co.: Del Puerto Canyon, 22 mi. W of Patterson, 2a 5-63 (R.L. Langston, J. Powell), 1M, 1h; 20-22-64. (eae Langston, J. Powell, 1M, 1F, IV-6-49, in copulo (V.M. Stern) (Adobe Creek); 1F, III-24-67 (G.A. Gorelick), 1M, IV-9-67 CP AsO plier): Callophrys dumetorum Arranged alphabetically, 270 males and 242 females as follows: BAJA CALIFORNIA. Baja California Norte: Tajo Branch of Cantillas Canyon, Sierra Juarez, 1M, III-23-67 (J. Powell). CALIFORNIA. Alameda Co.: Berkeley Hills, 1400', NE Oak- 33 land, 1M, IV-17-62, 1M, IV-15-64 (J. Powell); Oakland, NE, IM, TII-9-30 (G. Heid), 1M, V-1-37, 2F, IV-9-38 (C.W. Ander- son). Contra Costa Co.: Antioch, 4F, III-18-57 (P.A. Opler); Antioch, 1 mi. E. 1M, III-19-60 (R. Stanford); Antioch, 1.5 mi, E, (Little Corral) 1M, IV-19-60 (P.A. Opler), 6M, 2F, IV-20-67 (G.A. Gorelick; Mt. Diablo, 1M, IV-9-61 (P.A. Opler). Fresno Co.: Coalinga, 23 mi. W, 1F, V-6-63 (R.L. Langston); Huntington Lake, 1M, V-22-36 (L. Martin). Kern Co.: Havilah, 3000°', 2 mi. N, 1M, IV-28-64 (J. Powell); Walker Pass, 1 mi. W, 1M, IV-26-64 (J. Doyen); Weldon, 16 mi. S, 7M, IV-26-64 (R.L. Langston, J. Powell). Lake Co.: Bear Creek, 3 mi. E, en, Vi-24-67 (P.A. Opler); Middletown, 2500', 4 mi. WNW, 1F V-15-58 (0.E. Sette); Whispering Pines, 3 mi. SE, 1M, IV-4- 62 (R.L. Langston). Los Angeles Co.: Altadena, 1M, III-7-26 (jee Comstock); Azusa, 2M, IV-3-45 (C.1I. Smith); Bob's Gab, Gre Littlerock, 2M, IV-2-54, 1F, IV-7-55, 2M, 2F, IV-9-60 (P.A. Opler), 2M, IV-2-66 (R. Stanford); Cobal Creek Canyon, eM, IITI-19-60 (K. Hughes); Desert Springs, 1M, V-5-56 (J. Povey. Vi-/—-63 CR.L. Langston): Fish Canyon, 2M, III-7-= B@eedomecotlector); Glendale, 3M, 1#, I11-26-44 (D.L. Bauer); Griffith Park, 1M, IV-10-21 (J.A. Comstock), 2M, IV-14-60 (G.A. Gorelick); Mint Canyon, 1M, IV-16-23 (J.A. Comstock); Pasadena, (b200' , 2F, LV-15-11°(F. Grinnell, Jr.): San Gabriel Comome iM. TLI-1-25 (J.A. Comstock), 2M, III-17-61 (K. Hughes), 2M, 3F, II11-20-67 (G.A. Gorelick); San Rafael Hills, 1M, IL-13-41, 2M, ITI-9-41 (D.L. Bauer). Marin Co.: Alpine Lake, 1M, IV-25-58, 1M, IV-17-61 (J. Powell); Carson Ridge, IM> 2V-16—-61. (J. Powell); Lake Lagunitas, 1F, V-2-59 (C.A. iosens) Mariposa Co.: Bear Valley, 2.mi. N on Hwy 49, 1M, ei 5—6i (PA. Opler). Mendocino Co.: Fort Bragg, 27 mv. E, nr. Willits, 5M, 1F, VI-9-67 (G.A. Gorelick). Monterey -Co.: Hastings Reservation, nr. Jamesburg, 3M, 1F, V-3-58 (J. Powell); Partington Canyon, 1M, 1F, IV-21-51 (P.A. Opler); Stone Canyon, 1M, 1F, IV-21-19 (E.P. VanDuzee). Napa Co. Magia. NM, 2h, IV-19-45 (D.L. Bauer). ° Plumas Co.: Dixie Game Refuge, 5800', 2M, V-17-64 (D.L. Bauer). Riverside Co.: Hemet Lake, 1M, 1F, Iv-28-49 (C.D. MacNeill); La Sierra College (campus), 1F, III-12-39 (D.L. Bauer); Lake Mathews, south shore, 2M, III-19-67 (J. Lane); Nightingale, 1M, IV-28- 49 (C.D. MacNeill); Perris, 4M, IITI-4-53 (T.M. Blackman) ; Sage, 5 mi. S, 2M, IV-16-65 (J. Pewell, D. Veirs). Sacramento Cos: Brannan Island State Park, 50M, 150F, IV-7-to V-/-67 (G28. Gorelick). San Benito Co.: Bitterwater, 5.mi. S, 1M mm-s0-59°(C.W. O'Brien); Hollister, 24 mi, SE, 1M, 3F, IV- 7-62 (0.E. Sette); Paicines, 5 mi. SW (Lime Kiln ‘Ra. ), 7M, Pre et —24.-66 (A.J. Slater, J. Powell, R.L. Langston); Pin- mnacles. Nat'l..Monument, 7 mi. W of Jct., 1M, IV-9-66 (P.A. Opler). San Bernardino Co.: Desert Spring, 1 mi. E, 1M, 3F, imgewi-o>5 (R.L. Langston); Fontana, .8) mi, n (Lytle Creek), 1F, imemii=o5 (CA. Toschi); Highland, NE (City Creek), 1F, IV-17- 65 (G. Buckingham); Lucerne Valley, 5 mi. SW, 4M, 1F, IV-14- 64, 3M, IV-15-65 (R.L. Langston); Redlands, 1M, III-15-31 (C.M. Dammers); Upland, 1M, IV-9-57, 1F, IV-28-57 (T.M. Black- man). San Diego Co.: Alpine, 4M, III-31-61 (R.L. Langston); Alpine, 5 mi. E, IM, 1F, III-31-61 (J. Powell); Anza-Borrego Desert State Park, 1000 Palms Canyon, 1M, III-4-34 (J. Creel- 34 man); Banner, 3 mi. H (Two Mile Hill), 2M, 1, I2i-23-3iam, TII=22-42, 1M, 1F; TV-8-44,. 1M, TIIT-13-57, 1M, Lift-13=59) 20, III-11-61 (F. Thorne); Banner, 7 mi. SE (Box Canyomn ems TII-17-53 (Ff. Thorne); 1F, III-23-53 (3. Powell), Des@ameo Ranger Station; IM, IITI-31-61 (R.L. Langston); EY Cajon TIT-16-35 (CJM Brown); EL Cajon, 2.5 ami. Si 600 "aaa TII-29-52, 1M, III-7-53, 2M, III-15-53 (F. Thorne); Jacumba, 3 mi. W, 1M,) T27-25-60 (R. Stanford), 2M, 1TL=2ieo ame Thorne), 3M, ITI-22-66 (0. Shields); Lakeside, 2 mi. NE, a2, TII-29-61, 2M, 1F, III-13-63 (J. Powell); ). Stas Cra. tee Prisoner's Harbor, 2F, IV-29-66 (R.L: Langston; Sta. Ciaameu, Upper Central Valley, 6F, IV-26-66 (R.L. Langston, J. Pow- ell). Santa Clara Co.: Alum Rock Park, 1M, T1l-12-65 Ga. Langston), 2M, IV-21-66 (P.A. Opler), 1M, TI-30-67 (GA. Gorelick); Capitancillos Lake, 1M, T1T1-14-64 (PLA, Opleee New Almaden, 1M, IV-17-64 (P.A. Opler); Palo Alto, 2M, 30° (W. Hovanitz): San Jose, 3M, IF; V-6-17 (K. Coole Santa Cruz Co.: Boulder Creek, 6 mi. E, 5F, V-17-64 (PUA: Opler); Mt. Ben Lomond, 2M, V-16-65 (P.A. Opler); Santa Cruz Mtns., 2M, V-15-33') 2M, TTtu136) ‘4v=5=36 (5). idee 1M, V-1901 (J.G. Grundel), 1M, IV-—6-31 (no collector). Sierra Co.: Sattley, 1 mi. W, 1F, VL-17-67 (G.A. Goreiaeee Solano Co.: Green Valley, 1M, IV—8-53 (A. Telford). Goatees Co.: Fairview, 9 mi. S,°3M, 1FP) IV-2/7-64 (W. Turners oo aeer ell, P. Rude); Johnsondale, 2 mi.’ HE, IM, IV-27-64 (J 2) Poneeee Sequoia National’ Park, 2M,-1F, 1V¥-16-30, 1M; V-16-30ume Hewes). Ventura Co.: Gorman, 5 ‘mi. "S) Hunery Valley. eens IV-10-60 (G.1. Stage): New Cuyama, 17, IIT228-57 |(R.P. idem). sespe Canyon, 1F, IV-13-37 (G. Heid). Yolo Co.: Rumsey yuan NW, 9M, 5F, IV-12-62 (2. Chemsakwy us. vPowel lye ; Mong ou é F el) t ; = bh bd : iy Pe oo i . ey ; ‘a —s 7 v in ¢ c f >. fo 5 ee a . i rh “ ] 7 : ‘ i 7 ny ‘ me iF ay “ 1 RP ch i 4 ‘ A . ; by Hy 9 , , eS \ - et Pe |e 2% * ‘ : { Ws % 7 i f wits ' ii ; | ae . Lf F ‘ ‘ 4) ? Pa ) ‘ % 7 “ oa : f i i Ss 4 W - 1 ts ; i? : : i ‘ ‘ uf v on if 7 7 A va % Cs i % 7 r ' of Ene News each year. hy, ,08 ae =r ‘ ; ae S SE. / of, the Journal, “gs eheduhed for February, May,. August and ) “Active members - cannual dues $10. OO)? i catele Student, members - annual dues $5.00 (\- .~ | Sustaining Be tbs Ree annual dues $20.00. | tie OR ‘Life members.- single sum $150.00 ~~ } e | Institutional in AM Cat = annual 315. 00 \ 3 : Send) Ones ances, saneh bee to The Levddanteet see See ety,’ and address changes to: S.\Si-Nieolay, 1500. vakethe rs ars Virginia Beach, gir g BM alae 23455. aN ei ab nig AY Ni Sil JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY VoLume 25 SUPPLEMENT 3 BIOLOGICAL STUDIES ON MOTHS OF THE GENUS | ETHMIA IN CALIFORNIA (Gelechioidea) Jerry A. Powell University of California, Berkeley TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction Techniques .Acknowledgements Ethmta coqutllettella (Busck) Ei if - E. Ee scylla Powell brevtstriga brevistrtga Clarke b. ardteola Powell albttogata Walsingham plagtobothrae Powell minuta Powell charybdts Powell albistrigella (Walsingham) nadta Clarke semtlugens (Zeller) arctostaphylella (Walsingham) discostrigella (Chambers) semttenebrella Dyar timberlaket Powell Literature “Cited Index to host plants l[llustrations INTRODUCTION The family Ethmiidae is composed of small to moderate sized moths and is world-wide in distribution, with its greatest diversity occurring in the Neotropical Region. Consisting primarily of the one large genus Ethmia the group is distinct in many respects, without close relation- ship te other families. Ethmiids have in the past been considered as related to or members of the Oecophoridae. Probably they are most closely related to the Stenomidae, and the three groups are considered to be families in the Gelechioidea by present workers. About 30 members of the genus Ethmta have been reared previously, primarily in the Palearctic and in the eastern United States. Nearly all feed externally on Boraginaceae or Hydrophyllaceae during the larval stage, but there have been few detailed studies. Habits of the few other Nearctic genera are equally poorly known: species in Pyramntdobela feed on Penstemon (Scrophulariaceae) and Buddleta (Logani- aceae) (Braun, 1921; Keifer, 1936), while the biology of Pseudethmia is unknown. Two other species formerly consid- ered to be ethmiids, Bumeyricktia trimaculella (Fitch) and "Ethmia" eoltoradella (Walsingham), are fungus feeders and have recently been transferred to the Oecophoridae, a group containing genera with similar morphological and biological Easy tbawrence and Powell, 1969). In connection with a California Insect Survey project on Ethmiidae, | began to investigate the biologies of these moths in 1961. The study gradually developed into a com- prehensive taxonomic one encompassing the New World fauna, some 135 species. Field efforts were particularly directed ‘towards Ethmta in California, resulting in the present data on 14 species, which, however, represent only a few species groups in one section of the genus. Thus it seems appropri- ate to give this detailed biological information separately from the systematic treatment of the genus as a whole. A general review of biological knowledge for the family is Biveneine that study (Powell, 1971). lt became evident early in this work that some species are diurnal and others nocturnal. lt was one of the aims of the investigation to clearly define which are diurnal in Sidem fo assess..the. significance of this phase of the moths biology in systematic relationships. Adults of both diur- nal and nocturnal species are sometimes encountered in num- bers during the daytime, and at times it is difficult to distinguish between active flight behavior and reactionary movement in response to disturbance by the observer. There- 1 This study was in part made possible through assistance from National Science Foundation Grants GB-4014 and GB-6813x, "Comparative biology in relation to systematics of Microlepidoptera", 1965-1970. k Introduction fore, criteria | have used for defining natural activity rhythm in the diel cycle have been the timing of mating, oviposition, and the "quiescent posture'' by moths in cap- Livi by The resting posture during periods of activity was distinguishable from that shown by moths in the !''quiescent posture'' assumed during the inactive phase of the diel cycle. In the ''quiescent posture'' the wings were tightly clasped against the abdomen and the antennae were held back alongside the body, under the costal edges of the wings. The insects crouched low, almost appressed to the substrate, with the legs widely outstretched. Moths temporarily not “moving during activity periods held the wings somewhat loosely spread from the sides of the abdomen, and the an- tennae projected outward, at right angles to the body axis or somewhat forward, usually moving slowly. At the same time they stood up higher above the substrate with the legs less widely outstretched. The ''quiescent posture'' was exhibited at night by all individuals of species which mate and oviposit in daytime. There was not a temperature correlation with darkness, since heating indoors kept the temperature above 18° C until mid- night or so, while it often remained as low as 12° during the early daylight hours. As a result of this study, it is now known that diurnal species possess small eyes and usually very dark integument and vestiture. Thus the behavior pattern can be predicted on the basis of preserved specimens. The eye size has been quantified and described elsewhere (Powell, 1971). In a few species the eyes are intermediate in size, and my obser- vations on Ethmta arctostaphylella suggest that this is correlated with a tendency towards crepuscular behavior. TECHNIQUES The present data originate from field collections of either late instar larvae or adults which were retained alive for oviposition. The moths were taken at lights or by net- ting them during daytime or at dusk. Adults were transported from the field in cotton-stoppered glass vials and were caged in one-gallon glass breeding jars. The housing methods and details of the container were essentially the same as used and described in studies of tortricine moths (Powell, 1964). The jars proved more satisfactory for ethmiids than for Tortricinae because oviposition by *#thmta usually occur- red on the host plant or on the nylon mesh used as a ceiling on the cage (figs: 11, 12), rather than on the sides onueqe glass container. Insofar as possible the jars were placed adjacent to an open window, exposed to natural lighting, including direct, dappled sunlight (filtered through tree foliage) during part of the day. Observations after night- fall were made by means of a flashlight provided with a cover of red construction paper. This light source usually did not attract or otherwise disturb the moths. Biological studies on Ethmia 5 In the field larvae were generally detected by hand- searching suspect plants. A few species could be effective- ly collected by beating (certain perennial plants) or sweep- ing, but most of the present species live in concealed shelters on low, herbaceous hosts. Larvae were transported from the field in polyethylene bags and generally were housed in closed containers with cut sprigs of host plant. Newly hatched larvae in the laboratory were usually housed in 25 x 100 mm salve tins on small bouquets of foodplant in water vials plugged by cotton. In few cases greenhouse plants were used for early instar establishment. Larger larvae were housed in plastic sandwich boxes or 85 x 100 mm jars with cuttings of foodplant. To provide fresh plant material for species reared from eggs, plants from the collection site were transplanted to pots in a greenhouse, bouquets were placed in water, or cut- tings of the same or a closely related plant were obtained from the University of California, Berkeley, Botanical Garden at the time of egg hatch. Transplanting (perennial Phacelia) or cuttings in water (annuals) proved satisfactory for early instars since these plants usually persisted well for 2-3 weeks. However they matured in advance of field conditions, and later instars were provided with plants from the Botan- ical Garden unless the original collection site could be revisited conveniently. For field collected late instar larvae, cuttings were either offered as bouquets in water or were refrigerated (+ 4° C) and later offered without water. This required frequent replenishing of provisions. Soft paper toweling, folded many times, and sometimes cut sections of dry Yucca whtpplet floral stalks were pro- vided as pupation substrates. A tendency to wander and burrow into soft bark and similar substances has been repor- ted in the literature for several Ethmia. Rearing was conducted at laboratory temperatures (usual - ly varying about 12-20° daily). Pupae in diapause were in some cases housed in an outdoor screen cage at Berkeley or in an open shed at Russell Property, near Lafayette, Califor- nia, an inland station where greater climatic extremes more approximate field conditions of inland parts of California. The only previous biological information concerning the species discussed below is the report by Dyar (1902) that E. semttenebrella had been reared from Cercocarpus in Ari- zona. Hosts of three species must have been known to Keifer (1936) who described the pupa of albitogata and mentioned larval characters of two other species, but he gave no information on their biologies. Therefore | attempted to discover the host association through observing moths in the field. Adults of both diurnal and nocturnal species tend to stay close to the larval foodplants, and each of the present species has proven to be specific to members of one plant genus so far as known. Following field collection, |! caged females with a small bouquet of the suspect host. lf no clear association had been ascertained, a varied menu of 6 Introduction possible oviposition substrates was offered. Females exhib- ited only a poor oviposition response or none at all, if caged without the appropriate host. The fact that most previous recorded plants for Ethmia are Boraginaceae and Hydrophyllaceae helped to restrict my selection, during field searches. However, in one case this restricted think- ing hindered the eventual discovery of an unrelated plant as the host. Detailed comparison of eggs was not attempted. Photo- graphs showing general habitus and placement on the plant were taken for most species. High magnification scanning electron micrographs were executed only for ecy?7ae) eam scheduling for photography eggs were usually stored in a refrigerator (4° C) for several days, which delayed matura- tion of developing larvae for a period about equal to that in cold storage. When sufficient numbers were available, larvae repre- senting each instar were preserved, using KAAD for a few minutes, followed by storage in 95% ethyl alcohol. Head capsules representing previous instars of living individu- als were recovered and were used in measurements for esti- mating the number of instars, along with the preserved larvae. Detailed morphological descriptions of the larval Stages have not been made. The larvae are briefly charac- terized, with special reference to instar differences, following the biological discussion of each species. Abbre- viations are as follows (see fig. 7): HC = Head Capsule, a measurement of maximum width as seen from above is given; ThSh = Prothoracie Shield; Pin = Pinacula; D = Devout a narrow color stripe in later instars of Most Specrean from pro- or mesothorax to ninth abdominal segment; DL = Dorsolateral pigment bands tateral to D, above the spieaetes: L = Lateral band, a broad area around and below spiracles; LV = Lateroventral band, a weakly developed pigment band below L, above the legs; AbdCr = Abdominal Crotcehets seam extended mesoseries or mesopenellipse in all the present species; AnCr = Anal Crotchets. All measurements were made through a disc micrometer at 27x or 54x magnification and are given in mm, based on specimens distended in KAAD. Measurements are based on six or more specimens except where indicated otherwise, with the number in brackets [ ]. Color features were noted from living larvae. Integumental colors of Ethmita fade during preservation. Morphological characteristics of the pupae are varia- ble, and only limited comparison between species is attemp- ted owing to inadequte series for most species. Most of the species examined here are quite similar. Biological studies on Ethmia 7 CONSTANT BIOLOGICAL CHARACTERS Several features of the biology and behavior appear to be consistent among all species, and these are not discussed for each species. The eggs are deposited singly, cemented to the substrate by an affixed area nearly as long and wide aonone egg. The egg is more or less rectangular-.in outline, nearly as thick as wide; it does not flatten out onto the substrate, but conforms to minor irregularities, sometimes aeering its shape a little (e.g., fig. 12). At hatching larvae chew a round, ragged hole at the micropylar end, sometimes well off center. The hole is about one-half the diameter of the egg, and no further feeding is done on the eggshell by newly hatched larvae. When disturbed or dis- lodged, larvae of most species, especially in later instars, react by wriggling violently backward. A few species feign death and fall, immobile, to the substrate. Based on head capsule measurements, there appear to be five instars in several species, but data are too fragmentary to determine the number with certainty for most species. At least in brevtstrtga and secylla, and probably plagtobothrae and albt- togata, there are five, while large species such as discos- trigella and arctostaphylella probably undergo six, at least winewsione individuals (figs. 1-6). At maturity ltarvae of probably all species wander, often having been found to bur- row imto soft, woody substrates to pupate. Data on speci- mens | have examined, especially of several species reared Soe Parker—at the University of California, Davis, from trap nests!, indicate this is a widespread habit. During my study larvae usually were confined in salve tins or 35mm pill boxes for pupation, and most did not burrow into yucca Puen using unnatural situations such»as a corner of the container. At emergence the pupal shell remains inside the cocoon, held in place by the hooked setae of the anteriorly directed “anal, legs! (figs..8, 9) (in all species except seylla). The cremaster such as is normally developed in most Lepidoptera at the tip of the abdomen is vestigial. Eight frail setae are present in a constant arrangement for all species, but these do not aid in anchoring the pupa. The degree to which the "anal legs'' of the pupa are appressed to the abdominal venter or angled outward varies within species, possibly affected by the shape of the cocoon. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Grateful acknowledgement is made to Helen K. Sharsmith, formerly of the University of California, Berkeley, Herbar- ium, who provided many of the plant identifications associa-~ 1 Sections of Sambucus stems, 45 cm in length, which had been stuck into the ground, with a 1.5-4 mm hole drilled in the exposed end (Parker and Bohart, 1966). 8 coqutllettetla ted with this study. “Throwgh Mrs.) Sharsmith, Linealnepen— Stance, University of California, Berkeley, determined most Of the Phacelia, and Francia Chisaki Hommersand, Chapel Hill, North Carolina, identified some of the Amsinckta species. Thanks are due Anton Crist and other personnel of the Uni- versity of California Botanical Garden, who have been coop- erative in providing cuttings of native host plants many times during the past decade. Photographs of eggs in sttu were executed by A.A. Blaker, Scientific Photographic Labor- atory, University of California, Berkeley. Stereoscan Scan- ning Electron Microphotographs were executed through the cooperation of T.E. Everhart, Electronics Research Labora= tory, University of California, Berkeley, through sSuppore from National Science Foundation Grant GB-6428 and Grant No. GM15536 from the National Institutes of Health. Assist- ance with field collections, particularly during early years of the study, was given by several persons, whose help is appreciated and acknowledged by mention in the text; but special thanks are due C. Don MacNeill, Oakland Museum, and Catharine Toschi Tauber, Ithaca, New York. Where not other- wise indicated, all collections and observations are my own. ETHMIA COQUILLETTELLA BUSCK Ethmta ecoquittlettetla Buseck, W907, Proc.’ Ent: SOG w Wamu 8:95. This species has been collected at only a few widely Scattered sites in arid parts of California and interior British Columbia during the 70 years since the original specimens were taken in the vicinity of Los Angeles (Powell, 1959,°1971).. "Considerable interpopulational variatvon se exhibited, and study of more material will be necessary in order to confirm. that’ just one species Is Involved.) Same and related species in the southwestern United States, which have the palpi clothed with stiff, erect bristles, are’ be= lieved to be diurnal. | have not been able to confirm the foodplant of coqut- tlettella with certainty. The moths have been encountered only in small numbers, and not in close association with any plant. Larvae accept Phacelta and Nemophila in the labora- tory, and on two occasions have been reared to the fifth instar but not to maturity. One larva was collected in the file Wd on Priacel ta dvs tones Study areas: - 1)Pinyon Flat, 16 road miles southwest of Palm Desert, Riverside Co.; 1 male, 3 females taken in fFlight,°11200 AGM: =<"? 700°PEMe, "Apri? 13571963" (Cl Al tocrem and J. Powell), 3\ females retained alive (63D19) .” 2) anne road Canyon, 4 miles northeast of Elsinore, Riverside Co.; | male, 2 females at flowers of Coreopsis californica (Com- positae)); ( 11:45°A.Ma.-92 00) PME Js hApmiWols, 196 Seige Toschi and J. Powell), 2 females retained! ative (650m 3) Del Puerto Canyon, 23 road miles west of Patterson, Stan- Biological studies on Ethmia 9 1slaus Co.; 4 males, | female taken in flight, 12:30 - 3:00 Pateanetcagen 25, 1969, 2 males, 1. female retained alive (69094); 1 larva on Phacelta distans, April 27, 1969 (69D59). At Pinyon Flat the moths were taken near Mentzelia (Loas- aceae), a possible nectar source, and immature Phacelia ditstans var. australis; at Railroad Canyon a mixed stand of Phacelta eteutaria var. hispida, P. distans, and Nemophila menatestt grew near the collection site; while at Del Puerto Canyon, Phacelta distans and Amsinckia tntermedta were sus- pece uhos ts. Adult behavior: - Collection records indicate a single Piughe period in early spring, in California from mid Feb= ruary to mid April, varying with conditions of locality and Season. Laboratory observations have been sporadic but tend to confirm the diurnal behavior pattern indicated by adult morphology and field collections. In the breeding jar moths were active during the day and occasionally at night if direct lighting was on them. Mating was not observed. Females from Pinyon Flat were caged with Phgceliq and Mentzelita tn a 85 x 100 mm jar, but on the day following collection the jar became water soaked during transport in a field ice box. Two of the females recovered and were transferred to a one-gallon jar; but probably they had been weakened as it appeared that neither left the floor of the container. Only 9 eggs were deposited, on the cardboard jar Floor. Females from Railroad Canyon were aiso housed in an 85 x 100 mm jar under field conditions. A bouquet of Phacelia eteutarta, Nemophila, and a Coreopsis flower was offered as possible oviposition substrate and nectar source. A natural photoperiod rhythm was not provided, and, with exposure to indirect and direct lighting late in the evenings, activity periods apparently were irregular. A total of 40 eqgs was deposited by one'or both females, in part during early hours OF mugnte (8:00 P.M. - 2:00,.A.M.) and during early morning hetimsec2 00) A.M.. - 8:00 A.M.) . .A few eggs were place on Leaves of Nemophtla but most were deposited around corners of the container floor. The adults from Del Puerto Canyon were caged in more suitable conditions, in a one-gallon breeding jar provided with a bouquet of immature Phacelta dtstans, Amstnekta in flower, and immature Eptlobtum sp. (Onagraceae), housed in natural photoperiod. Males lived only 1-3 days, but the females survided 10 days, depositing 70 eggs, nearly all during the first two days of confinement. Both sexes were inactive at night, remaining in quiescent posture until 10:00 - 11:00 A.M. The period of highest activity appeared to be 1:00 - 3:00 P.M., although individual movement occur- red in dappled sunlight until 6:00 P.M. The moths displayed a stronger positive phototropic response than some other diurnal species. Oviposition was observed between 1:30 and 3:00 P.M., and a few eggs were deposited later in the day. The female selected roughened surfaces in the side of the 10 coqutllettella jar towards the light. She walked about on undersides of Phacelta leaves and on the nylon screen ceiling with the abdomen extended and curled downward, probing at the sub- strate. Usually she ran a few ''steps'', then probed two or three times, sometimes slightly to the side. A quiescent pause of several seconds followed each egg deposition. Of the 70 eggs, about 75% were deposited around the s side of the jar towards the light; and of the total, 60% were placed on the masking tape around the floor and 15% on the nylon. Only 8 eggs were deposited on the plants, all on the undersides of Phacelta leaves adjacent to the light side. Egg. - Eggs were uniformly subrectangular, varying from 0.46 x 0.76 to 0.41 x 0.82 mm in outline. During develop- ment all turned pink by the third day, and a somewhat dark- er reddish by the 7th to 9th day. Incubation time varied from 10 days in April°in the fleld (6501) to’ 11-12 edawemn March at room temperatures (69C94). Emergence sometimes occurred well off center of the micropylar end. Larva, - Considerable difficulty was encountered in inducing young larvae to establish and feed, relative to my experience with other Ethmia. A distinct preference for flower buds was shown, and it appeared that leaves were un- suitable for development. A continuous supply of immature flowers was not provided, and this may have been a critical factor in the failure of larvae to reach maturity under lab- oratory conditions. First instar larvae (63D10) placed on Phacelia distans from Pinyon Flat which had been,in refrigeration 16 days failed to survive. Some fed.a little at the base of buds, but none successfully established themselves. One and two day old larvae (65D1) were placed on fresh buds of Nemophitla maculata and Phacelta tanacettfolta from the Botanical Garden; larvae at first began feeding on both plants, either in the buds or in crotches of leaflets or sepals. All eight larvae placed on the immature, scorpioid spikes of the Phacelta established successfully and reached at least the second instar. The inflorescences were tightly curled, and by the second day frass was visible between the appressed, hirsute buds. Larvae continued to feed inside the buds during the first 12 days; on May 7,10 day old waiam: material from the Botanical Garden was added when the larvae were 11-12 days old. Three days later only three larvae had moved to the more recently offered buds. On May 14, the 3rd and 4th instar larvae were moved to fresh Phacelia tanacett- folta from the Botanical Garden. By this time the plants had bloomed and subsequent feeding took place mainly on smaller leaflets, often those adjoining flowers. The ephemeral character of the Wemophila flowers preven- ted establishment of all but one of the first instar larvae. Biological studies on Ethmia 11 This larva succeeded in burrowing into an unopened bud, pre- venting it from further development, and fed on the pistil and stamens for 11 days; it then migrated to a new, less de- veloped bud and began feeding. The 15 day, 3rd instar larva left the Nemophila (which was partially collapsing in the Heer wial)-and was transferred to the Phacelia. At the Botanical Garden the Nemophitla was drying by the time the larvae were 19-20 days old, which, together with the diffi- culties encountered in establishing on this plant, suggests that Nemophila is not a suitable host. Nutritionally the Nemophtila flowers appeared to be adequate since the one lar- va waS as mature as the most advanced of those feeding on Phacelia at each inspection. On May 24, about 30 days after hatching, laboratory ob- servations were interrupted by a vacation camping trip. The remaining larvae were carried in a salve tin and were subjected to greater temperature fluctuations than in the laboratory and to drying of the foodplant. Fresh Phacelia leaves were added from San Bernardino County, California, and Coconino County, Arizona, but the final larva died by June 4 while an early fifth instar. Unfed first instar larvae (69C94) were placed on Pha- celia distans from Del Puerto Canyon, which had been kept in water 12-13 days; establishment was affected by burrow- ing into unopened buds. After 4 days an accumulation of fine frass was noted in the dense hairs of the inflorescence. On Aprit 19, the 10-12 day old 2nd and 3rd instav larvae were transferred within their shelters to vials with fresh Nemophila menztesti from Santa Clara County. Although the original Phacelita had become blackened and mouldy, after 3 days there were no signs of feeding on either flowers or Weawes! of the Wemophtia. The 13-15 day old; 3rd instar lar- vae were then offered fresh Phacelta tanacetifolia from the Botanical Garden, and all established new shelters. Subse- quent feeding occurred in buds on bouquets of this host. Fresh sprigs were added every few days, as it did not keep well in water, and two exposures to badly withered plants probably affected larval development. Owing to a field trip intervention, surveillance was terminated on May 9, and the 30-32 day old larvae were preserved. They apparently were penultimate and immature last instar individuals which had not grown during the preceding 4 days due to the condition of the plant. Inspection of Phacelia distans at Del Puerto Canyon on April 27 (when laboratory larvae were about three weeks old) revealed only one larva of coquillettella. This individual was provided P. ditstans for 8 days, then P. tanacetifolta. However, foodplant conditions were intermittently poor, and the Warva died on May 7°in*the final instar. Since feeding took place on buds of Phacelia tanaceti- folia in water and the developmental rate was similar to 12 seylla that of Ethmia brevistriga, it is assumed that P, distansand P. eteutarita might serve as suitable hosts at the study sites. However, as with other species in the diurnal group, a defi- nite preference for feeding in unopened flowers was shown, and it may be that fresh buds are necessary to provide suffi- cient nourishment to complete development. First instar: Length 1.6 mm; HC 0.20-0.22 mm, brown, ocel- lar area black; ThSh brownish; integument and setae unpig- menved. Seeond instar: Length [1] 4.0 mm; HC [4] 0.30-0.35 mn, brown, frontal area slightly paler; Thsh, thordei¢geieze lateral spots on prolegs, and anal shield, browns Pamieeeuce- Say integument otherwise unpigmented. AbdCr 8-10; AnCr La ad we pers ¥ Third instar:none preserved; HC and ThSh dark brown, in- tegument pattern pale purpiasne: Fourth instar: Length [2] 8.2-8.5 mm; HC [3] 0.67-0.74 mm, brown, mottled with pale areas; ThSh mottled, brown with darker spots; Pin blackish; D white (not unpigmented) with thin, median deep ochreous streaks; DL mottled, pale purplish to brownish olive, large, distinct white rings encircling pinacula; AbdCr 7-10 (usually 8-9); AnCr 7-8. Fifth instar: [5] Length 8.0-12.0 mm (none mature); 0.74-0.82 mm, markings strongly contrasted; integument oat ors similar to penultimate, ThSh brown with darker spots; D and pinacula rings of DL more contrastingly white; See darker purplish or olive, ale sliche ly gwhicssh jex unpigmented, With or without #aing ochreous streak; AbdCr 9-14 (usually 12S) We NaC eile ETHMIA SCYLLA POWELL Ethmia seylla~ Powell, 197, U. Calif. Publ. Bnt of) se pees Three localities along the inner Coast Range of central California comprise the known range of seylla. 1 collected the first specimen on March 18, 1959, at about the time my review of the poor state of knowledge of Ethmta in Califor- nia had gone to press (Powell, 1959). However, exactly ten years were to elapse before |! was able to solve the mystery of scylla's biology, the search having been hampered by a preconceived notion that some Borage or Hydrophyll must be the hostplant. Although the adults resemble £thmia brevt- striga, and thus might be expected to feed on a Phacelia, this species proves to be unique as the only member of the genus known to use Scrophulariaceae and further the only member of a Nearctic or Holarctic species group which does not possess the peculiar ''anal legs'' of the pupa. Study dreds’. = 1)Russelmann Park, north slope of Mt. Biological studies on Ethmia 13 Diablo, 1100 feet, Contra Costa Co.; adults numerous, April 2, 1960 (a... Burns? and’ J&0 Powell): adults Sparsies: April 6; 1962, 3 males, 2 females retained alive (62D2). 2) Raines Park, Del Puerto Canyon, Stanislaus Co.; adults sparse, March 5, 1963,(R. Langston and J. Powell), 4 males, 2 fe- males retained alive (63C1); negative results checking Am- stnekia tntermedia, April 30, 1963; adults abundant, March 19, 1969, 4 males, 3 females retained alive (69C90); adults common, March 25, 1969, 2 females retained alive (69C90); larvae abundant in flowers Collinsta heterophylla April 27, 1969 (69D60). 3) Three miles northwest of Rumsey, Yolo Co.; adults sparse, March 8, 1964. Adult behavior. - The species has a single annual flight, in moderately early spring, from late February to early April, varying two to three weeks with seasonal conditions. This is well ahead of the bloom period of the foodplant. All. three localities are deciduous oak-digger pine scrub forest situations. At Russelmann Park the moths appeared to fly around poison oak, Rhus diversiloba, in the manner of Ethmta albttogata at the San Bruno Mountains, where Am- stncekta grows in close association with the poison oak clumps. Adults of seyllqa sometimes perched on poison oak foliage where they resemble bird droppings. The association at Raines Park proved to be a general one; the Colltnsia is abundant in semi-shaded spots on north slopes around various shrub growth including Juntperug, Arctostaphylos, and Ceanothus. Adults were observed in the field between 11:00 A.M. and 4:00 P.M. Two mating pairs were taken, one at 3:40 P.M. oulAenin 2; 1960.° Mating did not occur in the laboratory. In captivity moths intermittently abandoned the quies- cent posture between 8:30 and 10:30 A.M., but continuous Settumey did not begin before 11:00. It lasted until about k:00 P.M., after which movement gradually subsided, ceasing byegetser 6:00 P.M., at about sunset. As indicated by>ovi- position, the height of activity was not concentrated into a brief period and did not strongly vary between cloudy and clear days, extending from 12:00 or 1:00 P.M. to about 4:00. Generally adults were strongly positively phototropic, and oviposition by the 1962 females seemed to corroborate ERTS... However, when Collinsta was offered (69C90), eggs were more evenly distributed, with more than half of those deposited on plants having been placed on a Collinsia in the center of Bie,jat, rather than on those nearer the light source. In earlier collections various immature, low growing annual plants from the collection sites were included in the breeding jars. The 1962 lot was also provided with a few small Plagtobothrys nothofulvus from Lake County. Several small Amstnckia intermedia in bloom were included in the 1963 trial. One or more of the 62D2 females deposited 5 eggs on the nylon ceiling and 30 on the cardboard floor (which was roughened, with fibres protruding, the result of 14 seylla removal of masking tape), 80% concentrated on the side of the jar towards the light. In experiments with other #eh- mta the cardboard floor was sometimes used by old, weak fe- males, but in this case it was selected on the first day of confinement, judging from the incubation period. The 1969 moths were offered an array of Amsinektia in early bloom, and immature plants of both Phacelta distans and Collinsta heterophylla. The latter had been observed in high numerical density in the vicinity of female moth concentration. In the breeding jar females complied by dis- playing a distinct selection not only for Collinsia, but for the leaf axils. A total of 124 eggs was deposited by 4 females; exactly half were placed on the nylon screen, while nearly all the remainder (60) were laid in leaf axils of Collinsta. Most were on the upperside of the petioles, but some were placed in axils where secondary leaves originated, so that they were sometimes affixed to undersides of secon- dary petioles when tucked into the primary axils. They were distributed along the height of the plant, but tended to be concentrated (60%) on the middle axils, which bore the sec- ondary leaf growth. One egg was deposited on the upperside of a leaf blade. One was deposited on each of the Amsinckta and Phacelta. Females tended to concentrate on the screen ceiling towards the light source, but wandered during oviposition. The probing action of the extended ovipositor was more or less continuous at about 30/minute. One female was observed in this behavior on the nylon, traveling some 7 cm during 2.5 minutes; finally after 4 minutes she extruded an egg onto the apparently uniform nylon mesh. Deposition of an egg required 1-2 seconds, after which the female usually quickly moved several cm without probing the ovipositor, then stopped in a stationary pause, sometimes moving to the light side to do so. Results of individual female's efforts were not tabulated, but 3 females deposited a combined total of about 100 eggs in 2 days. The moths did not survive long under cage conditions, males living 3-7 days, and the females only 3-5 days. Eqg. - (figs. 13-17)) The: egg is characteristical lyneuom- gate, cylindrical, with the chorion strongly reticulated with ridges which bear no microstructural modifications. Eggs varied! from 0.3:00* 0.59 mm t0.027 ix 056 1imme During development the eggs changed color, to pale or- ange by the 2nd day, bright pink by the 3nd) day, andigpaqu- ally darker reddish before the larvae became visible prior to emergence. Incubation required 10 days (62D2) and 8-9 days (69C90) at laboratory temperatures. Larva. - In order to confirm the host selection dis- played in oviposition behavior, separate lots of newly hatched larvae (69C90) were segregated in 32 x 90 mm shell vials and were offered cut terminals including flower buds, Biological studies on Ethmta 15 of four menus: a) Collinsta heterophylla alone, b) Phaceltia distans and Amsinckta intermedia, c) Collinstia and Phaceltia d) Collinsia and Amsinekta. Six larvae were isolated in each vial, and three additional larvae were added to c) and d) after three days. In each case the only successful es- tablishment occurred in flower buds of Collinsta, with about 33% of the individuals successful. The Amsinekiq did not fare well under the conditions and was essentially wilted within three days, while the Phacelia remained in good con- eieven tor at least five days. All plants were in poor con- dition by eight days, and the a) vial became diseased by the llth day. There was no evidence that feeding occurred on either Cotlinsia leaves or any part of the Phacelta or Am- stnekta. Surviving larvae, along with others established in separate containers with Collinsta bouquets were fed subse- quently on flowers of Collinsta heterophylla which had been taken in immature condition on March 25 at Raines Park and kept in water, where the plants developed to full bloom. Additional C, heterophylla from the Botanical Garden was provided to nearly mature, 24-26 day old larvae. Larvae of all instars fed within developing flowers. If a bud was entered, no feeding occurred on sepals except in excavating an entrance hole; ovaries, stamens, and corolla parts were fed upon, preventing the bud from opening. Usu- ally partially or fully opened flowers were used, and ovar- ies were consumed, along with basal portions of the corolla, but no feeding occurred on the sepals. After a few days young larvae migrated to new flowers, leaving the wilted corolla in sttu. In the field this resulted in several withered and abandoned flowers on a given plant, indicating the presence of one larva. Normally only one or two flowers on any given tier were affected. The larva moved upward as the inflorescence elongated, rather than working around the inflorescence until all available flowers at one tier level were exhausted. In contrast to some species of Ethmta, the larvae curled and feigned death at the slightest disturbance. They were thus difficult to manipulate during transfer from one flower to another, as they could not be induced to spin silk onto the probe, and even if transferred with a damp brush or for- ceps and balanced in an immobile posture on a new flower, would almost always drop off upon moving again. However, they showed a strong tendency to wander up vertical objects, and usually migrated back up flower stems and reestablished on their own when a given flower became exhausted. Development proceded rapidly relative to other Ethmia. Individuals provided with Colltnsta buds in good condition reached the second instar by 8-10 days, and the third in- Star by 11-13 days. The fourth instar was not preserved, but all larvae had passed through it by 25-27 days. Final instar, 25-29 day old larvae were preserved on April 25 and 27, and the last mature larva prepared for pupation on April 29, 31 days following beginning of egg hatch. 16 seylla On April 27 the Raines Park site was revisited and larvae were found abundantly in Collinsia flowers (69D60). Development was retarded relative to that in the laboratoty. No larvae were preserved on this date, but after six days storage at outdoor temperatures, a larval sample showed three instars, 3rd, 4th, Sth, im apd: “4: 5:2 patie emer days all three. were still present, in thie fatio se gaeeee Only full grown larvae remained on May 9 (12 days after col- lection), 51 days following the original collection of fe- males in the field. Thus height of oviposition probably occurred March 19-26, and most larvae reached maturity in the field about May 3-9, an average lapse of 45 days. There are five clear-cut larval instars, according to unsexed head capsule measurements (fig 4). First instar: Length 1.2-1.4 mm; HC 0.16-0.18 m, light brown; ThSh narrowly light brown, well defined; body yellowish, integument unpigmented. Second tnstar: Length 2.0-2.5 mm; HC 0.25-0.27 im, dark brown; ThSh well defined, brown; integument with pale DL color, faintly ,efined paler D) and rings, around mae Which are barely visible; AbCr 8-9, essentially a complete eirele; AnCr 7-8. Third instar: Length 3.2-4.8 mm; HC 0.38-0.43 mm, dark brown, slightly mottled paler; ThSh brown, siiemmi mottled darker posteriorly; D well defined; unpigmented ex-— cept slight median pink line; ‘DL pink, weakly deztimed ial pinkish, scarcely defined; Pin dark, well defined; Abdlxz Ho1I8 Wao G9) - hs aN Fourth instar: Length 5.5-7.2 mm; HC 0.51-0.68 mm, light brownish mottled with darker brown; integument pattern as in final instar, paler; D well defined, unpigmenteawer cept median pinkish line; DU fairly well defined? eum aia surrounded by unpigmented circles; AbdCr 10-14 (mostly 10- a) eA Cte =O Fifth instar: Length 8.8-12.0 mm; HC 0.82-0.98 mm, orange with faint brown mottling; ThSh sclerotized as median lateral spot and posterolateral blackish patch; integument pattern well defined pink on whitish—inpigmented of pumpiatoa on pinkish-unpigmented (probably varying with petal colors consumed), D well defined with median pink streak; DL well defined, dark, defining unpigmented circles around the black Fin, L unpagmenveds; “iN fasiciiy ewe il die raned od er 14-18, rarely 20, usually nearly uniordial: AnCr 162W/7e)lode eriene secondary setae in LV group on abdominal Sseemenvs) Woy 2anuee sometimes 8. [ae Pupa. > Smallablocks of idnjyuvucea whrpoler sh iota Stalks were provided and were used by all successfully pu- pating individuals. Each spun the cocoon in a narrow gal- lery running paral lely with 2thie igiraiin Jon) ihe wood. It Biological studies on Ethmia 17 appeared that abandoned Cossonus gaileries were appropriated and at times somewhat enlarged. Emergence trackways led out to split ends of the substrate and each was divided into two chambers by silken caps, one near the surface and one reces- sed several mm, which was of slightly less diameter than the pupation chamber, located at the anterior end of the cocoon. Cocoons ranged about 5.4-5.7 x 1.3-1.7 mm and were simple, without any interior meshwork. Pupae (fig. 10) ranged 4.7-5.2 mm in length and were simple, without functional cremaster, anal legs, or other setation. The ninth segment was unmodified and fused to the eighth at mid venter. The spiracles were small, simple, 0.35 mm in diameter. Evidently the cocoon shape retains the pupa at emergence. Pupae formed by larvae in May, 1969, failed to emerge, although housed at Russell shed, where conditions stimulated emergence of plagtobothrae (69D58) in the same winter. Pu- pae were still viable appearing when extracted from cocoons after 17 months. ETHMIA BREVISTRIGA BREVISTRIGA CLARKE Etpmea brevistriga Clarke, 1950, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., I@.=2k6.3). The nominotypic subspecies is known only from locali- ties along the immediate coast of California. Study areas. - 1) Laguna Puerca, San Francisco; adults common in association with Phaceltia distans, April 7, 1961; 5 males, 5 females retained alive (C.D. MacNeill and J. Pow- Poy (6bp2): larvae’ on P. distane, May 6, 1961 (6102); lar- waeian 2. distans, May 24,-1961 (61621). 2) Lobos Creek, San Francisco; adults in association with P. dtstans, April 7, 1961; 1 male, 1 female retained alive (6/23 Adult behavior. - A single, well defined flight was shown in 1960 and 1961 at San Francisco, from mid March to mid April, prior to beginning of flowering of Phacelta dis- tans. Six pairs were caged with a bouquet of P. distans. These moths showed a slightly later diurnal activity period than albitogata, housed under similar conditions. Individu- als of brevistriga were not active before noon, and even by 1:30 P.M. only limited movement and no oviposition was occur- ring. The height of activity appeared around 3:30 to “230. continuing until about sunset, around 6:00 PiuM~ | By. (300 they had become sluggish and only flew straight down if dislodged. None moved at night. This species showed a greater tendency to perch on the host plant than any of the others studied. About 60-80% of the individuals rested on the plant, even at night. Mating was witnessed twice. A pair was swept tn copulo 18 brevistriga at Lobos Creek at 3:00 P.M. They had been flying or were perched onthe tip of "a Phacelva branch.” They Were) acest coition at 7:00 P.M. following transport from the frend: Housed in darkness, they remained in copulo until at least 11:00 P.M. The second pair mated sometime between 1:00 and 5:30 P.M. on the first day after confinement; after 5:30 they remained inactive, clinging to an upright pin al lonight. Separation occurred between 9:30 and 10:10 A.M. Oviposition by several females was observed, between 3:30 and 4:00 P.M. It probably took place earlier, and one female exhibited apparent oviposition behavior at 5:15 P.M. Characteristically females crawled over the uppermost foliage or moved spirally up a stem, with the abdomen distended, moving rather slowly and vibrating their antennae. The sub- strate was tapped 4 or 5 times with the papillae anales pri- or to deposition of an egg!” A. period of ‘quiescence mulomces 45 seconds) usually followed each egg after which the moth resumed its crawling or flew to a new spot. Periods of crawling on the screen were sometimes interspersed with those of oviposition. About 80 eggs were deposited by the females during the first two days of confinement. It appeared that none were laid on the plant after the third day. Nearly all were con- centrated in the upper 5 cm of foliage, mostly around the buds. The eggs on the inflorescences were not nested deeply Into crevices, but were placed between the plant hairs (figs. 21-23). The uppersides of upper, young leaves and the sma stem were also used as oviposition sites. Eggs placed below the upper 5 cm of foliage were on the stem. None were placed on the undersides of the leaves except on the main midrib. \ Some oviposition after the third of foureh) davon confinement took place on the cardboard floor of the jar. Egg. - The eggs ranged 0:31 x 0.53 mm to 0.30) x 040mm and as thick as wide ‘(fig. 23))2° When first depositecmeamer were pearly white; after about 48 hours they turned yellow. Prior to hatching the dark larval head capsule became visible. Eggs hatched April 19-20, after about 11 days at room temp- erature. Larva. - Several Phacelta distans plants from Laguna Puerca were planted in pots in a greenhouse prior to emer- gence of the first instar larvae. These plants, which ma- tured sooner than those in the field, were used for observa- tions on behavior of young larvae. First instar larvae migrated upward and commenced feed- ing at bases of flower buds. In one instance a one day old larva had bored through the sepals of a small unopened bud. The first external evidence of established larvae appeared by 4-6 days ‘in’ the form of ‘Small’ frass accumulations simeene flower heads. By the 14th day the insectary plants had bloomed com- Biological studies on Ethmta 19 pletely, but the larvae, in the third and fourth instars, had prevented development of some buds in which they fed. In each case the larva had formed a well concealed shelter be- tween the rows of flowers on the scorpioid spike, hidden primarily by the dense plant hairs. The shelters were held Hegerner ‘by a weak network of silk. . Feeding oe@curred in the currently opened flowers and unopened buds, usually all the Wayeoue to the terminal end. of .the inflorescenee. |Not all of every flower was consumed, and some were still in apparent bloom. Damage to the inflorescence was not evident external - ly, and the frass accumulations were the only visible evi- dence of the larvae. On May 5, 17 days after commencement of hatching in the laboratory, the Laguna Puerca site was investigated. Three third instar larvae were found, in shelters similar to, but less extensive than, those in the greenhouse. Field plants had bloomed only about half way along the infloresc- ence. Larvae were located just basad of the current bloom, feeding on the flowers with developing seed. Frass from these shelters was not visible from the exterior, evidently having been dispersed by factors such as wind. All larvae were moved to newly potted plants at this time, but the plants did not survive. The remaining larvae were transfer- red to salve tins with cut inflorescences two days later. By the 24th or 25th day following hatching some larvae fag freached the last instar. One larva on one of the origi- nal potted plants reached the last instar by the 28th day, when it was preserved. A third examination of the field colony was made on May 24, 36 days after laboratory eggs began hatching and 6 days after the first cocoon was spun in’the greenhouse. Larvae were found to be fairly common in areas where the Phaceltia was more sparse, although the shelters were as inconcpicuous as they had been three weeks earlier. By this time field larvae were mostly penultimate instar; a few were antepenul - timate, and only one was in the final instar. All larvae reached the final instar by the eighth day after the second larval collection, and the final larvae which had not spun cocoons were preserved June 6, 60 days aimeer the original adult collection. There appeared to be five instars, on the basis of un- sexed head capsule measurements (fig. 3). First instar: Length 1.5-1.7 mm; HC 0.18-0.20 mn, brown; ThSh and anal shield pale brown; integument and setae unpigmented. Second instar: None preserved; HC 0.27-0.36 mm [5], brown. 20 brevistriga Third instar: Length 4.3-6.0 mm [3]; HC 0.42-0.47 mn, dark brown; ThSh brown; Pin minute, dark; DL sometimes with a trace of pale brownish, AbdCr 8-11; AnCr 9. Fourth instar: Length 5.3-9.3 mm; HC 0.66-0.77 mn, usually slightly to considerably paler brown than thigaan— star, lightly mottled; ThSh paler brown; Pin small; integu- mental pigment well developed, D white, DL brownish, broad, extending below spiracle; L narrow, whitish; LV with Jitcle pigment; AbdCr 9-13; AnCr 9-10. Fifth instar: Length 9.0-13.2 mm; HC 0.86-0.95 aim, orange brown, mottled; ThSh pale brown with dark spots; D white (not unpigmented), DL broad, as in fourth instar, darker, purplish; Pin small, in DL surrounded by Whitien circles; L.white; AbdCm 157-18;, AnCr 16-17. Segment AQ with 6-8 tiny secondary setae on LV. Pupa. - Pupation and successful development took place in small beetle galleries in split sections of Yueca whtpplet inflorescence stalk, in one instance about 15 mm into the yucca, although not much excavation of the matrix by the Ethmia larvae was involved. Pupation also occurred in a corner of a salve tin, .in flower ,heads,, and in #0) dSMetea- per toweling. The only successful emergence occurred from one of the latter. Those in the flowers and salve tin des- sicated prior to development. The cocoon surface was papyrus-like, without much loose internal silken mesh. The pupae ranged 5.4 to 5.6 mm in length. The anal legs were short, the free portion only 0.22-0.23 mm long, appressed to abdomen, with 16-20 setae Situated broadly over the distal end. ETHMIA BREVISTRIGA ARDICOLA POWELL Ethmta brevtetrtga ardicola Powell, 1971, U. Caligiy apes HQ Jy) Le pisesisn. This race occurs at inland stations, mostly in the mountains marginal to the deserts. From the following frag- mentary data and larval morphology, ardtcola appears to have essentially the same biological characteristics as the nominate subspecies. Study areas. - 1) Hills two miles northeast of Lake- side, San Diego Co.; adults taken in flight without definite plant association, Mareh 13-,.°1963 /(WJuAe Chemsak” ands eee ome ell); S males, 1 female retained ial ive (63C2) 2) 2) pian Flat, 16 road miles southwest of Palm Desert, Riverside Go. adults abundant at flowers of Cryptantha ?etrecumetssa and Flying in association with Phacelta dtstans subsp. australts April 7, 1963 (R.L: Langston, C.A. Toschi (and) J). Powe tie females retained alive (63D6); April 12, 1963, 4 males 5 fe- Biclogical studies on Ethmia 21 males retained alive (63D17); young larvae on P. distans var. Bweeralts, April 13, 1963 (63D20). Adult behavior. - This subspecies has about the same seasonal flight period as its coastal counterpart, despite the higher elevation of the inland sites (up to 5000 ft.). Moths of 63C2 were caged in a gallon breeding jar in the Field with a bouquet of Cryptantha and kept under variable conditions until the fourth day. They did not begin activi- ty until about 12:20-1:00 P.M. with the room temperature at about 18° C, even though an Ethmia minuta male in the same jar had been active for two hours. As with b. brevistriga, the greatest activity seemed to be about 4:00-4:30 P.M. The last individual ceased activity and entered the quiescent posture at 5:40 on one afternoon, but several were active un- til 6:10 (dusk) on another; and moths were observed with the antennae in active position as late as 7:00 P.M. on the tenth day after collection. Males lived 8-13 days and the female 13 days, but only 2 eggs were deposited, those on the glass side of the con- tainer. Presumably absence of Phacelta resulted in failure to initiate oviposition. Moths of 63D17 were caged in an 85 x 100 mm jar with a bouquet of Phacelia and Cryptantha but became water soaked in transit in an icebox from the field laboratory April 14; several recovered and two females lived until the sixth day following collection. Eggs were deposi - ted April 14-17 on both upper and lower surfaces of Phacelia leaves, not on buds, and on Cryptantha foliage, dry Cryptan- tha flowers, and on a dead Ethmia male. The three 63D6 females deposited 1, 6, and 10 eggs in their individual, dry vials during the 2-3 days they lived. Egg. - Eggs deposited in dry vials were evenly oval, tapering slightly towards both ends, not as rectangulate as in related species. The width and length ranged 0.33 x 0.63 fe 8 60x-0 563 mm. Eggs of 63D6 were stored in dry vials in warm condi- tions of a field laboratory and hatched in 8 to 9 days; those of 63D17 were stored under moist conditions and vari- able, cooler temperatures (including one to two days in a field icebox) and hatched in 8 to 13 days. Larva. - First instar larvae hatching from eggs on the plant material, Phacelita dtstans subsp. australts and Cryp- tantha citreumetissa were left in sttu in the inflorescences, Most established feeding sites successfully on Phacelia buds, although leaf material was eaten by two individuals. None fed on the Cryptantha. Those from dry vials were placed on flowers of Phacelia, and the flower parts served as food throughout their growth. The second instar was reached by about the sixth day by most larvae; thereafter developmental rates varied, Owing 22 albitogata to vartatton.tn GConditron of the olant, maternirar. The Phacelta stems in one of two 63D17 lots began to rot a week after the larvae hatched, and these larvae were transferred to fresh, although mature, Phacelta dtstans from Stanislaus County. They continued development, using mature flowers; both the flower parts and developing ovules were eaten. One larva reached the final instar by the 30th day. A second lot was retained on the original Phacelta ma- terial from Riverside County, which remained in good condi - tion for about 27 days after the larvae hatched. However, all flower parts were eaten by this time. Larvae fed entire- ly on the half of the flowers towards the center of the spike, or by cutting a hole through this side and eating the center portions out, taking whole developing seed or only their inner haif. By the 33rd day the plant had dried excepting the stems, and larvae starved tn the final three instars. Laboratory reared larvae averaged somewhat smaller and were considerably paler than b. brevistriga. First tnetar: Length 1.3-1,4 mm, HC 0.19-0020"imeat most colorless except ocellar area black. Second tnstar: None preserved; HC 0.27-0.36 mm [3], pale brownish. Third instar: Length 3.6 mm [1]; HC 0.46-0.49 mm, dark orange-brown; ThSh pale tan; integument, setae and crotchets unpigmented. Fourth tnstar: Length 6.4 mm [1]; HC 0.63-0.68-mm [4], orange-brown, mottled; ThSh orange-brown; integument, setae and crotehets unpipmenteds BbdCr 10-01. AnCreier Fifth tnstar [2]: Length 7.5-8.0 mm; HC 0.79-0.85 mm, orange, mottled; ThSh orange-brown; integument pattern simi- lar to b. brevistrtga but much paler and reduced; D whitish (not as distinctly white); DL dark pinkish or rosaceous; se- tae and crotchets unpigmented; AbdCr 14-16; AnCr 14-16. ETHMIA ALBITOGATA WALSINGHAM Ethmia albitogata Walsingham, 1907, Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 33% L209. This species is known from only a few localities in central California. It is closely related to F. plagtoboth- rae, and it was not until differences in hostplants and lar- vae were discovered that distinguishing morphological char- acters in the adults of the two species were recognized. Study areas. - 1) San Bruno Mountains, San Mateo, Co.; Biological studies on Ethmia 23 adatts common, Feb. 28 - March 1, 1963 (C.D. MacNeill and J. Powell); 5 males, 2 females retained alive (63B9); larvae on ameenekta Lunaris, May 3, 1963 (63E1).. (2) Pt. Reyes, Marin Ee.c Jatvae on Amstnckia -spectabitlis, April 31, 1967 (G.A. Gorelick) (670149). 3) Arroyo Mocho, 15 miles southeast of Livermore, Alameda Co.; adults common, Feb. 22-24, 1968 (C. D. MacNeill and J. Powell); 5 males, 4 females retained alive (68B178); negative results checking Amsinckia and Plagtobo- weg April 27,1969; adults sparse, Feb. 21, 1970. Adult. behavior. - The moths fly in early spring, late January to early March. Presumably germination of the host plant has begun, but | have been unable to locate young Am- stnekta when the moths are flying. Adults (63B9) were caged with a bouquet of Phacelta californica, a suspect host; while 1968 adults were provided with young Plagiobothrys no- tnopulous, OWing to a misidentification of the moth. . The correct foodplant was never offered as an oviposition sub- strate and stimulus. The moths exhibited a definite diurnal activity rhythm, but neither mating nor oviposition was observed. Individuals from the San Bruno Mountains commenced activity earlier, be- ginning to abandon the quiescent posture by about 9:30 A.M., three hours after daybreak, with the outside temperature at 9-11° C. During the following two hours all adults engaged in some movement. One female was observed to take water in this mMatinal” "pre-activity'’ period. Continuous activity, with moths mostly crawling at the side of the jar towards the sunlight, took place between 12:00 and 4:00 P.M. By h:30 some moths ceased movement, and by 5:30, with the last rays of sunlight on the jar, most individuals had assumed the quiescent posture. Adults from Arroyo Mocho, by contrast remained inactive until 10:30-11:30 A.M., even when the con- Eamher was transported by car 15 miles to Berkeley. How- eve they remained active later, till 6:00-7:00 P.M., through the dusk period. Outside air temperatures were warm- er during the 1968 observations, ranging to 24° C maximum compared to 15-17° in 1963. Moths in both groups generally displayed a longer activity period than some of the other diurnal Ethmia, and they became active quickly if exposed to direct light at night. Males lived 2-6 days, females 6-9 days, following col- Pection “in the field. In 1963 no eggs were deposited by captive albitogata. Presumably the Phacelia did not provide adequate stimulus, since cage conditions were comparable to those extant during successful oviposition by other diurnal Ethmia. The 1968 females: laid only 35 eggs; again absence of Amsinekta prob- ably adversely affected oviposition behavior. Of the total, 28 eggs were placed on the helical, ribbed portion of a hor- izontal, screw-cap vial which held a moisture wick and Plagiobothrys bouquet. The remaining eggs were deposited on Plagtobothrys leaves (5 upperside, 2 underside). 24 albitogata Egg. =) The eggs didjinot differ super f cnc lily aie those of plagtobothrae. No measurements or photographs were executed... |incubation required iol) 25 day s,. Larva. - First instar larvae were placed on Plagto- thrys nothofulvus from Arroyo Mocho. Uprooted young plants had been placed in water vials 12 days previously, and after initial die back of lateral leaves, survived well for the duration of the experiment and were sending up floral stalks by the time of larval hatch. Most larvae did not establish OM) seh is) shiosits lt appeared that those situated on new term- inal leaves were unable to penetrate the thick pubescence; when transferred to the undersides of basal green leaves, where pubescence was less dense, most still did not feed successfully. Two individuals accepted the Plagtobothrys and fed about 7-9 days, reaching the second and third instar. Feeding occurred in the form of small skeletonized areas, with a thin silk envelope between the new leaves of the ter- minal growth. Although the plants remained in good condi- tion more than three weeks after transferral to the water vials, no flowers had begun to open by the time the larvae succumbed in what appeared to be starved condition. The un- availability of flower parts rather than the wrong host ge- nus may have been the critical factor in the failure of the larvae to mature. At San Bruno:Mountains in 1963 close association of adult flight with several clumps of poison oak (Rhus diver- siloba) on rocky outcroppings, enabled discovery of larvae on Amsitneckia lunarts there in early May. At this time, about 60 days after the height of observed adult activity, the plants were in full bloom, and larvae of the final three in- stars were present. There was variation between Amsitnekia colonies from 75% penultimate and none full grown to 50% ma- ture final instar and the remainder young final instar. All larvae were found inside inconspicuous shelters formed in the flower spikes, similar to those of £. brevt- strtga. Larvae moved along the upper side of the scorpiod spike, webbing the flower parts together above the larval galleries. Feeding took place on the whole inner side of the flowers. Developing ovules and ovaries of unopened flow- ers were consumed, and even sepals were eaten by larger lar- vae. Portions of the flowers on the outer half, visible from the exterior of the inflorescence, were untouched. Pet- als were mostly above the area of feeding and remained in- tact, without discoloration or wilting. Some feeding occur- red on the inflorescence stem; in one instance. it Was) vomit entirely through. Shelters were not evident from the exterior, but affec- ted inflorescences could be detected by frass clinging to the older, unoccupied portion of the spike where elongation of the stem caused separation of the partially eaten flowers, exposing silk. Frass apparently was entirely retained with- in active parts of the shelter, not visible from the exterior. Biological studies on Ethmia 25 Larvae were placed in plastic sandwich boxes with small bouquets of Amsinekia. However, the viscid plant did not keep well and mould developed within three days. Yueeq pith was added as a pupation site, but the colonies became affected with disease and no larvae pupated. As in plagtobothrae, head capsule measurements did not enable definition of all instars (fig. 2). In both species either the second instar head capsules were not recovered or a greater relative size increment occurred between the first and second than in other Ethmia. Moreover, these two species exhibited two color phases in the final instar, a characteristic not observed in related species. Head cap- sule measurements showed only a very slightly larger average in the paler of the two phases. First instar: (None preserved in healthy condition) HC 0.18-0.22 mm, dark brown; integument, including pinacula, unpigmented. Seeond instar(?): [1] (Not preserved in distended con- dition) HC 0.33 mm; dark brown; integument unpigmented, Pin Slightly darker; AbdCr 9-10; AnCr 9. Third instar (?): [i] (Not preserved in distended con- dition) HC 0.50 mm; brown, unmottled; ThSh brown laterally, unpigmented mesally; D whitish, DL brownish gray, L unpig- mented, LV pale grayish, Pin dark, not defined by pale ar- eas; AbdCr 9-10; AnCr 8. Penultimate instar: [4] Length 7.5-7.8 mm; HC 0.57- 0.60 mm, dark brown, paler above labrum, not mottled; D searcely distinguishable, whitish, DL pale grayish (not dis- tinet as in fourth instar plagiobothrae), L unpigmented; AbdCr 6-9 (usually 8-9); AnCr 6-7. Pinal instar: Length 10.2-13.0 mm (rarely, teneral?, 7.7 mm with integumental pigment reduced); HC 0.83-0.96 mm, strongly mottled; similar to plagiobothrae but paler, with the two color forms not as distinguished: (a) (HC avg. 0.88 mm) D pale without yellow-orange spots, DL well defined, dark to pale gray; (b) (HC avg. 0.90 mm) D pale with segmen- tal yellow-orange spots, DL and LV pale gray; Pin small, well defined, dark; AbdCr 10-20 (usually 12-16); AnCr 12-16. ETHMIA PLAGIOBOTHRAE POWELL Ethmia plagtobothrae Powell, 1971, U. Calif. Publ. Ent.; in press. Although discovered only about ten years ago, this species has been collected many times. The larvae are often encountered in large numbers, but in the laboratory they are extremely susceptible to disease. Those which pupate fre- quently do not metamorphose. Only a few adults have been 26 plagtobothrae taken in the field. Ethmta plagtobothrae is closely allied to albitogata, but the two exhibit marked biological «diftfter- ences. Study areas. - 1) Cool, El Dorado Co.; larvae abundant on Plagtobothrys nothofulvus, April 24, 1961 (C.D. MacNeill and J: Powell) (6104, °61D5); 1 male,-4 females Manchmeue 1962, female retained alive (62C2); investigated for adults, March 29, 1964 and March 23, 1965, negative results. 2) Six miles west of Whiskeytown, Shasta Co.; larvae on Plagto- bothrys probably nothofulvus, May 10, 1961 (R.L. Langston and J. Powell) (61E10). 3) Eight miles south of Leesville, Colusa Co.; larvae’on P. nothofulvus ‘April 12,01962 .aaoee Chemsak and J. Powell (62D5); investigated for adults, March 8, 1963, negative. 4) Elk Mountain, 2800-3000 feet, 11-12 miles north of Upper Lake, Lake Co.; 3 females flying in association with, 1] egg, 2 young larvae on P. nothofulvus, April 4, 1962) (62D12);- investigated for adults, Aprimmas 1964, negative (penultimate instar larvae on P. nothofulvus at 2200 feet, one mile south on the same road); adults sparse, March! 18; 1965 .(R-&. Langston and J. Powe ki )emeeg Ten miles south of Creston, San Luis Obispo Co.; 3 larvae on P. nothofulvus, April 30, 1962. 6) Arroyo Mocho, 16 antes south of Livermore, Alameda Co.; larvae on P. nothofulvus, April 30, 1963; investigated for adults, February 23, 1964, March 14, 1965, Feb. 24, 1968, March 4, 1969, Feb.’ 21, 90970) negative. 7) San Antonio Valley Ranger Station, Santa Clara Co.; mature larvae on P. nothofulvus, April 30, 1963; inves- tigated for adults, Feb. 9, 1964, negative; 3 young larvae on P. nothofulvus, March 14, 1965; ‘investigated Feb. 24, 1968, negative; 1 male, 1 female, March 4, 1969 (P.A. Opler and J. Powell); larvae common on P. nothofulvus, April 27, 1969 (69058). 8) One mile north of Posey, Tulare Co; larvae common on P. nothofulvus, May 14, 1963 (C.A. Toschi and J. Powell) (63E2). 9) Three miles north of Havi bah, Keen Gee, larvae on P. tenellus, May 15, 1963 (63E10). 10) eae miles southwest of Havilah, Kern Co.; larvae on P. nothoful- vus, May 15, 191637. 11) Havilah, Kern Co.; larvae common on P. nothofulvus, April 28, 1964 (C.A. Toschi and J. Powell) (64010). 12) One mile east of Woody, Kern Co.; larvaeuon Plagtobothrys, April 25, 1964 (C.A. Toschi), May 3, 1964 (64016). 13) Three miles northwest of Mariposa, Mariposa Co.; 3 young larvae on Plagiobothrys, March 25, 1965. Adult behavior. - This species has a single annual flight period, in early spring. The few field collections indicate the moths fly in March and early April, ahead of or at about the time the blossom period of the host begins. The development of Plagtobothrys is highly variable from one season to another at a given locality, possibly correlated with early spring rainfall, and occurrence of young larvae in mid March, 1965, suggests that the moths are sometimes flying by mid February. Only one female was observed in captivity (62C2). This field collected individual was caged in a one-gallon Biological studies on#thmia 27 Jar with a flat of planted herbs from Cool, and a bouquet of Phaceltia caltfornica from San Mateo County. The female show- ed the same activity periods and quiescent posture at night as described above for £, albitogata. On one occasion, the female did not move when lights were intermittently on from dusk until 8:00 A.M. In this instance she began activity about 10:30 A.M. Oviposition behavior, with the abdomen distended and curled towards the leaf substrate, was observed at 12:15, 2:00 and 4:55 P.M. one day, and deposition of eggs was wit- nessed at 2:30 on another afternoon. On one occasion two eggs were deposited in rapid succession, (a few seconds in- terval) without apparent probing of the ovipositor, followed by a third egg nearby a few minutes later. A total of 62 eggs was recorded. About two-thirds (44) were deposited on the Phacelia (figs. 24-25) and 5 more on grass blades and the glass side of the container adjacent to the Phacelia. The remainder were located on what was presumed to be basal rosettes of young Plagtobothrys. All but one of the latter group and 90% of those on the Phacelia were placed on the undersides of the leaves, which were more hirsute in both cases. The moth lived nine days after its capture, but prob- ably no oviposition took place after the fourth or fifth day. Egg. - (Figs. 24-25) The eggs were more variable in shape than most other Ethmia studied, ranging in outline from rectangular-oval to ovoid, tapering at both ends; width and length varied accordingly, from 0.22 x 0.47 mm to 0.28 x 0.42 mm. Development at laboratory temperature required 10-11 days, hatching April 2-4, 11 to 13 days after the female was first caged. Some of the eggs were stored in a refrigerator for 72 hours, and emergence of these was delayed about 3 days beyond the last of the non-refrigerated ones. Emergence frequently took place off center from the mi- cropyle, by means of an irregular slot contrasted to the more or less evenly oval hole in the middle of the micropy- lar end, which is usually cut by larvae of other Ethmia. Larva. - Newly hatched larvae were placed on Phacelia ecaltfornica, but none successfully established themselves. A few small spots of skeletonizing represented the only feed- ing and none of these larvae reached the second instar. Two young larvae were collected at Elk Mtn., in the basal rosettes of Plagtobothrys, but their shelter and feed- ing were not observed. When preserved, they were in the second and third instar. Larvae of at least the final two instars fed entirely exposed, on the flowering stalks of Plagtobothrys. No visi- ble silk nor other shelter was employed. Larvae could be 28 plagtobothrae found curled around the uppermost flower, feeding on the in- florescences. Frass was flipped free of the flower parts, appearing on the sides of the container. In the following larval diagnosis, specimens from Cool and Havilah are mixed in the final two instars. Those from Havilah average smaller, but the ranges of variation are similar. Evidently this species has five instars (fig. 1), with two well defined color phases in the final instar. It was originally assumed that two instars were involved, but head capsule measurements do not show an appreciable separation. Form (a) has dark gray, almost black integumental markings with yellowish spots in the dorsal band, whiie (b) has much paler gray integumental bands and conspicuous orange blotch- es on each segment except the prothoracic. The pale form (b), larvae seemed bulkier and apparently were more mature, but | had no evidence that an ecdysis occurred in develop- ments of (a)utonn bye First instar[4]: Length 1.0-1.2 mm; HC 0.20-0.22 mn, pale orange with ocellar area black; integument and setae colorless. Second instar[1]: Length 3.0 mm; HC 0.36 mm, dark brown; ThSh, Pin small, and setae dark, integument unpig— mented; AbdCr 6-7; AnCr 7-8. Third instarl1]: Length 3.3 mm; HC 0.49 mm, lighter brownish; ThSh not defined; Pin»sbrown, as smali as) iaeead instar; integument unpigmented; AbdCr 9-10; AnCr 11. Fourth instar: Length 6.3-8.8 mm; HC 0.53-0.60 mm, dark brown, poorly defined- pale area. above labrum; )22agemee, dark; DL pale gray, D well defined, LV scarcely p»enem@eee. AbdCr 9-11 (Cool) or 7-8 (Havilah); AnCr 9-11. Fifth instar: Length, form (a) 10.0-13.0 mm, form (b) 12.9-15.8 mm; HC 0.75=0.85 mm (Havilah, (a) average Oni77, (b) average 0. 79 mm), 0.77-0.88 mm (Cool, both forms average 0; 834mm), orange-brown, strongly mottled; ThSh darkened lat- era iis, only; Panviblack< TD whare ewe defined, each segment except prothoracic with a bright orange blotch as broad as D; DL gray, narrow; L pale with dull, irregular blotch above Spiracle; LV pale gray, irregularly mottled; AbdCr 16-20 (usually 17-19), biordinal mesally; AnCr 19-21, biordinal. Pupa. -* Successful. pupation: occurred in| folds of@pager toweling or tissue paper, and in yucca pith. Under labora- tory conditions most individuals either died as prepupae or young pupae or remained in diapause and did not emerge. On two occasions (61D4, 63E2) single moths emerged early the Following year and twice pupae were still healthy appearing Biological studies on Ethmia 29 during the second winter: two pupae of 61E10 in December 1962 (19 months after pupating), and one of 64D10 in February 1966 (after 21 months). The latter was placed in an outdoor cage at Berkeley through the spring, 1966, but still did not emerge. Larvae from several lots constructed cocoons in corners of salve tins, and in one case between a cotton plug and glass side of a vial. In all these cases prepupal lar- vae or pupae became dessicated and collapsed prior to devel- Opment. Full grown larvae from San Antonio Vailey (69D58) were placed in 35 mm square pill boxes or small salve tins, two or three individuals per container, with a block of yucca cortex in each. After storage at laboratory temperature for 10 weeks they were transferred to the outdoor shed in July. Successful emergence occurred by late February in over 60% of the individuals, suggesting that temperature and moisture rather than photoperiod are stimuli which are important to development during the pupal stage. Cocoons were formed in cracks in the yucca or between the yucca and paper liner. Pupae from Cool ranged 5.0-5.6 mm in length. The anal legs were dorsoventrally flattened more than in other Ethmia studied. In addition they showed a definite tendency for greater lateral expansion distally (appearing boot-shaped in outline rather than evenly expanded laterad and mesad). The free portion was about 0.24-0.27 mm long, with a lateral projection of 0.09 mm. The legs had 32-36 (rarely 38) hook- ed setae which are about 0.05 mm in length. The setae of the cremaster area were 0.12 mm long and relatively strong, remaining intact during emergence of the moth. Natural enemies. - About 40% of the groups of larvae in various types of containers became diseased and nearly all larvae in these lots succumbed prior to pupation. Rep- resentatives from two affected collections (64D10, 64D16) were submitted to the Division of Invertebrate Pathology at the University of California, Berkeley. G.M. Thomas respon- ded (in 1itt.), indicating that media inoculated directly from titurated specimens produced pure cultures of a Pseudo- monas sp. and that observations indicated this bacterium was the cause of the disease. lt is assumed that the epidemics were brought on by conditions in rearing, since similarly affected larvae were not commonly seen in the field, and in at least two cases (61D4, 64D10) containers with few larvae did not show the symptoms while those with larger groups did. However, the high incidence of these epidemics and the fact that such symptoms occurred only in this species, albttogata, and charybdis, indicate that the body flora of these larvae differs from that of most Ethmia, causing them to be more subject to disease. This may help account for the fact that larvae of these three species are more easily found in high numerical density in the field than the adults, whereas the reverse is true with other Ethmia | have studied. 30 minuta ETHMIA MINUTA POWELL Ethmia minuta Powell, L971, U. ‘Calif. Publ. Ents, an geece., This species was collected in southern California as early as 1916, but probably it was not recognized as an Eth- mta owing to the small size. The elongated, strongly scler- otized ovipositor and smooth egg are features unique to this species among known New World E£thmia. Study areas. - 1) Hills 2 miles northeast of Lakeside, San Diego Co.; adults at midday flying and on flowers of Cryptantha intermedia, March 30, 1961 and March 13, 1963. 2) Two miles northeast of Moreno, Riverside Co.; males fly- ing in midafternoon, April 5, 1963 (C.A. Toschi and J. Pow- ell); both sexes flying in association with Cryptantha tn- termedia, April 12, 2:00-4:00 P.M., 4 males, 4 females were retained alive (63D18). Adult behavior. - Ethmia minuta has a single, early spring flight, from mid March to late April. The moths are diurnal. The four pairs from Moreno were caged in an 85 x 100 mm jar with a bouquet of Cryptantha April 13-14 under field laboratory conditions. About 20 eggs were deposited during this time, but no observations on behavior were made. On the following day the moths became water soaked during transport from the field in an ice box. Three females par- tially or fubhly recovered, andsone Vived until: April tyme was observed on the Cryptantha once, but no oviposition occurred after April 14. Eggs on April 13 were all deposited between bases of flower buds (figs. 18-20). These were located only in in- florescences with partially developed flowers. Those with larger green seed and no blossoms left were not used for oviposition. Evidently the elongated ovipositor of FE, mi- nuta is an adaptation for use of the densely bristled inflor- escences of Cryptantha tntermedta. Egg. - (Figs. 18-20) In contrast to all other species for which eggs were studied, those of minuta had a smooth chorion, without visible network of structural ridges under 54x magnification. The shape was roughly oval, circular in cross section, measuring 0.30 x 0.43 mm to 0.25 x 0.47 mm; variation resulted from the situation of placement. Upon dissection of the flowers most eggs were found to be wedged between a sepal and upper portion of a carpel. Emergence of larvae invariably occurred from the inward end of the egg, adjacent to the carpel. Hatching occurred April 22 (# 10 days incubation). Larvae. - Some of the buds on which the eggs were de- posited had dried by the time the larvae began emerging, and they were placed on the exterior of green buds. They seemed unable to crawl on or penetrate the densely bristled vesti- ture, and several died. None attempted to feed on stems; Biological studies on Ethmta 31 no leaves were available. By opening buds slightly with forceps and inserting two day old larvae, |! was able to provide conditions which enabled feeding. Whether the few larvae which successfully established included any of these, or were only those which entered directly from the eggs, was not determined. Feeding by first instar larvae took place at the sides of developing ovules. There was no feeding on petals or sepals, and lar- vae placed in buds which were too young to have developing ovules did not feed. Most died without establishing success- fully, even after some feeding. Those surviving hollowed out developing ovaries. Sec- ond instar larvae were transferred on the fourth day from the drying buds to buds which had been refrigerated two weeks. Again larvae had to be placed into forced open buds and not all succeeded in feeding. On the twelfth day two third instar larvae were placed on new Cryptantha from the refrigerator (originally taken with the moths 21 days earlier). These larvae experienced considerable difficulty and were unable to penetrate the bristled buds after one hour. The two were then placed on flowers which | broke open, but they were still unable to Sstashish easily. -After another hour one larva succeeded in beginning feeding on the inner side of the ovary wall. This larva lived until the 17th day after hatching. By this time, however, the 26 day old Cryptantha failed to take up water when removed from the refrigerator and no additional food- plant was provided. First instar: Length 1.0-1.25 mm, HC 0.16-0.17 mn, pale tan, almost colorless, ocellar area black; integument and setae colorless. Seeond instar: None preserved; HC 0.27-0.29 mm [2]; integumental markings evident as pale yellow-orange or ochreous-tan blotches surrounding the DL pinacula. Third instar[2]: Length 3.7-4.2 mm; HC 0.36-0.41 mn, pale to dark brown; DL mottled pale olive-brown; Pin not differentiated, setae and crotchets colorless; AbdCr +8; AnCr +8. ETHMIA CHARYBDIS POWELL Ethmta charybdis Powell, 1971, U. Calif. Publ. Ent.; in press. This bizarre species is known from only three locali- ties, having been discovered when we reared a male from lar- vae collected in 1967. The moth is unique among all EZthmia by possession of extremely elongate and peculiarly thin legs, as well as by markedly reduced mouthparts. Primarily on the basis of male genital characters charybdts had been placed 32 Ccharypdts as a monobasic species group related to the diurnal group. However, with the discovery, in 1970, of the female which is brachypterous, reevaluation of the species‘ assignment to Ethmta is anticipated. According to the geographical distributions of the hostplant and of other Insects which occur at’ ther typemoca |= ity, we expected colonies of charybdts along the western edge of the San Joaquin Valley and in the Mojave Desert. This has proven to be the case, with collection of larvae in the Mojave in 1970 and recognition of apparently conspecific larvae in the U.S. National Museum collection which had, been taken in the southeast corner of San Luis Obispo Coun in April 1956, ''sweeping wheat and various flowers", by G. Bee- vor of the California State Department of Agriculture. Ex- amination of Amstnekia tessellata in a similar habitat to the type locality, at Jocalitos Canyon near Coalinga, Fresno County, in early February and late March proved negative. Study aneiash a ll) Big Panoche Creek, near Fresno-San Benito County line; larvae on Amstnekia tessellata, April 20-21;°1967 (J. Powell’ and P.A. Rude) (67087) 2°) ‘vYounamterve on Amsitnekta, March, 1968; negative results checking Am- sitnekia tntermedia and A. gloriosa, March 5, 1969, and A. ~ tessellata, April 23, 1969, and with Amsinekta not yet germ- inated, Feb. 5, 1970. ° 2) Ryan Mountain, Joshua Tree mnanenen- al Monument; larvae on Amstnekia intermedta, March 31, 1970 (RAE. “Dietz eanded. Powells) © G7 0C 13) = Adult behavior. - Only two adults, from Ryan Mountain, have been observed alive, serving as indicators of the sea- sonal and diel activity periods. Emergence occurred at the end of November and beginning of December, after pupal aestivation in closed containers which were housed under lab- oratory conditions through the summer and in a modified out- door situation during fall. Field surveys have not been carried out during the fall months, but the normal flight period is presumed to be late fall or winter, in part through comparison with the life cycle of #. ttmberlaket, discussed betow, and in part owing to the brachypterous condition of the female in charybdts, a characteristic of certain winter moths in other taxa. As is true in other fall flying Ethmta, adults of ehar- ybdits possess large eyes and nocturnal habits despite the fact that activity, in November in desert habitats, must take place in cold temperatures. Moreover, there was an in- dication in laboratory charybdts that activity is restricted to early morning hours rather than at dusk or early darkness, when it was warmer. No crepuscular movement occurred, and on several evenings activity by one or both individuals did 1 Probably in the vicinity of Cuyama “according vo Mina Gamqa— ner, Bureau of Bntomology,) sacramenvo, (Californias. Biological studies on Ethmia 33 not begin prior to 4-6 hours after nightfall. In every ob- served nocturnal cycle both moths moved after 11:00 P.M. This behavior may have been artificially induced, because the moths were housed at about 16-18° C during daylight and early evening, and in temperatures declining to about 12-14° C between 11:00 P.M. and 8:00 A.M. It may be that optimal temperatures for charybdis are well below 16-18°, and in the field that might occur in early evening. ft ts HOt Unreas— onable to suppose that this species is active at colder temperatures than any other known Ethmta. By comparison, the geometrid winter moth, Operophtera brumata(L.), in which the female is brachypterous, has been observed to mate and oviposit at temperatures just under 0° C (Cuming, 1961), whereas most other Geometridae, even species which fly only in early spring, are rarely active below a temperature range around 4-5° C, and not at all below 2-3° C according Eeutlight attraction records (Powell, 1962). As in the case of ttmberlaket, Ethmia charybdis was able to survive without water. The proboscis is short and may not be functional. No moisture was provided during the first 7-9 days the male was alive or the first 3-4 days foll- Owing emergence of the female. Whereas a shorter period would have been lethal to most Ethmta, there was no evidence of weakening of the charybdts adults, and mating took place during this time. Ultimately the male was killed when 10 or 11 days old, while the female, after an oviposition per- iod during which she was provided with water, died 6-7 days after emergence. Mating occurred during the second or third night foll- owing emergence of the female, when the male was 6-8 days ola. sCopulation was initiated after 11:30 P.M., on an eve- ning when both individuals had been active between 6:30 and 11:30. The pair remained in coition approximately 22-26 hours, showing no signs of activity during this time (even when exposed to electronic flash and direct sunlight for several minutes during photography). Separation occurred, with both male and female moving away, between 4:00 A.M. and 6-00 A.M. Oviposition behavior was not observed, but it occurred between 12-72 hours after completion of mating and could have begun immediately in the matinal period following ma- ting. Although no protein was provided, the single female deposited 75 eggs, the highest total |! recorded for an indi- vidual Ethmta. The eggs were placed in depressions and holes in yucca pith and under and between layers of tissue paper. The female selected cracks and open beetle galler- ies In the yucca piece for 11 eggs, which were recessed up to 0.6 mm below the surface. Most of the oviposition (58 eggs) occurred in creases, between layers, and onto the un- derside of tissue paper liners of the original larval con- tainers and fresh paper provided in the breeding cage. Three eggs were nested adjacent to mouldy frass on the tis- sue, suggesting that larval evidences on old foodplant may 34 charybdis elicit oviposition stimulus. Dry flower and leaf fragments of Amsinekia tessellata from a herbarium sheet were provided but were not selected by the female. Egg. - The eggs were characteristic of other Hthmza in shape and chorion sculpture but were smaller than those of other nocturnal species with forewing length comparable to that of male charybdis. Eggs ranged 0.37 x 0.62 mm to 0.30 x 0.67 mm in outline, about the size of those of diurnal species, which the female approximates in body size. Stored at laboratory temperatures, all but a few apparently infer- tile ones turned yellowish within 3 days, to a peach color by 7-9 days, and later gradually reddish. They showed no signs of maturation by the 15th day, suggesting diapause, but they did not rapidly change to a tomato red color char- acteristic of eggs in diapause in Ethmia ttmberlaket and in tortricine moths (Powell, 1964). However, color transition in ttmberlaket was not observed and may be a gradual, slower process as in the present species. Larva. - Younger instars were not observed; individuals thought to be antepenultimate and penultimate were taken by net sweeping. Mature larvae lived exposed on the inflor- escences, usually perching on one side, below the highest part of the plant, without any visible webbing. In the lab- oratory those of the last two instars housed in 32 x 90 mm plastic vials proved to be susceptible to disease epidemics, even though individuals were separated, a few in each con- tainer. Others placed in 25 x 75 mm salve tins were less susceptible, and several matured successfully. Shelters were spun among flowers, but these may have been constructed only in preparation for pupation. Feeding probably occurs primar- ily on deveioping seed and flower parts under natural condi- tion's At maturity larvae spun opaque cocoons in corners of the rearing containers or in foliage (67D87). No soft, woody substrates were provided. The 1970 larvae were offered yucca blocks bearing galleries of cossonid beetles, but the three larvae which successfully completed cocoons all selected folds of tissue paper. Penultimate instar (?) [2]: Length 9.7-10.0 mm. HC 0.58- 0.71 mm; orange, indistinctly mottled with brownish; ThSh brownish, fairly well defined; integument color as in final instar, paler than most but not all individuals; AbdCr 7-10; AnCr 9-15. Final instar: (Fig. 7) Length 10.0-16.0 mm. HC 0.85- 0.97 mm; orange, distinctly mottled with brown; ThSh not well defined, sclerotized areas restricted to posterior margin; integument pale to distinctly colored, D white with a median rust-orange streak (sometimes reduced to a trace), DL fairly uniform dark to pale gray, mottled, defining distinct white circles around pinacula; L white, well defined, with variable elongate blotch of pale to bright rust-orange, LV as in DL, Biological studies on Ethmia oye Bevaltiy slightly paler; Pin large, black, distinct; AbdCr 15-21; AnCr 21-22. Segment AY with O or 1 very small secon- dary seta at LV, anal leg with small patch of usually 3 tiny secondary setae. pupae ~ Pupation occurred tn Various cocoon situations ; but lack of suitable substrates may have ultimately resulted in dessication of several prior to development. The only successful emergences occurred from a cocoon tightly spun in old foliage and flower parts in 1967 and in tight folds of tissue paper in 1970. Preserved pupae measured 6.0-6.8 mm in length, were smooth, pale orange, without specialized spiracle structures. The anal legs were rather short with slight to no lateral extension distally, with 20-22 anchoring setae. The frail cremaster homologue setae were located on a roughened, but not depressed area. ETHMIA ALBISTRIGELLA (WALSINGHAM) Peeeqata albistrigetta Walsingham, 1880, Proc. Zool. Soc. Remar, 1680789. Described from the Siskiyou Mountains on the northern border of California, albtstrtgella is widespread in western North America, occupying more boreal regions than the close- ly related nadia, discussed below. Both have small eyes, but according to phenetic assessment are more closely rela- ted to members of the semilugens group which are nocturnal, than they are to the foregoing diurnal species (Powell, 1971). lt is possible that small eyes and diurnal habits in albts- trtgella are a secondary development as a result of adapta- tion to high elevations where temperatures early in the sea- son deter night time activity. Seudy areas. - I) Chipmunk Flat, 3 miles’ west of Sonora Pass, 00000 feet, Tuolumne Co.; adults associated with Pha- celta ramosissima, June 25, 1962 (C.D. MacNeill and J. Powell) 20mates, 3 females retained alive (62F11)3; and July 1, 1962, male, 1 female retained alive (62G4). .2) Donner Pass, 7300 feet, Nevada Co.; 1 male, 1 female flying near P. ramo- stsstma, July 4, 1962 (C.A. Toschi and J. Powell); larvae on P. ramosissitma. August 3, 1962 (62H3). Adult behavior. - Ethmita albtstrigella has a single annual generation, flying early in the season, in California from mid June to. mid July, after the snow ‘In the vicinity has receded to patches and the Phacelta has not yet begun to bloom. Adults were apparently actively flying between 1:00 and 3:00 P.M., and [| have seen no record of collection of this Species, at. Wight). In the breeding jar, adults were caged with a bouquet of Phacelita from the collection site. They did not show a definite activity period, but laboratory conditions probably differed more (especially warmer in late afternoon, night and early morning) from field conditions with this 36 albistrigella boreal species than for any other species studied. Most albistrigella moved occasionally or were actively crawling during morning hours, as early as 8:30. Most were active, crawling towards the daylight side of the container, feeding at water, etc. between noon and 5:00 P.M. sHowevens wmane un stances were noted in which moths moved after dark, both with and without lights in. the room... They did not meen eto be continuously active after dusk, but they were not consis- tently inactive as in the cases of the diurnal species dis- cussed above. One mating pair was observed at 8:00 P.M., just prior to sunset, having coupled after 6:30 P.M. Separation occur- red, Ln the .darky@hetweenm 92 5 nancy lls O0n kM. Oviposition was not witnessed, but took place between 1:00 and 2:30 P.M., and at least once between 8230 cme (dusk) and 8:30 A.M., after six days confinement of the fe- male. Eggs were placed only on the Phacelia leaves, except- ing one or two placed on the glass adjacent to the Phacelia. About 70 eggs were deposited by 3 females, almost exclusive- ly on the undersides of the leaves; 2 each were placed on Uppegsides of leaves and Jonisimens.. Egg. - The shape of eggs was more variable than any other species studied, ranging from oval to kidney shaped or constricted towards one end. The width and length ranged 0.38 x 0,84 to.0.44 ~ 0.94 mm. -Hatching,occurreduaneam about 10 days at laboratory temperatures. Larva. - First instar larvae emerged July 7 and were placed on an immature flowering spike of Phacelta ramosts- stma which had been taken at Chipmunk Flat six days earlier and kept in water. Within two hours, several had begun skel- etonizing leaves. Usually the underside of the leaf was sel- ected. Later emerging larvae were placed in plastic vials with leaves and began feeding successfully. By the fourth day successfully established larvae were still in the first instar, located either on the underside or in curled portions on the upperside and had skeletonized several small spots. After the 9th day larvae were supplied with leaves from a greenhouse Phacelta ramostsstma transplanted from Chipmunk Flat on June 24. The cut pieces were accepted but turned black after a day or two. A leaf of Phacelita dtstans from San Francisco was supplied to second instar, 11 day larvae, but little attempt was made to feed on it. Thereafter, the greenhouse P. ramostsstma was used. By the 16th day all larvae were third instar. Two days later some individuals had reached the fourth instar and were feeding on the fullileaf thickness. Generally, very little silk was used in visible shelter preparation. On the 24th day third and fourth instar larvae were transferred to a branch of P. ramostssitma in water. All be- Biological studies on Ethmia BHF, gan feeding without any apparent shelter. The four surviving larvae reached the fourth and fifth instars by the 28th day, and Phacelta ramostssitma from Don- ner Pass was provided. Some larvae were full grown by the 31st day, appearing blackish with a dull orange-brown dorsal median band. The final larva began its cocoon on the 39th day. Larvae were observed in the field at Donner Pass 30 days after adults had been collected at this site. By this time the plants had reached full to late bloom in somewhat sheltered, east facing exposure. The larvae, in the third and fourth instars, lived in thin webbing shelters among the inflorescences, usually more or less on the underside of the flowering spike, rather than between the geminate flower rows. The silk was not easily visible, but presence of the larvae was evident by frass, retained by the hairy, viscid texture of P. ramosissitma. Lower leaves were thor- oughly investigated and neither larvae nor signs of larval feeding were found. Two larvae reached the final instar one day after this Field collection, and the first larvae spun cocoons on the 12th day following collection (42 days after adults were ob- served at the site) There appeared to be five instars, based on unsexed head capsule measurement (fig. 5). However the size range in later instars suggests a possible sixth instar in occa- sional individuals. Second instar: (None preserved) HC [5] 0.36-0.40 mm, pale orange with slightly darker mottling. Third instar: Length 5.0-9.9 mm; HC 0.55-0.78 mm, or- ange-brown to dark brown, mottled paler; ThSh pale orange- brown; Pin dark but somewhat diffuse; D whitish, not well defined; DL scarcely evident, ochreous yellow; AbdCr 7-8; AnCr 6-9 (usually 8-9). Fourth instar: Length 10.4-12.0 mm; HC 0.86-0.96 mn, white anteriorly with dark brown posterior markings; ThSh mottled laterally only; Pindark, small; D unpigmented, not well defined; DL pale ochreous or olive-green with whitish encircling pinacula; AbdCr 9; AnCr 10. Prpen, the¢ar, Lad: Length 12.2=14 02 mms, AC, 1.22132 mm, white anteriorly with black posterior markings; ThSh mottling restricted to small areas at posterior margin; D well defined, unpigmented to dull orange-brown; DL, LV well defined, dark gray to blackish, mottled with unpigmented areas; L well defined, pale, unpigmented or tinged with orange; AbdCr 13-15; AnCr 15-17. Segment AQ with 3 tiny Secondary setae just anterior of LV seta. 38 nadta Pupa. - Full grown larvae were placed “in’a Salveutus with pieces of dry Phacelta stems from Donner Pass. The stems were 2-4 mm in width and were hollow or had a soft, pithy context throughout. No larvae used these stems for pupation. Cocoons were spun in the upper and lower corners of the tin. Kept at room temperatures and humidity, the pupae dessicated prior to development. Cocoons were about 12 x 4.5 mm, with a dense, white papery cover and little internal silk mesh. Pupae ranged 6.8-7.1 mm in length. The anal legs var- ted in divergence, with one individual having them nearly adjacent. The distal portion had no lateral development and bore about 18 hooked setae. The frail, posterior ''cre- master'' setae were all short, possibly broken, in the indi- viduals examined. They originated from a depressed, smooth area subtending lateral humps. ETHMIA NADIA CLARKE Ethmta nadta Clarke, 1950, J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 40:161. A difficult taxonomic problem exists concerning rela- tionships of nadia and albistrigella. The present species occupies generally warmer, drier (Upper Sonoran and Transi- tion Zone) regions than the boreal sites (Canadian and Hud- sonian Zone) observed for albistrigella in California. In addition, it appears that yadtaq is primarily crepuscular. Possibly ‘it ‘is not obligated to diurnal activity, by Tou night time temperatures as is albistrtgeliag at higher eleva- tion stations. Study areas. - 1) Fowler's Camp, 5 miles east of Me- Cloud, Siskiyou Co.;1) male at Coleman Lantern July oy poe 2 males, 1 female, net collected, apparently actively flying in late afternoon and at dusk, July 14, 1962; negative re- sults in examination of Phaeceltaqa mutabilis, July 21, 1966. 2) Hills back of Citrus Experiment Station, Universimeyuan California, Riverside, Riverside Co.; larvae on Phaceltia ramostssima Vat. suffrutescens, May 13, 1962 (62E8). 3) Herbert Creek, 3 miles west of New Almaden, Santa Clara Co.; | female net collected between 1:00-2:00 P.M., April 20, 1966 (A.J. Slater and J. Powell)® retained alive (eouemm™ Adult behavior. - Although the moths have been collec- ted in March and April in southern California and June and July in northern California, it seems likely that a single annual flight is involved. lt occurs late in the season compared to other species with small eyes, and is correla- ted with flight ‘later in the: day, at’ least Inte a icrepusca- lar phase. In addition to afternoon, dusk, and evening collections listed above, single adults have been taken in the daytime: at Riverside, on flowers of Cryptantha tnterme- dia (P.H. Timberlake); at Fairview, Tulare County, at midday, April 27, 1964 (P.A. Rude): and 9 miles’ south of Fairview, Biological studies on Ethmia Bi in late afternoon, April 29, 1964 (P.A. Rude). A reared female was observed in January 1963, over a 16 day period. No males were available. At laboratory temper- atures this individual was active, crawling and feeding at damp cotton, at dusk and each evening with lights on in the room. The moth was not active in morning hours and was not observed to move much during the afternoon. No eggs were laid. When prodded during evening activity periods, the moth would feign death, dropping to the substrate on its back, with the legs tightly clasped to the body. After a few minutes activity was resumed. The female from Santa Clara County (66021), caged in April, 1966, was observed only on the first night. It was not active between dusk and 9:30 P.M., or between 5:00 and 5:30 A.M., resting in the quiescent posture. Retained at outdoor temperatures in a 100 x 85 mm jar with a bouquet of Phacelia distans, (the only Phacelta discovered at the col- lection site), the moth lived only five days. At least two eggs were deposited between 5:30 P.M. and dusk on the first day and ultimately 24 eggs were laid. Oviposition sites varied in these conditions (crowding and unnatural orienta- tion of the Phacelta branch may have been factors). Half the eggs were placed on leaves, both upper and lower surfa- ces, with the remainder on flower heads (4), stems (2) and the nylon screen over the jar (4). Egg. - The eggs were nearly cylindrical, measuring 0.40 Zeoeeoe to 0.36 x 0.85 mm. The eggs were placed ina refrigerator from April 25 to May 3, and were then stored at room temperature. Hatching occurred after about 17 davs (including the 9 days in cold storage). Larva. - Newly hatched larvae were placed on a cut sprig of Phacelta tanacettfolia from the Botanical Garden in a salve tin. Two day old larvae had established mostly on spots under leaves against the salve tin surface. Feeding occurred as skeletonized spots on either upper or lower sur- faces of the leaves. However, as the plant material began drying, by the fifth day, all larvae dispersed and escaped owing to a faulty container. Field collected larvae at Riverside in the final and penultimate instar differed markedly in appearance from albtstrigella, appearing olive-green with a pale dorsal band. The plants were in full bloom and larvae spun a thin web which enclosed a terminal raceme or a leaflet or two. Penultimate instar: Length 13.0 mm [1]; HC 0.95-1.07 mm [4]; ThSh not differentiated; Pin minute; no integumental pigment; AbdCr 11-12, uniordinal; AnCr 11. Final instar: Length 16.5-17.5 mm; HC 1.22-1.28 mn, Te) semtlugens orange, strongly mottled with whitish; Pin small, black; D, L fairly well defined, yellowish; DL pale ollve—-evay eae tled, with whitish encircling pinacula; AbdCr 17-19, biordin- al mesally; AnCr 17. Segment A9 with about 12 tiny, unpig— mented secondary setae in a row between LV and V setae. Pupa. - Cocoons were spun in the leaf material and in folds. of paper toweling. The outer layer was dense, white, tough, paper-like and could be torn when dry. Inside, cocoons had an ill-defined but strong mesh surrounding the pupa, making it difficult to extract pupal shells intact. Pupae were formed before early August. Successful emergence occurred from nearly all those which had pupated, although they were stored in laboratory conditions. Emergence took place in December and January, well ahead of that of field conditions. One pupa measured 8.2 mm in length. The anal legs were irregularly to strongly divergent or curved, with a slight lateral development distally. About 30 setae were located in the anchoring group on each leg. The ''cremaster'' setae were short (possibly broken), in the individuals examined, and were borne in a shallow V-shaped, roughened depression. ETHMIA SEMILUGENS (ZELLER) Psecadta semilugens Zeller, 1872, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges., Wien, 22:561. This species is widespread in arid areas from Colorado to Chihuahua and southern California (Powell, 1959, 1971). Although there had been only a single record for California, we were fortunate in discovering larvae on two species of Phacelia at one locality at the northern end of the Panamint Valley in 1969. Study area. - Darwin Wash, 1-3 miles west of Panamint Springs, Inyo Co.; larvae on Phacelta calthifolta, May eee 1969 (P.A. Opler) (69E65); larvae on P. ealthifoltia and P. oy a May 14, 1969 (J. Powell and P.A. Rude) (69E78, 7/2) Vee Adult behavior. - Collection records indicate this spe- cies is facultatively double-brooded, with flight records for late February and March to September, but mostly in April and July. Records in California are for April and May, and individuals we reared either emerged in July or went into a prolonged diapause. The moths are nocturnal, judging from eye size and light attraction records. Adults were not ob- served in the laboratory. Egg. - Unknown. Larva. - Individuals of at least four instars were found on annual plants along a rocky roadside and wash bottom, a Biological studies on Ethmia 4] site which had been heavily eroded during the preceding win- ter. The caterpillars lived externally on the undersides of leaves and stems without any visible webbing. Feeding evi- dently occurred entirely on leaves, although both host spe- cies were in bloom at the time. In the laboratory, larvae were housed in polyethylene bags or plastic freezer dishes and continued to feed more or less exposed. Foliage of the two plants became mouldy easily. However, larvae did not Seem to be susceptible to disease outbreak and provided with refrigerated leaf material, larvae matured 7-14 days follow- ing collection. Cocoons were formed in folds of paper toweling. No soft woody substrate was offered. Mature larvae took on a pinkish cast while wandering in search of pupation sites. Head capsule measurements did not clearly define in- stars, and there may be six instars in this species. The following diagnosis represents a somewhat arbitrary instar division, based in part on crotchet numbers and secondary setae. Seeond instar (?): [4] Length 3.5-6.0 mm; HC 0.32-0.48 mm, unicoltorous dark brown; integument unpigmented, body appearing more or less uniform pale green; ThSh brown, near- ly unicolorous to blotched; Pin dark, conspicuous, but rel- atively smaller than in later instars; AbdCr 9-13, uniordin- al, essentially a complete circle; AnCr 7-8. t 0.75 mm, color of HC, ThSh, and integument as in preceding instar; AbdCr 8-15 (usually 10-13), partially biordinal; AnCr 8-12. Antepenultimate instar: Length 7.0-10.5 mm; HC 0.56- Penultimate instar: Length 12.0-14.5 mm; HC 0.85-0.98 mm, whitish mottled with extensive blackish areas; integu- ment color as in preceding instars, except D yellow, DL dar- ker greenish, L with a yellow blotch on each segment; Pin darker, larger; AbdCr 13-16; An€r 10-12. Final instar: Length 15.5-23.0 mm; HC 1.07-1.36 mm, white with black markings posteriorly; ThSh unpigmented ex- cept two lateroposterior, variable black patches; D bright yellow, DL bright green with unpigmented areas around pinac- ula; L whitish with large yellow blotch on each segment; LV greenish; Pin large, black; AbdCr 15-28 (usually 20-24), bi- ordinal; AnCr 20-24, biordinal; segment A9 with 3-6 small Secondary setae between LV and V setal groups. Pupa. - Cocoons spun in folds of paper toweling were flat, oval, with an opaque, white cover; pupation occurred within 10 days of cocoon construction. All pupae apparently entered diapause. A few emerged in early July, after 6-7 weeks at laboratory conditions. The remainder did not meta- morphose; exposure to outdoor shed conditions through the following year failed to stimulate completion of development 42 arctostaphylella and emergence. Some appeared to remain viable after 16 months. Pupae (figs. 8-9) ranged 8.6-9.1 mm in length and were unusually dorso-ventrally flattened. Each spiracle was foll- owed posteriorly by a raised area which was subtended ven- trally by about 50 tiny spicules. The anal legs were moder- ately to strongly diverging, well separated at the base, distally without any enlargement. Each had 15-16 hooked se- tae. Caudally 4 "cremaster'' setae were borne on each of 2 raised areas corresponding to the anal prolegs of the larva, and these setae were stronger than on other Ethmia examined, yet still non-functional. ETHMIA ARCTOSTAPHYLELLA (WALSINGHAM) Psecadia arctostaphylella Walsingham, 1880, Proc. Zool. Soc. LONG ous nL OOOO. Speculation that the name arctostaphylella is a misnomer and that Ertodictyon is the host of this species (Powell, 1959) has proven to be correct. Ethmia aretostaphylella has been found closely associated with Hrtodtetyon in various parts of California on many occasions, while no evidence that Arctostaphylos is a foodplant has been forthcoming. Adults fly in late afternoon and at dusk around Ertodictyon plants, and they can be found resting on the leaves or flush- ed from foliage during mid day. They have been taken on £, caltfornicum at many stations in northern California, on £, trichocolyx var. lanatum in San Diego County, on EE. ecrasst- foltum in the Santa Rosa Mountain foothills of Riverside County, and on £. tomentosum in San Luis Obispo and San Ben- ito Counties. The study areas cited below are only those in which early stages have been involved, among the many records for the moth's occurrence on Ertodtetyon. SEU Viana. a 1) Carson Ridge near Woodacre, Marin Co.; 1 female, 2 larvae, on Ertodiectyon ecaltfornicum May 14, 1960 (60E1). 2) Hills north of Alpine Lake, Marin Co..5 Misiwiee men E. californtcum, May 28, 1960 (J.M. Burns and J. Powell) (60E6); adults on &. californicum, April 17, 1961 (C.D. Mac- Neill and J. Powell), 5 males, 7 females retained alive (61 D3). 3) Three miles west-of Stoneyford, Colusa Coasveume larvae on #. caltfornteum, May 1, 1961 (61613) ..) 4) em miles east of Clearlake Oaks, Lake Co.; 1 mature larva on £. californicum, May 11, 1961 (61£14). 5) Two miles east of Groveland, Tuolumne Co.; 1 larva on £. caltfornteum, June 12, 1961. 6) Mt. Diablo,. 3000: feet, Contra Costa Co.s, 2ighaeee on. F., caltforntcum,. July..\75 96) (6162). 7). iE ght ameter north of Boulder Creek, Santa Cruz Co.:; .l. male,..1 femane cum cocoon on £. ¢californtcum, Aug. 11, 1962 (62H6). 8) Five miles east of Boulder Creek, Santa Cruz Co.; adults, cocoams, larvae on &. ealtfornicum, Aug. 11,.1962 (62H7). Biological studies on Ethmta 43 Aeault behavior” — lh the foothills of. central Cakiforn- ia the moths fly as early as February, commonly in April and in all subsequent months until September. Adults and larvae occur together during summer, suggesting over!apping genera- tions. At higher elevation sites spring emergénce occurs in May, and only two generations may obtain. In the field the moths become active before sundown and feyosneo the night, according to light attraction records. In the laboratory activity began by 6:00 P.M., prior to sun- See, and Was highest during the next two hours. Some indi- viduals remained active as late as 11:00 P.M., but they moved more slowly and activity generally appeared to dimin- ish late at night, although temperature change was not occur- PL vg « When at rest during the daytime, both in captivity and in the field, the moths assume the characterisitic quiescent posture and often perch on the upperside of the elongate Ertoditctyon leaves, oriented with the body axis along the mid vein. The white and grey color pattern causes the moths in this position to resemble bird droppings. Mating pairs were observed four times. One pair was Swept from Ertodietyon caltfornitcum at Mt. Tamalpais, Marin County, between 4:00 and 4:30 P.M. on a cool, windy day in mea Mareh, 1964, by C.W. O'Brien. In the laboratory one pair was first seen at 8:30 P.M.; the couple moved at least once, but remained stationary from 9:45 to 11:30 P.M. Sep- akaeron coecurred ‘between 11:30 P.M. and 7:30 A.M. © The sec- ond pair apparently mated between 8:00 and 9:30 P.M. and Femarined in coition until after 10:30 P.M. The other copu- lation occurred five days after the adults were caged, when the moths had become very worn appearing. The pair was ob- served at 7:30 A.M., having mated sometime after 6:30 P.M. Oviposition occurred at various times of night. One female was observed probing the nylon screen ceiling with the ovipositor at 6:00 P.M. Many eggs were deposited between 6:00 and 7:30 P.M. and between 7:30 and 10:30 P.M., and a few were deposited after 11:30 P.M. About 200 eggs were produced by 7 females. More than 60% of these were placed on the Eriodictyon; 27% were deposi- ted on the nylon screen. Of those on the plant 90% were on leaves, but there was no significant difference in preference for higher or lower leaves on the stem. Even a lower leaf which was black with sooty mould (as the lower leaves of &. ealtfornitcum always are in the field) had 15 eggs. About two thirds of those on leaves were placed on the upperside, and all but 8 (of 80) on the uppersides were deposited along the mid vein (figs. 26-28). In captivity, males lived 4 to 7 days, females 4 to 8 days, but water was not provided after the fifth day. hh arctostaphylella Egg. - (Figs. 26-28) The eggs were elongate, and slight- ly flattened (slightly wider than thick), measuring about 0.40 x: 0583 tos Ona x, O..,90) mm. During development the eggs turned pink by the third day. Hatching occurred after .9.to,..10, days at..laboratonm temperatures. Eggs of the fall generation were not observed, and the overwintering stage or stages are unknown. The eggs proved to be impervious to water. Several de- posited in a field collection vial were submerged when the vial was used as a water source in the breeding jar. After five days the vial was allowed to dry. These eggs all hatch- ed.on, the: lth to0,.13th day after thei nr adepost tron: Larva. - First instar larvae were placed in salve tins with immature terminals of Ertodtetyon caltforntcum. Larvae tied two leaflets together or spun silk between a leaflet and the container. Feeding occurred as skeletonizing. By the sixth day most individuals were still in the first in- Star. Six and eight day old larvae were placed on #.%eaiz7— forniteum in water vials. The plant kept well in th ismeemiaus tion and bloomed, but larvae did not establish well. Appar- ently they wander considerably even though fresh leaves are available. Leaves in salve tins did not keep well and lar- vae had to be transferred every few days. By the 26th day larvae were in the third instar. Feed- ing at this stage occurred as skeletonizing on older leaves. Larvae constructed small silken trackways between leaves. Some larvae had reached the fourth instar by the 32nd day. No attempt was made to rear these further owing to difficulties in keeping the plant, which resulted in fre- quent exposure of the larvae to mouldy leaves. Larvae collected in the field were of various stages from about half grown to mature. Most of these were not pre- served. Larger larvae typically constructed shelters by Spinning silk across the upperside of one leaf, pulling its margins towards the center. In new foliage the leaf margins were often drawn completely together, forming a tubular shel- ter, open at both ends. On older leaves which had hardened, the margins were drawn in only partially, forming a hammock shaped shelter with a silken mat ceiling, under which the larva rested, oriented along the midrib. The amount of visi- ble silk varied, possibly with age of occupancy, and some- times only a thin layer of silk covered the larva which was visible from above. Even so, and despite the fact that the larvae are brightly marked with red and black, their general light green color rendered them inconspicuous under the silk. In searching, the silk was usually seen first, and probably the larvae are thus protected from visual detection by lar- ger predators. On one occasion (61E13) several larvae were feeding in Biological studies on Ethmia AS inflorescences and immature terminal leaves of £. ealtfornt- cum. None of these shelters resembled the characteristic single leaf type observed at other localities. Two or three young leaves, or sepals and flower parts were tied with silk. As in other situations, many abandoned shelters were pres- ent. In the laboratory these larvae seemed to prefer leaves, which were consumed before the flowers. Ertodtietyon blooms only tn spring; flower parts and developing seed are not available to summer feeding larvae. Final instar larvae of FE. arctostaphylella ranged from strongly marked, with black longitudinal bands and orange dorsal spotting, to virtually unpigmented, pale greenish een feny dark pinacula. Some of the Tatter appeared to be full grown, and !| had no evidence that any individual devel- oped from one color phase to the other. First instar: Length meo—2. 0 mm 5 HC 0.27-0.30 mm, orange-—brown, ocellar area black; ThSh pale brown; setae and integument unpigmented. seeond tnstar: None preserved. Third instar: Length 6.8 mm [1]; HC 0.62-0.71 mm [2] Beeuwne- “hos det ined laterally only; D defined, pale; DL -in- distinct, dark gray; Pin small, not surrounded by pale > areas; AbdCr 6-7; AnCr 8-9. Fourth instar: Length 10.4 mm [1]; HC 0.84-0.89 mm (parasitized) [3], 0.87-1.0 mm [5], dark orange-brown with regular, posterior darkened areas laterad and mesad on each epsewousol Vobe; heh defined, mottled dark; Pin large, gave) Gerined, unpigmented; DL distinet, dark to pale gray, Pin not defined by pale; L and LV not distinguished, pale and grayish mottled; Abdcr 9-12; 7 Pner 9-12. Fifth instar: Length 14.3-19.4 mm [3]; HC 1.29-1.35 mm (starved) [3], 1.40-1.60 mm, orange-brown lateral and mesal markings not as well defined as in fourth instar; ThSh un- Digmented except tiny black pinacula; integumental pigment ae to well developed, when developed, D welt defined, pale orange or orange-brown; DL black, well defined with little pale mottling; L well defined; EAE pale, indistinet; AbdCr 15-16 to 19-20; Aner*19=?1 , Seement AQ with about 8 secondary setae on LV. One larva from Mt. Tamalpais (unnumbered collection) ex- ceeds above limits, representing a possible 6th instar. Fength 18:4 mm; HE 1.73 mm; AbdCr 21, strongly biordinal; AnCr 23, biordinal. Pupa. - Pupation in captivity occurred in folds of paper toweling and in shelters in foliage similar to those occupied by larger larvae. Whether these were shelters previously used for feeding was not ascertained. The general behavior- al tendency to wander and burrow into soft substrates, known 46 discostrigella for many other Ethmta, does not seem to be consistently practiced by EF. arctostaphylella. This is the only New World species which has been recorded as using foliage for pupation. Walsingham reared the original specimen from a cocoon in foliage of Arctostaphylos, suggesting the larvae wander. In field searches | discovered cocoons of this spe- cies on the Ertodtetyon at two localities in August, 1962. Five cocoons with viable pupae were located in tightly fold- ed leaves, these resembling the typical larval shelters ex- cept more closely closed over the occupant. The dense, opaque, white outer layer of silk, covered a thin, loose silken envelope, which was evident at the ends of the leaf fold. One adult was reared from a dry flowering stalk of Yucca whtpplet, collected near Cajon Pass, San Bernardino County, in December, 1962. The cocoon was located at the end of a tunnel several cm in length into the woody cortex, according to the collector, Eric Jessen. Development by non-diapausing pupae required 11-13 days, including cocoon formation (60E6). Cocoons measured about 14 mm in length and were tough with dense internal mesh. Pupae ranged 8.5-9.5 mm in length. The anal legs were broad with slight lateral enlargement, each distally bearing 27-30 hooked setae which were about 0.14 mm in length. The caudal ''cremaster'' setae were borne in a shallow, flattened trough; all were short, probably broken in the individuals observed. Natural enemies. - Braconid wasps of the genera Apante- les and Mierogaster were reared from larvae of arcectostaphyl- ella at four scattered localities. Apanteles (n. sp. #141 of W.R.M. Mason): Alpine Lake (60E6, 3 of the 7 larvae not preserved). Microgaster (n. sp. #22 of W.R.M. Mason): Stoneyford (61£3, 1 of 6 larvae); Mt. Diablo (6162, 2 ef 2 larvae); Groveland (unnumbered collection, 1 larva). The three parasitized larvae at Alpine Lake were still living when discovered, although each already had a braconid cocoon alongside it. The mothe larvae crawled slowly if prodded, but there appeared to be no recent feeding in the shelters. One of the three was retained alive, and it lived three days after collection. In each case the bracentaenan. va had emerged from a hole in the side of the third abdomin- al segment just below the spiracle of the host. ETHMIA DISCOSTRIGELLA (CHAMBERS) Anesychita discostrigella Chambers, 1877, Bull. Geol. Surv. Terri tories 4 seduce. This is the most commonly collected species of £thmia in the New World. The adults are nocturnal and sometimes are Biological studies on Ethmia 47 attracted to lights in great numbers. Despite its abundance over a wide range in western North America, until recently nothing was known of its life history (Powell, 1959). &, discostrigella and the closely related semitenebrella have diverged from the typical pattern of the genus and feed on species of Cercocarpus (Rosaceae). In Great Basin regions of eastern California, typical dtscostrigella is associated with Cerecocarpus ledtfoltus. In cismontane parts of the state, where the moths are generally more bluish white in appearance and the name subcaerulea Walsingham is applicable, C. montanus (=betulotdes) is the principle host. For pur- poses of the present discussion the two are treated together. The moths have been flushed from foliage of Cercocar- pus at a number of sites: from C. mtnuttflorus at San Diego, from C. montanus in the mountains of San Diego County, Kern County, and Lake County, from C. alntfolta on Santa Cruz Island, and from C. ledtfoltus in the Warner Mountains, Mo- doc County. The study areas listed below are those which have involved the early stages. In addition, M.M. Furniss @rovchne Uns. ‘Forest Service sent~™me a large series of larvae and reared adults from Cercocarpus ledtfoltus collected in Owyee County, Idaho. Study areas. - 1) Crooked Creek, 10,150 feet, White Mountains, Mono Co.; young larvae on Cercocarpus ledifoltus, July 4, 1961 (61G1); 2 females at light, July 22, 1961, re- tained alive (61G4)._2) Lee Vining Camparound, Mono Co.: young larvae on C. Ledtfolius, July V9; 1961 (6163). + 3) Make Pilisbury, Lake Co.; 1 female, at Vight’, April 3, 1962, retained alive (62D1). 4) miles east of Monitor Pass, Mono Co.; adults at light, June 30, 1962, 2 males, 4 females re- tained alive (6263). Adult behavior. - Collection records from a station in Monterey County, where a continuous sample of insects attrac- ted to light was made throughout a season, indicated that three or more overlapping generations obtain (Powell, 1959). In Great Basin areas probably a single flight, in June and July, is normal. Under laboratory conditions pupae result- ing from eggs laid in June and July in Mono County did not emerge the same season but underwent diapause, emerging the following spring. Although the moths are easily startled into flight dur- ing the daytime, both in the field and laboratory, even in early morning, normal activity is nocturnal. Caged females became active at dusk and engaged in oviposition behavior then. Whether or not lights were directly on them seemed not to affect behavior of females except they tended to con- gregate in the portion of the jar towards the light. The moths are active all night under favorable temperature con- ditions, judging. from light attraction records. Mating was not seen in the laboratory, and field obser- vations suggest that it may occur only late at night. One 48 dtscostrigella pair was taken from a congregation of scores of individuals on a vertical sheet before a 15 watt blacklight, between 12:30-2:00 A.M., east of Monitor Pass, June 25, 1962. Num- erous mating pairs were observed in tree foliage at Fandango Pass, Modoc County, in May, 1970, between 9:00-11:00 A.M. by P.A. Rude. During oviposition females continuously walked slowly with the abdomen curled downward and prodded the substrate with the ovipositor. Females sometimes did this on the plants provided (Cercocarpus ledifolius for Mono County, C. montanus for Lake County moths), but more often used the nylon screen ceiling. I|In one case (62D1) nearly all 28 eggs were placed on the jar rim under the screen. In the 62G3 lot, four females deposited a total of 82 eggs; only 14 of these were on the Cercocarpus, 8 of those on the silk of an abandoned caterpillar shelter. Propensity for selection of other fibrous and roughened substrates was shown. About 30% of the eggs were placed on top of the rim of the jar, between the rim and the appressed nylon ceiling; another 25% were located on masking tape on the floor of the container (but only 4 eggs were placed on the smoother cardboard which was of greater area). Three were placed on a patch of cotton fibers which had stuck to the vial holding the plant. Of those on the Cercocarpus two eggs were placed on terminal stems, adjoining leaf bracts, etc., but none were laid on the larger, woody stems. These oviposition sites suggest the possibility of use of the elongate, twisted, soft-hairy style of the fruit, which are persistent on the trees, for egg placement in the field. Adults did not survive well in captivity, the Lake County female living 7-8 days, those from Mono County even fewer. Egg. - The eggs were somewhat irregular in outline, evi- dently conforming somewhat to the substrate. Those from one 61G4 female were oval, flattened, tapering in outline toward one or both ends and measured 0.70 x 1.27 to 0.72 x 1.40 mm. White when first deposited, the eggs turn bright pink on the second day, remaining so until just prior to hatching when the dark larval head capsule becomes visible and the eggshell looks whitish, semiopaque. Hatching occurred in 9 days in July, in 10 days in April at laboratory temperatures. Larva. - First instar larvae (6263) were placed on Cer- cocarpus ledtfoltus from Monitor Pass, which had been in water 10 days. Nine days later some had reached the second instar. Larvae at this stage were inconspicuous, living in Crotches of twigs and subsessile leaves, with little visible Sa ike Feeding occurred as small round skeletonized spots, Biological studies on Ethmia 49 mostly on undersides and on apical half of leaves. Young larvae were easily disturbed and quickly dropped down on silken threads at the slightest stimulus. Cercocarpus ledtfoltus from the collection site was pro- vided at 9, 19, and 35 days, after refrigeration, and seemed to take up water and serve adequately as larval food. By the 16th day larvae had reached the third instar. By this time, and thereafter, the larvae were extremely re- active to external stimuli - prodding caused them to wriggle backwards extremely quickly, so as to appear to jump, often going 10 to 20 cm on a flat surface. At 20 days most individuals were in the fourth instar, and all larvae had reached the penultimate instar by the 25th day. By the 35th day all larvae had reached the last instar. As in the case of £. plagiobothrae, two distinct color phases were shown: a paler one showing bluish dorsolateral bands and a lighter orange dorsal band, and a dark form, which was more common, with the dorsal band yellow-orange to rust-orange, the dorsolateral bands black. The final full grown larvae, in the pale state, were preserved on the 4lst day. Larvae collected as second instar at Crooked Creek re- quired a longer period to mature, probably owing to poorer food conditions. These larvae were provided with cut twigs Diet. Ledtyjolius in salve tins. After. 13 days fresh C. mon- tanus from Contra Costa County was provided. All subsequent feeding took place on this plant. Intermittently the plant material dried, leaves frozen for 14 days were provided,and fresh C. montanus was provided again on the 36th day. The first cocoon was formed 48 days after collection of second instar larvae, and the last larva died after the 58th day when additional foodplant from the freezer was added. There appear to be five instars (fig. 6). The rather wide spread in head capsule measurements in the final two instars may have been caused by differential laboratory con- ditions, since field collected larvae were taken in young instars. First instar (62D1): Length 2.3-3.0 mm; HC 0.31-0.30 mm, pale tan, slight brownish spots; Pin visible on thorax. (61G4): Length 3.1-3.3 mm; HC 0.34-0.38 mm, pale tan with brown dorsolateral and venterolateral spots; ThSh brownish laterally; Pin brownish, diminishing on posterior half of abdomen. (62G3): Length 2.7-3.1 (one day) to 4.2 mm (9 days); HC 0.36-0.39 mm, pale tan becoming darker at 9 days; Pin pale brownish, becoming darker and well defined on whole abdomen. 50 dtscostrigella Later instars are characterized on the basis. of 62G1 and 62G3 specimens. Second instar: Length 4.7 (Teneral) - 6.0 mm; HC 0.50- 0.55 mm, dark brown without appreciable mottling; Pin dark brown, those of ThSh larger; integument otherwise without pigment, setae dark; AbdCr 6; AnCr 8. Third instar: Length 6.7-8.0 mm; HC 0.60-0.91 mm, yel- low-tan with faint brownish mottling and dark and frontal spots; Pin dark, large; D well defined, pale -ordmge ge heavily mottled, gray to blackish with a paler (less densely mottled) median streak; L not well defined, LV with almost no pigment; AbdCr 10-11 (rarely 24); AnCr 11-13. Fourth instar: Length 9.1-15.1 mm: HC 0.96-1.24 mm, yellowish with black adfrontal spots;Pin dark; D well de- fined, orange with blackish spots; DL well defined, Dilackisn, darker than 3rd instar, obscuring pinacula; L well defined, pale; LV, almost as dark’ asi DL, Pan only slightly darker; AbdCr 13-17; AnCr 18-22, biordinal. Fifth instar: Length 15.9-21.5 mm; HC 1.46-1.68 mn, orange, mottled darker orange along posterior margins; Pin dark, relatively smaller than preceding instars; D well de- fined, dark orange (dark phase) or yellow-orange (pale phase); DL pale gray or blackish, less densely mottled than 4th instar, densest at D and L margins; L pale, nov Wwertede— fined; LV mottled. gray, pale to: dark, not well) defsueg, AbdCr 23-30 (usually 28-30), biordinal mesally; AnCr 26-30, biordinal. Segments Al, A2, AY with 1-3 small secondary setae on LV. Pupa. - Cocoons were constructed in the corners of salve tins, incorporating a few plant parts. One individual used a rolled leaf. Pupation occurred within ten days after starting construction of the cocoon. Those pupating in mid and late August went into diapause and were housed in the dark salve tins at laboratory temperatures overwinter. Emer- gence occurred in late April and early May, probably about a month ahead of the flight period in Mono County. Pupae ranged 7.7-8.7 mm in length (61G3). The anal legs protruded ventrally more strongly than in most other species and were relatively smaller, widely spaced, and strongly di- verging, sometimes extending almost directly ventrad and lat- erad. There were 17-18 (rarely 12) hooked setae on each anal leg. The caudal ''cremaster'' setae were extremely long and frail, up to 1.4 mm long (twice as long as the hooked setae of the anal legs), borne on weakly to well developed lateral humps. Usually they were broken off in the cocoon. Biological studies on Ethmta 51 ETHMIA SEMITENEBRELLA DYAR Peemea semttenebrella Dyar,.1902, Jour. N..Y..Ent...Soc., Be 204, As discussed elsewhere (Powell, 1959) this and the pre- ceding species, dtscostrtgella are closely related. Subse- quent studies have shown that the two share similar biolo- Giles, wsing species ef Cercocarpus as hosts... In the origi- nal description Dyar mentioned that £. semttenebrella was reared from ¢, parviflorus in Arizona. Study apnea. -2Four mi lesveast of Monitor Plass, .-Mono Gox<>s nest light, June 24 and 30, 1962, 2° males, 6 females fetaimed,alive,on,latter date (6262). Adult behavior. - This species is geographically and ecologically restricted compared to discostrigella, and semttenebrella appears to have only a single annual flight. The moths are nocturnal. Adults were caged after 36 hours storage in a field ice box. They became active at dusk and showed a similar activity pattern to discostrigella from the same locality. Neither oviposition nor mating was observed. Females behaved similarly to those of discostri- fevvautin) prodding the ovipositor through, the nylon screen. All the semitenebrella died 5-6 days after collection. Only 44 eggs were deposited by the 6 females. As in Ever ecese Of diseostrigella, a preference for roughened sur- faces was shown, but 30 of the 44 were deposited on the f1een Of the jar, possibly in,.part.a function of age or weakening of the females. All but 3 of these were laid on fiasking) tape or in:a crease in: the cardboard. Only 3: eggs Weme deposited on the Cereocarpus.. Seven eggs were placed On the nylon screen, but none were at the rim of the jar adjacent to or under the appressed nylon, a site used for 30% of discostrtgella eggs. Egg.a.- AS, in dzrseostrtgetia, eggs, of ;the present Species were not regularly rectangulate or ovate, but varied to some extent with the substrate, often tapering towards one end. Those deposited on the nylon screen measured 0.66 x heo,to. 0.70 x 1.32 mm. MA scupned uniform dull reddish prior to the fttth day, darkening only shortly before eclosion. Eggs began hatching Hive ia, about .10.5-11 days after oviposition. | Most were transported on a field trip July 13-15; and those remaining unhatched survived transit in an uncooled car at 40° C air temperature, conditions which were lethal to young larvae, hatching between 8:00 and 11:00 A.M. the following day, about badays vincubat.ton. Larva. - First instar larvae were placed on terminals of Cereocarpus leditfoltus which had been in refrigeration 12 52 semttenebrella days. Those emerging prior to July 15 did not survive auto- mobile transport in 40° C air temperature. The remaining first instars hatched July 16 and were placed on 15 day old refrigerated C. ledifoltus. They showed a marked tendency for positive phototropism during daylight hours, crawling to the top of a vial, away from leaves or to the side of a branch toward the light. Larvae established in small webs in crotches of leaves and twigs or between leaves. Larvae had reached the second instar before the l4th day. Additional C. Ledifolius from Monitor Pass was provided on the 14th day, after 30 days in refrigeration. The third instar was reached on the 15th to 16th day, and the fourth by the 20th day. -Although the orlg@inateeraneh had become covered with fine mold by 10-14 days, larvae had not left it and were transferred to the fresher foliage which had been added to the bouquet 6 days previously. At this time evidence of larvae had become quite noticeable, with considerable webbing which at times collected frass on the uppersides of leaves. The final instar was reached by the 29th day and the last full grown larva was preserved on the 35th day. To the unaided eye mature larvae appeared steei blue-gray with bright yellow dorsal and lateral bands. The venter was bright pink, differing from dtscostrigella which had a pale venter. Too few specimens were preserved to enable precise de- termination of the number of instars. First instar: Length 3.3-3.5 mm; HC 0.45-0.47 mm, pale tan with black ocellar area, becoming entirely dark Drown au maturity. No integumental pigment. Seeond tnstar: Length 8.2 mm [1]; HC 0. 64-060 mma, pale brown, mottled darker; Pin brown, rather large? anresn— ment otherwise unpigmented, setae black; AbdCr 8-11 seanmite TL Penultimate instar (none preserved): Length 9-10 mm; HC 1.04-1.28 mm [2], pale orange, shaded brownish, not strongly moveled, DP yew lonarsla sy Ula eenic ws lamin, Final instar [3]: Length 15.9-23.0 mm; HC 1.70-1.87 mm, Orange, mottled with white laterally; Pin dark ®orowm, seaqee— ly differentiated from integumental dark areas, strongly con- trasting in pale areas; D and E distinct yellow, Uirear: steel gray to blue-gray, irregularly mottled with small white Spots; LV only lightly mottled; V bright pink, a subintegu— mental color; AbdCr 28-30 or 32-34: AnCr 30-34.° Segment Ag with 12-14 small secondary setae on a sclerotized patch ex- tending 1/2 the distance to V seta. Biological studies on Ethmia 53 ETHMIA TIMBERLAKEI POWELL Ethmia timberlaket Powell, 1971, U. Calif. Publ. Ent.; in press. This species is closely related to geranella Barnes and Busck, and may prove to represent a segregate of that species when more is known of both. These and related species dif- fer from most other Ethmia in life cycle, feeding as larvae in spring, aestivating as pupae, and flying in fall. The biology of FE. macelhostella Busck, a member of the group in eastern United States, was studied by Busck and Heinrich Gh922). Study area. - Hill back of Citrus Experiment Station, University of California, Riverside; larvae on Phacelia ram- ostsstma var. suffrutescens, March 21 and 24, 1961 (P.H. Timberlake, R.L. Langston and J. Powell) (61C12, C13); lar- vae on P. ramosisstima, May 13, 1962 (62E7). Adult Behavior. - Only a single individual has been field collected, at light between 8:30 and 10:00 P.M. on October 17, 1960, near Desert Springs, San Bernardino County. Closely related species have been taken at lights between mid September (8000 feet elevation) and November (1000 feet). Adults of E. timberlaket emerged prior to November 8 (61C12) and between November 1 and 19 (62E7). Reared moths were observed in late November, 1962. One male and two females already in worn condition were caged in a dry jar with debris and cocoons from the original rearing container. The moths were inactive during daylight and appeared reluctant to move at night with lights on in the room. At this time they moved only by short, quick ''jumps'"' when disturbed by the observer. They were active at night with the lights off. Fertile eggs were deposited prior to November 19, but not after that date. Although no water was available, the moths lived 11-14 days after first observed, when already in worn condition. Numerous eggs were deposited, primarily in aggregated groups, not in any systematic arrangement, around the glass side of the jar near the upper rim. A few scattered eggs were laid on the dry Phacelta foliage and paper toweling. Most had turned reddish by November 19 and apparently en- tered diapause. Although kept in a dry container at laboratory tempera- tures, about half of the eggs hatched at sporadic intervals during the following spring. Larva. - In late March, 1961, larvae of at least the final three instars were present on Phacelta ramostssima. Most were in the last instar. In mid May, 1962, only full 54 timberlaket grown larvae were present, and evidences of feeding indica- ted that most had already left the plants. Larvae of £. ttmberlaket differed in habits from most other species studied (including nadia at the same site) by living exposed on the leaves, without any shelter. During the daytime most were concentrated towards the lower portions of the dense foodplant clumps, rather than exposed in direct Sunlight. In several cases the bushes grew adjacent to large boulders on a southerly exposure. The caterpillars rested toward the back of the clump, in the shade, where the foliage was most dense. Almost all perched on the under- sides of stems or main midrib of the compound leaves. Presence of larvae was evidenced by scattered frass toward the distal end of the branch, evidently held by the viscid hairiness of the plant. Probably larvae moved out- ward at night to feed, and rested under the stems inactively during the day. A few small webs were found on undersides of leaves, with associated head capsules. lt is assumed these were moulting webs, but it may be that early instars, which were not observed, construct weak shelters. In rearing, larvae were housed in 85 x 100 mm jars in field conditions for 7 to 10: days and severe moisture con- densation and moulding of foodplant resulted. However, no disease symptoms developed. Fresh Phacelta, presumed to be ramostssima, from San Diego County, was provided on the 5th day,.but littie,or sno, feeding ocecurned on its Most of the larvae successfully formed cocoons by the 12th day after collection. Second instar (?) [2]: Length 6.0 mm; HC 0.47 mm, en- tirely ‘dark brown; Pin tiny, dark; almost no | Gtheg yume oan mental color; D, L weakly white, Abder 8-10; AnCr 7. Third inatar (?);. length 6.0-7.8 mm (venereal toes a0 mm; HC 0.61-0.68 mm (teneral and parasitized), 0.73-0.83 mm, dark brown with pale mottling anteriorly; D defined, Watersng DL pale gray; Pin black,small; integument otherwise unpig- mented; AbdCr B=ills Antic 7-1) (usualy MO—m Penultimate instar: Length 10.4-12.0 mm; HC 0.87-0.97 mm, dark brown posteriorly, whitish anteriorly; D well de- fined, yellowish; DL mottled grayish (appearing bluish green in life); L distinct, yellowish; Pin dark, small; Apdemee = AGO MNinloae Walrad 6 ren Final instar: Length 9.5 mm (unfed?), 15-6-117 .2)mmagne 1.0-1.23 mm, white, mottled with brownish black posteriorly; ThSh defined by small blackish mottling; Rin small , hack a! yellow; almost no other integumental color, DL pale grayish, lightly mottled (appearing pale bluish green in life), leav- Biological studies on Ethmia 55 ing irregular unpigmented areas around pinacula; AbdCr. 14-20 Ceeuatiy 17-20); AnCr 16-21. Pupa. - Cocoon formation occurred mainly in folds of paper toweling in the rearing container; a few were formed in mouldy foliage. Pupae were formed soon after cocoon construc- tion. At least one pupa was present by April 5, 12 days after the larvae were collected. In the field no cocoons were located on the foliage, even in late season condition, in May, 1962. The closely re- lated HE. macethostella was reported to burrow into bark of trees and logs for pupation (Busck and Heinrich, 1922). At Riverside, the dry chaparral association contains no plants with large woody trunks and appreciable thickness of bark. The pithy, dry stems of previous years! Phacelta growth was the only likely site evident in which larvae might burrow, but search of a large random sample of preceding years' stems revealed no abandoned cocoons. The cocoons were about 11-12 mm long and exteriorly were papyrus-like in consistency, not translucent and could be torn like paper. Inside there was little loose mesh, and pu- pal shells could be easily extracted without breakage. Pupae measured 7.5-8.2 mm in length. The cremaster se- tae were observed intact on several individuals, about 0.11] mm in length, very frail, curving towards the tip. The anal legs were widely spaced (0.33 mm apart at base), not diverg- ing, and short, the free part only about 0.23 mm in length. The distal end bore 18-20 anchor setae in several examples. Cocoons were stored in dry jars at room temperature and successful emergence occurred from nearly all, during a three week period in late October and the beginning of November. Natural enemies. - The colony at Riverside was affected by a braconid, an undescribed species of Microgaster (n. sp. #8 of W.R.M. Mason). In the laboratory Ethmta larvae reach- ed the final instar prior to emergence of the braconid lar- vae. Numerous wasps were reared, and it is assumed that each affected the host solitarily. However, no estimate of the proportion of the sample which was parasitized was made. Under laboratory conditions Mitcrogaster adults emerged in May, apparently out of phase with any available stage of the ethmiid. ; 56 LITERATURE CITED Braun, A.F., 1921. Two weeks collecting in Glacier National Park. .Brec. Acad. Nat. Seb.) Pht ast: 3352 bee Busck, A. and C. Heinrich, 1922. Life history of Ethmia macelhostella Busck. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 24(1):1-9. Cuming, F.G., 1941. The distribution, life history, and ec- Oonomic importance of the winter moth, Operophtera bru- mata (L.) (Lepidoptera, Geometridae) in Nova Scotia. Canad. Ents ¥/92(6)2135-148- Dyar, H.G., 1902. A review of the genus Ethmta with des- criptions of new species. J. New York Ent. Soc., 10:202-208. Keifer, H.H., 1936. California Microlepidoptera Vill. Bull. So. €attt. Acad: Sci. ;,. 3529-29; Lawrence, J.F. and J.A. Powell, 1969. Host relationships in North American fungus feeding moths (Lepidoptera:0eco- phoridae, Oinophilidae, Tineidae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard, 138:29-51. Parker, F.D. and R.M. Bohart, 1966. Host-parasite associa- tions in some twig nesting Hymenoptera from North Amer- ica. Pan-Pacific Ent., 42(2):91-98. Powell, J.A., 1959. Studies on the genus Ethmta Huebner in western North America (Lepidoptera:Gelechioidea). Was- mann J. Biol., 17(1):133-151. 1962. Some observations on the minimum temper- ature threshold of moth activity at light. Presented at 12th Ann. Meeting Pacific Slope Br., Lepidopterists' Soc., Santa Barbara [unpublished]. 1964. Biological and taxonomic studies on tor- tricine moths, with reference to the species in Califor- nia (Lepidoptera:Tortricidae). U. Calif.. Publ Entue 32, 318pp. 1971. Systematic monograph of New World eth- miid moths (Lepidoptera:Gelechioidea). U. Calif. Publ. Ent, in’ press’. Host PLANT INDEX Boraginaceae Amsinckia intermedia F.&.hM. A. lunarits MacBride A. spectabilis F.€.M. PemmesselLlaba Gray... -. « « « « «= = Cryptantha ctreumcissa (H.&A.) Johnst. C. intermedia (Gray) Beene o2m8 Plagtobothrys nothofulvus (Gray) Bnae moeteneiius (NWEE-) “Gray. <° S's aes 3 Hydrophyllaceae Ertodtetyon caltfornicum (H.&A.) Greene Nemophita maculata Benth. : Meumemaresrs Wo & A.W 295° Be Gee x Phacelia cattfornica Cham. calthtfolza Brand erenulata Torrey distans var. australis pone ramostssima Dougl. bal seh serfs ly bss] tanacetifotiia Benth. Rosaceae Cereocarpus ledifoltus Nutt. C. montanus Raf. C. parviflorus Wooten Scrophulariaceae Collinsia heterophylla Buist. distans Benth. .. :bis6 ramostsstima var. suf -Prutescens Parry 57 -t3 58 EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Figs. 1-6, larval head capsule measurements in six spe- cies of Ethmia, Each square represents one individual. Diagonal-lined squares represent larvae reared from eggs in lab; solid, half-solid, and shaded squares represent field collected larvae. Rearing lot numbers refer to data given in text. Size scale (mm) fis the same in figures aeaem |. E. plagtobothrae Powell 2. E. albttogata Walsingham 3.. H£.(b. previstriga, Clarke 4s EL segtila rowel) 5. E. a. albistrigella (Walsingham); dotted line indi- cates hypothetical size of first instar. 6. E. dtseostrigella (Chambers) Vi 62c2 ~=—*W 69Ds8 Bcavio {| ows Z Ree — al 59 ] 4 68B178 § 63E1 lt VA) A wall >) “i 2 y 61D2 | ae a ZA o | 4 | 3 4 69C90 ee ok UU ae ee. ee ee oe z 0.5 mm 1.0 y 62G3 N 61G3 B ict V a Sg eee BE cyetae mm 0.5 1.0 1.5 4 YZ 62en B cons iS 6 60 EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Fig. 7, final instar larva of Ethmta charybdts Powell: head and thoracic segments I-II, dorsolateral aspect; ab- dominal segments 6-10, lateral aspect. Body regions: D = dorsal, DL = dorsolateral,L = lateral, LV = lateroventral. Figs. 8, 9, pupa of EF. semitlugens (Zeller); 8, ventral aspect; 9, lateral aspect. Fig..10, pupa of #. seylta Powell, ventral aspecm. Figs. 11, 12, e€gg of EF. “eoqutltettetla Buseck, Isiimeee ting placement on nylon mesh, a substrate commonly selected by females of various species under cage conditions; ll, ventral aspect; 12, lateral aspect. Length of egg = approxi- mately 0.80 mm. 61 62 EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Figs. 13-20, eggs of Ethmta (approximate magnification indicated in parentheses) 13, 14, eggs of FE. seylla Powell (69C90) in petiole axils of Collinsta heterophylla (4x) 15-17, scanning electron micrographs of #&. seytla eggs and detail of. chorion structure (69C€90); 15, (60x)e tee (300x) #5 173° (1200x )2 18-20, eggs of EZ. minuta Powell (63D18) in unopened, hispid inflorescences of Cryptantha intermedia; 18, (12.5x); VS SCT RICH 20 eae 63 Sees Ss . 64 EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Figs. 21-24, eggs of Ethmia on natural plant substrates (approximate magnification indicated in parentheses 21-23, eggs of Ey. Db. brevistriga Clarke (6102) a7 ion sand-encrusted lower branch of Phacelta distans (7x); 22, on underside of mid-vein of P. dtstans compound leaf (7x); 23, Siame. .egigs. ( lh2ssaoxKy) + (62C2) on underside host which was larvae 24, eggs of H. plagtobothrae Powell of Phacelta caltforntca leaf, an abnormal partially accepted by females but not accepted by (P55) 8 65 66 EXPLANATION OF FIGURES Figs. 25-29, eggs of Ethmta on natural plant substrates (approximate magnification indicated in parentheses). 25, eggs of FE. plagtobothrae Powell (62C2) on setose stem of Phacelta. caltforntca, an abnormal host (13.5x). 26-28, eggs of FE. arctostaphylella (Walsingham) (61D3) on Ertodtctyon caltforntcum; 26, on lower branch encrusted with sooty-mold (7.5x) (the lower foliage commonly becomes covered with sooty-mold owing to glandular secretions of this plant); 27; on mid-vein, upperside of leaf (7.5x); 28, same eggs (12x). 67 ve y," i "7 on an Pi , nee: I 7 Le tf - o? ahaa reesTae NOTICE ‘TO. CONTRIBUTORS i Ciitaibutighs t to the Journal may deal with any aspect of the collection and study — ~~ of Lepidoptera. Shorter articles-are favored, and authors will be requested to pay for material in excess of 20 printed pages, at the rate of $17.50 per pee. Address ~.. all correspondence relating to the Journal to: Dr. D. F. Hardwick, K. W. Neatby. : ~ Bldg., Central Experimental Farm, Carling Ave., Ottawa, Canada. Contributors should prepare manuscripts dteprdine to the following instructions; failure todo so will’ result in unnecessary delay prior to publication. ae < Text: Manuscripts must be typewritten, entirely double-spaced, employing wide _ margins, on_one side only of white, 84x 11 inch paper. Authors-should keep a » eatbon copy. of the MS. Titles should Ke explicit and descriptive of the article’s ‘content, including the family name of the subject, but must be kept as short as Be possible: The, first mention of a plant or animal in the text should includé the full scientific name, with authors of zoological names. Underline only where italics --- are intended in the text (never in headings), References~to footnotes should’ be . numbered consecutively, and the footnotes should be typed on a separate sheet., ~ ‘Literature cited: References in the text should be given as, Comstock (1997 ) or (Comstock 1933, 1940a, 1940b) and all must be listed alphabetically under the heading LrrERATURE CiTED, in the following format: _ _Comsrocx, J. A. 1927. - Butterflies of California. Los Angeles, Calif. 334 pp. a _:1940a. Notes on the early stages of Xanthothrix ranunculi; cea So. | ap Met Calif. Acad. Sci. 39: 198-199. : Sikastsatiole All photographs and duatiies. should: be ee on - Stitt: white ee ‘baking. arranged in the desired format, for reduction to the page size (44% x7 inches), including space for legends. The author’s\ name, figure numbers as. cited - in the text (where these are not intended to be engraved on the plate), and an indication of the article’s-title should be printed” on. the. back of each mounted a plate. No charges are made to authors for line drawings or halftone (photographic ) _. figures, provided these are ‘submitted in ‘satisfactory condition for reproduction _ without touch-up work. Figures, both line drawings and halftones, should be num- -~ bered consecutively in Arabic numerals.. The term “plate” should not ‘be employed. ~ ‘Figure legends must be typewritten, double-spaced, on a separate page (not attached to the illustrations ), headed ExPLANATION OF Ficures, with a Sagtay paragraph de- . voted to each page of illustrations. — - Proofs; The edited MS and. galley proofs will be mailed to the author for ~ correction of printer’s errors. Excessive author's changes at this time will be charged , to authors at the rate of 75¢ per. line.’ A purchase order for reprints will accompany the proofs. - 3 Tables: Tables should be numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals. Headings for tables should not be capitalized. Tabular material should be kept to a minimum and must be ‘typed on separate sheets, and ‘placed following the main text, with the approximate desired position indicated in the text. Vertical rules should be avoided. é Material not intended for permanent record, such as current events.and notices, should be sent to the*editor of the News: Dr. C. V. Covell, Dept. of a oa Univer- sity of meee Louisville, Kentucky. 40208. Memoirs of the Lepidopterists’ Society, No. 1 (Feb. 1964) A SYNONYMIC LIST OF THE NEARCTIC RHOPALOCERA * | by Cyrm. F. pos Passos Price, postpaid: Society members—$4.50, others—$6.00; uncut, unbound: signatures available for interleaving and private binding, same prices; hard, cover, bound, add $1.50. Revised lists of the Melitaeinae and Lycaenidae will be distributed to purchasers free. Ve SUN review of the Megathymidae; b Y ¢ \ SUPPLEMENTS OF JOURNAL OF THE LEPIDOPTERISTS" SOCIETY | The SUPPLEMENT. series is intended for papers of the Oe } intermediate length, those which are longer than is Ui ox goer acceptable in the JOURNAL, yet shor ter or of narrower interest span een, a méneuraph|e treatment which might Fecomprise a MEMOIR. ‘The SUPPLEMENTS intervals,;and will be numbered consecutively, with a_ separate numerical series to accompany each concurrent ~ year's volume, Manuscripts. intended,for OS HIRAT TOR for publication ” in the SUPPLEMENT se nines: should be whichis abt iahed on the inside ba Address all correspondence relating SUPPLEMENT series. to the Editor of Hardwick, Entomology Research Insti are issued at. irregular | Pe 2 A prepared in accordance with the instructions given- in the Notice to Contributors ck cover of the JOURNAL. tO; manuseripts for the / the JOURNAL: Dr. D, F. Copies ot the. SUPPLEMENTS are mailed to al members and ~ subscribers of The ‘Lepidopterists' ‘issues will be available through th €/acS..AsHessek,) Peabody say lide Y Connecticut, 06520. ee Supplements’ to volute 23 (nia if { Society. Copies of back e Office of Publication: ale Wai ehh: New Haven, iled Mon hel 1970): VAT A. Freeman; 59 pp. Ae Records, - new species, aid a new genus of Hesperiidae K\ From Mexico; by H.\A. Freeman; 62, pp. , Bue On “the Bibquek oy oe bat YerN ties a list of “the butterfly? fauna: of Pocos de Caldas, Minas — Gerais; by Hans PR RRE 48-pp, | in eastern Bree latte 4 { tute, Central Experimental - Poul Carling Ave., Ottawa, - Canada. 7, Lys | of aay t ih 4 oh rv A a Hi ‘y SR SS OF ses Pee es OPE tN og ms aps, Pee Py ers Sp 0 Po ARO ME Pet ABS yn 5 iO pees o- oy ONS a ia hg > s OS ye EN RB iret ge FE oe ast tate. Bd Che ot a p 2 hie dhe ao #8 Fae >. Se EPS ere : PE Fae oe Se ako Wes Gy - Cie a PUA ch ah he Si bt Dee oie et na Pe See PRE RET ee 8 Carte ee BET ee Oe he ena? ae Gp alee a, SOPRA a a dee SSG EE Ce OPA ee pS rs oy a Pew ry Mone ae AP OEE Re Cr (es oe Oe Ger epg oe ee aa a Cale a SHIP GoW Se Wrtes mate ne beth a eS E Poo be a SNPS Ee orn ARC ne Sead ae es Bee sat ce Ral Dic i P92 OF La | se thy. | . Mg We aie Dt eget So weks % Sak Witla ik ic ook On Mar Ue Pa eerste ok BA Pa ye SUA SAWS Way Siecle dean at OO ORL WL! BEEMAN ONG MRS ROL Bie es Taos abs ok ics tn ook ik ek eli a Pk iO eer ens oye ELEY ' Soon Un ee | . eayetes oR RCM 4 i